Kenneth12/productreviewsentiment

1Text,Label2"I love chai. I used to buy loose leaf chai from a place online. They don't sell the same chai anymore and are always out of stock it seems so i'm looking for another source, hoping for more local, dependsble stock and cheaper. I tried Twinnings chai and Stash chai, the only two i found at the grocery store. Both were very very disappointing. I guess you get what you pay for. I found Twinnings chai to be weak, so weak! I steeped it longer to see if that helped and it didn't. Also, it had a strong apple taste. In fact the first thing I moticed when i opened the box was an apple smell. So much so that i thought i bought the wrong tea! I read and reread the box, all sides, and, no, I bought regular chai. I did see on the box that Twinnings makes a apple spice chai, so I AGAIN read the box to make absolutely sure I didn't buy the wrong tea. I did not. The box just says chai. I honestly wonder if they put the wrong tea in this box because sitting here writing this i still taste apples. Overall, i find this tea so weak as to be unperceptable when mixed with cream, with only a faint but persistant apple aftertaste. Truly underwhelming. What a disappointment. At least i bought at the store first rather than buying from Amazon.",negative3"Someone brought a couple of Lindt Chocolates to a meeting at work, and this Chili bar was a big hit!It has silky smooth dark chocolate, and after you eat it leaves a bit of lingering chili flavor.  Just enough to make it interesting, not too much to make it too spicy for those who don't like spicy foods. Just perfect for a candy bar.I would have raved more about this  wonderful chocolate bar, because I really liked it... But then I tried the second bar brought to the meeting and was totally blown away by its taste Lindt Excellence Intense Orange Dark Chocolate Bar, 3.5-Ounce Packages (Pack of 12).  I immediately had to order the Intense Orange to have it all to myself.Update 5/12/11I came back to order more when I saw the price really has gone up from $27 (eligible for free shipping) to $39.99 plus shipping. When  price fluctuates this much I use a nice online tool that I use to help catch a good price on Amazon.  This tool is called  ""Online Price Alert"".  This tool will send you an email when the Amazon item price reaches the target price range that you specify. If you search on ""online price alert"" in Google it will be come up at the top.  I find this tool to be very helpful.",positive4"I'd been told this stuff tasted like Spam, but I found it to be much more mild and ""ham-like."" All-in-all, a very good ""emergency meat"" product with a good flavor and unique texture (sort of like wood particle board if it were made from ham).The pull-tab can is a little hard to open, so I wouldn't recommend this product for anyone with arthritis or grip strength issues. You'll find a bit of gelatinous goo inside, but not a lot.I wanted to slice it longways to fry and it was a little tricky to slice this way due to its elliptical shape. I browned the slices in a non-stick pan with no oil and it was very tasty.All things considered, this is one of the best canned meat products I've ever eaten. Given its long, multi-year shelf life, I can't think of any reason not to keep a few cans in the cupboard at all times.Ingredients are listed as ham cured with water, salt, sugar, sodium phosphates, carrageenan, sodium erythorbate and sodium nitrite.Nutrition info for a 2 oz. serving (8 per container) is as follows: 100 calories (60 from fat), 7g total fat (10% of daily value based on a 2,000 calorie diet), 2g saturated fat (11% DV), 0g trans fat, 40mg cholesterol (13% DV), 620mg sodium (26% DV at time of canning), less than 1g carbohydrates, less than 1g sugars and 9g of protein.",positive5"If you've never had real Swiss fondue, you're really missing something special.  My only regret is that I live in an area that usually doesn't get cold enough to really enjoy fondue to its fullest.  To compensate (and because we love winter), my wife and I often go to the mountains where it does snow and when we do, one of the first things we enjoy is Swiss fondue.I've found that the cheeses in this assortment make a wonderful and very authentic Swiss fondue.  Just be sure to have a loaf of crusty French bread handy as well as white wine and kirsch.  And don't skimp on the kirsch; it really makes the fondue special.My family and I have found that fondue is best served the traditional Swiss way...as a main course.  It's just too filling for an appetizer and just so good you want to eat your fill!  There's nothing quite as relaxing as a good fondue on a cold winter's night.  This cheese assortment is the first really authentic fondue assortment I've found since my days of backpacking and hitchhiking around Europe.I really can't praise this cheese assortment highly enough.  You really have to make a fondue yourself and taste how good it is to believe it.  Try it!  Please!  Once you do, you'll become an addict!",positive6"I feed Hills Science diet to my pet because I love him and the vet tells me I should. But in all honesty, this product has what is quite certainly the worst snap-lock reseal that I have ever encountered. It is painfully difficult to get it to close properly; and even when it is resealed as best it can be there are still gaps on the side that allow air in to oxidize the product.Packaging IS important. It is no better for your pet to live on stale, oxidized food than it would be for you. Oxidized fats are also called rancid. If you imagine how healthy a rancid diet is for a human... well, you get the idea. This is about more than just inconvenience.I am posting this review for all the Hills Science diet products with this kind of packaging. If you have had the same experience as me with this product, please take the time to let this company know about it.I love my animal. I want to keep feeding him what the vet tells me is good for him. But this quite literally the worst reseal that I have ever had the misfortune to encounter.Theo.",positive7"I made the mistake of believing that Science Diet was the best choice for my cat after the woman at the animal shelter mentioned it as the food they use. After doing some research I realized that Science Diet is no better than any grocery store generic brand or Iams (I would NOT recommend ANY of these options).The main ingredients are Chicken By-Product and Corn. Here are some interesting facts: Cat's can't digest corn...in fact, they are obligatory carnivores and only eat up until the point of reaching optimal nutrition. When I fed my cat the science diet he ate ALL THE TIME, constantly. After switching him over to Castor and Pollux Indoor Cat Formula he eats much less now.Also, By-Product means just that...beaks, feathers, toe-nail clippings, meat not suitable for human consumption, dead animals, etc. -- Totally not worth the $$$ ...it's cheaper just to dig in the trash and puree it yourself (doesn't sound so appealing does it??). Science Diet is notorious for implying superior quality products when they are in fact no better than all the other terrible pet food you find. Don't let your vet fool you either- vets usually get a 40% cut from Hill's to sell you their cat food.My recommendation is to use common sense and to do some research. Try brands like Newmans Own or Castor and Pollux as they have wholesome ingredients and a proven track record.I later called the shelter only to hear that they are required to feed the animals Science Diet as it is donated and they have a special arrangement with Petsmart to house their animals in their in store adoption centers. A requirement is to exclusively feed Science Diet to the animals.TRY THIS INSTEAD: Castor & Pollux Ultramix Indoor Feline Fomula Dry Cat Food, 15-Pound Bag",negative8"I love chamomile, especially when the weather gets colder. I was especially excited to give this product a try after hearing about one of the other flavors via Amazon Vine, so I went out of my way to keep my eyes open for this on the shelves of various supermarkets. I have to say that I'm somewhat underwhelmed.Now normally you don't have to brew a chamomile bag too overly long to really start getting flavor from it, but this one I had to steep for a longer period of time. If you like a strong cuppa, you'll want to either brew this for a very long time or you'll want to use two tea bags as one of the other reviewers recommends. This sort of irritates me, as I shouldn't have to use two teabags to get a stronger flavor. This won't bother everyone, but it does bother me somewhat.Flavor-wise, it's not bad once you tease out a bolder flavor. If you want mild you can easily get that out of this, but this is better when you let it steep for as long as possible. The pineapple isn't a very strong flavor here, which I preferred. I don't know that I'd have liked it if the pineapple overwhelmed the chamomile, but if you're hoping for a big pineapple taste then you'll be disappointed. Where this does very well is that when this is at its strongest, you don't have to use much or any sweeteners. It could be drunk without, if you don't have sweeteners or if you choose to go without.Overall this is decent but I think I'll probably pass on this particular flavor of chamomile tea from Lipton in the future, or at least not go out of my way to purchase a whole box. On a side note, I want to warn that the tea bags are fairly fragile and that when removing the string, you have to be gentle. I've torn one of the bags because I was a little too quick when detaching the string.",negative9This flour is great in cakes and gives them a much lighter texture than say regular all purpose flour.  This cake flour is also made from soft winter wheat which sounds like a gimmick of some kind but it makes a difference in cakes.  The main differences between this and all purpose are that it is finer and contains much less gluten which is great for breads but makes cakes doughy especially if over mixed.  I will sometime use this flour if I want to lighten up one of my existing recipes by replacing 1/2 or 1/3 of the AP flour like if I want a more fluffy Madeline but still have a good crumb.  This flour is definitely not for bread as it lacks the gluten required but it is great for a perfect cakes (I used it in my three tier wedding cake).  Also note that this is not self rising but I prefer that as I can control the amount of leavening agent and salt.  This stuff is awesome for light and airy southern style biscuits ( I can't believe I ever used all purpose).  The flour comes sealed in a bag inside the box which seems to hold the approx 8 cups that I get out of each and although it pre sifted i always sift again for good measure.  Happy Baking!,positive10"I loved this one so much I bought it a few times, I just get bored with certain flavors after a while (I actually stop tasting the flavor) and the store I get it from didn't have it anymore, so I switched to Hazelnut for a couple months...  But I've been missing the hell out of it, it's by FAR my favorite flavored coffee, so I'm really, really shocked to see so many people give it 1 star reviews... Maybe if you drank this on its own it isn't as good?  I like strong, flavored coffee, but there aren't any, they're all lights or mediums, so I always combine a large cup of flavored with a smaller cup of Green Mountain's Dark Magic decaf (the only coffee I can drink without any flavoring), making basically a big cup of strong, lightly flavored half caff, which doesn't exist apparently.  I could never stand to drink it alone, but I can't drink *any* flavored K-Cups alone, as they're ALL woffee (water/weak coffee).  I could say take a chance on this, if you don't like it, mix it with a strong cup of coffee (decaf if you don't want to be wired all day) and you'll like it!",positive11"I should start off by saying that I have never understood the appeal of artificial chocolate flavoring.  Even when I was a kid and a total junk food junkie, the things that were artificially flavored chocolate always tasted strange.Fast forward to my life as an adult and I find that neither has the technology behind artificial chocolate flavoring improved, nor my opinion of it. It still has a subtle (and sometimes, not-so-subtle) metallic taste and an obvious artificial one. So do many artificial flavorings, but most seem to replicate the real thing about 75-80% of the time. Not so with artificial chocolate.So then, it will come as no surprise that this K-Cup variety is equally disappointing. Imagine the most mass-produced chocolate doughnut with a laundry list of ingredients (and unpronounceable ones at that) and one pretty much has the taste of this coffee flavor---at best.  It's not the worst chocolate flavored coffee I have ever had, but when most are pretty bad, that's not saying much.For the life of me, I can't understand the reviews of other incarnations of this product which claim that it's ""like licking the frosting off a chocolate donut"" or ""tastes like adding chocolate syrup to your coffee"". No, and no!  It's also a far cry from ""cafe mocha"", as well.  Come to my house and I will make you a K-Cup of coffee with real chocolate and you can have a far superior cafe mocha experience.It tastes little like a doughnut, a chocolate doughnut, and nothing like chocolate doughnut glaze and marginally like chocolate at all.  If you are a fan of products from companies like Ghirardelli or Lindt, I will guarantee that you will be disappointed at best and disgusted at worst.I received this flavor as part of a sampler from the manufacturer's [GMCR] mail order program, and fortunately only received one K-Cup, as I would never place a full order for this flavor.  I kept hoping it would get better, but such was not the case. It was all I could do to finish the cup of coffee and not throw it out.",negative12"This is the second time I have taken the time to review something on Amazon.  This product is so bad that I consider this review to be a public service.  As the title indicates, to say that this coffee is chocolate glazed doughnut flavored is total misrepresentation.  There is a very slight scent of chocolate while it is brewing, but the end product has absolutely no chocolate doughnut  flavor.  The end result is bitter black coffee and nothing more.  I have to wonder if the maker, Green Mountain Coffee, has ever heard of taste testers.  Based on the flavor of this coffee, and flavor of the equally bad ""Cinnamon Roll"", I have to say no.  I think I will throw them away and take the loss rather than subject my taste buds to continued assault by choking down the remaining 23 cups.  The kindest thing I can say about this product is that it is absolutely terrible.  I intend to express my displeasure to the manufacturer as well.  For a product this bad it should be possible to give a zero star rating or better yet, a negative star rating.Based on my experience with both products I will be very reluctant to purchase another ""flavored"" coffee.",negative13"I had traded with a member of our Yahoo group for a box of Coffee People Donut Shop Coffee and this one kcup was in it.Without even realizing it, I had put it in my B40 and selected the 9.25 mug size. Now remember I thought it was the C.P.Dounut House XBold.Well when the coffee started filling my cup, All of a sudden this wonderful aroma of chocolate filled the air. I thought WOW!! this is some coffee. Though there is some chocolate flavor, my favorite will still be Van Houtte Chocolate Almond. So after drinking my coffee, I emptied the box hoping there would be another one. Sadly there wasn't. When I went to dispose of the Kcup there still was this wonderful fragrance of chocolate being emitted from this Kcup. The sweet nuance of chocolate is so strong and I hate to throw it away; ( I have the Kcup here with me now). I wish they could make a car freshener like this.So if you are a Chocoholic like me, give this one a try. Now I want to buy a whole box of this one flavor LOL.This would be rated as between a light and medium roast.",positive14"I'm addicted to salty and tangy flavors, so when I opened my first bag of Sea Salt & Vinegar Kettle Brand chips I knew I had a perfect complement to my vegetable trays of cucumber, carrot, celery and cherry tomatoes. Skip the dip; balance the tangy chips by alternating bites of raw vegetable.As an Oregonian, I'm proud to share these delectable snacks with friends, especially those living outside our state and who haven't experienced gourmet chips. I tell them Kettle Brand does for potato chips what microbrews did for beer.Kettle Brand potato chips are unmistakable--a light gold color, rich flavor and amazing crunch. Kettle Brand chips are also a healthier snacking option than the major chip brands. Kettle Brand chips don't have trans fats, MSG or artificial flavors and colorings. The company also has a line of organic potato chips and all of their products are certified Kosher.I also recommend Kettle Chips Honey Dijon and Kettle Chips Spicy Thai.Annette Solomon, a reporter for the Salem Statesman Journal recently noted that a glass of wine goes nicely with these chips. Solomon wrote, ""...you could be missing out on a wonderful pairing. These chips are spicy, so you would want to select a semi-sweet white wine. Also, a moderate amount of acid will subdue the strong flavors of ginger, lime, garlic and cilantro without over-powering them. Classically, a German-style Riesling fits these parameters perfectly.""",positive15"These Honey Dijon chips bring a terrific balance of salty, tangy, sweet and crunchy. Other brands I've tried use too much mustard flavor, which overpowers the Honey Dijon pairing.These chips make a great side dish on a BBQ plate with baked beans, coleslaw or potato salad and grilled meat. Naturally, they also go down great with beer.As an Oregonian, I'm proud to share these delectable snacks with friends, especially those living outside our state and who haven't experienced gourmet chips. I tell them Kettle Brand does for potato chips what microbrews did for beer.Kettle Brand potato chips are unmistakable--a light gold color, rich flavor and amazing crunch. Kettle Brand chips are also a healthier snacking option than the major chip brands. Kettle Brand chips don't have trans fats, MSG or artificial flavors and colorings. The company also has a line of organic potato chips and all of their products are certified Kosher.I also recommend these other Kettle Chips flavors: Kettle Chips Sea Salt & Vinegar and Kettle Chips Spicy Thai.Annette Solomon, a reporter for the Salem Statesman Journal recently noted that a glass of wine goes nicely with these chips. Solomon wrote, ""...you could be missing out on a wonderful pairing. These chips are spicy, so you would want to select a semi-sweet white wine. Also, a moderate amount of acid will subdue the strong flavors of ginger, lime, garlic and cilantro without over-powering them. Classically, a German-style Riesling fits these parameters perfectly.""",positive16"I first discovered Kettle Chips with sea salt and vinegar while shopping at Trader Joe's with my daughter Mindy.  I couldn't believe how tasty they were; the best chip I had ever eaten.  It was love at first bite, and I've been munching them ever since.Other things in their favor: they're thicker than other chips, so don't crumble as I'm devouring them; they're delightfully crunchy; and the salt-and-vinegar combination is heavenly.  I tried to create an original line to describe this palate-pleasing taste treat, but couldn't beat what the manufacturer said: tongue-puckering tang and crunch.  Isn't that poetic?As for health values, since Kettle Chips are not peeled during preparation, I'm getting more nutrition, such as potassium and vitamin C.  My mother would approve of that, and the fact that they're hand-cooked in small batches.I often enjoy Kettle Chips as an afternoon snack with my favorite soda or iced tea, but they're also delicious with a tuna sandwich or a hot dog for lunch.  Well, actually Kettle Chips go perfect with everything ... except ""sweets,"" of course.My only problem is that they're so delicious I can't stop eating them.  That's the reason I chose these smaller packets; I figured 24 could last me almost a month, if I was a good girl, kept my appetite under control--and hid them from the kids!  For the sake of fewer calories, I try hard and have succeeded so far.  It isn't easy, but ...Have I told you how much I love them?Reviewed by: Betty Dravis, 2008Millennium Babe: The Prophecy",positive17"With Kettle Chips, you really have to be careful.  Some of their flavors are nauseating.  With that said, they DO make fantastic plain chips.  Thick cuts of potato, fried to a dark golden brown.  They are crunchy and lightly salted with sea salt.  I can't recommend these chips enough.  You won't regret it.Some people say they are burnt but they aren't.  From their website: ""Take a quick look and you'll see an immediate difference: Kettle Brand® Potato Chips are a beautiful tawny gold. During cooking, the natural sugars of our select potatoes caramelize, creating chips from light gold to a deep amber.  The results are flavors as deep and rich as the colors, and an artisanal display in every bag""Some have also said that these chips are oily, which is true.  But they explain that on their website: ""At Kettle Foods we exclusively use expeller pressed high monounsaturated sunflower and/or safflower oil to make Kettle Brand®  products. Both of these oils are naturally free of trans fatty acids and are not hydrogenated in any way. We have taken the extra step of sending our products to independent third party labs to test for the presence of trans fats and results indicate we are ""trans fat free"" meaning none were detected. You will see zero trans fats listed on our packaging.""  That oiliness is natural and happens when quality oil is being used.You will not find chips with such a natural potato flavor.  I'm also a fan of their unsalted potato chips.  For those of us watching our salt intake, the unsalted chips is the best you can get.  Period.",positive18"These are among the best chips I have ever eaten!  I first came upon them when I visited a CostPlus World Market store in Opelika, AL, in the Tiger Town Mall, in 2007.  I wasn't a big fan of dijon-flavored anything, but I decided to give these chips a try.  I was hooked.  I probably ended up buying over a dozen bags within just a few months' time.  I searched all over my part of Alabama (the northwestern part of the state) and could not find them.  I later tried to find them at the World Market in Hoover, at the Patton Creek Shopping Center, and they did not carry this flavor.  However, when I learned that they were available on Amazon.com, and also available for PRIME Shipping - I bought them as soon as I read ""Kettle Chips Honey Dijon, 9-Ounce Bags (Pack of 12)!""You get a pretty big box, filled with 12 bags of these delicious morsels.  They last quite a while, but I will re-order, very, very soon!  I suggest you buy them, in this bulk form, and enjoy them - you won't be disappointed!  They go great with hamburgers and hot dogs - so they're perfect for spring and this coming summer's outdoor activities and cook-outs!Take my word for it, these chips are a hidden gem lost in the world of snack foods!  Buy some today, and fall in love like me!",positive19"As an Oregonian, I make a point of sharing these Oregon-made snacks with friends who visit the state. I tell them the Kettle Brand does for potato chips what microbrew does for beer.Kettle Brand potato chips are unmistakable--a light gold color, rich flavor and amazing crunch. Kettle Brand chips are also a healthier snacking option than the major chip brands. Kettle Brand chips don't have trans fats, MSG or artificial flavors and colorings. The company also has a line of organic potato chips and all of their products are certified Kosher.Annette Solomon, a reporter for the Salem Statesman Journal noted that a glass of wine goes nicely with Spicy Thai chips. Solomon wrote, ""...you could be missing out on a wonderful pairing. These chips are spicy, so you would want to select a semi-sweet white wine. Also, a moderate amount of acid will subdue the strong flavors of ginger, lime, garlic and cilantro without over-powering them. Classically, a German-style Riesling fits these parameters perfectly.""I also recommend Kettle Chips Honey Dijon and Kettle Chips Sea Salt & Vinegar.The Honey Dijon chips bring a terrific balance of salty, tangy, sweet and crunchy. Other brands I've tried use too much mustard flavor, which overpowers the Honey Dijon pairing. The Honey Dijon chips make a great side dish on a BBQ plate with baked beans, coleslaw or potato salad and grilled meat. Naturally, they also go down great with beer.The Sea Salt & Vinegar chips are a perfect complement to vegetable trays of cucumber, carrot, celery and cherry tomatoes. Skip the dip; balance the tangy chips by alternating bites of raw vegetable.In summary, I highly recommend Kettle Brand chips, a great buy on Amazon.com.",positive20"Organic Spring Jasmine is a nice light to medium tea with a calming scent of jasmine coming from the cup. The jasmine part isn't overwhelming like other blends can be, but it's more like a delicate floral aroma behind the main taste of the China green tea in the bag. The green tea itself tastes fairly delicate yet still green, without being very vegetal or fishy, like some greens can be. The ingredients are of high quality, and it has a medium to heavy body, or ""mouth"" feel, for a tea. Combined, the flower & tea work in perfect tandem; when sipping the cup you first get the floral of jasmine, then you get the beautiful flavor of green tea. So yummy! I would call it a perfect pairing.When I serve this to anybody, they immediately say ""Oooh I LIKE this!"" (or some iteration of that), and then ask from where do I get the tea. Then, they either start the same scouring high and low for the tea that I once did, or they plain out ask me to buy some for them because they can't stop thinking about it once they've had it.Note: Mighty Leaf teas are the best bagged teas; they have quality handcrafted silk-like tea pouches that let the leaves (yes, LEAVES) inside fully steep & expand without adding any additional ""bag"" flavor, as some paper bags do. This creates an exceptional cup of tea for the individual. They just scream ""quality"". Once you see one of the bags, you will probably want to get some for yourself, too. I'd say Mighty Leaf teas would make great gifts for tea lovers.Thanks to Amazon, Organic Spring Jasmine is now a staple in my home - through the subscribe & save, you can get a 3-pack for around $15 at the time of this writing, which is quite a deal considering the quality of tea you get for a comparable price to supermarket brands. I hope they continue to supply it forever since I now drink it every day.",positive21"Yummmmmmmmmmmmmm!!! Finally, gluten free pasta that TASTES GREAT! No weird aftertaste, and it cooks up al dente. Granted, as with any other GF pasta, it takes about twice as long to cook as non-GF pasta, but at least this Tinkyada pasta doesn't fall apart as soon as it's cooked. Tinkyada pasta holds up for reheating. You can use this Tinkyada Penne with some leftover marinara sauce like Bertolli Organic Sauce - Traditional Tomato & Basil - 24 Oz. Glass Jar (Pack of 3) and some pepperonis or Italian sausage slices, top it with some cheese, and viola you have a quick weeknight dinner. Or, toss some of the Tinkyada penne with some Purdue Italian Grilled Chicken Strips, a little seasoned olive oil, some presliced onion+peppers, some Parmesan cheese... Throw some Udi's GF dinner rolls on the side, a bottle of wine... just sayin'  :-)Tinkyada pastas of all varieties are a staple in our pantry:Tinkyada Brown Rice Lasagne with Rice Bran, 10-Ounce Boxes (Pack of 12)Tinkyada Brown Rice Elbows with Rice Bran, 16-Ounce Packages (Pack of 12)Tinkyada Brown Rice Spaghetti with Rice Bran, 16-Ounce Packages (Pack of 12)Tinkyada Brown Rice Spirals with Rice Bran,  Gluten Free, 16-Ounce Packages (Pack of 12)Tinkyada Brown Rice Fusilli, 16-Ounce Packages (Pack of 12)Tinkyada Brown Rice Fettuccini Style with Rice Bran, 14-Ounce Packages (Pack of 12)Tinkyada does it ALL gluten free, and they do it ALL VERY WELL!!  :-)",positive22"I recently picked up a couple of packs of this mix at a local dollar store.  Like most people I am familiar with Marie Callender's products and I figured for a dollar, how bad could it be.  Well now that I have sampled it I am afraid that I have to agree with the other reviewer here that says its taste is downright weird, and honestly speaking, not like cornbread at all.  I followed the directions by adding an egg, milk, and oil, (1/4 cup of each) as directed, and even though it said it could be cooked in the microwave in a couple of minutes, I opted for the oven figuring it would come out better.  It cooked up easy and fast enough but that is where the pleasure of this mix ended its virtues.  Unlike most cornbread I have baked it rises really high in the cup and is very light and fluffy.  And it's is not crumbly like most good corn bread is either.  As for it's taste, there is next to none in my opinion.  I was taking big bites of the muffins with a generous amount of butter on them and still couldn't get a hint of corn bread flavor. And trust me when I say I have tried many different corn bread mixes in the past.  Everything from Jiffy to Larry The Cable guys brand. What taste I did sense was truly downright strange.  Not really awful, but as tasteless a cornbread I have ever had. It reminded me more of a cheap cake mix in texture and taste than a cornbread. I'm not even going to bake the other pouch I have. In conclusion, I would not recommend this mix to anyone, at any price I'm afraid... : (",negative23"I was never a big fan of pork rinds. But since I started doing Atkins, I was buying them sometimes to fill that desire for a crunchy, salty snack.  I ended up only buying the hot variety since it seemed to cover the taste of the rinds better than plain or bbq.  After reading the reviews here, decided to give these a try.I had never had anything other than the bagged variety of pork rinds.  As others have mentioned here, these are far superior to anything you will find in a bag.  Way, way better than any bagged variety I have sampled.  Plus the make this great popping, crackling noise when you take them out for a minute or so that I greatly enjoy for some reason.Do mind the cooking instructions.  If you overcook, they will end up tasting closer to the bagged taste you are trying to avoid.  Still better than bagged though.  I tried different times in my microwave but found it best to watch and take them out as soon as the bag stops rising.  You will sometimes have some that did not expand(you can pop these back in the microwave to try and revive them) but it is not worth burning some of them to try to ensure all have expanded.",positive24"I was so excited to see these! And the price is good.First, it takes a little learning to figure out how to cook these. The instructions are not much help. ""Stop cooking when the bag stops expanding""....they might as well say, perform a Vulcan mind meld with the pork rinds to know when they are done. I found that the bag's expansion--or not---has little to do with whether they are done. I have a 1200 watt microwave and 1:30 was perfect. 1:00 and they were not cooked, 2:00 and I had charcoal bits.I had to sacrifice a couple of precious bags to figure this out.Taste and texture? Well they are infinitely better than bags of pork rinds from the store. The texture is very good. The taste? I am in no way shy of salty food, love me some salt! But these were borderline too much for me. I did sprinkle some cinnamon and Ideal on them to make them sweet and I still had a hard time eating them. My husband liked them this way though.If they could back off the strong salty flavor, I would buy these again. As it is, I'm going to use them to make low-carb nachos. I won't be reordering them though. Love the crispy texture! But can't choke down the overpowering saltiness.",negative25"Few things are as enjoyable in life as freshly popped pork rinds.  Modern technology has enabled us to produce the epitome of snack foods in a hot, fresh version.  I will be relegated no more to the listless depths of popped corn.  Pork rinds are the ultimate man chips. Very similar to microwaved popcorn, you just shake the bag and put em in your microwave for about 2 min and voila, hot fresh pork rinds.  When you pop them you have to get accustomed to the fact that they don't ""pop"" like popcorn - they just crackle a bit.  So it is a bit hard to tell when they are done and usually through trial and error you will get the perfect time depending upon the type of microwave oven you use.  Mine is 900W and takes just under 2 min. A couple of pieces will get burnt, or as I affectionately refer to as char. The bag will inflate slightly.  When they are done, you open it up and you are greeted with an aroma that is bacon heaven.  Put one in your mouth right away and it will stick to your tongue like a live octopus.  They are a bit salty so they make the perfect accompaniment to a nice cold beer.  I didn't find them too spicy, just enough.  If you want to be creative, you can throw em in a bowl right after they are done popping and throw some salsa verde or any other kind of salsa you have.  You will be greeted with a chorus of wonderful snaps like getting sizzling rice soup at a Chinese restaurant.  Throw on some shredded cheese and the result is ""man nachos"".  My wife thinks that it is utterly disgusting, even though that hasn't stopped her from eating them.  Trust me, they are delicious, but don't let em sit too long or they get soggy.",positive26"These are a great alternative to your usual ""par-for-the-course"" snacks as well as traditional, bagged pork rinds. I had the same issues with some of the others who've bought them in that finding out how long to microwave them with your particular microwave is a trial and error process on the first bag or two. On my first attempt, they ""fluffed-up"" fine, but I ended up microwaving them too long and some of them started to scorch (leaving a bad burnt smell, though not quite as bad as popcorn when the same thing happens). Spreading them out inside the bag before you start to microwave them is probably the single most important thing you can do. It's a little tricky, but you can get them to move around a bit with minimal effort. If you just throw the bag in the microwave as if it's popcorn, you won't get a quality product, but if you take the time to spread them out (as stated on the bag) and then watch the bag until it stops expanding (again, stated on the bag), they're quite good.Once you get the hang of it, the Bacon Curls are pretty delicious, especially paired with a beer or two (something pale and drinkable, from a ""yard work"" kind of beer to something like an IPA). The curls/rinds are light and fluffy, but very crunchy (surprisingly so, I was halfway expecting there to be some kind of greasy sogginess, but there isn't). They're on the salty side, but again, with the beer, that's a good thing. I like how they come out of the package sizzling and popping a bit, warm (not hot) and delicious. If you already like pork rinds, then this is almost a no brainer, as this is the same thing, only better (fresh, warm, delicious and with less fat).",positive27"These pork skins have a great taste. Very fresh ""homemade"" taste. The cooking procedure can be a bit tricky though. I have a 1000w microwave with a turn table and did not get the same results with each bag. The first bag I tried with 1 minute, and additional 15 second intervls, stopping at 1min, 15 seconds. Several skins had not yet cooked. So I rolled the end of the bag back up and gave it 15 more seconds. Still some did not fully ""explode"" or ""bloom"".  The second bag I started with 1 minute, 30 seconds. Slightly better results, but again I needed to re-roll the end of the bag and give it another 15-30 seconds, still using the 15 second intervals for best results.  The third bag I started with 2 minutes (which is also the amount of time that is used on my popcorn setting) and the results were not as good. Too many had over-cooked and were too hard to eat.My suggestion would be to stick with the 1 minute with 15 second intervals, listening closely to the sound. (They emit a slight hissing sound when they expand).  As soon as the bag has fully opened and the hissing sound subsides, it's a good sign you have reached the optimal result.  This item is a little more work than just picking up a bag of ready to eat at the store, but the improved flavor is worth it. To me anyway.  The jury is still out on whether the ""healthy"" claim can hold water.  I will continue to use restraint and only endulge with this treat on occassion.  Good Eats!",positive28"When I saw the price of the pork rinds plus free shipping, and since I had never tried the micro rinds before I decided I would give it a try. I ordered a box of the Spicy and one of the Original.They were here in no time.We have a 1000 watt micro and we experimented a couple of times and found that 92 seconds was perfect for us. If we have a few that do not puff up (which rarely happens) you can put the few on a paper plate and put them back in the micro and it takes just a few seconds for them to puff up.Because I am not a spicy food lover I wasn't as crazy about the Spicy as the Original but my husband loved them. So that made it possible for each of us to have a box of our own. Wahoo, I didn't have to share with him. Worked out great.I would liked to have had a little less salt on them but was able to knock some off just by tapping the rind on the plate as I ate them.I would give this an excellent rating, in fact I am going to order 2 more boxes after I finish this.",positive29"I normally rate whatever items I buy but rarely offer words of advice. Well, these things changed my mind. I love pork rinds. Usually I buy a tub of them from Sam's, but since I'm the only one in the house who eats them, they go stale long before I can make a dent in them. So I saw these, and the positive reviews, and thought, ""Hey, that's the perfect solution!"". It's a perfect solution all right...a perfect solution to get me to stop eating pork rinds.I made the first bag, as per the directions. I had no problem with them crisping at all. They were perfect in that regard, nice and crunchy. But the taste is awful! I thought, perhaps, it was a bad bag. Nope. The second batch tasted just as terrible. I have no idea what they use to flavor them, but it tastes like a strange mixture of salt and soap. There's enough salt in them to kill a horse, which in and of itself wouldn't be so bad (I actually like salty things) but when combined with whatever garbage they dug out of their backed up shower and called seasoning, it left me hunting for listerine - or gasoline, whatever I could get my hands on - to get the taste out of my mouth. I'm still shuddering from it. If you like the taste of feet, go for it. If not, I'd suggest heading to Sam's to buy the wonderful tasting pork rinds we all know and love.",negative30"I was surprised at how well the rinds ""popped,"" and didn't have any difficulties as other reviewers did.  I made sure that I unfolded the package (it's folded into three just like a microwave popcorn pack), unbent the folds so that the product could move between the three areas, then I shook it vigorously several times, trying to distribute the contents somewhat evenly throughout the bag.  Two minutes in my microwave (1100 Watts, but 10 years old) is perfect, and virtually all rinds pop every time.This is a low fat product, so it isn't nearly as tasty as the supermarket pork rinds you may have tried.  One could easily eat an entire package, although there are three servings per bag, but you will pay the consequences in terms of salt intake and MSG overload.  The MSG triggered a migraine for me, so now I don't eat it frequently, and make sure I only consume half a bag at most.  When I get near the bottom of the bag, where the most salt and MSG ends up, I try to brush off as much as I can.Still, a good snack option for those with blood sugar sensitivities.  Zero carbs is always good! The only reason for my 4 star review is that the amount of MSG per bag seems to be pretty high, and that's not disclosed on the product's Amazon page.",positive31"After reading all the positive reviews, I was really looking forward to finally getting a very low carb (somewhat low calorie) snack that I can work into my low carb living.  I've had pork rinds from the stores and thought they were pretty good, so I expected this to be at or better than my local convenience store brand.  Wrong.  I was first disappointed with the texture.  After following the instructions to microwave from 1-2 minutes, some (about 1/4) were crispy, but the rest were almost like taffy and would stick to the teeth?  Perhaps I didn't cook long enough, so 2nd bag stayed in longer which made a few more crispy, but more burnt and chewy ones.  But texture is only 1/2 the problem, the biggest issue was that the product taste like the bag. The taste of the microwave bag seems to bake into the product giving them a paper bag taste.  Finally,those without the full paper bag taste didn't really have a lot of flavor.  They were salty (which is to be expected),but that's really all the flavor you get.  So if your desperate and too lazy to get out a store (or can't find any in a near by store), this may work for you.  It  works out to about $1.00 a bag, so I'm not totally disappointed as my dog loves them.  By the way, my dog gives them 5 stars.",negative32"my husband loves pork rinds, i however was freaked even thinking about ""deep friend pork skin"" but i am always willing to try new things so over the years i have choked down countless brands of pork rinds to appease my husband.one day i was at work (at a hotel) and i notice over on the snacks for sale shelf microwaveable pork rinds. i was like WTF you gotta be kidding me, so being the good wife i am i buy them (more as a joke than anything else) for my husband well he zapped them bad boys and started happily munching away, oohing and ahhhing over how good they were, so i tried one (i refused to tell him that it was pretty good)..over time i bought him more, even ordering them thru the hotel (ya employee discount!!) and he noticed that i would ever so casually walk by and snatch one from his bag. finally i gave up and just made myself a bag. i am now hopelessly addicted however no longer work for the hotel so i needed a new supplier....lolour microwave has a popcorn button, on a whim i gave it a shot figuring it would be a microwave disaster, much to my surprise i got PERFECT bags of porky crunchy goodness EVERY TIME, and when i say perfect i mean not one single under done or burn piece. for the life of me i cant figure out HOW the microwave can use the same button to make popcorn and the pork rinds so perfectly. but i chalk it up to magicbe forewarned if you have dogs.....these are doggy crack, (yes i know...don't give the dogs people food...yadda yadda) i am convinced if you waved one of these little buggers in front of your dog and told him to speak, he wouldn't bark, he would recite Shakespeare. i have never seen my dogs go that crazy over ANYTHING else",positive33"I'm currently deployed and I'm on a low carb and high protein diet.  But my current location doesn't allow me to go out into town easily to get the type of foods that would keep me on my diet. So i ordered this from amazon.Prosfast shipping!taste greatZero carbsconsdoes make the room smell once you open the packageso be mindful of anybody else who might complain. just open it outside, through a window, or stand under a ventilation fan.I've read reviews of people have trouble cooking it. here's my method.-the instructions says cook for 2 minutes, but i set it to 3 minutes.-after 45 seconds I open the door flip the package and shake it to spread the pieces out again-after another 45 seconds i flip the package one more time and help the bag expand by just shaking the pieces around.-then I'll let cook for about a total time of 2:10-2:20 then stop and open the bag and place the rinds in a bowl or container.I'll then look through to see if any have not expanded yet. I'll just throw them in the microwave without the bag on a plate or napkin and just let them cook for a minute.there, you are done!i like to dip them in hot sauce. ENJOY!",positive34"I'm kind of addicted to these.  I like both the Hot and Spicy and the Plain Lowrey's Bacon Curls Microwave Pork Rinds, but like the Hot and Spicy best.  I found the perfect time in my microwave of 1:20, but had to experiment to find the right amount of time.  Before taking them out of the plastic I shake them a little.  Once in a while they will fly out of the bag when I try to shake it when the bag is out of the plastic and opened flat like the directions show.  You really need to get them dispersed in the bag before popping if you want full big puffy pork rinds, which I think needs to be done more than 5-6 times like the directions state.  Some bags do seem fuller than others, however.  I have to agree these do stink when taken out of the microwave.  I turn my stove fan on before taking them out of the microwave and pour them out of the bag under the fan and hold the bag and bowl up to the fan for a few seconds.I've tried dipping these into ranch dressing which is a bit of a treat too, but seems to make the porky too soggy, but I like the taste of it.",positive35"I have enjoyed nong shim's flavorful ramyun offerings for 10 years now.  I only recently saw their Black label product and hesitantly indulged as it was $2 a pack.  worth it for me.  I think i like it a little better than their classic ""gourmet spicy"" and am now subscribing for a case every 6 months.  It has beef and beef bone flavorings, perhaps an acquired taste, but they are well executed for an instant product.  It's less piquant than the ""gourmet spicy"" classic flavor, but very rich in taste thanks to the beef bone extract and other seasonings.  If you like nong shim's gourmet spicy, you'll probably like this.  I like pork bone ramen (Tonkotsu) and really like this as it has the same milky richness in the broth.  I am excited that it's relatively lower sodium (920mg per serving=half pack) than most similar products and apparently has no added MSG... with so much flavor they apparently don't MSG or so much salt.*edit- to other folks that prefer gourmet spicy... i agree that is a classic but enjoyed these more: very good broth especially, less heat but more rich flavor than gourmet spicy.  the lack of sumptuous hunks of freeze dried beef doesn't bother me, I'll garnish mine with whatever I have in the fridge.  I'm disappointed amazon has raised the price somewhat, a case was about $10 cheaper in december.  If you're hesitant, try a single pack at your local korean grocer before you get a case.",positive36"I'm a noodle lover. Can't live without noodles at least once a day. I have more than a dozen different types of noodles stocked in my pantry & I love trying new ones too. I've a subscription to 30 packets of Nong Shim's Gourmet Spicy noodles & was expecting this to be much better. Really, the taste is great. Same type of noodles, texture, etc..same spicy flavor packet but there is another packet of soup seasoning included. There's no dried vegetables packet like the Gourmet Spicy flavor has. No dried vegetables flakes & no beef chunks like the description stated, thus false marketing. The price is too much for this. If this is the new & improved Gourmet Spicy noodles, I'd give it 4 stars. I took off 2 stars because of the unworthy price tag & another star because of the false marketing. I read a comment reply in another review here - A Korean reviewer... I agree entirely. Big hype & price tag but disappoints. I'll stick to the Gourmet Spicy if I were you. Worth the try but not 24 packets!Edit: Not false marketing since it seems like only the very first packet had no dried beef & vegetable so I changed the rating to a 3 star. However, the beef ""chunks"" are just flakes. Not enough flakes to notice. There are also dried mushrooms. Now, the mushroom pieces are bigger than the ones in the Spicy Gourmet vegetable sachet. Still, not impressed. 1/29/2012",positive37"Out of curiosity, I chose to purchase this particular flavor of Two Leaves and a Bud at my local grocer.  I do not like the taste of the tea without sweetner -- it is very bitter even when using a lower temp for the water (because its green tea) and this is the first time I've ever tasted a green tea that I didn't care for -- The Two Leaves and a Bud Jasmine Green is divine!  With sweetener, the Orange Sencha Green is tolerable (for me).  What I like about this green tea is its medicinal effects.  On the back of all Two Leaves & A Bud packages are brief statements listing what types of foods the teas pair with and/or what the tea is ""best for.""  The Orange Sencha Green Tea states that it is best for concentration ... and it is.  If I'm feeling particulary foggy headed or out of sorts (lol), I drink a mug of Orange Sencha Green and it clears my head right up!  I appreciate teas that have effective medicinal qualities that are evident within a few sips and this makes up for the unpleasant (my opinion) taste.  I will continue to purchase it and would recommend it as a good reading or studying tea.",positive38"Well, where to begin.First, I have been drinking tea (green, black, oolong, white, etc.) for more than 15 years as either loose leaf (whole leaf) or bagged. My number one love is green tea ... specifically Japanese Sencha. I have consumed many grades and types of steaming (mild, medium and ""deep""). I have also tried many of the products offered by ""Two Leaves and a Bud"" by way of Whole Foods (who do not offer this).This is the first offering by Two Leaves that I sadly have to say is dreadful. Before you think I'm a jerk, let me say that they offer some awesome bagged teas. This just isn't one of them (IMHO).The orange that they add KILLS all of the beauty that the Sencha could potentially offer. What's worse is they suggest a steeping time of 4-minutes. Ludicrous. Most mild steamed (which this is) or medium steamed Sencha's steep for no more than 3-minutes. Four minutes will produce an acrid bitter brew unless the Sencha is a superior grade (which this doesn't appear to be).Even after steeping this for about 3 minutes, the taste is still overwhelmingly sharp & ""bitty"" (just a weaker sharp). I can not believe that the people at Two Leaves have ever had a good cup of loose leaf Sencha. I can't. If they have, they wouldn't offer this.I can only assume they add so much orange to it because the Sencha grade is poor. Otherwise, why not sell it without the orange flavor like the wonderful Two Leaves and a Bud, Tamayokucha Extremely Green Tea, Tea Bags, 100 Count they offer? The Tamayokucha is excellent! No orange flavor needed, and I bet none is needed here either.Bummer is that I was dumb enough to buy the 100 count box (my bad). There is no way I can drink the rest of it and I would feel horrible if I gave it away to someone. They would think I had no taste in teas.My advice: buy a single box of this first. If you like it, switch to coffee.",negative39"I have been enjoying a lot of loose leaf tea lately and wanted to sample some gunpowder green tea. Ayer reading the reviews I went for the Tea Attic organic gunpowder green. The price is comparable to other brands online and locally. I had good communication from the seller, and was given two sample teas to try as well (both were fantastic)The tea was packaged in a brown bag. It smelled great, was tightly rolled, and had a fairly shiny surface. I immediately re packed it into a metal tin and it has stayed fresh. When steeped, the pellets expand perfectly revealing the full leaves. It is wonderful to watch.My only complaint, which I know is subjective, is that the taste is much more bitter than I expected. I know how to brew tea and other green teas brewed the same way are not as aggressive. In general, I am not shy about earthy teas, but this was too bitter to drink strait. I added some honey, but could not tone it down enough. I resorted to mixing it In small quantities with other teas to add body and use it up.I gave this tea three stars because the seller was great, and maybe my taste buds are more sensitive than yours. I would buy another tea from them again, but not this same kind.",negative40"So, there is a bit of confusion here about the ingredients in this product. Upon speaking with The Good Earth directly, I have learned that the 18-count Original Sweet & Spicy Tea (both caffeine-free and regular) have artificial flavor, whereas the 25-count boxes do not. It seems like a stupid way to differentiate, since the boxes look exactly the same, with the same exact name. I think they do this so as not to highlight the fact that any of their products have artificial flavoring. I learned from them that they originally had artificial flavor in the blend, then removed it, and received complaints because it tasted different (though probably only slightly). They then added it back to their formula, but only in the 18-count boxes. It is a ""spice flavor not found in nature,"" they claim, so I guess there's no other way to please the people who like that flavor. The first box I got was from an outlet grocery store that was produced during the in-between period when the artificial flavor had been removed from all boxes. It was really good just like that; I still enjoyed the flavor of the new version (technically the old version) that I received from Amazon, but actually not quite as much, and I'd rather have the natural version since it's natural and I like that one anyway. As a note about the flavor--I really like this tea. It is, as described, sweet and spicy. It has a very cinnamon-y flavor with a lot of dimension added by all the other flavors included. I drink a few cups a day, either caffeinated or the rooibos version, depending on time of day. The flavor between these two are slightly different, but comparable. I love the fact that it is delicious without sugar and/or milk (though also delicious with either or both as well)--this is coming from someone with a serious sweet tooth. So that helps a lot, but apparently it has 3 calories per serving.If you like this, you may also enjoy Celestial Seasonings Herb Tea, Bengal Spice, 20-Count Tea Bags (Pack of 6)--another spicy herbal tisane that I like without sugar. Hope this helps!",positive41"This is an unexpectedly enjoyable tea.  The mate gives it a deeper and woodier taste than black tea alone, with just a hint of smokiness.  While that might not sound particularly appetizing, it's actually quite good.  However, I ONLY like it with a squirt of lemon juice (and sweetener).  Without lemon juice, I don't enjoy it, but I have to have lemon juice in my plain tea, as well.The flavor is distinctive enough that when I moved to a small town where the local store doesn't carry Morning Thunder, I didn't switch back to plain tea.  I had to start getting multiple boxes on my periodic trips to the big city.  I was delighted to find that Amazon now offers it at a price lower than most supermarkets.  Having it delivered (for free with Prime membership or Super Saver) is the ultimate in convenience.I don't find this tea particularly invigorating (not that I notice, anyway, which is perhaps a good thing), but the mate does seem to live up to its reputation as an appetite suppressant.  Whether it revs you up or not, it's a great way to get started in the morning.  And with the astonishingly high level of antioxidants (due both to the tea and the mate), you can actually feel good about drinking it.Don't be alarmed by the six-pack size.  It's a good enough tea that you'll go through it quickly.  Each box is individually wrapped in plastic (as you'd get it at the store), so you can expect a long shelf life.",positive42"Morning Thunder is an excellent name for this drink, but I have a feeling it might put some people off, as the tea is very good without being too whacky and crazy tasting. I was expecting a real potent punch, but upon reading that it had yerba mate in it, which I  drank in one of my favorite Chai mixes, I was sure it would be palate pleasing and I was right! This tea is very simple, as the ingredients list is short; roasted mate and black tea- no fillers, no funny stuff and no funky herbs and spices.  Upon further search on the internet of it I found out that Yerba Mate is an herb that is traditionally prepared as an energizing tea and consumed by natives of South American countries as it contains high concentrations of antioxidant flavonoids possessing potent free radical quenching activity.  It also includes several B vitamins, Vitamin C, Vitamin E, Beta-Carotene and Calcium. Mixed with black tea, the Mate tastes like dark chocolate, just a hint mixed with the tea, it's a subtle yet an eye opening experience upon the first sip.I try to take good care of my health and drink lots of tea and water, but I had no idea how high in antioxidants this tea was! Per serving it had 1150mg, compared to 375 to 800 in broccoli, 600 to 900 in Tomato Juice and 650 to 1100 in Orange Juice. Tea is much easier to prepare than eating a bowl full of broccoli and drinking tomato juice, and it's quite refreshing and also tasted nice with some milk and sugar. I don't add lemon to it, just sugar and I let it soak in for about 3 minutes. Its makes a slightly smoky, chocolaty and exotic brew, yet it's still tea can be drank at breakfast or tea time. I love the cover art and the simple goodness of Celestial Seasonings, as it reaches out and transforms many coffee addicts to tea lovers - Kasia S.",positive43"I found that coffee makes me jittery and it also upsets my stomach a bit, so I needed a strong replacement.  Morning Thunder definitely fits the bill for me.  There's enough caffeine in it to really wake me up and since it's a tea, you don't really get nasty coffee mouth after you drink it.  For me, there aren't any side effects other than being more awake.The flavor is very herby and grassy.  It reminds me a little of the Asian grass jelly drink.  It's not something that I would order at a restaurant, but the flavor is passable for me so I don't mind drinking it.The leaves come in fancy pouches that don't have a string attached.  I've found that I can either let it sit for a while to get stronger or I can stir it to speed up the process.  I don't know if tea aficionados would object to stirring it, but I suspect that tea aficionados would be buying loose leaf tea anyways.Overall, I find it to be a great replacement for coffee or any other caffeinated drink.  It definitely wakes me up and I don't get any of the side effects of drinking coffee like bad breath, the jitters or an upset stomach.",positive44"Morning Thunder Tea is the kind of tea with a kick. I do not know about anyone else but to me strong tea makes me feel pretty darn good, almost like I am getting away with something (funny, since its perfectly legal..) and perks me up on my branch and all of a sudden I want to do things and stop dozing off. I want to create, to ponder on issues otherwise reserved for the acute minded, I want to get so high from that tea that I might start laughing for no valid reason, make a fool of myself. Can anyone tell I am on it right now? I am as happy as a clam. Once I drink it early in the morning and I am a little moody for thinking I did not sleep well and I am Bitchy and un-accessible to the world the Morning Thunder takes care of setting my course straight. I am sure there are many strong teas and by God, I would like to meet them all, but Morning Thunder is under my roof so it gets 4 Stars for being there, help to accentuate the self for the productive side of things. Long Live America!",positive45"When I was a kid I used to get a brand of beef jerky that doesn't exist anymore and I absolutely loved it to death (well, not really to death, but...).  I have tried so many different brands of jerky and have not really found a good substitute to that old brand until a month or so ago I found THIS brand in a small grocery store in the middle of nowhere U.S.A. and bought it on a whim.  I couldn't contain myself because I had FINALLY found a substitute to that old brand, and I just had to get more of it and fast.  So I came online to find it and Amazon.com had it so I ordered a WHOLE case.  It got here in great time and was packaged very well.  I now have a standing order to receive this product every so often and am loving snack time again.This is not the kind of Jerky that makes you feel like you just ripped a hunk of meat off a dead cow, it's been ground up and processed and then made into strips, but that's the kind I LOVE.  Thank you Amazon, and thank you Lowery's!Signed by a VERY satisfied customer.",positive46"Dancing with a light earthy flavor, this decaffeinated green tea and decaffeinated white tea combination, is the perfect healthy option to cool off with on a summer day or to warm up with in the winter.Enjoy Celestial Seasonings Decaf Green Tea by yourself or with your family and friends, as it makes an exceptional hosting selection. This tea makes a great gift idea too.Drink Tea for Your HealthIngredients: Decaffeinated green tea and decaffeinated white tea.Green teaFlourishing with Antioxidant Vitamin C that assists your immune system and Flavonoid Antioxidants, which Counters the harmful effects of free radicals in your body, green tea leaves aren't oxidized so they can retain their green color and offer more healthy antioxidants.White teaMade from buds and specific leaves of the tea plant that have been steamed and dried, it is the least processed tea variety. White tea provides a powerful amount of antioxidants that help counter the harmful effects of free radicals in your body.Serving suggestions: This smooth tasting tea is lovely when consumed warm, or when poured over ice. Drink by itself, or sweeten with sugar, or splash with milk, creamer, almond milk, rice drink, or coconut milk, to add an additional depth to this already distinctive tea.Celestial Seasoning Brews Up Teapots of  Environment ResponsibilityCelestial Seasonings teas are packaged in completely compostable and biodegradable pillow-design tea bags without the need for a tag, string, staple, or individual wrapper. These unique tea bags are packed in boxes manufactured from 100% recyclable materials. Resulting in Celestial Seasonings' love for the earth and their innovative tea bags, they save three-and-a-half pounds of waste each year.Brew yourself a cup of Celestial Seasonings Decaf Green Tea and experience the pure delicious refreshment!Disclosure of Material Connection: I received this product free from Linhart P.R. I was not required to write a positive review. The opinions I have expressed are my own. I am disclosing this in accordance with the Federal Trade Commission's 16 CFR, Part 255vf: ""Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising.""",positive47"I adore this Celestial Seasonings Decaffeinated Green Tea! Before this, I had been drinking Stash Premium Green (with caffeine).  I had heard bad things about the taste of decaf teas in general so I was hesitant to try this decaf version from C.S. But, WOW, am I glad I did. This tea has so much more flavor, is so much more delicate and lovely than Stash could ever hope to be. And this is decaf! Remember when you brew green tea - it is best to use water that isn't quite hot enough to boil - that keeps your cup of green tea from getting bitter. (Conversely, black and herbal teas are best made boiling water) Also, do not brew it too long - meaning, don't go longer than the recommended time noted in the box flap - or you'll release more tannins and experience slight bitterness. Personally, I brew mine on the weak side (3 minutes) with not quite boiling water, I add 1/2 tsp of sugar, and milk .... pure heaven in a cup. Lovely fragrance, taste, and aftertaste. Others might say milk overpowers green tea, but I enjoy it. I believe this tea only contains 5 mg of caffeine per cup (decaf is never 100% free of caffeine) so you may drink it at night without worry about staying up all night, or if you doc recommends cutting down on caffeine, or if you simply want to give your tummy a break from irritating caffeine - this is the ticket. Enjoy!",positive48"I tried this brand along with about 5 others while on a recent sushi making kick.  This rice was significantly inferior to several brands of other California grown sticky rice, as well actual sticky rice from Japan.  Rice came out more mushy than other brands - almost like it was overcooked, and on several occasions I would find a few hard pieces of rice mixed in with the rest.  It's passable, but definitely not preferred, especially if you are trying to make sushi or something else where rice texture is important. At the time of this review the price is $14.95 for a 5 lb bag, compared to $7.20 for the same bag at my local Japanese supermarket - the review grade does not reflect this price differential, recognizing that it could change.  I should point out however, that at $15 for a 5 lb bag, you can buy premium sticky rice imported from Japan in a decent Japanese supermarket.Update: Have added additional brands to my comparison list, this one really is on the bottom by far, I question whether the 5 star reviewers have tried any other options (just about any California short grain variety, Botan Calrose from the supermarket, Nishiki - all significantly better than this.)",negative49"I'm quite the novice when it comes to rice, so I'm not going to deliver any lectures on the genetic and cultural history of sticky white rice. I just know that I like the sticky rice that I've gotten from the better Chinese take-out restaurants. I also know that the precooked rice packages I was preparing at home were too expensive and not that good. And it also seemed like a good time to stop eating too many potatoes.So I bought a bag of this rice, a bestselling Aroma rice cooker, and a good rice washing bowl. My selections weren't based on expertise. I just went with things at the top of Amazon's bestseller lists that were in an economical price range. I carefully rinsed enough rice for a dinner party of four, threw it all in the cooker, pushed two buttons, and checked it an hour later.Boy, was I ever amazed. This product produced the best sticky white rice I've had from anywhere--home cooking, take-out, restaurants. It has that nice glutinous quality that allows the rice clump to together in some of the most favorable mouthfuls I have ever had so far as white rice. This stuff is really a keeper. At the rate I'm going through  it, one bag might last 5-6 weeks. And that's for just one person.I guess this rice is good for sushi. I wouldn't know. I just like to load it on a plate, use some salt, crushed peppercorns, and soy sauce, and put something else (like an entree) off to the side. The rice is so good by itself, the entree is almost incidental.So I expect to be buying more very soon and highly recommend this. I also recommend the Aroma cookers, which are quite the bargain right now.",positive50"I'd never tried this rice before, despite seeing it around forever and hearing good things about it. Finally picked up a bag when we ran out of our Lundberg Akitakomachi rice (good stuff -- try it), and was pleasantly surprised. I did rinse it several times until the water ran clear, and brought the cooking water up to just about my first finger joint. Brought it to a boil, then covered and let simmer for 15 minutes, then shut the heat and let it steam for about 20 minutes more.It has a very pleasant gloss and stickiness, along with a subtle, clean flavor. It's perfect for sushi, but I'll also use it alongside other Asian meals, since it's very chopstick-friendly. Our staple is usually Golden Phoenix Thai Jasmine, which is exceptional -- if you're lucky enough to find it, don't miss it; but I'll definitely start adding this rice into the rotation. The texture is quite delightful and a nice change of pace. If you enjoy moist, stickier rices for general eating as well as sushi, you'll find a lot of ways to use Kokuho Rose. But shop around, as the listed price is quite high for the amount of rice.I also picked up a bag of the same producer's sweet/glutinous rice, specifically to use for homemade rice wine. I was surprised to find it too bland for eating, but it worked just fine for the wine.",positive51"Sure, you've got to have some patience if making even a simple risotto with little ingredients, but it's the cooking time, the prep and then stirring, for about thirty minutes or so, that makes this so. If you're a rice lover though, and you've never tried making this creamy dish, you must give it a try! Not only is it easy to make, but it's one of those dishes that you can put on the table, roll out the impressive name it comes with (I just love the way risotto sounds when spoken) and you've got an impressive and tasty presentation for guests or even your family.It can be as simple as the great recipe on the box, which Amazon lists in the label description above, or you can fancy it up with some great grilled chicken or shrimp and crispy (or steamed if you prefer) veggies. I would recommend using a good wine, one you'd likely drink with your meal, since this only adds to the amazing flavor (cooking wines DO NOT do the trick!). Experiment with the recipe on the package if you want. Parmasan cheese is a great additive at the very end, it's rich pungent smell coalescing with the other flavors excellently, but don't be afraid to try some others,. i.e. fontina, asiago--heck, even some cheddars work great! When those short grains start to release their starches, the creaminess comes into play and you're almost ready to eat! The smells are devine and it's a dish you will not be able to resist. RiceSelect's risotto rice works great every time, making for the perfect risotto experience.",positive52"Ever since first seeing Risotto being prepared on a Gordon Ramsay program, my boyfriend and I couldn't wait to try to make it ourselves.  Finding the correct rice (arborio) was difficult enough, and after trying the brands from 2 or 3 different stores, we decided RiceSelect made for the best Risotto.  We used to buy it at SuperTarget before finding it here on Amazon.Our basic recipe:Serves 3-4, as a side1 cup RiceSelect Arborio Rice/Risotto1 tablespoon olive oil1/3 cup cooking wine (we've tried all kinds)4-5 cups chicken broth1 - 1 1/2 cups grated parmesan cheese (NOT the powder kind)1 tablespoon butter (optional)Heat 1 tablespoon of olive oil in a shallow saucepan over medium heat and add risotto rice.  Stir risotto for a couple of minutes then add cooking wine.  CAUTION:  the wine will cook off rapidly and could cause steam that will burn you if you're not careful!  Stir 30 - 60 seconds until all wine has been absorbed then add 1 cup chicken broth.  SAME CAUTION AS ABOVE!  Stir constantly until broth has been absorbed, then add another 1/2 cup of broth.  Repeat.  And repeat.  And repeat.  Wait until the previous amount of broth has been absorbed/cooked off before adding the next.  It typically takes about 20 minutes to make the risotto.  You'll know you're ready for the next step when the Risotto is soft, but not mushy.  You'll notice as you're adding chicken broth, that most of the liquid will be absorbed or cooked off, leave you will a creamy base.Remove risotto from heat and add one cup parmesan cheese.  Stir until melted.  Serve immediately.  Garnish with extra parmesan cheese.OPTIONAL:  if after adding parmesan, the risotto seems stiff, add one tablespoon of butter.  Or if you like butter, add butter! ;-)RiceSelect Arborio Rice/Risotto has consistently given us great results and we're always sure to have 2 or 3 containers in the pantry.",positive53"Great risotto.  I have bought this brand both in the general food stores and through Amazon.  Personally I think this brand is as good as some I find in specialty stores.Sometimes I take the time to fix risotto as it is traditionally prepared other times I just throw it in the rice cooker (with a few extra steps).  This rice turns out beautifully both on stove top and in the rice cooker.  It tends to be a bit creamier when prepared on stove top.  In the rice cooker it is a less creamy but still rich.This is my basic formula for the rice cooker1. Few tablespoons butter melting in rice cooker while I cut up an onion2. Sautee onion in butter when soft add rice3. Sautee rice a few minutes (here I will add dry herb and fresh garlic)4. Add 1/4 cup dry white wine or lemon juice for every cup of rice stir until absorbed by rice5. Add 1/2cup chicken broth stirring until aborbed6. Add remainder of chicken broth (I typically use 2 to 2.5 cups per cup of rice) close rice cooker and let it do its thing7. Toward end of cycle check rice add more liquid if needed (here I sometime add 1/2 cup of cream, water, chicken broth, or 1/4 cup lemon juice)  this is also where I will add fresh herbs if I am using them8. When done I sometimes add shredded parmesan cheese",positive54"This particular brand of risotto seems to have been further refined to be a quick cook risotto.  While this is very convenient for the home cook to get a risotto-style dish to the table in 20-mins instead of 40, the resulting texture is dry and even gummy because the grain continues to absorb the sauce and loose its shape even as it is ladled out for service.  Once everyone is ready to eat, the chances are that there is no sauce and the rice is overly soft.To be able to gauge this precisely one needs to make this in the traditional way (instead of in a pressure cooker) and pulling out before done, all the while reserving some sauce on the side to be poured on the rice at service.  Because of its enhanced-absorbent nature, this rice will continue to absorb any moisture and is unsuitable to be eaten as leftovers unless morphed into a different dish such as a porridge or arancini (rice ball).In essence, this is a quick-cook type of risotto that is mainly for a cook-now-eat-instantly type of meal.  If serving risotto as part of a longer more elaborate meal, use another brand as this will not sit well on the plate.",positive55"I made my first risotto just a few months ago. I searched allrecipes.com and tried the ""Gourmet mushroom risotto""--and became addicted! Even though there are only two of us for meals, I have made the full 6 servings recipe, so that I can munch away at this treat for a few days.I have not tried other Arborio rice, so I can't make any comparisons. But the RiceSelect version produces a tasty dish. I know that one must be patient in making risotto and not go to another room to watch television. But if you stay with the dish and nurture it, the patience is well rewarded.The mushroom version goes as follows. Warm some chicken broth. In a saucepan, heat mushrooms in olive oil. Cook until soft and remove mushrooms and their liquid. Stir some shallots into a skillet and cook a minute or so. Then add the Arborio rice, stirring it to coat with the oil until it takes on a golden color. Pour in wine, stirring constantly until the wine is absorbed. Then, stir in chicken broth in three different stages, stirring until absorbed. Remove the rice from the heat, stir in mushrooms and liquid, butter, chives, and parmesan cheese and, if you wish, season with salt and pepper. The end result is yummy and kicks up a meal considerably as a side dish.In fact, writing about this recipe, I think I'll make some risotto with dinner tonight!Anyhow, this Arborio rice makes excellent risotto.",positive56"This one is a hard review to write because my cats love the food and I do think it is a top quality one, but I won't be buying it from Amazon again.  Don't get me wrong, I have done business with Amazon for over 2 decades and the very few problems that have come up, have always been solved to my satisfaction. To order this product though you have to do business with Pet Food Direct and that is what I will not do again.  I had a problem with this order and I talked to 3 different people at PFD, one of which was a supervisor, and none of them would help me.  They were terrible to deal with and all I got from them was to send it back at my own expense when I got it and they would refund my purchase price minus the shipping.  I then talked to customer service at Amazon, who never disappoints, and they made it right for me.  When you talk to them, they really want to help you and are so friendly!  NOT so at Pet Food Direct...at all!  I wish Amazon would start selling this with the super saver shipping, but until they do I will be buying more by taking a drive to Petsmart.  Sorry.",negative57"An Amazon Friend reviewed the Texmati White Rice recently. Today when I took this out of its spot, I thought: People should know how good this Royal Blend white, brown, wild, and red rice really is.Here I am on a two-fold mission: one, to explain this lovely blend and two, to suggest other uses for the empty container. How I found this rice is maybe unusual. When I am normal, I zip through the grocery store, attending business, then I'm out of there. When I am depressed, I spend two hours in the store. I look at everything. I imagine my life another way. With this rice, I thought, how exotic could I make a meal for a small dinner party? I thought of Royal Blend served in little white ceramic Chinese rice bowls I bought in San Francisco. Set the bowl right on the plate. I have colorful plates that I mix-match for fun and variety. Serve with grilled salmon fillets. Get out a vegetable cookbook for ideas there.Everything has to be fun and cheerful. This rice certainly is colorful and fun to eat. Its slightly nutty taste and hint of crunchiness would wow the taste buds and complement the salmon.Cooking this rice also saves time. Mix the water, rice, butter, and seasonings all together, then cook 15 minutes as opposed to 20 for white. Besides, Royal Blend contains no fat, just a touch of sodium, 30 grams of carbohydrates, 3 grams of protein, and one gram of fiber, making this hands down a superior product of rice.The second point is the availability of the containers. Once the rice is gone, I wash the container then use it to hold my various varieties of dried beans. The plastic jars look identical and neat all lining the counter top. Add attractiveness to the look.Royal Blend costs a little more, but aren't you worth it?",positive58"I am not the kind of guy who writes reviews about rice.Yet I felt compelled to get online and tell the world about how AMAZINGLY DELICIOUS this stuff is.I had just purchased a cheap rice cooker, and so I was browsing the grocery shelves to find a rice that looked interesting. This one, with its blend of grains, fit the bill. I made it yesterday with water, some butter, minced garlic, and a dash of salt. The result was FANTASTIC. Seriously, this is probably the best rice I've ever had.Tonight I used a half tablespoon of olive oil instead of the butter, and the rice came out just as good. Seriously folks, this stuff is amazing. It has a soft texture that almost seems to melt in my mouth. It has a slightly nutty flavor and it almost reminds me of popcorn.Both last night and tonight, I had planned to dice up some chicken and put it in the rice, but after taking just one sample bite of the rice, I couldn't wait for the chicken. This is the kind of rice I would expect to find at a chic 4-star restaurant.Folks, I cannot get over how amazing this rice is. GET IT. You won't be sorry.",positive59"I recently bought RiceSelect's whole wheat orzo and I decided to order some RiceSelect royal blend at the same time. The orzo is pretty good, but the rice, oh, the rice, what a terrible disappointment. I was surprised to see that the directions call for such a short cooking time, and sure enough, it did cook that fast. That might sound like a good thing, but the rice came out quite mushy. Looking more closely at the uncooked product, it sure looks to me like it has been processed in some way prior to packaging (maybe it has been parboiled then dried?). In any case, I'm so disappointed by this rice I'm going to give it away to a food bank and just go back to buying rice at my local health food store.If I'm right about the processing of this rice, it should be noted in the product info, and it isn't. If I had bought this locally I would be returning the 3 unopened jars, but it just seems like too much hassle to worry about and I'm sure the food bank will be happy to have it.I have bought literally hundreds of items from Amazon, and this is the first one I've felt compelled to comment on. I absolutely love Amazon, but this product is a total bust.",negative60"This is a really great product. First, the selection of mushrooms is excellent and includes a lot of exotic varieties, including the Wood Ear, that are not available to most Americans across this country. Secondly, the packaging is good because it is plastic, easily recyclable, and one can simply re-hydrate ALL the mushrooms in a single container and then use what one wants, save the rest in the refrigerator AND use the reserved liquid in some sort of other dish (I like to use it in a Ragu sauce with mushrooms to enhance the flavor).As for the complaint that it is ""from China"", every country has different levels of production and quality. There are clothes ""Made in the USA"" that are made in sweatshops. And the same goes for China. There are different qualities of product and production. Moreover, since I have a Ph.D. from UCLA on US-China relations, am a 5th generation American but am always considered a ""foreigner,"" and have traveled extensively all over this globe including all around China, I know a little bit about this.Finally, this is a product that is both from China/Chile, so perhaps those who are against products from China (which includes high-end clothing designers and purveyors of other products) might take comfort in that.",positive61"Haven't tried these yet,but as amazon was lacking in info on these I emailed Roland foods and they wrote back stating these are a product of France.Roland foods has very good customer service if you have product questions!5 stars for the great price also :)Will update once I use these.Ok,I received these a few days ago (Oct 1st) and Roland foods corp actually gave me the wrong info.My packaging says Product of China.I would have not bought these if that were the case.I am extremely dissapointed with Roland foods corp and hopefully can somehow get my money back.I am not sure if I will buy any Roland food products in the future.If you are not satisfied with an amazon product they are usually good with refunding your money back!---------Update: Nov 28,2009...Ok,so now I've dealt with Roland foods head office again and thought I'd post my experience here.They were nice people to deal with but the lady thatI spoke to and emailed me back told me they changed packagers and that the new packaging said product of france and they could send me a new package if I liked.Ok, good enough....They went outof their way to send it to me...impressed with that at least.But now when I recived my new mushrooms package it still says product of China/Chile on the package.I think next time I will buy the large package as it says ""france' on the front and hopefully that is correct.I guess Roland Foods is not even sure of the origin of some of their products like mushrooms.As for quality they are very good and happy with that at least.I soaked and rinsed them and stored in the fridge overnight (do not store in water or they get soggy...storein covered dish).Then added to an ommelete and it was yummy :)actually it was a cheese and mushroom ommelette.",positive62"The best, most delicious and totally consistant pumpkin pies are made from Libby's 100% Pure Pumpkin.A single 15 oz can makes one deep dish 9"" pie (4 cup volume) or two shallow 9"" pies (2 cup volume). If you are making two deep dish pies buy the 29 oz can which is far more economical.This is what comes in the can: 100% pure pumpkin....which can also be called pumpkin puree or solid pack pumpkin. Nothing else, so salt, no preservatives.  The pumpkin is cooked during the canning process so you could eat it straight from the can, should you so desire.The pumpkin pie recipe is on the back of the can. I've tried other, fancier, more complicated recipies over the years but have always come back to the tried and true because, to me, this is what pumpkin pie is supposed to taste like. You get a fragrant and flavorful pie with an excellent texture. The recipe calls for sugar, evaporated milk, eggs, cinnamon, ground cloves, ground ginger, and salt. I add 1/4 tsp. ground nutmeg and a dash of white pepper. Also, I like to slightly froth the eggs because it gives the filling a smoother and more delicate texture.The recipe calls for baking the pie 15 minutes at 425 and then 40-50 minutes at 350. I cover the crust with foil for the first 25 minutes to keep it from getting too brown. Also, I find that 40 minutes at 350 is more than enough. Don't overbake! If a knife comes out clean from the center of the pie, its done.On average, this 15 oz can should be about two dollars and fifty cents at a supermarket.One last thing, if you remove the label from the can, you will find other recipies and helpful tips printed on the other side. Its a total win-win!",positive63"I give my dog a tablespoon of canned pumpkin daily to aid his digestive system but he sees it as the best treat! Libby's uses a variety of pumpkin that seems to have more fiber, less water, than other kinds of canned pumpkin. The difference in pumpkin variety, at least for my pup, makes a HUGE difference between it helping his tummy & adding to the problem. He only seems to benefit from the Libby's pumpkin, the other makes his diarrhea worse.I highly recommend giving a little canned pumpkin daily if your dog suffers w/ food allergies &/or digestive troubles - unusually it can help both constipation & diarrhea depending on what they're suffering with. Canned pumpkin can also help dogs who have have trouble w/ congested anal glands have fewer problems &/or lengthen the amount of time between needing them expressed.It's ALWAYS IMPORTANT TO TALK W/ YOUR VET BEFORE adding anything to your dog's diet to be sure it's the right thing for your dog - ALWAYS check w/ your vet first. Be advised that feeding too much, depending on your dog's needs, can cause diarrhea to be worse OR it could cause constipation. Talk to your vet FIRST & be sure to ask the appropriate amount & way to feed to your dog. The size of the dog is important to how much to give them daily, as is the state of their tummy. My dog is 55 lbs, has food allergies, & a tendency towards diarrhea & a tablespoon a day is enough to keep the balance for his tummy issues... enough to prevent diarrhea but not so much as to cause constipation. I give it to him off of a spoon, as a treat, but you can mix it w/ their kibble if they're an especially sloppy eater!Pumpkin, as well as sweet potato, is a terrific treat for dogs w/ food allergies. But again, check w/ your vet first!",positive64"My son (toddler) is obsessed with blueberries. They're his favorite snack. Fresh can be very expensive in winter--and less than tasty.I usually like organic, but many of the organic dried blueberry options are dry and super tiny. (Probably because organic blueberries tend to be smaller to start with.) They're also quite expensive, especially at the rate we go through them.For the price, and based on the positive reviews, I decided to give these a try. The first batch I got from Amazon was terrible. Dry, small little husks. I was upset since, even these these are a good bulk value, $50 is far from chump change, especially for a grocery item. But Amazon stepped up, assuring me it wasn't a systemic problem and sent me a new batch ASAP.They were right. Night and day. (I must have originally got an old unit or something.) They're large plump and great in baked goods. (I have a ""blueberry cream"" cookie recipe that uses dried fruit and these are spectacular there.) They taste like blueberries--which is a good thing--and are good enough to eat out of hand. Home run on the second try.The company does offer an organic version--for twice the price, on their company website--and maybe I'll give those a go next time, funds permitting. (I like to buy organic and support the concept but, ouch, $$$.)",positive65"I've been hooked on Traverse dried cranberries for a while and just decided to try their blueberries this week, thanks in part to a review and comment response by ""Kyra"". They arrived in 2 days as promised in excellent condition/packaging, even in this heat wave New England is having right now. While they do look a lot like raisins, upon closer look (with my glasses and a light on), they are deep purplish/blue and glossy. Soft and plump, not hard like raisins. I don't find the sweetness to be too much, although I can't recall the last time I used sugar in/on anything, including during my childhood (just don't like sweet foods). The 'sugar' is not visible as on some raisins and the berries are not overly sticky to the touch. There are a few clumps, but when picked up, they break apart without any effort.These are great as a snack in hand (I know: I'm munching while making blueberry breakfast bread!) to be followed by a homemade trail mix with dried cranberries, almonds, walnuts, sunflower seeds, flaxseeds, sesame seeds, some granola that is laying around and coconut.Best bargain I've found for blueberries, including fresh and then freezing or drying my own. These take the extra work out and are more than worth their price. I'll definitely purchase them again.",positive66"I can't get blueberries in Xiamen, China, where I've lived since the late 80s (but when I came I couldn't even get good toilet paper, so things have improved!).  So we ordered this 4 pound box of Traverse Bay Blueberries, though I was disappointed they felt the need to add sugar and oil to them (I usually use no sugar on anything).  But...these berries are great!I put them in a glass of water overnight in the fridge, and the next morning they are plump and juicy, and ready to eat straight, or to put in my homemade muesli or blueberry pancakes.  I even pour a bit of the tasty blue liquid left over onto my pancakes or waffles.This is the best price on dried blueberries that I've found, and I'm very happy with them.  And 4 pounds goes a long ways-especially if you hydrate them (eating them dry seems such a waste, because you don't quite get the flavor; if I want to eat dried ones, I might as well save money and eat some good cheap raisins).It would be nice if they could just sell them without the oil and sugar, but if I'd not read the ingredients on Amazon, I'd have never known from the taste that they weren't just unadulterated blueberries.",positive67"There is nowhere in the Hawaiian Island chain to buy Eight O'clock coffee. If you call the company they tell you it's available at Super Walmarts ( we don't have 'super' Walmarts and the others do NOT carry it) and when I would try to order online everything would go fine until I put in my address and then the seller would say "" sorry we cannot ship gourmet items to Hawaii"". So finally I find a company , God bless em, who will ship here ( Hawaiian coffee is quite expensive by the way, especially pure  Kona which can be over $30 lb) and I purchased Eight O'clock Columbian (AH - Light Vienna Roast-not burned beans- and higher in caffeine too) in the largest bag available 42oz ....and it arrived! YEAH! I have only one small complaint which is the shipping cost ...very high ... You can ship items like this via USPS Priority Mail for less than half of what I was charged here and it would have arrived in 3-5 days. OTher than that the coffee is great and the order came in about a week. Companies PLEASE consider shipping USPS tp Hawaii customers instead of ripping us with UPS and FEDEX charges!",positive68"I saw a clip about dehydrated dog food in my email from a holistic vet site.  It was explained that dehydrated was a good go between when switching a dog from regular unhealthy processed food to a raw diet.  I decided to try it.  I bought the trial 4 oz. box.  In the past, my dog has been the pickiest eater there is.  He will only eat one brand of food...and believe me I have tried them all.  When I feed him, the food sits in the bowl and he nibbles.  It takes an entire day for him to eat one cup of food.  I removed his food bowl last night and didn't feed him.  I figured I would let him get good an hungry.  This morning, I measured out 1/2 cup of Thrive and heated up 1/2 cup of water.  When I mixed it, it looked like soup.  After I let it re-hydrate it looked even worse.  I figured he would never eat it.  I set it down and he ATE THE WHOLE BOWL in one sitting.  Maxx LOVES it.  I just ordered a 10 lb. box.  Thank you Honest Kitchen for giving me a healthy food to feed my best friend that he really enjoyed.",positive69"Yum!  This was my first experience with a Larabar and I really liked it.  I love key lime pie to begin with, so I was beyond excited to find a bar in that flavor.While it didn't taste exactly like a Key Lime Pie, this bar did have a lot of lime flavor.  It also had some crunchy nuts that contrasted nicely with the almost fruit chews texture of the rest of the bar.  I also was able to taste the hint of coconut in there as well.  Between those three flavors, it tasted very fresh and almost like I was eating a fruit salad in bar form.  Definitely a pleasant experience.The ingredient list on this bar is phenomenal.  Only 5 ingredients are in it:  dates, cashews, almonds, coconut, and lime juice.  That's it, no hard to pronounce ingredients, no added sweeteners, just plain food that is easily recognized by just about anyone.  In fact, according to the package, because of those ingredients, this bar equals 1/4 of a cup of fruit.Nutrition wise, this bar is about on par with most other fitness bars.  It has 220 calories, which is high for a snack but good for if you're working out or as a meal replacement.  Sugars are high, 24 grams, but at least it's from all natural foods and not because they dumped a pile of sugar in the bar.  There's also some vitamins hiding in there, but those too aren't from vitamins injected into the food.A pretty good bar.  I'm eager to try out the other Larabars and see if they're just as good.  And I know I'll definitely be buying this one again.Review by M. Reynard 2012",positive70"I love a Larabar as a snack at work.  I don't get breaks or lunches, so I eat one mid-shift which holds me over well until I get home to eat a real meal.  They're convenient to throw in my purse, and are easy to eat.PROS:- Super healthy.  Three simple ingredients, no fillers, no added sugars.- Good source of protein, plus a handful of vitamins and minerals.- Very tasty.  Slightly sweet, and fresh peanut taste.- Soft and chewy, easy to eat.  The peanuts are ground into small pieces, which I really like.  They're plentiful and blended perfectly with the dates.CONS:- Make me thirsty.  I recommend at least a little water after eating.- A bit pricey.OVERALL OPINION:I just love these Larabars.  They don't taste just like a peanut butter cookie, but they do have a wonderful flavor which I found surprising given the ingredients.  I love that there is no added sugars.  One bar makes me feel great after I eat it, and there is no sugar crash later on.  With protein and fiber, it's a great choice.  Also, it's gluten-free and dairy-free for individuals who cannot consume either of those two things.I highly recommend!",positive71"I can't believe some people actually manage to compare these bars to Snickers or other fake-ingredient bars. Really? A 200 calories of fruit and nuts vs. hydrogenated, high-fructose, heart-attack calling candy bars should really make this decision easy.I actually came across Larabars just recently. I heard about them, but I was just never too curious to actually read the ingredients and try one. To give a little background on my life-style, I do all of my own cooking to make sure I know exactly what goes into it. I stray away from all the processed foods and I don't eat grains and starches such as potatoes. I also don't eat refined sugars as it falls into a category of processed foods. With that said, I am a human being and I do get cravings for something dessert-like. I have very high standards for my dessert. It has to be all-natural, unprocessed, and preferably without added sweeteners. With all of those requirements one has to pretty much always prepare their desserts from scratch because there aren't whole lot of prepackaged foods out there that have that same philosophy about preparing it. Larabar is one of the very few out there who actually got it right.I was a little skeptical about the taste of the bars when I bought a couple to sample, but they all exceeded my expectations and I will definitely be buying them in the future.Now, I wouldn't overindulge in eating a few of those a day as they are still plenty sweet and carbolicious, but I usually have a few bites after lunch as a dessert treat. One bar lasts me 3-4 days and I will choose it over Snickers any time of the day.",positive72"I think that this series of Larabar is what a real healthy snack should contain. If you look at the ingredients on all of this series of Larabars, then you'll see that it has only 3-4 ingredients like the fruit itself, dates and some form of nuts. It doesn't have sugar, salt or other preservatives. Because of the dates, it has natural sweetness and because of the nuts, it has natural saltiness. The nuts also give this bar it's calories (an average bar is about 200 calories).  The taste is well ... not like eating a Nature Valley snack bar. The taste is more like eating mashed fruit and nuts mixed together with dates. If you don't like dates or have a thing against dates, I wouldn't buy any of this series of Larabars because 90% of them have dates as a main ingredients. I think they use it as a natural binder. Because of this, I find that a majority of their bars taste kind of the same ... heavily flavored with dates.But, if you're trying to snack healthily and want to avoid processed foods and those sugary / salty snacks in the ""snack bar"" aisle at the supermarket, this is the bar to go with. Plus, if you buy it in bulk from Amazon, it comes out to be less than $1.25 / bar whereas at the markets it can go as high as $2.00+ / bar.  You just need to go the market and try all the flavors first before you commit to 16 bars of the same flavor at Amazon. It would suck to order 16 bars of a flavor and find out that you can stand the taste of it after the fact.",positive73"Wow, I just had my first Larabar today after a long run, and I have been blown away.  As of late my preference has been for protein bars, but I had picked up a Larabar a few months ago just because it looked interesting.I tried the ""banana cookie dough"" flavor, since I'm a banana nut.  Unwrapping the package was difficult, though I've since found out that they have a multi-layer wrapper because there are no preservatives.  Once open, I was confronted with a raw looking rectangle of brown with pale chunks in it.  It looked moist and smelled phenomenal.  The first bite made me think ""banana bread"", and as I ate the rest of the bar I decided it wasn't quite like banana bread, but closer to that than a ""cookie"", in any case.  The pale chunks were the #1 ingredient - almonds.  The #2 and #3 ingredients were dates and bananas, respectively.  The #4 ingredient was.... nothing.  There are only 3 ingredients.  I actually flipped the wrapper over to see the continuation of the ingredients list before I realized that there was no more list!These bars are a little expensive for a non-protein energy bar, but the taste is like nothing you would expect from a brown rectangular smashed together food thing.  Its simply incredible, and now I have to go back and purchase the other flavors to try them out, too.",positive74"(NOTE: I purchased this box on July 8, 2012 -- not May 2012. Amazon must have used the date of a prior Larabar purchase.)I think Larabars are healthy; I've been eating them almost daily for years, but I like only a few flavors, and ginger snap is the best! But beware when they have a strange, sharp flavor (it tastes almost chemical to me)! This was the third box I have purchased that had this problem (out of about 8 boxes total). It always affects every bar in the box. I was able to get a refund for the first two boxes, but not this box from Amazon (I don't know why not), so I am going through the manufacturer (now General Mills), but it is not easy (I have to mail back all the wrappers I have).After finding mold on one of the bars, I had two of the bars tested by a food research company. I was told that the problem is the water content, the Aw, which was .717 on the moldy bar (from one lot) and .687 on the other bar (from a different lot), which tasted bad but had no visible mold (other bars in that box were later found to have mold as well). These bars still had more than 7 months before their expiration date.Here's a quote from the food researcher: ""Pathogens cannot survive below water activity (Aw) 0.86 so food borne illness is not a risk below this Aw. Between Aw 0.60 and 0.70 the microorganisms of concern are xerophilic molds and osmophilic yeasts...In summary, the Lara Bar labeled ""Bad"" had an Aw high enough to support growth of mold and yeast. The other Lara Bar sample also had fairly high Aw, high enough to support growth of mold & yeast. As a standard practice, we target an Aw of less than or equal to 0.60 for all shelf stable products (with pH >4.2) in order to avoid growth of all pathogens and spoilage organisms. All manufacturers should be targeting an Aw of ≤0.65 unless they are adding preservatives.""I don't know if I will give up on these bars yet, because when they do it right, they are really good!",positive75"I read about the fat content on the Larabar site, which said: ""What about the fat in LÄRABAR? Plant-based fats are healthier than animal fats. The fat in LÄRABAR comes primarily from nuts-all plant-based fats containing Omega 3 & 6 essential fatty acids, which have been proven to reduce LDL cholesterol and help protect the heart.""  I read all the reviews before making this purchase and I was amazed at how misleading PEN PAL's, review was (they said: ""LARABARS HAVE 45 - 55 % FAT! 200 + CALORIES!"").  It sounded scary.Olive oil is good for you, but no matter what, the calories from fat (9 calories per gram) are going to be the same whether it is from bad sources of fat or good sources.  The calories from this product are from good sources and that is what counts.  Everybody who has gotten to the point of good intelligence regarding managing their intake of food should be aware how to use good fats vs bad fats, good carbs vs bad carbs but this IS, in my estimation, a very healthy product and just as you would not put too much olive oil on your food, or overeat nuts, you won't binge on Larabars or anything else you know will have unwanted consequences.  I'd give these delicious bars a try and fit them into your food management routine any way you see fit!  It definitely goes in the good food category for sure.  Don't hate the fat, hate the lack of discipline and they are a tempting yummy. :)",positive76"I was a HUGE fan and recommended it highly.  However, I just tossed a whole box.  Something has changed -- and not in a good way.  I had concerns last year and thought maybe the taste was ""off"" just on the one box.  So I picked up another box last week.  It's even WORSE!  Since General Mills bought LaraBars (Humm Foods) three years ago, the product just seems to have gone down hill.  It doesn't have the same fresh, alive taste; there is a harsh, metallic flavor that indicates whatever machinery produces the bar now is not being properly cleaned.  Also the bar didn't used to be so oily to the touch.  Oily, weird flavors in nut bars make me think the nuts have gone rancid.Since I am writing, I also want to say it has bugged me for years that AMAZON continues to misrepresent the maker of LaraBars in the title of the product ""LaraBar"" by ""LaraBar"".  I suppose this is because people who generally buy raw food product are not usually the same people who support multinational food conglomerates like General Mills.  But it just makes me think that Amazon thinks consumers are ignorant.  I feel insulted every time I see it.",negative77"My daughter is extremely sensitive to gluten so many products that promote themselves as gluten free prove to be otherwise when my daughter has a gluten reaction.  For the sake of keeping my daughter healthy I contact companies asking them if they test for gluten and if gluten is processed in the same facility.  If it is then it is almost certainly contaminated.  Most companies give me a detailed and open answer so that I can make the best decision for my daughter.  They don't assume they know if the product is okay for my daughter or not.  They give me the facts and the numbers and let me make my own decision.  Larabar did NOT give me a clear answer.  They gave me a very vague answer assuring me that they went through stringent testing but they did not say what kind of testing.  They also said their products met the FDA requirements for gluten free which is so BOGUS b/c the FDA currently does not have any sort of requirements or enforcements for gluten free labels.  They are proposing implementing one but have not yet done so.  So Larabar is attempting to deceive me.  They also did not answer my question if gluten was also processed in the facilities that process Larabars.  Again, most other companies answer me directly on this and are very helpful.  I was so turned off by Larabar's response that I want nothing to do with them.  It was obvious they could care less about my daughter's health.  Ultimately, they put their profits above children's health.",negative78"Why put unsweetened ingredients in one of these bars? Unsweetened chocolate? Disgusting. This product lacks flavor and is way too heavy and dense. I also don't know what could be nastier than unsweetened coconut. It needs to be lighter in texture and a lot sweeter (not cloyingly so) and then this might be at least tasty. As it is, it is a waste of money and an absolute disappointment.To the manufacturer: look for inspiration in the flourless chocolate cake sold at Trader Joe specifically for gluten free diets, and check out the flavorful almond horn by Aleia. Both are mildly sweet, but full of flavor.  The chocolate flavor pops in the mouth and makes you forget that it has no gluten in it.  The almond horn delights you with the fragrance before it ever hits your mouth.  Both go great with tea, coffee and fruit, particularly the cake goes well with fresh stawberries.Maybe you just need to stick to a core ingredient and work around it.  There is too much nastiness going on in this disgusting bar.This is a terrible product that cannot be recommended. There are just way too many nasty gluten free products on the market, and this should be placed exactly where I just put it, in the garbage. More $$ down the drain and continued disappointment reigns.I am being brutally honest because I was recently diagnosed with a gluten allergy and have exceedingly fond memories of all of the delicious wheat-based offerings I used to eat and I naturally expect to be able to partake delicious gluten-free substitutes, espcially since they usually cost twice as much as the products containing gluten. This is no substitute for the wheat-based version, to say the least.",negative79"I cannot say enough about Larabars. Simple ingredients, whole ingredients, and a great snack. However, the one caveat is that the ingredients are not organic and that is why I am providing a 4 star rating. Some foods like Dates with very thin skins I would prefer to have an organic option. I wish that they would offer an organic version of this bar. However, they do taste amazing and are probably one of the best options out there if not the best. These are perfect for me at University for between classes when I am on the go and do not have enough time to go to the cafeteria quite yet.I would recommend trying the flavors before you buy a whole package, however if your willing to take a plunge, the top flavors I have tried so far have been Chocolate Coconut Chew, Coconut Cream Pie, Cinnamon Roll, and Cashew Cookie in that order. Some flavors such as Apple Pie, Cherry Pie, Key Lime Pie, I find can get old a lot faster and I would probably not go through a 16 box of them before I got somewhat sick of them.PROS+Very tasty (LOVE the Chocolate Coconut Chew and the Cinnamon Roll).+Simple ingredients.+Whole food ingredients.+Small, portable.+Price is very reasonable.+Filling.CONS+No organic option.BOTTOM LINEThe price at Amazon is superb compared to elsewhere, you probably won't find anything in this price range at this quality, from what I have experienced. They are a good snack when you are on the go, perfect for a University student at that. Simple, whole food ingredients, the way it is meant to be. Definitely recommended. Will get a 5 star rating once they release an organic version!",positive80"Peanut Butter and Jelly Larabars is a new flavor (to me, anyway, because I just discovered them in the stores here).  They are really awesome.I admit, I've never been a fan of peanut butter and jelly sandwiches with light bread, but I LOVED peanut butter and jelly on graham crackers.  Now that I've gone vegan, I can't eat peanut butter and jelly or graham crackers, but this PB&J Larabar tastes just like the peanut butter and jelly on graham crackers that I used to eat.  And even for non-vegans, these bars are still good - anybody can eat them.  They taste just like whatever the flavor is, and are healthy (even though you'd never know it, because they taste so good!)These bars are healthy, natural, soy-free, vegan, kosher.  They have no added sugar, and no chemicals.  It is amazing how something so natural and simple can be so good.Larabars are good to pack for trips, lunches, or anytime you need some energy (or just food); they are convenient because you don't have to cook, measure, slice, or stir, and you don't need a container with a special lid.  You don't need anything!  You just open and eat!!!  All the flavors are good for energy or hunger-control, but when I am really hungry, my favorite flavors are peanut butter cookie and peanut butter and jelly (the featured flavor in this particular review).  The ones with peanut butter (not really peanut butter, but just peanuts) seem to give me more energy.I love all flavors of Larabars (I haven't yet discovered a flavor that I didn't like), but I do have my favorites, depending on the mood I'm in.  Like I mentioned in the prior paragraph, Peanut butter cookie and peanut butter and jelly are my favorites if I am really hungry.All the flavors of Larabars are healthy, and even though they have no added sugar, they certainly crave my desire for sweets (because they do taste like they have sugar, even though they don't).  I am not really a big ""sweets"" eater; I prefer salts.  If I could just have salty foods all the time, I think I could totally give up sweets.  But even those who do love sweets, I think these bars would satisfy their sweets desire, also, because they taste like whatever the flavor is.",positive81"The Peanut Butter and Jelly LARABAR is really, really good. The company struck gold with this one. If you are a fan of those sandwiches, you'll dig these as an on-the-go-snack. I just have a few minor gripes: one is that I like to ""stretch"" Larabars  (while still in the wrapper), because they're usually a little fat and brick-like and it makes them last longer/more fun to pick at, but when you smoosh this particular flavor out, it gets a quite crumbly (think pieces of peanut popping out); so, it's not as blended as other flavors. Also, it'd be nice if it were a bit saltier -- sometimes you just crave that, especially if it's a meal replacement and you're in a peanut-butter-and-jelly mood -- and a little protein-heavier. Finally, I really wish the entire Larabar line (not just Jocalat) was organic! That would really be awesome. But, these are nitpick-y things. You'll like this flavor -- a lot. In full disclosure, I haven't ordered them on Amazon, but I believe after eating my first one, I told whoever was in the room with me to please buy me a box of them because it was ""SO. GOOD."" So, go for it.",positive82"Ginger Snap is my favorite of the Larabars. For me it seems to provide the epitome of potency these bars have available.The combination of Ginger and Cloves with the nuts and dates, seems to give a cleansing, balancing, renewing, and empowering type of immediate, essential nourishment. I'm amazed at how fast this flavor will give me a solid physical strengthening when I'm lagging from having pushed too close to draining past ready reserves. After just a few luxuriously flavorful bites, I can feel an amazingly positive effect.What I noticed with tremendous relief, and a significant amount of awe upon first reading the wrapper on these bars was the basic, clear ingredients listing along one side, with the ""NO SOY, NO GMO"" noted on the other side. I had begun to believe that I'd never see a label which would give me that type of refreshing feeling of finally being able to eat something without fear of how much it would contribute to an already painful situation of serious health issues. To find that it would contribute instead to healing and strengthening had literally rekindled a lost concept.With the huge variety of simple, sane, satisfying flavor blends available in this line of tasty and true nutritional offerings, I enjoy asking myself what I most have a taste for at any moment when I need a solid [not pseudo with a skull-and-cross-bones price tag] energy lift. [I always carry at least 4 flavors in my purse.]I don't know what else to say except that I feel blessed, and that I tremendously appreciate what Lara has had the inner wisdom, creative versatility, and visceral fortitude to accomplish.Well done, Lady!Live long and prosper,Linda Shelnutt",positive83"Cashew Cookie is my very favorite variety of all the Larabars!!!The reason I love it so much, is because it reminds me of shortbread.  I always loved shortbread, but do not eat it anymore due to the butter and eggs.  I need to find a good vegan recipe for shortbread, if there are any, but this cashew cookie bar is perfect.With my shortbread cookies, I prefer tea.  Therefore, with my Larabar Cashew Cookies, I prefer tea.I love both coffee and tea, but with shortbread, I feel tea is what goes best.  There are certain things that just go together.  Such as cornbread and iced tea; flatbread pizza and bubbly fruit juice; cold weather and coffee; hot weather and watermelon; friends and cozy lunch diners; shortbread and tea.  And in this case, it is Larabar Cashew Cookie and Tea.These bars come in different awesome and amazing flavors.These bars are healthy.  They are vegan-friendly.  There are no bad ingredients, such as sugar, chemicals, or preservatives.  There isn't even flour.  There are only healthy ingredients in these bars: fruits and nuts.  The fruit sweetens them.  They fool you into thinking you're eating something bad, because they taste so good.",positive84"After just one bite, I was completely sold on this bar - it is PACKED with pieces of pistachios and cashews, has a sweet (but definitely not overly sweet) flavor from the dates, and has a nice, chewy texture. Overall, a very pleasing experience for my taste buds - all while nourishing my body, as well!Do not let some of the nutritional information (i.e. the fat and sugar contents) scare you - pistachios are an excellent source of protein, Vitamin E, potassium, magnesium, iron, phosphorous, and zinc; the cashews contribute iron and zinc as well, plus heart-healthy oils and Vitamin B6. In addition, the dates are a good source of Vitamins A, C, and B-Complex, plus iron and and magnesium as well. Even though the bar is only 51 grams, it is VERY satisfying and filling.Everything in this bar occurs naturally - no chemicals, artificial ingredients, or trans-fats here! In fact, the bar contains just three ingredients: dates, pistachios, and cashews - no dictionary needed to figure out its contents, that's for sure.When I received my package of the Pistachio Larabars from Amazon, the box was in great condition, and none of the bars (at least, the ones I have eaten so far; and I eat one almost everyday) have been rancid. Overall, this product (and other Larabar flavors, as well) is HIGHLY recommended, on my part.",positive85"If you squish together dates & bananas, mix in finely chopped almonds, form into bars, and dry the bars a bit so they're not too sticky, you basically have a Banana Cookie LaraBar.  I think they taste quite good for packaged bars and are healthier than most of the available food bars.  They taste like, well, bananas, dates, and almonds, with the almonds providing a bit of crunch.Although the ingredient list is only three words long, the wrapper text extolling the healthfulness and near-magical virtues of the bar is seven lines long.  To partially quote, ""Real food, raw food... No chemicals, no fillers, no medicinal tasting supplements.  LaraBar is never cooked.  Never Processed...[will] leave you with a pleasing sense of vitality and well being for hours to come.""  And there's more information on the wrapper, ""uncooked * unprocessed * no added sugar * non-GMO * gluten free * dairy free * soy free * vegan * kosher.""  The LaraBar website also tells you (in case you haven't figured this out) non-irradiated, no sulfites, and no colorings.All this is well and good, but if they're going to the trouble of making a bar that's so fabulously healthy for you, then it would be nice if they used organic ingredients.  Eating a bar made with conventionally grown (pesticided) fruit invalidates some of the healthfulness of the bar.  The bar tastes good, but in terms of healthfulness, I think LaraBar can do better.P.S. And what's with the two dots above the first letter A in Lara?  Do they want us to think it's an exotically Scandinavian product?  Like Haagen Daz, Lara bars are made in the U.S.A.",positive86"I figured I would give Larabar a try since I want to cut down my chips/cookie snacking on those late afternoon. I also shared them with my family and friends which got me varying opinions.  There was only one person that complained it was too sweet. Other health conscious, ingredient readers were impressed with the make and taste.  For myself, I thought they were OK. I don't normally snack on fruit bars like this so it took a bit to get accustomed to the sticky and ""oily"" fruit bar.As I was coming to the last couple bars in my Key Lime Pie, I ventured to get the Coconut Pie. Oddly, they almost tasted the same except for a slightly stronger coconut taste. It still had the ""core"" of dates and nuts,etc.  What really jumped at me is on my 2nd to last Key Lime Pie ... I noticed fuzzy edge on the bar.  The box stated it hasn't expired either so I am hoping this is a single bad bar in the box.  However it doesn't help that to search the term on the comments here that someone had a whole box of *bad*.  I'll see how the coconut pie fares but the mental image is now stuck on me. It is an OK alternative but I may seek another late afternoon snack.",positive87"First and foremost, having enjoyed the 'Blonde' variety of Starbucks since it's conception, it's pointless for me to tell you that I buy this product religiously and think it to be the best coffee on the market today.  What I can tell you is about the packaging for the 54-count package and my experience with K-Cups, in general.If you opt to go with the higher count package, please note that it does *not* come in retail box packaging.  Sure, the K-Cups are the same but, you get a brown box versus several 'retail' packages.  This, to me, isn't a big deal in the least.  It's not a large box and I'd rather recycle one box than several smaller ones.  My point - if this is an issue to you, buy in a different quantity.  Secondly, the K-Cup patent is a great one but, unfortunately for Keurig, it's days are numbered.  While I've tried to grind my own beans and use a ECOBREW reusable K-Cup filter to get the same results as the Veranda Blend K-Cup, I've been unsuccessful in getting it 'how I want it'.  As such, I've continued to pay a higher price per cup of coffee but, in the end, I still think it to be worth it -- it's a very unique blend.  What I can assure you is that the prices per cup will likely fall off upon the expiration of the K-Cup patent.  For that, I'll keep my wallet handy for these until they hopefully fall off in price due to competition in the near future.A+ service by Amazon, as usual, with PRIME!",positive88"These Elk Splits are the perfect chew for any dog. They have no discernible odor to humans, yet my dog knew exactly what to do with it. Unlike commercially sold bones, this has no grease to mess up carpets or flooring. It does not splinter, so it is good for small or large dogs. These come not split for larger dogs, but I have found that the split antlers are best for my 20 pound puppy. He got his first split antler when he was only 5 pounds, and knew what to do with it, and loved it. Helped through the teething stage. Bought one for every room, and when he went after something, or me, to chew on, I would distract him with his antler. It worked! These are supposedly humanely ""found"" as deer and elk shed their antlers every year. I hope this is true, as you can't believe everything you read on the internet, but it does make sense! As they can make money doing nothing but finding cutting, and bagging these to sell. They aren't cheap, but they do last a long time. After the marrow has been chewed out, the antler can still be gnawed on, and will harmlessly flake off, and like bone, can be eaten. When the antler gets smaller, it should be replaced with a new one, as it could be swallowed whole in a smaller size. These have lasted for weeks! So the expense in my mind is well worth it. They do sell it by the weight of the dog, but use your common sense. A smaller one is not going to be any softer, than a larger one. The larger one will last longer than a smaller one, as long as it is not so large that the dog can't pick it up and carry it around. Hope these are around for a very long time.",positive89"First of all, this was a LOT of tea.  Two large boxes (each over 10"" x 6"" x 4"") that contain a ton of tea bags, each round and filled with a generous amount of tea.  The boxes weigh about 28 ounces each, more than listed.  That's 3 and a half pounds of tea.  And the steeped tea is a nice rich orange color.  And, with regret, I just threw out one unopened box and and the remaining 2/3 of the bags of the other.Why?  Because although the tea starts out tasting rich and good, it turns foul and bitter after several minutes.  At least it does when mixed with moderate amounts of sugar and fresh milk.Although Orange Pekoe refers to a GRADE of tea, having to do with the size of the broken up leaf particles, in North America it is generally thought to refer to the COLOR.  Orange color in tea is a result of oxidation of the tea.  And this tea must be really oxidized, because it does have a rich orange color that appears remarkably quickly, after steeping for as little as 45 seconds.  I've never run across a tea that steeped more quickly.  In an effort to avoid the bitterness that develops, I tried quicker and quicker steeps, and even experimented with cooler water.  But nothing helped.  If steeped too quickly, it just tasted thin and yucky.  I guess there is such a thing as TOO oxidized.Too bad, because the initial taste is good and you sure get a lot of tea.  But unless you drink a full cup in about two minutes, you won't like the taste that develops.",positive90"So, I made these cookies a few weeks ago and they were really good.  In fact, I got an upset stomach from eating so much dough and only ended up with a few fabulous cookies.  So I bought some more.  I smelled the beans as soon as I opened the package, that beaney smell that some GF flours have, and while I didn't remember that from last time I figured it would go away when mixed and cooked.  So I mixed in the rest of the ingredients, and the smell got a bit worse, and the texture seemed all wrong.  I tasted the dough (you must be thinking that I'm an idiot by now doing this, but I really wanted some cookies to go with today's snowstorm!), and YUCK.  5 minutes later I still have a bad, metallic taste in my mouth.  Seriously, like these are contaminated with metals or something.  I am going to throw away the cookies that are baking.  They look all wrong... like meringue, not like chocolate chip cookies, nothing like the batch two weeks ago.  It's really weird.  Two completely different experiences with the same product in less than a month.  This batch of cookies is a failure of 4 of 5 senses: smell, sight, taste, and texture.  I'm glad I can't hear cookies.  There are some serious quality control issues here, that are probably the root of the range of opinions in these ratings.  I think I need to contact Bob.  Too bad for him I didn't review this product two weeks ago.",negative91"Surely there is an egg hiding in there somewhere, right?And heaping cups of wheat flour? Yeah? ....no??...wait. WHAT?These cookies! I have been gluten-free, dairy-free, and egg-free for a year now after finding out I'm allergic to basically everything on earth, and I hadn't allowed myself to try these yet because I'm also watching out for too much sugar. But I gave them a shot last night and I swear to you, I ate four. FOUR, bing bing bing bing. I was just going to eat one, maybe two. Then I was like okay one more. Okay ooooone more. (I didn't make them as large as the package I don't think, but honestly I don't care. I have no shame, I ate four cookies.)And each one was so delicious. They were chewy in the center, crispy on the outside. No disgusting aftertaste (I read some of the other lower reviews and can't figure out where that was coming from. Maybe it was a few years ago and they've since improved the mix?), no gritty or beany texture...I kept going back and re-reading the ingredients and looking at the packaging to make sure I wasn't completely delusional. Had I bought a non-gluten-free mix? This couldn't be this delicious, it just couldn't.My husband is not gluten free and he was flipping out about how good they were. I didn't even use an egg! I used the Ener-G egg replacer, and there was such a lovely chewiness and richness to these cookies. I was sure they'd be crumbly and gross as I was forming the dough together. I was afraid they'd taste weird, or be gritty and unappetizing like store-bought gluten free 'cookies' that I've tried (I've just given up trying new brands at this point).I could weep at how happy I am to have found this cookie mix. A true treat amidst repetitive failures this whole year trying to find great gluten-free alternatives. Bob's Red Mill, keep rocking on with your bad selves.",positive92"These cookies are really great and I bake them for all my family, which is a mix of gluten-intolerant and intolerant of gluten free. And they ALL love them. But I made a number of adjustments to the mix instructions to make them great.The instructions call for 1/2 cup (or 8 tablespoons) Margarine (cold) which gives you a mix that is the texture of wet sand, not so good for cookies. And a pain to pat and form into something that looks like a cookie but keeps falling apart.  I almost double the margarine, I put 13-14 tablespoons of margarine. More or less depending on how the dough looks.  This gives you a cookie dough texture that is just right for scooping.  I also add a shake or two of cinnamon (chocolate and cinnamon YUM!), a teaspoon of vanilla, more chocolate chips (I like the enjoy life, soy free, dairy free ones) and walnuts or pecans (optional).Now here's another very important new step.  I make the dough and then I wrap it in parchment paper/plastic baggie and leave it in the fridge for at least 5 hours of even overnight, or freeze it for another time.  Somehow this step really makes a difference in taste and texture of the baked cookie.  Then scoop it up and bake as normal.I know it seems like a lot extra to do but when you have to stay GF in a G world you find ways to make things work.  I make adjustments to just about all the mixes I buy. And these cookies (with my tweaks) have a great, look, taste and texture.",positive93"I made these for my sister in law who has a mild/medium gluten sensitivity who was staying with us.for the weekend. As a person who typically eats gluten, I was impressed.First I made the amendment of adding an additional egg and stick of butter. The butter I use is Smart Butter blend. An additional half cup of chocolate chips. Also I let the dough rest in the fridge for about a half hour.It was very sticky, and my husband taste tested the dough said it was 'iron' like in taste. We baked for 15 minutes and let them cool a bit before eating. Everyone liked them and said the taste was 'normal'. Texture is different, more grainy, and they fall a little flat but that didn't matter to me. The next morning I ate one and it had a slight banana flavor. I had my coworkers try them and said the same about banana and thought they were decent without having known they were gluten free until after trying.Since I only made a few cookies I left the dough in the fridge overnight. The current batch I'm making rose up quit a bit more. They handled a little better too. My only complaint is the need to have 2 sticks of butter in relation to fat content.",positive94"Honestly, I'm more than a little surprised by other reviewers who say these cookies taste ""just like regular"" chocolate chip cookies. I don't know what cookies they were eating before but these in NO WAY taste or look like the homemade ones I make, nor did I expect them to.They are very easy to mix up but the dough is odd both in taste and in texture. After mixing, it appears quite crumbly but if you smoosh it together it will form a ball and then can be placed on cookie sheets. The taste of the dough has this....well, quite frankly yucky after-taste but thankfully that mostly goes away after they are baked.I got these mixes for my husband who was diagnosed with type II diabetes because some of the other gluten free products we'd tried were diabetic friendly but after reading the label found that not to be the case. In fact, if you are on any other kind of restricted diet, you should read the label before buying. Per every 2 cookies there is 180mg of sodium, 24g of sugar and 41g of carbs. Had I seen the label prior to buying, I would have passed. My bad.Bottom line: If I were gluten sensitive/intolerant, I would be thanking the God's above for these but since I'm not, I can't really say they are as good as regular cookies and if like me, you are thinking these will fill the bill as a healthier alternative if you are on a restricted diet of some other kind then the answer to that is no and they don't claim to be. I just want to save someone else from making the same assumptions I misguidedly made and is in NO WAY the fault of the maker but just my own mistake.I didn't give them 3 stars because they don't fit in with the diabetic diet but because they just didn't taste that good to me, my husband or either of my parents. Not horrible, just not what I would describe as ""tasty"".",positive95"I used to spend a fortune on good Chai Tea at the coffee shop.  Then, I discovered the double-spice tea.  We both loved the stronger flavor of the spices.  To my dismay, on my next trip to the grocery store, the double-spice tea was nowhere to be found!  It was one of those items that apparently wasn't on their regular ordering schedule.  I looked it up on Amazon, and, there it was...six boxes at a time, on subscribe and save, a decent price, and quick delivery!  This tea is great with a ""sweetener of choice"" (I generally use stevia or agave in mine) and some milk or cream, hot or cold.  My hubbie drinks it with no additions at all and it is his ""pre-sleep"" tea of choice.  I've also used 5-7 bags in my iced tea maker and the result is yummy iced tea (or, add just a bag of this tea to regular tea for a hint of spice).  Stash teas are great overall.  I like the fact that they are individually wrapped in a ""foil"" wrap that holds together well and can be taken to the office or wherever without dissolving in one's pocket or purse!  It IS black tea and contains caffeine!  If this is a problem, try the Good Earth Original Caffeine-Free tea.  Also available on Amazaon, it is a delicious, slightly sweet, cinnamon-y tea!",positive96"I'm looking for a really good chai to make at home. This had good reviews and my local grocery store actually carried it. I brought it home, made a cup and literally couldn't drink it. I had to put 3 tsp the sugar in it and extra cream to even be able to take a few sips. And thats reslly saying domething because i usually take little to no sugar in my tea. I actually like bitter black tea. This chai by stash isn't bitter so much as just plsin bad. I love chai and used to order loose leaf ( at a high price) from a place online that doesn't have it anymore. I guess you get what you pay for. This tea has a terrible after taste i can't begin to describe. Like dirt or sour cinnamon. I like both cinnamon and cloves so i'm not sure my complaint is the same as other reviewers. It really tastes like old bitter, sour, cheap spices to me! Glad i got this on sale at the store rather than wasted money ordering here. This box willbe going to work, annonously so no one knows it's from me! Or perhaps i should just throw it out. Don't like to be wasteful but I can't bear the thought of drinking a whole box of this!",negative97"I am an Earl Grey fan, and I am currently enjoying a thermos of Stash's Double Bergamot as we speak. The citrus background of the standard Earl Grey mix is definitely amped up, making it into the central focus of the tea (as opposed to the black tea base). It is obvious you are still drinking tea, mind you, but now the bergamot flavoring is a lot more transparently citrus in origin.Cup by cup is probably the best way to make it your first time out. Making it by the traditional ""full pot"" method of ""1 per person and 1 per pot"" (and for me, often ""1 extra just for the fun of it"") makes the taste borderline spicy. This is how I first sampled it and it caused me to cough upon my initial swallow because I knew it was strong but was not quite expecting that level of strength. I recommend a little bit of honey and a little bit of milk to help bring the taste into roundness.Like Lapsang Souchong, this tea has a distinctive flavor that seems perfect for waking you up on a cold morning or refreshing you after a long day's hike. It gives me a little extra perk at work, and I like that.However, I cannot five star this tea because the flavor is a little too intense for the more casual drinker. I like having tea socially, and sharing it with my friends. Most of them outright dislike this one or only sip it sparingly (just like the aforementioned Lapsang Souchong).Earl Grey fans, however, can rest assured that it is a five star review for them.",positive98"I received a variety of Stash teas as a Bridal Shower souveneir over a year ago. I'm sorry i took so long to bust 'em open. Stash is an amazing quality with natural tasting, comforting flavours in both the Herbal and Black Tea lines. I am so impressed, I've become a Stash convert.This Double Chai is very well balanced in it's spices, but still comforting and yet refreshing at the same time. I made mine mostly according to the directions (tea is easy that way), but i did use sweetened condensed milk instead of regular milk and sugar. It may not be 'Starbucks Quality' as one reviewer lamented, but I'm sure the beauty of Chai is that it can be well made in a variety if different ways. And while i've never been big into Chai, in the future, I'm definitely going to keep a stock of this Chai tea in my pantry. And unlike many other common brands of black tea, this one does not go bitter after 5-10 minutes of steeping. I'm used to having to be vigilant about removing the bag after 3 minutes, because I'm sensitive to the bitter over-steeped taste of lower quality black teas. That was not at all an issue with either of the black teas I've tried from this company. I can't wait to buy more Stash Teas.",positive99"I enjoy a variety of teas from herbal to traditional to Green & White's, but generally prefer green teas.  I found the Stash brand on sale once and they had a huge selection, so I picked 5 or 6 varieties to try, including the Double Bergamot Earl Grey.  I had originally planned to pass on this variety, but thought I may as well give it a try.  As the days went on I tried each of the varieties one by one and really enjoyed them.  Then finally I got to the DB Earl Grey.  I didn't have high expectations for it, but let me tell you -- I was absolutely blown away by this tea.  It is perhaps the best tasting, most full-bodied and yet elegant tea (I know that's a strange word to describe tea with) I've ever tasted.  If you like regular Earl Greys, you will LOVE this tea.  You can tell the Bergamot oil is of very high quality.  Take your time to inhale the scent of the tea bag before you even start brewing -- it's that good.  The taste cannot be compared to any other Earl Grey I've had, and I've had some very good ones.  And you can brew quite a large cup (like a double tea-cup size) with one bag.  This tea is very full-bodied, so if you like your teas weaker, don't leave it brewing for too long.  They did not skimp on this tea and you really owe it to yourself to give it a try.",positive100"I have tried spiced chai tea, but it did not have enough spices. I also tried a mix where you just add water, but they were too sweet. I prefer a stronger spice flavor and I like to be able to control the amount of milk and sugar. So, I usually make my own chai spiced tea from scratch. I get just the right amount of ingredients, but it is a lot of trouble and takes time.Then I tried the Stash Double Spiced Chai Tea. With more spice than most other teas I found the flavor and intensity to be fairly close to my home-made chai. This chai tea is able to maintain the flavor of the black tea with a nice blend of spices that give it a little extra kick with the double-spice. Of course, with more spices comes more bitterness. The way to lessen the bitterness is to slightly increase the milk and sugar. A better way to help cut the bitterness is to use honey instead of sugar.I will still make my own home-made version when I have the time to make it. But, I will also use this Stash Double Spice Chai Tea as an alternative until I find something better.",positive101"I drank the regular strength Stash Chai for more than a year, and I liked it very much, although I always found myself wishing for a spicier version. When I learned that Stash also makes a Double Spice Chai I picked up a box of it at a local coffee/tea shop and decided it was actually closer to my preferences. When I had a chance to order a case of the Double Spice Chai on Amazon I made my purchase and have been happily drinking it at breakfast for the last couple of months. I make a large double-sized mug-full using two tea bags and I drink it fairly sweet and with a considerable amount of milk or Half and Half, since that is closer to the traditional way to prepare chai as I understand it. I do like it a lot, but I have to agree with the reviewer who commented that the double spice tends to overpower the strength of the black tea component and that Stash would do well to use a heartier variety of black tea in their formulation of this product. Nevertheless, I am still generally content with my Double Chai and am continuing to enjoy my morning brew of it.",positive102"There's something geniunely weird about turkey being called Shoulder of Pork and Ham.  Obviously, it's not that.So what to call this stuff?  Turkey Meat and Stuff?  TUMS?  Nope, that one's been taken. TWAM? Turkey Wing and Meat?  Who knows what turkey parts are in here?  I just assume that the really good turkeys are sold intact, with the innards removed, so there must be plenty of other parts we don't get to see, or turkeys that are not worth trying to sell intact, that goes into this lowest fat of all of the famous and legandary SPAM product.The good news is that it's way easier to slice than a real turkey, and you can cook it in a few minutes.  And yes, I really recommend slicing and browning this stuff in a frying pan.  Otherwise it does sort of resemble cat food.Personally, I'm experimenting with shifting my breakfast toward protein and away from fat and carbs so won't be tempted to eat a huge lunch in the middle of the day when my job is basically sitting and moving a mouse around.So, I gave this a try and if you fry it a bit it isn't bad.  It's sort of like going to Arby's without getting in the car.  Oh yeah, and if there's another economic downturn, it's a really cheap way to have a Thanksgiving dinner.  Better stock up now!",positive103"I grew up in SE Alaska back in the 70's when the transportation infrastructure was not as good as it is today.  Sometimes, things like fresh meats, fruits, vegetables, and dairy were a bit expensive back then.  While fried Spam was not a staple back then for us, it was definitely a regular on the menu.Now in my mid 30s, I work a lot of late nights and was looking for something quick and easy to eat, yet actually has protein and is filling.  Walking down the grocery aisle, it jumped out at me, viola, Spam.While it no longer sports its key that you used to tear away that thin strip of metal, it was just as I remembered.  However, I no longer had the metabolism of a child.  I am already festively plump, so I figured I better lay off the blue Spam.So I decided to give the Turkey Spam a try.  At about half the calories and much less fat, how could I go wrong.What separates Spam from the cheap Wal-Mart knock off for me is that Spam has a nice firm texture which other imitation brands do not seem to have.  While I would give the taste of the Turkey Spam 4 stars, the texture was terrible.  The texture was soft and mushy, much like the imitation Spam products.  Personally, it reminded me of eating a can of cat food.  After eating a few slices, I could not bring myself to finish the can.  I did not try frying it.  Perhaps some further cooking would firm it up a bit.If you are a Spam addict and figure you need to shave some calories out of your diet, it is definitely worth a try.  The taste was not bad at all.  However, if the texture of your mystery meat products is important to you, I'd probably stick to Spam blue.",positive104"The Sparkling ICE brand is one of my favorite drink brands ever. I always thought I was craving sugar when I would reach for a soda instead of water (which wasn't often but often enough to make me hate myself for craving something so inherently unhealthy) but after realizing that it was the carbonation I was after, I quickly changed to these calorie free (and carb free, gluten free, and caffeine free) drinks instead. They are seriously so GOOD.And this lemonade flavor is by far my favorite. Many of the others are so strongly flavored (the pineapple one in particular) that you can't drink it with every type of meal (ie seafood, pasta, etc) which was annoying. This one though, I found I could. If I had to chose one drink that I had to drink for the rest of my life without ever having anything else, this would be a very close second behind water. It's THAT good.The only thing I would note is that it is sweetened with Splenda. Splenda doesn't bother me at all but my husband can instantly tell the difference and ends up with a stomach ache any time he consumes it so unfortunately these can't help me to get him off his soda kick. So if you are also sensitive to Splenda, this isn't the product for you.Comment",positive105"The product description is a little sparse, so when I came back to re-order and saw there were still no reviews, I thought I would add some more information.First, as you probably guessed from the price, this is cinnamon burmanii, so it is not the most flavorful variety of cinnamon, and it is not really suitable for grinding.The product come in 3 individual sealed packages with a reusable zip-top seal, which is nice, because you don't need a container to store it in once it is opened.The main thing I use them in is to flavor coffee instead of sugar, and they work pretty decently for that.  For a normal, 6-oz cup of coffee, you only need a half of a stick.  They are pretty tough sticks though, I just switched to a 12-oz mug and I use a whole stick.They have a good cinnamon flavor, being more sweet than spicy, so if you are looking for spicier cinnamon you may way to keep looking.I experimented with steeping the cinnamon in the coffee before pouring it in the cup, but it seemed a little bitter when I did that.  You are better off putting it in right when you are ready to start drinking your hot beverage.",positive106"Two things I'd like to comment on...First:Reading the first reviewer's comment about the shelf life, I was concerned, but gambled on the purchase anyway.  While I did better than they did (they received their product with 2 months until it went beyond the code date), I only got 8 months.  Reading the description, it talks about being shelf stable for 13 months so I was robbed of the 5 months.Second:I bought this primarily as cream for my coffee so I'm estimating that I'll use at most 2 Tablespoons per day (more on the weekend, but I generally only have two cups of coffee at home as I'm mostly drinking my daily coffee at work).  Each carton holds 64 Tablespoons.  So that means I'd use it up in 32 days.  However, each box is only good for 14 days once it's opened (although I'm guessing that's probably conservative).  With those numbers, I'll be throwing away half of each box.  Now I'm sure that I'll use the stuff in recipes here and there too, so my usage will increase somewhat but the long and short of it is that the boxes are just too darned big!  Come to think of it I can probably take some to work as I've got a small Tupperware container to carry it back and forth in, but still :(Continuing with the math, if I use one box every two weeks, that means my supply of 12 boxes will be used up in just 24 weeks which puts my supply inside the 8 months shelf stable date this batch came with.Overall I'm happy, but BORDENS - PUSH TETRPAK (the packaging supplier) TO COME OUT WITH A CARTON THAT'S HALF THE CURRENT SIZE!!!!!!!!!!",positive107"This is a really big jug of chocolates!We distributed them into at least half a dozen Christmas gift baskets and still had a few leftover to sample!All of the chocolates we tried were lovely, fresh, and of very high quality.  The wrappers were beautiful, shiny foil in shades of blue, green, red, silver, and gold.The only down side is that some are not labeled at all, and some have very minimal labeling.  It would be nice if the package included a ""key"" of some sort, and if you're buying for a picky eater or someone with food allergies, this could be a risky pick.The flavors we tasted were all subtle and delicious, though, and included:-very dark chocolate with light, crispy chocolate nibs-a smooth, lighter chocolate with a creamy hazelnut filling-a maple chocolate - better than you would think, without an overpowering maple flavor-a creamy, chocolate-covered caramel-a smooth, mild peanut butter truffleAll in all, there were about 70 large-sized, beautifully wrapped candies, and not a single one we didn't like.  They are an amazing treat, as long as you don't mind the surprise of not knowing which flavor you might unwrap!",positive108"I'm very active and a huge fan of coconut water and drink 1 or 2 cans a day (sometimes more).  I'm definitely aware of the carbon footprint that I'm leaving as I contribute to shipping coconut water around the world.  But for me, nothing beats coconut water when exercising or when i first wake up in the morning.... I admit my addiction.  I LOVE COCONUT WATER!!!A friend of mine told me about CocoHydro and i was skeptical at first.  I read about it on their website, it seemed like a noble idea coming from a good company, so I decided to order it.  To my surprise, I really like it!  I would have ordered the Original flavor, yet Amazon was out of stock (i've backordered), so I ordered the Pineapple.  It is really good!  Pretty authentic flavor and I can definitely feel it hydrating my body.  It's in my water bottle when I'm on my bike and it works great!  I do look forward to trying the Original flavor, as that will be the determining factor for my ultimate opinion on this product.I do add more of the powder than is recommended on the instructions, as i like a stronger flavor.  I also add a pinch of salt, as I like more salt when I exercise.This is definitely going to be a staple in my kitchen and water bottle!  Its much cheaper than buying cans of coconut water.While nothing beats a fresh coconut cracked open, sitting on the beach of Costa Rica, waiting for the perfect wave to come in, this is a great alternative for us coconut water addicts in North America.I support it.",positive109"""Kretschmer Original Toasted Wheat Germ"" is one of the healthiest and tastiest foods you have available at your local grocery. When you read the label, you see a lot of nutrition and few calories for just 2 tablespoons. But much of what wheat germ has is not on the label. For instance, it promotes gentle regularity and is an excellent source of chromium, selenium, and other trace minerals. It is also a balanced package of protein, carbohydrates and fat, without saturated fat. It promotes heart health and provides an energetic feeling. Mixed with vitamin C, some people use it as a very effective antihistamine without side effects.Since 1982, I have incorporated ""Kretschmer Original Toasted Wheat Germ"" into my daily diet. The easiest ways to achieve this are as follows:1] Adding to cold cereal, oatmeal, yogurt, soups, homemade bread, puddings, macaroni and cheese, applesauce and literally anything you want that has sufficient moisture.2] Substituting wheat germ for bread crumbs in meatloaf, veal/ chicken cutlets, or any fried batter.Kretschmer's Wheat Germ comes toasted in a vacuum-sealed bottle which makes it a very stable and fresh product. It even has an expiration date printed across the top of the bottle in plain sight. Raw wheat germ from the health food store tastes awful, turns rancid sometimes before you buy it, and is usually poorly packaged.This ""Kretschmer Original Toasted Wheat Germ"" gets a 5 for nutrition, ease of use, packaging, and value which makes Kretschmer's Wheat Germ hard to beat. Oh, I forget to mention --IT TASTES GOOD TOO!DOWNSIDE: This 12 ounce package costs only $1.00 less than the 20-ounce package and should be passed by when the 20-ounce size is available. Sometimes the 20-ounce size is out of stock or absent from store shelves so check first.",positive110"This is just how I remember drinking barley tea for the first time in Shinjuku, Japan. This tea tastes just as great and brings back memories for me. It has a toasty nuttiness flavor, similar to dandelion tea but more light and refreshing. Says you can steep in cold water, but I enjoy it by putting one tea bag in my coffee maker and brewing it that way. Makes a wonderful morning coffee replacement. Individual tea bags are larger than normal, each making 1 qt of tea (equivalent to 4 cups or 2 water bottles). I drink lots of healthy tea (moringa, dandelion, green tea, white tea, oolong), and this one of my favorites!I find placing one tea bag into my coffemaker is so convenient for me as it is enough to fill a 10 cup carafe with strong flavor within minutes (not watered down and faster than cold steeping). For any left over hot tea, I let it cool down to room temperature and place it in the fridge for a refreshing drink anytime. My highest recommendation for this tea is using clean, great tasting water as it really makes a difference.I only see one ingredient listed on the box: Barley. Manufactured by House Foods Corp in Tokyo, Japan. Hope this helps.",positive111"After having a great experience with barley tea, I figured that I needed to find some bags to brew up my own tea. (It'd be cheaper, that's for sure.) What initially drew me to this brand was that the instructions are in English, which is something that is not guaranteed with each brand out there on Amazon. If you are new to brewing, this is will be easy for you to understand.The teabags are sealed up in foil packets, with many bags in one packet, so depending on how long you'll go between usages you might want to put the remaining bags in the foil packet in a ziplock. (I know that some are especially sensitive to the difference in taste that comes from teabag containers being left open.) Each bag can be used to make 1 quart of tea.This tastes pretty good and I loved how easy it was to make. You can either brew it with hot water or leave it in the refridgerator to brew in cold water. It's rather fast when it comes to steeping, so I was able to enjoy the tea after a few hours in the fridge.I'm absolutely going to purchase this again when I head back to my local Asian food market.",positive112"Years ago, there was a Japanese restaurant where I could get ice cold barley tea, occasionally.  They didn't always have it on the menu because of the brewing process taking so much time.  I loved that tea. When they had it on hand, I ordered two very large containers of it.Recently, I read about Barley tea bags, the House-Mugicha Barley Tea, in particular.  So, I found it and ordered it from Amazon,some for me and some for a friend of mine.The order was filled before the estimated time of delivery for both of us.  Well, she loves it and so do I.  Tastes just like that tea I liked in the Japanese restaurant only, I brew it anytime I like.It's so easy.  I just put one bag in a nearly two gallon jug, fill it with cold filtered water and place it in the fridge overnight.I plan to order more from Amazon too and so does my friend.  She is supposed to drink more water and the Barley tea helps her to do just that.Note: This kind of tea has many health benefits besides just tasting good.  The Japanese have been drinking it for centuries for good health.  And... it will cool down the body nicely during a hot Summer day.",positive113"Our little girl is 9 years old now. A year ago she was so ill, she would vomit up a lot of yellow mucusand she would shiver & shake most all the time and she became so recluse & go hide under the bed andstay there most all the time.She use to play all the time, she has about 10-12 toys and we named them allwhen we got home & we would always tell her go get, fish, frannie, bob, tye, and the list goes on and she would bring them to us. Well she even stopped playing.Well I got on the internet and read for hours the reviews on Dr. Harveys dog food and I ordered it last Set 2010and I kid you not, with in a day we had our little girl back again no more throwing up no more shaking.We are retired and she wear's us out wanting toplay all the time.I thank our Good Lord for this wonderful dog food.I do not work for Dr. Harvey's and this is writtem by me personally. If you dog or dog's are sick (PLEASE PLEASE)try this food.I buy 5LB and it makes 33LB's of dog food. Do the math it is cheaper then buying the dry dog food withall the chemicals in it and just end up throwing it out because your dog only eats it, because he/she is really hungry.And you save money running to the Vet's because your dog is sick all the time.I did not know Amazon carried this food until I checked it tonight. I have just ordered it tonight from Amazon.I do a lot of shopping here & I love the service Amazon offers to us buyers.Good luck everyone with your little babies.",positive114"All three of my dogs LOVE this food -- even my ultra-finicky dog! It is human-grade food and full of every good thing. It is very, very easy to make, and meal-time has become a big deal in my house -- they all sit with wagging tails as I prepare it. When I stayed at my mom's house for a couple weeks, her two dogs were much more interested in having my dogs' food than their own regular dog food. I originally bought this food because I wanted to put my dogs on a vegan diet. For the protein source, I use tofu and all sorts of beans like chickpeas/garbanzo beans, black beans, etc. They love it no matter what I add to it. I rotate the type of oil I use, or sometimes I use a blend. When I first put them on this food, I used the serving size they recommend, and my dogs started gaining weight. So I am actually able to use less than what they say in the instructions. I have three 50-pound dogs and I use approximately 1 scoop per dog, twice a day. In the 10-lb bag there are about 198 scoops, in the 5 lb bag there are around 99 scoops, in the 20 oz bag there are around 24 scoops. So from that you should be able to calculate a good estimate of the cost for your dog(s). Of course for smaller dogs you can use less. With my finicky dog, I used to have to stand over him and goad him into eating his commercial dog food (which even contained meat). Now he scarfs his food every time! One other note: I sometimes add some Nature's Recipe Vegetarian formula dry dog food just to add some crunch. For vegetarian/vegan treats, I feed them Sam's Yams and C.E.T. VeggieDent. It is a wonderful thing to be able to give my dogs a cruelty-free diet! And we never have to worry about all those crazy dog food recalls!",positive115"I have only found a few gluten free crackers I like, this IS NOT one of them. I purchased these at Sam's Club, much cheaper. These crackers were hard, not crunchy, almost seemed stale. The first bite didn't taste too bad but they left an awful, odd after-taste, similar to burned grain. The texture wasn't too bad, not the usual prepackaged gluten-free grainy texture. My husband went Gluten-Free when I had to, he almost almost anything and he doesn't like them either. We tried them plain, with cream cheese, with cream cheese/olives, in salad, with cheddar cheese, nacho cheese but nothing would conceal the after-taste, in my opinion they were Horrible! I would say it is just my taste buds but...I not 1 of my 5 kids, 4 of which will eat pretty much anything, liked these. We offered them to friends, family, and neighbors but after trying them no one would take them. It could be possible that we purchased a bad batch, there were 2 packages in the box, but I don't think we want to chance buying and wasting another box. After reading some of the other reviews it appears many people love them, I guess you never know unless you try them. We hated to toss them in the trash so we occasionally used them as dog treats, the dogs did like them.",negative116"This item contains sucralose.When I ordered the item, I read the description page twice and did not find any hint of fake sugar stuff, so I ordered the Mango Pineapple pack.  Shortly thereafter, I read the comments and tried to cancel (I hate Splenda for many reasons), but they were already being shipped.  I could have refused the package, but decided to give it a try.  After all, if I did not like it, my sister (addicted to Splenda) might.As soon as it arrived, I opened a stick and added a small amount to a cup of water.  Much to my surprise, it was not bad!.  The experience may have been different if I had used it as indicated, but I normally use this sort of dry mix sparingly.  In this case, it produced a fruity and sweet cup of water.  Not overly sweet - but again, I only used a small amount.  I decided to keep these and use with water or home made lemonade (instead of sugar or honey).  I will still share with my sister, but not all of them.Why 3 stars?Average between misleading description (1 star) + good flavor (5)Amazon, please revise the description page!",positive117"I got this on a Gold Box deal and used the coupon so it came at a buck a box.I read hough the reviews and knew what I was getting.I got the Strawberry Acai and I can say that I can taste the honey ,strawberry and acai.There is a hint of green tea and yes too much splenda.I don't mind splenda but the problem with this product is that like any mass produced item it is made for the masses.The average america is like a hummingbird that is flapping it wings all day looking for the next hit of sugar.Starbucks ,McDonald's,Cimminbon the list goes on and on.The good thing about this product is that I can use it when you go to a place to eat and they don't have any good options for drinks.Just get water and add this do it.I can also take this to Panera Bread and get the free water and add this for a change of pace.Movie theaters with water fountains are another use ,bring an empty water bottle fill it up and add this.At least I know how many calories I am getting and it is better than the favored waters and diet sodas.It is very hard to eat right in this county ,I think this product is an eat better but not right.",positive118"I was unsure how ""Lipton To Go Stix Iced Green Tea Mix"" would taste, I was interested but also a little leery. I decided to wait until I was in need of `refreshment' and not just a `drink.' Over the weekend I was working in the garden, came in and decided this was the time it was designed for.I poured a glass of water, added the powder and stirred. And stirred, and stirred again. The powder clumped a bit and took some work to break up. I took a small sip and mainly tasted the artificial sweetener. Not so good. I took the plunge and took a big swallow. That was rather better. It tasted of tea and the hint of honey and fruit. Not bad, I down the rest of the glass in two goes and was pleasantly surprised. Not bad.Then trouble creeped in as the main flavor ended and the taste of the artificial sweetener filled my mouth in the aftertaste. I do not make a habit of drinks with artificial sweetener and this aftertaste was the reason why. BLEAH.Since my wife is no stranger to diet soda's I asked her to give it a try. She had the exact same problems I did with the powder clumping badly and an even strong reaction to the aftertaste.In the end when you're downing it this is a nice, refreshing drink, BUT if you are not in the habit of `diet' drinks the aftertaste will be an unpleasant and unwelcome surprise.",positive119"When I saw this I thought ""Oh boy! ice tea , sweetened with honey sugar and a taste of strawberries"". I should have been thinking ""Oh boy, tastes like raspberry jello and I can DRINK it"". Don't get me wrong, it tastes alright for what it is . Just don't get your mouth all puckered up for tea because there isn't much tea taste to it.  The person who came up with the idea of adding sucralose should be fired. Maybe that was their way of competing with all the no-calorie, low-calorie ""water enhancers"" on the market but I think they will lose more customers with the sucralose than they would with a few more calories. But what do I know?Anyway, a description of the product. The box comes with 10 little packets about the size of a stick of gum. Easy to carry in your pocket or purse. Each packet flavors 16 oz of water.  Each packet has a little slit making it easy to open and an opening just the right size to empty  it into a bottle.  Dissolves quickly. Decaf ,if that's important to you.The ""GO Stix"", in water,  were a little too strong for my taste but I emptied one into a 2 quart pitcher of Lipton iced tea and it gave it a very nice, subtle strawberry taste. I think that is the way I'll be using mine. Not what they were intended for ,I know , but works for me.",positive120"I love the concept of a mixture in a small packet form that you can add to water in order to transform the taste. I know many companies have embraced this idea and have branched out from juices to coffee and I think it is a good direction to take. A few of these packets in the side pocket of my bag provides a convenient way to have my own beverage when I want it without the danger of a flask or a bottle spilling on your stuff.This concept I give 5 stars and will gladly purchase more in the future.However, as far as taste goes Lipton has sold out to the sugary sweet guys. Lipton's Iced Green Tea Mix really is more like Kool-Aid fruit punch. For my tasting preference, a 20 oz bottle of water is not enough water for one of these packets. I ended up using half of a packet for 20 oz of water. Using more water with the packet brings out the tea in the drink which is normally hidden by the sugar sweetness in the 20oz water.If Lipton calms down the sweetness level in the packet I would definitely purchase again. It isn't very practical to use only half of the package per beverage.",positive121"Lipton Tea & Honey Strawberry Acai is an individually-packaged drink sweetener that you add to water in order to improve the flavor. It is decaffeinated, which I especially like, and is pretty simple to use: tear off the top, pour it into a bottle of water, and shake it up until the powder is completely dissolved. What you get is a refreshing, low calorie (10 calorie if you use the entire packet) drink that is an alternative to cola and plain water.Overall, the product has a decent flavor, and you can definitely taste the honey and strawberry. I do, however, have two problems with it. First, the box states the product is ""made with real ingredients,"" yet it contains the artificial sweetener sucralose (which is marketed under the trade name Splenda). The use of sucralose in no way invalidates the other ""real"" ingredients like tea leaves and strawberries, but it also means that not every ingredient in the drink is *natural* (something people often infer when the term ""real"" is used). Second, each packet contains enough for TWO bottles of water - if you pour the whole packet into one bottle, it will probably be significantly too sweet.Rating: 4 out of 5 stars. I liked the flavor overall, and will use it in the future. It is a valid alternative to diet cola, and has a more natural flavor than many other water sweeteners on the market.",positive122"A while back I tested a couple of flavors of Mio and found them to be one dimensional and disturbingly artificial. On one hand, while I usually brew my own ice tea for daily drinking, I don't always have it and sometimes would like a substitution. Mio isn't it. Lipton To Go Stix are an improvement over Mio. Mio tends to only hit parts of your tongue's taste buds and lacks a balance and fullness of flavor, in addition to tasting fake. Real brewed iced tea has a broad spectrum of flavors that cover a wide range of taste buds while highlighting the flavors you brew it for. In my case, I make cold brewed green tea with honey and I can actually taste the green tea and honey. With tea drink mixes, though, I rarely taste the tea. Most are overly sweet for me. The Lipton To Go Stix, however, when mixed as directly, is not overbearing in sweetness or any one flavor. I still don't taste ice tea, but the other flavors taste like they are supposed to and it covers a wider range of tastebuds. It does not taste artificial. The 7 ingredients include flavors from natural sources (honey, sugar, green tea powder, hibiscus) versus Mio's mostly synthesized formulas.On the whole, I think I may pick up some of these To Go Stix if I see them on sale. I think Lipton did a good job of creating natural flavors and it may fit the bill as a substitute drink for me.",positive123"My kids and I enjoy the flavor of the Blackberry Pomegranate Iced Green Tea Mix from Lipton, but it doesn't taste like I'm drinking tea.  The fruit flavor doesn't really taste like a juice, either. It's very good, but I do wish it tasted more like an herbal-green tea mix with less sweetness.  My kids disagree. They like the flavor and its sweetness just the way it is.  I prefer to drink it diluted to half-strength, so instead of pouring the whole pouch into my 16 oz. water bottle or glass, I pour in half of it.  Or I get my 32 oz. water jug and pour the whole pouch into that.Other than the fact that it doesn't taste like tea at all, the other small complaint I have is that the powder doesn't fully dissolve.  There are always a few small dark pink balls floating around, no matter how much I stir or shake it.  I just tell myself it's little pieces of fruit and go ahead and drink it.  I have noticed that they do dissolve by the time I finish the drink, if I manage not to swallow them down.This is a great flavor additive if you are trying to drink more water, but just can't bring yourself to drink it plain.  It should be noted that it does contain caffeine and artificial sweeteners.",positive124"This is a pretty-tasty tea mix and I like the slim profile of the packet which allows you to pretty much stash it anywhere you want until you need it. The ""open here"" slot makes it easy to rip the end of the pouch open without having to use your teeth, but the hole that results is a little small for the tea to pass through easily, which means you got to work it through for a couple seconds, causing a little powdery mist to form outside of your drink container if you're not careful.At first, I thought it was the container I used to mix the tea in-or maybe that I was using tap water-that was causing this slight bitter beginning-taste to it. But it isn't either of those things. The powder just has a slight taste to it that may or may not turn you off to the drink.Each packet is 10 calories and 2 carbs. It says 5 calories, but if you take a second glance, that's for 8 oz of water; the full packet makes 16oz. If the directions are for 16oz of water with a small bottle of water pictured (like the kirkland signature ones from costco), then can we get a nutritional count for the whole 16oz, please? I didn't dock anything off the rating for this, given that it's printed right on the packet, but c'mon...Overall, a nice little product to give your bottled water some extra tasty kick. Not a fan of that first split-second it hits the palate, but if you're busy, you might not even notice.",positive125"I love the To Go sticks that you simply mix in a bottle of water!  I've had many different brands and flavors over the years.  The Lipton To Go Iced Green Tea and Honey with Blackberry Pomegranate wasn't too bad.  Both of my kids (ages 6 and 7) wanted to try it too.  The 6 year old gave it a thumbs down but the 7 year old gave a thumbs up.The powder did not dissolve too well.  I shook and shook and shook but there was still some parts that were not dissolving (both in chilled and unchilled water.)  I also don't like that the instructions are to mix in an 16.9 oz container of water, but the serving suggestion and caloric information is all based on 8 oz (Why can't we keep things simple?)  Still at 10 calories for a 16.9 oz bottle of water, that isn't bad.  No fat, only 1 gm - per serving - of sugars.  The big plus for me is the 10mg of caffeine that it has per serving!  I can skip my afternoon coffee but still get that extra little lift to get me through.It also says that it is naturally sweetened with honey.  Which, yea, it has honey granuels in it, but it also has sucralose.Overall it is pretty good as a water enhancement powder.  I would buy in the future.",positive126"This is a great tasting, low calorie iced green tea mix  from Lipton.  It is not too bitter, although the use of sucralose, which is extremely sweet, makes it a bit on the sweet side for my taste.  My wife loves the stuff - then again she does not mind artificial sweeteners.Speaking of sucralose, I was surprised because it appeared that Lipton had actually come up with something that was not bad for you.  However, closer examination of the ingredients revealed use of an artificial sweetener (sucralose), which is one way to make the iced tea sweet and low calorie.  Although this is probably the least offensive of the artificial sweeteners, I generally avoid them like the plague.  Besides, the only reason why I was excited about this tea mix was because it appeared natural - tea, honey, strawberries - how could I go wrong?Each package contains approximately 4 grams of the iced tea mixture - because it is so sweet, you could probably get away with using less than the recommended serving size (1/2 package or 2 g) and it would still taste pretty good.  I might go with 1/4 package. Whatever you do, don't dump the whole package in a glass.  As far as the flavors go, strawberry overwhelms everything else - this tastes like the fruit drinks my children love.For those of you that don't care about ingesting artificial sweeteners you will probably enjoy this iced tea mix - it does taste pretty good.  I generally liked the stuff, although I will dilute the mixture next time around.",positive127"Looking for a way to spice up your drinking water and getting tired of adding lemons or limes?  Lipton's Tea & Honey mix adds a flavorful new option already divided into individual serving packets, which makes it easy to add to a water bottle on the go or a full glass of water at home.This particular flavor is quite different from the standard powdered mixed drinks, having a strong honey taste with a light strawberry twist.  There isn't much sugar in it either, at only 2 grams per packet, so it's an option to consider for diabetics or people watching their sugar intake.Plenty of other reviewers have noted there is a small amount of sucralose (Splenda) in here, which is something to consider if you don't care for artificial sweeteners. As the husband of someone with Type 1 diabetes I've gotten quite used to it and find it to be a very enjoyable flavor, so it didn't personally bother me at all.If you don't have time to brew up iced tea at home and want a quick flavor boost for water, this is a great option, and is an excellent way to make bottled water more exciting on picnics or car trips.",positive128"This is not the ideal or the most nutritious of drinks, but if it stops you from drinking sugary drinks, then it is definitely an alternative to consider.The taste is mostly strawberryish in a Kool Aid kind of way. I diluted it in water (dilutes fairly easily) and then added ice cubes for an icy cold drink.Each box comes with ten individually wrapped packets. The corner of each packet is pre-cut, so it is easier to open and you don't have to hunt for hard to find perforations. Each packet is good for a 16oz drink. If you find it too rich, you can always increase the amount of water or use one packet to make drinks for multiple people.One packet has 10 calories, all sugars. There is no other nutritional value on the label.If you are cautious about artificial sweeteners, this one has sucralose.The green tea is decaf, and indeed I did not feel a caffeine kick.The outside box is nice and colorful, but the drink definitely doesn't taste as good as it looks in the picture.The bottom of the outside box and the individual packets show an expiration date, but it is not written in a straightforward fashion from a consumer's perspective.The overall rating is closer to 3.5 stars out of five, but closer to a 4 than a 3. It gets bonus points for reasonable taste and convenience, but sucralose brings it down.",positive129"I was quite excited to try Lipton's new Tea & Honey To Go packets. While I was a bit skeptical of the five calories proposed for each 8-ounce serving, seeing as how honey is a fairly high caloric sweetener, I figured I'd give it a go anyway. So after receiving the tea, I mixed it up per the instructions and took a sip. Yowzas! The tea was super sweet with a bit of strawberry flavor and no tea that I could taste. I ended up watering the tea down enough that one packet, which is usually two servings, ends up as four or five 8-oz. servings. The berry flavor became very diluted while there was still that taste of icky sweetness. Overall the berry flavors and tea are weak, even undiluted, and I noticed no honey flavor what-so-ever, so took a look-see at the ingredients where I spotted sucralose (an artificial sweetener) thrown right in the middle of things. Now that is where the sweetness is and don't take kindly to that addition, as I avoid artificial sweeteners whenever possible. Seeing as how Lipton is sneakily claiming this is sweetened with honey (And look! NO aspartame!), with no mention that in actuality the sweeteners are honey granules, which are made from both honey and sugar, and sucralose except by viewing the ingredients list, makes me angry because I've been swindled. Yeah, this is natural all right. I'm definitely not going to trust Lipton's marketing from now on and urge them to think about switching to a natural sweetener such as stevia. So if you like your food natural, best to skip this, but if you're not so picky and don't mind artificial sweeteners in your food, then give it a go if you're interested. I'll not be trying any other flavors of this product.",positive130"Tea&Honey hmmm sounds like it might be all natural but it's NOT. Before I even opened this box, the smell of it turned me off. I poured this into 20 ounces of water which was even more then the 16 oz it called for and then tasted it, GACK, this is clearly not honey!  One swallow and I tasted this in my throat and mouth for an hour and the after taste is horrible. Even the glass I poured it out of, I couldn't get the smell out of even after washing it. This is so putridly sweet I could barely swallow it. I assumed this was as the front of the box said in BIG letters Tea&Honey, well it's not just sweetened with honey. The misleading product labeling did not clearly state that this is full of Sucralose (Nutrasweet by another name) and Maltodextrin two products I would NEVER put in my body knowingly. Both make me sick and give me migraines. Question is WHY? Why would you put artificial garbage, chemical sweetener in green tea that was already sweetened with sugar and honey?Lipton, this product is very misleading. You should Clearly state ""Artificial Sweetener"" and or ""Diet"" on the FRONT of the package so people who care what they put in their bodies won't buy this by mistake. Can't you just keep it all natural?",negative131"The product's name lead me to believe it would be naturally flavored with flavors I like.  Unfortunately, the flavor of the artificial sweetener is very pronounced and it is a flavor I strongly dislike.  I do not use artificial sweeteners and avoid artificially sweetened beverages because I do not like the flavor, not for health reasons.I used one packet per 24 oz bottle of water and I am sure that if I were to mix it per instructions it would be way too sweet.  I was not able to taste honey or pomegranate.  Blackberry is somewhat pronounced, although not as a natural but as an artificial blackberry flavor.I also had a problem with packaging.  When I tore the corner of a packet at notch, the resulting hole was too small for the contents to pour out.  I had to jiggle the packet and push the contents out.  That created a cloud of fine dust which I inhaled - not pleasant.  I struggled with the second packet as well.  It is possible that it is just the batch I received that did not have the tear notch punched properly.The description says ""Sweetened with honey, made from real tea leaves and real fruit flavors."" I am surprised this kind of marketing is allowed or tolerated.  It is just as much (probably more if you consider contribution to the total sweetness) sweetened with artificial sweeteners as it is with honey.  As for the green tea or pomegranate flavor...  Who can tell that this tastes anything like either one of those things?  It seems like a manufacturer can show to a cousin of a random employee a picture of tea leaves and pomegranates and let them listen to bees buzzing and then claim that the product was made with tea leaves, honey, and real pomegranate flavor.I would not buy this product the way it currently is.",negative132" Length:: 3:18 MinsThe GOOD:* Conveniently-sized portions make for great drinks on-the-go* Taste is excellent, if not too sweet. Mango is the predominant flavor, with hints of green tea and pineapple. Refreshing!* Lower in calories than many of the sugared drinks on the market, making for a more nutritionally-sound purchase* Quick and easy to make, without having to wait for tea to brew and cool* Mixes well in waterThe BAD:* Those wanting to shy away from artificial sweeteners may not like the addition of sucralose* Not quite as cost-effective as simply brewing bags or loose leaf teaThe VERDICT:* A winner! Lower pricing and alternative natural sweeteners (such as stevia extract) would have pushed it to a 5, but the Lipton To Go Stix are definitely an easy and tasty drink, wherever you go!Nutritional Content:Serving Size 1/2 packet (1.9g)(makes 8 fl oz prepared)Servings Per Container: 20Amount Per Serving:Calories: 5Total Fat: 0gSodium: 0gTotal Carbohydrate: 1g (0%)Sugars: 1gProtein: 0gVitamin A: 10%Ingredients: Honey Granules (Sugar, Honey), Citric Acid (Provides Tartness), Green Tea Powder, Sucralose (Sweetener), Maltodextrin (Corn), Hibiscus Extract, Natural Flavor, Beta Carotene (For Color)",positive133"Blackberry and pomegranate, green tea, and honey sounds like a lovely combination. Unfortunately, none of those flavors come through in this product.Despite a honey and sugar combination being the first ingredient, the artificial sweetener dominates the flavor of this drink. A berry-fruity-acidic flavor is the next most prominent, but if i'd tried this drink blind i don't think i ever would have guessed it was supposed to be blackberry and pomegranate. I couldn't catch the faintest whiff of green tea flavor or honey, no matter how hard i tried.When i made my first glass of this, i probably mixed it too strong. A single packet (two servings) is supposed to go in a 16.9 ounce bottle of water, but i just mixed mine into a glass. It took a fair bit of stirring to get it to dissolve.My first sip was of an overwhelmingly cloying mixture. It was like being punched in the mouth with fake sugar.I poured half the glass out, and refilled with water. Same experience, but more of a slap than a punch. I continued pouring some out and refilling with water, hoping that at some point it would taste less like fake sugar and more like any of the components advertized on the front. Unfortunately, as i diluted it more and more, the acidic generic fruit flavor faded out, while the artificial sweetener stayed strong. Never did green tea or honey visit my tongue.I suppose for a person totally habituated to artificial sweeteners, this product will taste entirely different. However, if you assume based on the fact that 'honey' is featured prominently on the front of the box that this product is naturally sweetened, you're in for a nasty surprise.",negative134"I've had a number of instant drink packet mixes in the past from various vendors.  This, Lipton Iced Green Tea mix, is similar in the fact that it comes in a box of 10 packets, each ready to mix into a 16.9 oz. bottle of water or a like-sized glass of water.  I used it in a glass, stirring with a spoon, and it dissolved quickly for me.  I found it to be quite strong even with added ice, and ended up adding more cold water to suit my taste. I thought the flavor was good.  I could taste the honey, blackberry, and pomegranate flavors but found it was a bit overly sweet, and this comes from a confessed sugar junkie. Still, I enjoyed it after adding the water and would choose it again.Interestingly enough, a serving is only 8 ounces, though you mix each packet in a 16~oz. bottle of water.  I can't imagine what the purpose of making this distinction is, other than to qualify the ""5 calories per serving"" claim on the front of the box.  Would 10 calories a serving be a deal breaker for most people?There are no other noted nutrition values besides 1 gram of sugar and 10 mg of caffeine per serving.  It states that each 8 ounce serving contains 60 milligrams of flavonoids, which is more than cranberry juice and almost twice that in orange juice.  From an internet reference, ""Flavonoids have antioxidant activity. Flavonoids are becoming very popular because they have many health promoting effects. Tea flavonoids have many health benefits. Tea flavonoids reduce the oxidation of low-density lipoprotein, lowers the blood levels of cholesterol and triglycerides.""To summarize, I enjoyed this drink and would purchase it again.  It is convenient, tasty, and provides a few health benefits.",positive135"I tried this Strawberry Acai Decaf Green Tea Mix along with my two daughters ages 10 & 12. My 10 year old didn't care for it, on the other hand, my 12 year old liked it and said it tastes like liquid strawberry jello. A serving size is 1/2 a packet and 8 oz of water, only 5 calories, and 1 gram of sugar. It is sweetened with honey and also sucralose. It is perfect for the 16.9 oz water bottles which would be double the serving if you are counting calories but still only 10 calories and 2 g of sugar. It does say it's Decaf Iced Green Tea, strawberry acai flavored. I don't taste any iced tea at all, if you like strawberry flavored drinks then you'd probably like it, because strawberry is definitely the only flavor you taste. It's great drink for kids being so low calorie and so low in sugar as compared to the usual juices for kids and the packets are also very easy to open. I only gave it 3 stars because for me it just wasn't the flavor I was looking for, I wanted to be able to taste the iced tea. I would try a different flavor or maybe just the plain iced tea.",positive136"I was curious to try this, as the ""Honey"" part caught my eye. I have tried the previous edition that had the aspartame, and it had a strange aftertaste that I wasn't fond of. I like to have little packets like this to keep in my purse or in the car though, and the flavor sounded pretty good.As soon as it arrived, I read the box. I wanted to see what the ingredient list was. And so I must say, if you're looking for something with no artificial sweetener at all - BEWARE. This does not have aspartame, but it DOES have sucralose (otherwise known as SPLENDA). I was a bit disappointed when I read that, as I was hoping it was just honey as the sweetener.However, I went ahead and made some - I even measured out the 16.9oz so that my initial taste-test could be as accurate as possible. I smelled the packet when I first opened and could definitely smell the mango. The pineapple was less pronounced. Then I the water in a glass container with a lid (I wanted to see how well it dissolved). One good shake and I could still see some bits (probably the honey) floating around. Two more really good shakes and other than a small bit in the bottom, it was all dissolved. I opened the lid of the container and took another smell - again, very strong mango, with a bit of pineapple. It smelled really good. As for the taste - it lives up to the smell. I really like it. I don't get any aftertaste from the sucralose, and the fruit flavors are not too strong. It's not overly sweet, though that is individual taste and can be easily fixed by adding a bit more water.Overall, despite my disappointment with the addition of sucralose (which is why I gave it 4 stars vs. 5), I would happily buy this. It tastes delicious, can be adjusted for taste, dissolves easily, and is convenient to carry around.",positive137"There's a stark disconnect between the front of the product's packaging (which promises ""Iced Green Tea"" with honey and natural fruit flavors) and the actual product. Lipton could conceivably have marketed convenient packets of gunpowder green tea, with its characteristic bitterness subtly curbed by tiny amounts of honey and fruit oils. Such a product might have been a hit with the health-obsessed, ingredient-conscious crowd that already enjoys unsweetened tea. Instead, they decided to go for a more mainstream audience: people who crave sweet-as-soda beverages, but want to feel good about what they're drinking.The result is a product that's almost indistinguishable from Sugar Free Kool-Aid, but will likely be brought to market at a much higher price point based on its supposed healthfulness. The Lipton Stix packaging brags that (unlike Kool-Aid) it's got ""no aspartame""--because it uses the artificial sweetener sucralose (aka Splenda) instead. Yes, green tea powder is the third ingredient (after honey granules and citric acid)--but to give you an idea of how much tea there is in this ""tea mix,"" a chart on the side brags about Lipton Stix containing 60mg of flavonoids per serving, comparing favorably to cranberry juice and orange juice. This is an extremely selective comparison. Most pertinently, a cup of tea typically contains anywhere from 200mg to 1000mg of flavonoids, depending on the variety, density, and brewing process.Now, it's one thing to emphasize a product's naturalness (""natural flavors,"" ""made with real ingredients,"" ""tea & honey,"" ""real fruit flavors"") without mentioning the artificial sweetener anywhere other than the ingredient list. But there's one claim that I believe to be overtly deceptive: ""sweetened with honey."" Let's examine that. Honey is listed in the ingredients as ""Honey granules (sugar, honey),"" which means that there's actually at least as much sugar as honey in the product. A half-packet serving has ~1g of sugars, so even under the generous assumption that there's as much honey as pure sugar, there's only about half a gram of honey per serving. Is it conceivable that you could detect half a gram of honey in 8oz of water? Certainly not if you add enough sucralose to make that 8oz of water taste as sweet as fruit juice (~25g of sugars).So to summarize: At best, honey accounts for 1/50th of the sweetness in Lipton Stix that the sucralose provides. Shame on you, Lipton.",negative138"I got a sample of the Mango/Pineapple flavored tea and really liked it a lot so I now buy this product regularly in the grocery store.  I am on the go a lot and like to keep a cooler of ice with bottled water in it in the back seat. Plain old water is just boring after a while. I do carry a bottle of home brewed iced tea with me but still I like to use the little to-go stix of all sorts from different companies and this is a very nice addition to my options.  I really liked the Mango one so I tried the blackberry/pomegranate one and liked it less. My favorites are the mango, peach, and strawberry ones.As a diabetic, I like to watch the calories and carbs and this is a refreshing way to flavor water without a lot of sugar. It is quite convenient to carry along to flavor water and tastes fruity. If you are avoiding sugary drinks , this is a good choice. Kids also love this and it is nice if you are having a fast food lunch with kids to carry along a cooler of ice with bottles of water and add their choice of Lipton To Go Stix to the water instead of buying tooth-rotting sugary sodas at restaurants. There is only one gram of carbs and it has 10% of your Vitamin A requirements (at least the Mango Pineapple one does). It is made with real green tea leaves instead of just artificial flavoring and green tea has health benefits.I recommend this product.",positive139"Have been enjoying this tea with the warmer days here. Easy to mix and toss in a couple of ice cubes.If not for the following two complaints, I could give this product 5-stars:1) Half a pouch is deemed a serving. Okay, 5 calories vs. 10 calories isn't a big deal, but seriously who is only going to use half of one of these tiny tubes? Most people don't even understand how little 8oz is. Starbucks serves 8oz short drinks, but they don't list it on the menu and people would probably laugh when they saw the size...just as an example.2) Advertising that there is NO aspartame is hugely misleading because it 'suggests' there is no artificial sweetener since honey is prominently displayed and listed. Yes, there is no aspartame, but there's sucralose, which is also an artificial sweetener. And WHY even have an artificial sweetener when honey is the very first ingredient listed?I don't get why it's difficult to reconcile such issues as the ones I've noted here.Like I said, the tea is tasty and refreshing, but those who make the product, package the product and market the product need to get real.",positive140"Lipton to Go Stix Iced Green Tea Mix, Tea and Honey, Mango Pineapple offers a fresh-tasting sweet tea that registers only five calories and ten mg of caffeine per eight ounce fluid serving.  The Unilever product comes in a small box, packed in ten handy flutes.  It is, the manufacturer states, made from real tea leaves and contains 60 mg tea flavenoids per eight fluid ounce servings.  It is also sweetened with honey, and real fruit flavors.  It is, as well, easy to prepare.  You can add a packet to one bottle (16.9 fl. oz. of water), or half a packet to an eight ounce glass of water: just stir and enjoy.  The tea does take a little bit longer to dissolve than some other mixing powders, so you do have to shake, or stir well.  It's obviously a handy thing to keep on hand for the office, the gym, the backpack, or anywhere you are on the go.  I've found it a handy pick-me-up when I am hot, thirsty, and tired.I found the taste quite sweet and delicious.  What can I say, I just love mango Margaritas, figure somebody snuck that recipe out of paradise.  The pineapple taste here does add a bit of tartness, too.  However, in the list of ingredients I find sucralose and corn maltodextrin as sweeteners: these ingredients concern me.  (Of course, I've no idea what might be in the mango margarita mix that bars use, so..)  I'm not a dietitian, just do my best to eat healthy stuff; this drink might, still, be more healthy than diet soda, I just don't know.",positive141"I usually drink Crystal Light and my favorites tend to be the simple flavors. This was neither and that was good.First off, it is 10 calories per packet - it says 5 calories per 8oz serving size but there are 2 servings per packet and it is intended for a regular 16.9 fluid oz bottle of water and I really dislike when marketing tries to get all tricky like that.Adding the dry contents of the packet to my bottle of water I was initially worried because it was taking longer to dissolve than I was used to with the Crystal Light packets and I was worried I was going to have little gritty stuff at the bottom of my bottle - Didn't happen.  All the ""grit"" dissolved perfectly - it just took a minute longer.The taste initially was too sweet and I got immediately the taste of pineapple and mango (I had just sipped the plain water though and almost anything after plain water is too sweet).  My second and third sips were much more to my liking.  I still got the mango and pineapple sweetness right away but the taste after that was more mellow with the hints of honey and green tea.  I normally don't like green tea but the sweetness of the pineapple and mango and honey really lessened the bitter taste I sometimes get with green tea.All in all I really liked the smooth taste of it.",positive142"First off, buyers be warned that it's a low-calorie drink, which means it has that ""diet taste.""  If you've had any diet drinks, like Diet Coke, you'll know what I'm talking about.  I know some people hate it, so if you're one of those, I doubt this will change your mind.  Also, I know some people like unsweetened iced tea, so take note that this is (artificially) sweetened.That said, my wife and I really like it!  The one we tried was the mango-pineapple flavor, which was really refreshing.  The box comes with ten packets, with each packet for one 16-oz. bottle of water.  As one reviewer pointed out, one bottle of water wasn't enough, and it was a little too sweet for our taste, too, but when we used more water (about an extra 8 oz.) and put in some ice cubes it was perfect!  The mango taste is stronger than the pineapple, but it has a great tropical iced-tea taste to it.I'm not a big soda drinker, so with spring and summer around the corner, I'm glad to have come across this on Vine.  It is a great, refreshing drink for a hot day and I like that my wife and I can each have a decent serving size from the single packet and just think--now we're getting half the calories of an already low-cal drink!  Of course, your mileage may vary, but if you drink diet sodas or juices, give this a try!",positive143"When I try a powdered drink mix, I am interested in three factors: First, I want the stuff to taste good.  Second, I want it to dissolve well.  Third, I'd rather drink something without a lot of calories.  This drink satisfied all three conditions for me, so I would be interested in buying more in the future.The drink tastes good.  It's a little sweet for one packet mixed into a drinking glass, but there are enough fruit flavors to make the sweetness a bit complex and worth tasting.  I didn't taste the pineapple at all, but the mango flavor was nice and pronounced, not quite overwhelmed by the honey taste.  It doesn't taste like home-brewed iced tea, but it was closer than I expected from a powdered mix.The box warns that the powder needs some extra mixing to fully dissolve, but I had no problem at all stirring it in a glass for a couple of seconds.  There was no grainy layer at the bottom of the glass, and my drink was smooth.Finally, each packet is only ten calories, so this still counts as a viable low-calorie alternative to soft drinks.  There are lower calorie sweeteners out there, but ten is close enough to zero that this mix is a viable beverage for those who prefer to drink water most of the time.This is not a must-drink experience, but it's very good by powdered drink mix standards, and I recommend it.",positive144"87 degrees? In March? IN CHICAGO??????? Yeah, that's what we've been suffering through (some might say 'enjoying') these past two weeks in March 2012. Rather than lovely 50 degree weather and watching the tulips and magnolias SLOWLY begin to open up their buds, we're having SPRING ON STEROIDS, instead! So, break out the grill, the flip flops and the Iced Tea!!!My family and I go through copious amounts of tea. Being British, everything in life goes better with tea, either hot or iced. This Lipton product was a nice addition to our life-style and I hope they come out with different flavours to carry with you on hot days. We gave this a trial on a long hike in the dunes off of Lake Michigan. Had our supply of water bottles and the wee packets to add to them. Of 6 adults and 2 teens, this tea received a 4-5 star rating, over all. We enjoyed that it was actually sweetened with honey, rather than nasty fake sweetener. And we really enjoyed that you could taste that tart tea taste that we enjoy so much; it wasn't overshadowed by the fruit flavour.Normally, I don't enjoy products added to water as they turn out too sweet or just too ""too""...meaning TOO fruity, sweet, or whatever. This product nailed the perfect blend of turning water into something pleasant to drink, rather than needing plain water to WASH the taste of an added product off of your taste buds.Good Job, Lipton!!! Now, make a Honey and Mint version and I'll be a Happy Camper! :)",positive145"I normaly do not reach for the decf items, and when this product arrived...I thought, oh gee...then, I thought how bad can it taste?  The taste was great.  Not overly sweet and  with a hint of honey. Just the right blendThe packet that the power is contained, very easy to open,  unlike some of the other brands. The powder mixes well, unlike other brands.I recently had purchased the SodaStream soda maker, and use a liquid flavoring, I prepaired the carbonation in the bottle and poured in the Lipton packet ..... Oh boy!  It started to fizz and bubble and the color was a bright red like a strawberry! What a mess .... however, when it settled down the carbonation disapated andI found that the ice tea had a rich light taste. Tip:  if your try this tea  carbonated  a light carbonation is advised ...Also, if you want a drink like a light water, just use less from the packet.  Refreshing and half the cost of flavored waters.The only down fall for this powdered tea is the color!  Scarlet Red, it stains if you spittle.. (bg).  Other than that, I will looking forward to our grocery storehas the new Lipton Ice Tea.Diffently recommend this product.",positive146"In an ongoing effort to avoid diet soda during the day, I have turned more and more to liquid and powdered water enhancers.  They are often hit or miss in terms of taste, but I'm pleased to say that Lipton's ""Tea & Honey"" Strawberry Acai is a pretty solid product.  That said, be aware that this sweet drink tastes far more like a strawberry punch than it does tea.Obviously, for marketing purposes, Lipton is playing up the ""all-natural"" use of honey.  A quick glance at the ingredients, however, shows that while there is granulated honey on the list, there's also plain old sugar and, perhaps to add sweetness yet keep the calories down, the artificial sweetener Sucralose.  As a result, this is a very sweet-tasting drink.  It does, however, have a pleasant strawberry taste, and I'm primarily concerned about the taste.  One might argue, however, why a person should avoid diet soda if they are going to use a powdered mix that contains artificial sweeteners.Another marketing ploy I noticed was that the ""5 calories per serving"" is actually two per packet, which cannot be resealed.  Essentially, you are supposed to pour the entire packet into a standard bottle of water and then, I guess, drink half (for a single serving).  I don't know anyone that would actually do this, so Lipton would be better off labeling this as ""10 calories per serving,"" which is far more accurate.  Lastly, the box warns that these drinks need to be shaken at length to dissolve the tea.  That's very true.  It took several minutes of solid shaking to make all those little tea granules disappear.  Don't shake and drink quickly unless you want grit in your mouth!These things aside, I did enjoy this sample and plan to use the entire box -- probably faster than anyone would recommend.  While not addictively delicious, it's more refreshing than bottled water and probably better for me than diet soda.  Give it a try!",positive147"Lipton Green Tea to Go, blackberry/pomegranate offers a fresh-tasting delicate sweet tea that delivers five calories and ten mg of caffeine per eight ounce fluid serving.  The Unilever product, the manufacturer states, is made from real tea leaves and contains 80 mg tea flavenoids per eight fluid ounce servings.  It is also sweetened with real fruit flavors, and is, as well, easy to prepare; just stir and enjoy.  The tea does take a little bit longer to dissolve than some other mixing powders, so you do have to shake, or stir well.  I find the caffeine helps as a pick-me-up when I get in hot and tired in the afternoon.I found the taste quite sweet and delicious.  What can I say, I just love the berries of summer, all of them, blueberries, and blackberries, raspberries, strawberries, stop me before I start raving...  I just, at a local farm stand, run by a local farmer with a good reputation, bought strawberries, blueberries, raspberries and blackberries all at once, with only me to eat them.  And I did, don't worry about that.  Anyway, the pomegranate taste here does add a bit of tartness, and pomegranate is also considered quite healthy.  However, in the  list of ingredients I find Aspartame (Sweetener), Corn Syrup Solids, Modified Corn Starch,  Maltodextrin, and  Acesulfame Potassium as sweeteners: these ingredients concern me.  Of course, I'm not a dietitian, I just do my best to eat healthy stuff; this drink might, still, be more healthy than diet soda, I just don't know.",positive148"We drink a multitude of beverages in our house.  Everything from soda, coffee, tea, hot chocolate and flavored water, so we always enjoy giving new beverages a try.  Lipton To Go Stix Decaf Iced Green Tea Mix is a blend of tea, honey and strawberry acai that comes in a 10-Count box with each powdered package producing a 16 ounce drink.  Here are my thoughts;Pros+ Easy to make, just add water, stir/shake and you're done.+ Convenient for travel.+ Good way to add flavor to water.+ 5 calories per 8 ounce serving.  One packet makes a 16 ounce serving.+ No aspartame.Cons- Contains sucralose.- Doesn't really taste like tea.  Tasted more like strawberry Kool-Aid or Jell-O to me.- May be a bit too sweet for some.Powdered ""On-The-Go"" drink mixes always seem to be hit or miss in our house.  Most of the time they taste terribly artificial or too tart/sweet for our tastes.  Lipton To Go Stix Decaf Iced Green Tea Mix was no exception.  It tasted very little like any flavored tea I've ever tried.  This isn't necessarily a bad thing if you're looking for a sweet and refreshing drink.  However, I think many people will have difficulty equating the flavor of this drink mix with tea.",positive149"The box proclaims ""Sweetened with Honey"", and honey granules are listed as the first ingredient, so I thought, finally, something that is just lightly sweetened.  Uh, no, once I tasted it I double checked the fine print ingredients and saw that there is Sucralose in it.  While honey granules might be the largest ingredient by volume, by taste, it is overwhelmed by the artificial sweetener.  When a maker is so deceptive in the presentation of the product, it makes me wonder what else is misleading in it.I tried diluting it, in order to reduce the sweetness.  Well, the berry flavor receded into the background, but it was still too sweet.  Too bad.....It tastes like punch, and the convenience factor is great.  I love the way there are so many of these little single serve water flavors available now, but the artificially sweetened ones are way too sweet, as is this one.  For now I stick to True Lemon unsweetened, and the other unsweetened flavor products from that company.If you like drinks to taste sweet, with a sweetness that lingers in your mouth for many minutes after taking just a sip, you'll probably like this product.",positive150"I was worried that the sugar and carb content in these drink packets might be high because of the honey used to sweeten them. I was pleasantly surprised when they arrived. There is 2gm sugar, 10 calories and 2gm of carbs per packet (it is listed as 1/2 packet per serving, but that is unrealistic). One packet makes about 16oz prepared. Each box comes with 10 packets. The packets are made with real tea leaves and each packet (2 servings) contains 120mg tea flavonoids.My first impression of this drink mix was something along the lines of ""ohh my..."" followed by a second quick drink. This stuff is WAY better than I thought it would be. I think I would actually prefer the taste of the Lipton Tea & Honey Blackberry Pomegranate to fresh brewed Blackberry pomegranate tea with honey. It is incredible! The honey sweetens it perfectly without giving it that over-sweet, bitter taste. The tea itself tastes more like a black tea than a green tea (which is a good thing in my book because black tea tastes better, but green tea seems to have more health benefits). It has a perfect harmonious balance between the blackberry, pomegranate and honey. They seem to compliment each other very well.This was my first time trying any of the Lipton Tea&Honey packets and I am tempted to run out (in pajamas and all) and snatch the rest of them off of the grocery shelf because I have a new favorite. Thanks Vine for bringing these into my life. I definitely recommend you try this....NOW.Note: all tastes buds are different and mine do tend to prefer super sweet drinks, so these may be too sweet for you if you like light sweetening. However, you can always add more water to your cup! I think you should try them and decide for yourself",positive151"I must watch my calories, sodium, sugar, and fat due to health issues. Thus tea is a preferred drink over sodas. I want to live, and live a good lifestyle. This product helps. Expecting good taste since it is produced by Lipton, a favorite of mine and my wife's, this was hardly a gamble in trying. The flavor was excellent, strong, fruity, and actually better than expected. I've tried lots of flavored teas and usually have gone back to regular plain old Lipton.Fat & Sodium are 0. Sugar only 1g per 8 oz. and calories only 5. 10mg caffeine if that's an issue for you, not for me. After realizing the drink was a bit sweeter, like southern sweetened tea, and I'm used to less sweet, I tried mixing the drink with an equal amount of club soda. WOW. Even better. Now the Lipton Blackberry Pomegranate flavor was still there, less sweet, the drink had the fizz of soda, calories cut to 2 ½, and sugar only 1/2g. The drink came out as clear as sun tea.Kids will love this sweetness. Kids need drinks with low calorie count. That's becoming major for child health.Convenience is a plus, an easily opened individual tube of powder, travel friendly, a freshly mixed drink at work, or make it one bottle at a time at home. No more having several types of bagged tea on the shelf to mix one with another, and then a remaining half-pitcher of tea going funky in the refrigerator. This has a shelf life of well over a year. It is tons better than instant teas I've tried, easier storage than bottled brew, and has the refreshing taste that the world has come to expect from Lipton. My sample convinced me to begin converting from the mess of tea bags.Dare I mention this can be carried in a shirt pocket or purse to a restaurant and instead of ordering those overpriced drinks, ask for the free iced water, then pour in your Lipton, stir, and ""Bob's your Uncle"".",positive152"Love the flavor of mango pineapple with a hint of green tea! Super refreshing to drink on a nice hot or warm day and I especially enjoyed it after a walk around the park. Quenched my thirst and didn't leave any disgusting after taste in my mouth that some other mix ins can leave. Super easy to mix into my drink: I just opened the packet, poured it into my cup, added cold water, and stirred. I had to stir for awhile to break everything up all the way otherwise I can see myself drinking little undissolved particles.What was so interesting about the flavor for me was how refreshing it was to drink and so flavorful. Right away you can taste the mango and pineapple, which are a perfect combination together, but there is also a hint of green tea behind those flavors. Thrown throughout the whole blend is a slight taste of honey that just compliments everything together. If your a fan of these flavors and are looking for a really refreshing drink, I have to say give Lipton To Go Stix Iced Green Tea Mix, Tea & Honey, Mango Pineapple a try for I am sure you will find it just as delightful and refreshing as I did.Please note that this is 5 calories per a serving, but keep in mind that 1 packet contains 2 servings so in fact it is 10 calories per a serving that I have been using. But I have also been using it in a really tall glass that holds more then 8oz of water (More like 13ishoz) hence both servings work just perfect for my taste level. Enjoy!",positive153"I think this product is absolutely great. I just gulped down 16 ounces of water flavored with one of these Lipton Tea&Honey packets and I really loved it!But, then again, mango is one of my favorite flavors. Pineapple is in there, too, but I think the mango stands out. Either way, it tastes delicious.You just empty one of the long, narrow packets into 16.9-ounces of water -- either a bottle (and shake well) or a glass (and stir well). I used a glass of water, but will try it in a bottle of water on my next long, hot walk.Packets are scored, so they're easy to open -- a real plus -- and easy to pour into either a bottle or a glass.Sweetened with honey, made from real tea leaves and real fruit flavors. Ingredients: honey granules (sugar, honey), citric acid, green tea powder, sucralose, maltodextrin, hibiscus extract, natural flavor, beta carotene (for color). (NO aspartame.)Calories 5. Zero Fat. Zero Sodium. Sugars 1g. Vitamin A 10%. 10mg caffeine per 8 fl oz serving (2 servings/packet).Lipton, you've got a winner here! Great product!UPDATE: The day after writing this review, I filled up a 33.8 ounce bottle with water, poured in ONE packet of ""To Go Stix"" and took it on a 6-hour road trip. Flavor and sweetness held up well in twice the amount of recommended liquid and the drive didn't seem nearly as long as usual.",positive154"Update:after a week or so of drinking this, I decided to stop because I was having some odd health problems (upset stomach, etc) and a lot more sinus/allergy problems than normal.  I decided that it might be the Acai berries, that were causing the problem.  I looked on the internet and the berries are associated with some stomach problems.  I really did like it, especially diluted somewhat, but it's not worth the aggravation.  If you don't think allergies will be a problem, here's what I thought of the product:I decided to try this flavor additive for bottles of water because it is decaf and also, unlike most of those flavor-adds, it does not use Equal or some other sweetener.  I can't drink much caffeine at one time (more than a couple of sips can really mess me up) and I also can't use Equal or several other of the sweeteners.  This tea uses honey and the natural sweetness of the strawberries and the Acai berries to sweeten the green tea that is the basis of the beverage and it doesn't contain caffeine.  It mixed very easily with the water and had a nice taste.  I don't like my bottled water to have very much flavor, so I tried changing the ratio (it was one packet to each 16.9 bottle) to see how using half strength would work and I liked that even better.  I ended up just putting the bottle of water with the flavor in it inside my fridge door and I just get a glass of water from a plain bottle and then add however much of the flavor that I want.  My boss liked the flavor, too, when I gave him a glass full.  I wasn't sure how to tell the Acai berries from the green tea, but I could definitely taste the strawberry, so if you don't like strawberries, you probably need to skip this product.  But if you love them, maybe you've found this year's summer drink.",negative155"I'm really liking these new Lipton packets. I've also tries their pineapple mango and its just as great. What I like about them is that they are great for traveling. When I go away, I usually buy a case of spring water and add one of these packets to the water. I'm not a big fan of just plain water especially on the beach so having this flavor makes the water delicious. They are very convenient to put in your pocket too. I always have one handy when going out to eat because I don't drink soda so i'll ask for a tall glass of ice water and add a pack of the Lipton to it. You get 10 packets in a box which is nice too. And lastly its decaf Green Tea with Honey so you get some antioxidants. I've tried many other brands and so many seem to have an after taste that tastes like chemicals. I'm happy to find that these didn't have that. They also have a peach flavor and a blueberry, haven't seen them in the stores yet but i'm sure by the summer they will hit the shelves.Its a great sugar free flavoring and enjoy them better than many others.",positive156"The first thing I check with any flavored drink is the nutrition facts (I want to eat my carbs and calories, not drink them!) There are 2gm sugar, 10 calories and 2gm of carbs per packet (it is listed as 1/2 packet per serving, but that is unrealistic). One packet makes about 16oz prepared. Each box comes with 10 packets. The packets are made with real tea leaves and sweetened with honey. This mix does not contain Aspartame, it is sweetened with honey and Sucralose (equivalent of Splenda). The Strawberry Acai flavor is decaffeinated.Full Ingredient List: Honey Granules (Sugar, Honey), Malic Acid (Provides Tartness), Decaffeinated Green Tea Powder, Hibiscus Extract, Maltodextrin (Corn), Sucralose (Sweetener), Natural Flavor, Strawberry Juice Solids, Acai Juice SolidsAs far as taste goes, it has a really nice and sweet Strawberry flavor with a hint of honey. I personally can't taste the Acai. I also verily taste the tea. It is more of a strawberry drink with a slight tea and honey flavor. It is really good. However, if you are expecting lightly flavored tea, this one is not for you. It is also on the sweet side. I personally prefer sweet drinks and it is perfect for me. If you prefer your drinks not as sweet, plan on adding more water.I definitely like this flavor and will buy more. I do wish it had caffeine, but I can stick to this in the evening hours. It makes a nice alternative to water. While I would recommend this, I like the Lipton To Go Stix Iced Green Tea Mix, Tea and Honey, Blackberry Pomegranate, 10-Count (Pack of 12) flavor better (it is caffeinated). These would also be great with vodka or rum.",positive157"Lipton's new packets of Iced Green Tea with Honey and Blackberry Pomegranate are delicious, refreshing, and light-tasting.  Plus, they're only 5 calories per packet.  Obviously, they're very similar to (and probably a direct competition for) Crystal Light's to-go packets.  Naturally, Lipton offers tea flavors.The instructions say to add one full packet to 16 oz. of water, but I used twice the water it recommended for one packet, and it's still very flavorable and super-sweet.  If you're going to use a glass of water or small bottle of water, I'd recommend trying only half a packet (or less) to start.  There are honey granules (sugar and honey) that dissolve and sweeten the water.  The packaging touts that there's no aspartame (Equal) in these like Crystal Light, but there is sucralose listed as an ingredient, which is another artificial sweetener.Most importantly, though, is that these new Lipton packets, like Crystal Light packets, give your water a little boost of flavor and, in the case of green tea, flavonoids.  If you're trying to eliminate sodas from your diet and are tired of drinking ""just"" water, try these little packets.  You'll still be drinking the water, but you'll have a flavor boost that won't make you feel like you're drinking ""just"" water.",positive158"When I drink this delicious green tea flavored with mango and pineapple I like to imagine I'm at a beach. In fact if I was going on vacation I'd take these packets of iced tea mix with me. One packet works well in a 16.9 ounce bottle of water but it tastes even better stirred into a glass of water with ice. The message you get when you read the front of the box is that this is going to be all natural with just honey sweetening your tea. That is not exactly true. This contains honey granules (made from honey and sugar), sucralose and maltodextrin. This also contains green tea powder, hibiscus extract and natural flavor (mango and pineapple). If you made this tea with only 8 ounces of water as it suggests then this tea would be very sweet. It needs about double that amount of water to taste normal. So really if you add this to a normal bottle of water it will still be only five calories per drink. I also like that this does not have aspartame in it. The flavor is great and if you don't mind a little sugar this might be a satisfying drink for the summer.~The Rebecca Review",positive159"10 individual pouches come in this box, which is handy for sticking it in your purse or in your lunchbox. It is easy to mix up with a glass of water, and does not take long to dissolve.Why only 3 stars? Well, first because it really does not taste like tea, more like berry kool-aid. The second reason is that though the words ""tea & honey"" are splashed all over the product box and the packet, you'd expect that 1) it tastes a little like tea, 2) you could taste the honey, 3) honey is the only sweetener.  I've already talked about it failing point 1. You can faintly taste the honey - it's not overpowering, and was a nice taste. Point 2 in its favor. Now onto point 3; the ingredients are as follows: honey granules (sugar, honey), citric acid (provides tartness), green tea powder, hibiscus extract, sucralose (sweetener), maltodextrin (corn), natural flavor, blackberry juice solids, isomalt, soy lecithin, pomegranate juice solids. I see 3 sweeteners other than the honey granules: sucralose, maltodextrin, and isomalt. Point 3 against this product. Serving size is also misleading - you'd think one packet is one serving. Wrong, one packet is 2 servings. Not really a big deal, but it might be for some.I'll enjoy the drink, but not sure that I would be eager to go out and purchase it right away.",negative160"I bought this product because I dislike the taste of artificial sweeteners, so I thought this would taste better than other low-calorie powdered drink mixes such as Crystal Light.  However, as soon as I tasted it I knew there was ""fake sugar"" in it- I could taste the artificial sweetener but could not taste the honey at all.  I turned the package over and sure enough, one of the listed ingredients was sucralose, which is found in Splenda.  I think the label is a bit misleading because it gives the impression that only honey is used to sweeten the product which is not the case.  The box says it does not contain aspartame, which is true, but sucralose is not much better for you and still has an artificial taste.  I didn't like this so I wouldn't buy it again, and truthfully, I would rather buy this product if it was sweetened with ONLY honey or real sugar, even if that meant it had more calories.  A spoonful of sugar only has about 20 calories- if they put one spoonful per pack and each pack makes two glasses of beverage, it would still be a low-calorie drink, it would taste better and would be more natural.",positive161"My teenagers love green tea and anything with a funky flavor, so I got them the mango pineapple flavor of this Lipton To Go green tea mix. It's a great way to flavor plain water, which one of my boys hates to drink.They both liked it quite a bit and said it tastes just like the pre-made Lipton green tea bottles you buy in the store. I mixed up half a packet in an 8-ounce glass of water for myself, and it took some time for it to fully dissolve. The color is a bit weird...a yellowy orange. I could taste the mango and the pineapple, but with the honey, it had a bit too much going on for me, flavor-wise. Didn't seem that balanced. I wouldn't make it again for myself, but I'd buy it again for my boys. Flavor is such a personal thing, though, and there are SO many reviews on here with different opinions, so if you're an adventurous sort, try it for yourself. It didn't have a chemical taste to me, just a lot of flavors going on.In reading the other reviews, I don't understand why some people are FREAKING out about there being Splenda in it. So?? Many low-calorie drinks are sweetened with Splenda (sucralose) or Nutrasweet (aspartame), and Splenda is a much better alternative than Nutrasweet. If you don't like artificial sweeteners, then don't get this product! And read the label first...yes, it says there's no aspartame, which may lead people to believe there are NO artificial sweeteners, but a quick glance at the nutrition panel tells you it has sucralose. Those of us who are hypoglycemic appreciate having products with lower sugar available to us, because we have to give up most sweets. If you prefer things with Stevia, then buy unsweetened tea mixes and flavor them yourselves. Toss in a little pineapple juice and honey and knock yourself out. But just because this tea has Splenda doesn't make it a product worthy of scorn. To each his own!",negative162"I'm sure everyone is familiar with powdered water flavoring packets.  You just add them to a nice bottle of water, and you're set!  It's convenient and easy!  Well, that's what we have here - yet another contender in the powdered drink mix market.  In terms of being a powdered drink mix, it's okay. The packets open easily enough.  The only think I've noticed is that it takes longer to dissolve than some other ones I've tried in the past, but not excessively so.  It's also fairly low calorie, which is nice.  I'm sure you're all wondering, though, ""is it any good?""Well, at the end of the day, it all comes down to taste.  This is where it goes wrong.  It's got a slightly unpleasant undertone of bitterness and sourness to it that I didn't like.  I mean, it's not the most foul thing I've ever drank, but it's not the best either.  It sort of tastes like fake strawberries and fake honey, which is strange because it claims to be made with ""real ingredients"".  Oh, and even though it's supposedly sweetened with honey, it has added sucralose to it.  Go figure.Honestly, I'm starting to wonder if tea is something that was just meant to be brewed like normal instead of condensed down into a dissolvable powder.  In fact, the best ""to go"" packet drinks I've had were blatantly fake, but at least they tasted good.  So, do I recommend this drink powder?  Well, if you want a convenient drink powder, then I'd try some other brand.  Although you might like the taste better than I did, so I guess you'll just have to try it yourself!  If you just want tea, then you might be better off just making a big batch of tea and pouring it into some bottles.",negative163"This is the second green tea drink stick blend I have tried from Lipton, the first being the ""Lipton To Go Stix Decaf Iced Green Tea Mix, Tea and Honey, Strawberry Acai, 10-Count (1 Box)"".  Mango Pineapple Green Tea is the flavor mixture in question.  I must say that the taste is really good and all the key ingredients shine through.  In other words, I can taste green tea, mango, pineapple and even a touch of honey, yet none of the flavors are too over bearing.These drink sticks (10 in a box) are 5 calories a serving and taste like they are much higher in calories. It took me a little extra effort to mix the powder into the water, but nevertheless the powder dissolved.  I must say there is a slight, slight aftertaste.  It isn't bad per se but it is worth noting.  I didn't find it to be a big deal or would prevent me from purchasing in the future, yet it should be noted.I believe that Lipton has stepped their game up with these drink mixes and I love the idea that green tea is being utilized.  Green tea is underrated so it is nice that it is being promoted more.",positive164"First I want to say that one packet is way too much for 8oz of water. I used 2 packets with 2-quarts of water and this brings a nice, light flavor that does not taste artificial. Using one packet in a bottle of water would make me choke.Second, don't put these packets into your purse or bag.  The starter cut that allows for easy opening of the package is too deep.  I had taken the box to work with me.  When I realized I needed to mix the powder in greater quantity, I put three packets into my work bag.  Between leaving the office and arriving home (with the majority of the trip the bag sat on the passenger seat of my car), all three were open and I had powder everywhere.Lastly, the powder does not completely dissolve, even mixing with more water.  It could be that vigorous shaking of the product in a water bottle would help dissolve better than a spoon in a glass pitcher, but I would expect it to eventually dissolve either way, and this is not the case.Overall, the taste is good but only if you dilute it tremendously.  I was reading another review regarding the sweeteners and there are some excellent points to contemplate in that review.  I'm not even going to discuss what is on the label.  I'm just basing my opinion off my direct experience.My rating is a 3-star.  Had I used as directed, it would probably be a 1-star.",negative165" Length:: 4:38 MinsThe secret to raising Lipton's Mango Pineapple from a 3-star, ho-hum iced tea mix to a delicioso alternative to plain water is serve this Iced Green Tea over finely crushed ice or increase the amount of water used in preparation from 16.9 fl oz to 20 fl oz. The dilution eliminates the cloying sweetness of honey granules and sucralose, allowing the green tea powder and citric acid to bring the right amount of tartness to the mix.Lipton's new drink tastes better than MIO Liquid Peach Tea and should please Crystal Light fans. Personally, I don't enjoy Crystal Light Green Tea Peach Mango Drink Mix unless I find it as a fountain drink (again, the addition of crushed ice helps a bunch). Peach flavored instant tea is more common to find but I like Lipton's decision to pair mango and pineapple.Patience is important because the honey granules take additional time to break down into the water. Adding crushed ice helps blend the powder mix faster than with water alone.Lipton's box states that the drink is five calories per 8 oz serving with 60 mg tea flavonoids.Rating: Four stars.BTW: Please be gentle with the video review. It was a family production. My 9-year old son, Kai, handled the filming and my 7-year son, Kou, was a taste tester.",positive166"I love tea.  Iced tea, hot tea, green tea, black tea, all kinds.  I was excited to try this product because I am always short on time and thought a powdered, just add water mix would be great.  One major problem, this ""tea"" has zero tea flavor.  It also claims to be ""sweetened with honey"" but it is actually sweetened with sucralose in addition to ""honey granules"".  Because of this, it has a very strong ""diet"" aftertaste, something I am not fond of at all.  Overall the drink was far too sweet for my liking even though I made it with 20oz of water instead of the 16 recommended.  I was really disappointed by this product.  I also feel the packaging is hugely misleading.  It says, and I quote; ""Sweetened with honey"" with no mention of the sucralose.  It does mention ""no aspartame"" but fails to mention it's other source of sweetness.  The ingredients are as follows: Honey granules (sugar, honey), Citric acid, green tea powder, sucralose, malodextrin, hibiscus extract, natural flavor, and Beta carotene for color.  As far as powdered diet drinks go, this one would be low on my list.  Even drinks like Crystal light do not have this strong of a diet aftertaste.",negative167"There's only one thing keeping me from giving this a solid 4 star rating: the aftertaste, which I'll get more into later.First, the good. Other than the aftertaste, this tastes pretty good. I can pick out the different flavors of pomegranate, blackberry, honey, and tea, and they don't clash with each other. They're well blended together for the most part and this is pretty awesome with a lot of ice.It's just that the aftertaste ruins it. There's this slight chemical taste to the product that really interferes with the other flavors, making it so I am unable to forget that this is a powdered mix. It isn't something that would keep me from drinking the tea, but with how well everything else works together it's pretty noticeable. Again, this isn't something that I'd say would keep me from going out and purchasing it on my own, just something I hope that Lipton works on in the future.Aside from this, I only had one gripe that did not detract from the product itself and I didn't change the ratings for this at all. I'm just really irritated at the packaging saying that this is a 5 calorie beverage. It is, but only if you plan on using half of the packet. This is something that is standard for most companies and it's really irritating since the majority of consumers will use the entire packet and many will count the entire beverage as 5 calories when it's really 10. It's not as big of a deal here as it is with some of the more sugared products with higher calorie and carb counts, but this is sort of misleading unless you're someone who scours the nutritional and serving information on everything you buy.Overall though, this is something I'd probably go out and buy with my own money.3.4/5",positive168"This product is sometimes advertised as having no aspertame in it, which is true. But it still has an artificial sweetener in it - sucralose. So instead of Satan, you are getting the Devil here ... and they also let this product sail under a false flag, by putting ""Tea&Honey"" in BIG letters up front. So naturally, you might think that this is an actual healthy product, organic even. Just read the ingredients list and you will quickly recognize what it really is: sugared water with some flavors in it.A brave self-test revealed a strong artificial taste, root-canal-pain inducing sweetness, immediate scratching and itching in the back of my throat, chemical aftertaste - just totally and utterly horrible.A burst of flavor, as the advertising claims? Rubbish.And something else happened to me, which was already described by other reviewers - as soon as I opened the package, a very fine dust emitted which immediately made me cough and gasp for air. I just hope, this stuff is just bad tasting and not toxic on top of it ...Very rarely, I bemoan the  fact that Amazon makes you give at least one star at the review. For this product, I would like to have the opportunity to give no star at all ...",negative169"Do you like the taste of artificial sweetener and generic fruitiness?If yes, try this product.If no, stay well away.Despite the claims of tea, honey, strawberry, and acai on the front of the box, it's the ingredients list that gives away the true flavors. Malic acid, maltodextrin, and sucralose are pretty much the only things my tongue registered. I think you'd have to be a professional food taster with an incredibly refined set of taste buds to recognize any hint of green tea or honey.What i really can't grasp is why they bothered putting any real sugar in this in the first place. Why not make it 0 calorie and skip the sugar entirely, instead of putting the 10 calories (per packet, which is two servings, hence 'only 5 calories per serving!') in with no effect whatsoever on the taste of the product.And worse yet, if they're going to grossly oversweeten it, why not use a zero-calorie sweetener like stevia that doesn't taste like a chemical factory exploded on your tongue?People who consume enough fake sugar that they've lost the negative reaction to the chemical aftertaste of those products will probably find this product pleasantly sweet and fruity. Everyone else, well, just don't buy this.",negative170"I added a package of the lipton to go to a 16.9 oz water bottle like the instructions say. I decided not to add the entire package all at once because I have read it is a bit too sweet. The first thing I noticed is the granules are pretty big, and it took a lot of shaking and even letting it sit a bit before it dissolved all the way.Right away I could smell a fruity but chemical like fragrance when I opened the bottle. The first sip it tasted watered down because I didn't use the whole package but at the same time it is overly sweet. Tastes like sugar water. I went ahead and put the whole package in, and it did darken the water to a nice burgundy color. With the whole package in it, it does give it more of a flavor and doesn't taste watered down, but it is still sweet. It has a weird after taste and I taste no honey at all. I do kind of taste the pomegranate but I don't really taste any tea or honey. Every morning I have hot lipton black tea and add honey. So, I know what tea with honey tastes like and this is not it.The weird after taste really gets to me. I don't know what it is but it distracts from the overall taste and makes me not want to really drink it. I don't know how to really describe it, almost a cardboard taste to it. It is funky.",negative171"This came in a small box of ten foil packages three inches long and a half-inch wide.  There is a cut at one end that allows you to open the foil package so none of the usual difficulties with getting these things open just to spill out some of the contents. The package says to mix with one 16-ounce bottle of water.The powder mixed into the water completely by the time I was ready to put the lid on to shake it up.  It turned the water a light pink.  This flavor of Stix To Go does not have aspartame in it.  The box says sweetened with honey and indeed honey granules are the first ingredients, however there is also sucralose, similar to Splenda.  There is also maltodextrin, which is often used in soda or candy as a thickener, but it is made from real food not chemicals.  The other ingredients are the flavors and hibiscus extract.  WebMD says that hibiscus extract is used to improve odor, flavor, and appearance of tea.  The package also says that a serving size is half of a package at five calories, but you are told to add the whole package to a bottle of water, so beware if you are counting calories.The taste is not bad.  I do not drink anything with artificial sweeteners because I cannot stand the aftertaste, but I did not notice an aftertaste with this.  There is a slight aftertaste, but it did not last.  If think you are getting tea you are not.  This taste like kid's strawberry drink.  If you just can't drink water then you would probably like this.",negative172"This product is sometimes advertised as having no aspertame in it, which is true. But it still has an artificial sweetener in it - sucralose. So instead of Satan, you are getting the Devil here ... and they also let this product sailing under a false flag, by putting ""Tea&Honey"" in BIG letters up front. So naturally, you might think that this is an actual healthy product, organic even. Just read the ingredients list and you will quickly recognize what it really is: sugared water with some flavors in it.But, not deterred by that, I prepared a glass for a brave self-mutilating test - YIKES.Artificial taste, very sweet, immediate scratching and itching in the back of my throat, chemical aftertaste, just totally and utterly horrible.Blackberry/Pomegranate? Yeah, I guess if you know what the label claims it should taste like, you could actually imagine that for a second or two - there is a hint of that in this drink, but at a very faint level. It has some, well, mummified blackberries in it, too, but that is an almost comical detail.And something else happened to me, which was already described by other reviewers - as soon as I opened the package, a very fine dust emitted which immediately made me cough and gasp for air. I just hope, this stuff is just bad tasting and not toxic on top of it ...Very rarely, I bemoan the  fact that Amazon makes you give at least one star. For this product, I would like to have the opportunity to give no star at all ...",negative173"There are over 2,000 types of trace minerals and natural minerals and even iodine in this power packed seaweed!  Especially if we do not eat much iodized salt anymore.  The sodium tastes like it is so high, but only 122 per serving (1;3 cup)!  I do not sell this, nor make a profit, I grew up on this stuff in Nova Scotia.  I can no longer get it at local health food stores, so I order it from Amazon.I eat it as a snack (with a tall glass of water to drink) and I have put it in hot frying pan to make it crispy (changes color a bit) great for tossing into popcorn or in salads.  I get the seaweed in pieces, it comes also in flakes which you can use to spread (pieces to large to use in salt shaker) but you can get a shaker with larger holes.  Then, you use as if it were salt on foods.The taste is aquired, and different than sushi type Nori or green kelp seaweed, but if it is for you, you have an electrolyte packed source for life! Affects thyroid (iodine) so check with your doctor if you have an issue, but, if not, is a great weight loss healthy aide.  Take apple cider vinegar (can be taken in pill form, it is only food, not medication) can be taken with the seaweed as an old-time diet aide.I guess you can figure out that I LOVE this stuff!  I used to eat it all the time, but now I eat it in moderation as it is such a powerful food, then my body does not have ups and down in nutrition and iodine.This is the ONLY brand I am aware of for Dulse.",positive174"We've been ordering this for years after discovering them on Amazon.  We then switched to buying from the vendor directly since it's a good deal cheaper, but it also takes a few weeks to receive it.  We wanted it right away so ordered via Amazon and got it with super quick and prime shipping.  We're not disappointed and find it's worth the extra cost when the craving hits...2 shrink-wrapped packages come with the order.  We always place them in tight-fitting tupperware and only open one package at a time.  It lasts us a few months with no problem.  If it's not closed tightly enough, some of the ""pearls"" become so hard that they won't get chewy no matter how long they're boiled.We've found the following to be the perfect way to make boba minute  ""pearls"":In a small saucepan, add minute pearls to roiling boiling water;let boil on high for 5 min longer -- they should all be floating at the top (check for chewiness / consistency);remove / strain boba from hot water AND rinse off with cool water;use in hot or cold tea immediately;once boiled, cooked boba can store for about an hour after that the consistency just isn't right by our taste...Others tips -- we stir in some sugar on cooked bob a which for some reason seems to keep it longer and prevents it from sticking to each other into one big glob. Also, if you leave it in the hot water or over boil, it will melt and be a gooey / sticky mess ... Otherwise, it's just a perfect treat at a fraction of the time of regular Boba!",positive175"When these got big and hit the shelves, my 2 girls had both grown out of baby food so I didn't notice these.  Not Until my father had handed it to my hungry daughter one day.  It came out of no where so I had no idea why a grown man would have what I thought was baby food in his car.  You see he had got a sample in a food market one day so he had the sample handy in his car one day when his sugar levels dropped.  Being diabetic he needed something fast.  He liked the convenience of these so much he now keeps them handy all the time. My father is a boss to a lot of people and I worry that with the hours he must spend managing so many people, it is a struggle for him to balance ones blood sugar level right once work projects reach their 11th hour.  When he had first figured out he was diabetic, he would occational need to go to the ER because he could get it under control.  Usualy due to working too much combined with not eating enough.  So these things don't just keep the grandkids happy, but help keep him out of the hospital.  For people as busy as my father with diabetes, products as convenet like these are true life savers.",positive176"These are very tasty cookies.  Originally I bought them because they are gentler on one's stomach.  After a few necessary surgeries last year I found that wheat products tended to make me feel bloated and uncomfortable if I ate too much of them.  Thus I tried to cut back on wheat.  Of course cookies are one of those things we feel guilty about anyhow.  Well I don't feel guilty eating these cookies!  They have no ingredients which cause an allergic reation such as refined sugars, dairly or wheat.  Also they are delicious.  My finace has been requesting them and he grew up on the all-american startch and potato diet!The reason for 4 stars:The only suggestion I have is that the packaging be improved.  By this I mean that each package has 2 servings but the serving is only half a cookie!  So one can gobble up too much at a time.  If they would make one-serving sizes that would be great.  It's easier to control calories, requires less mental calculation and is an honest way to report calories.  Also for children it's easier to say ""one"" cookie, then ""half"" a cookie.However I don't hold this too much against the company because this packaging is standard industry practise.  However I hope in future they will think about making a single-serving package or a same-size package that has 2 cookies.Otherwise they are fantastic for what they are meant to be...that is a cookie alternative for those of us with sensitive digestive systems, and perhaps a few loved ones with a sweet tooth.",positive177"Interesting thing about reviews: you can tell as much about the reviewers as the items they're writing about.I've tried almost all of Nana's products and the No Gluten Ginger Cookie is my FAVORITE.  There's absolutely no guilt for me.  Brown rice and tapioca flour?  Fruit juice?  Canola oil?  What's not to like?  If, like me, you have to avoid dairy and sugar cane, it can be difficult to find a sweet treat that satisfies.  And if your girlfriend is gluten-free?  Well, now you're really in trouble.Fortunately, along comes Nana.This cookie has a great texture (almost like a scone: the real kind, from the UK) and a little kick.  It somehow maintains that perfect balance between spicy and sweet.  (See preamble, above.)  As with most of Nana's products, there's just one problem: I would be happier if the cookie were about as big as my head.  But that's why they come in boxes of twelve: one box lasts almost a week!Nana's other gluten free, dairy free, sugar free flavors - chocolate, lemon, and chocolate crunch - are all wonderful too, but this little wanton want-one is special.  Trust me.  Don't listen to the naysayers.  They just don't appreciate perfection; moist, buttery, spicy-sweetness.(See preamble, above.)Dear Nana: whatever that ""natural flavoring"" is, which hits the roof of my mouth like a monkey landing on my back, please don't take it out.  I pledge my everlasting devotion to your kitchen.  I'll even wash the dishes...",positive178"**NOTE on 08/19/12:  This review was written for the SUGAR-FREE syrup; not sure why it's being linked to the product that contains SUGAR. I assume the flavor is similar, but when originally posted, this review showed up for the sugar-free version.**For those seeking sugar-free products without all of the chemical sweeteners like aspartame, this sugar-free Maple Praline Syrup from Blackberry Patch is a natural solution. A rich praline pecan flavor with hints of vanilla, this syrup is sweet and delicious without being cloying. The thick, slow pouring syrup offers a nice mouthfeel similar to that of ""regular"" pancake syrup, a nice switch from the watery, too-thin textures of some sugar-free products.A special bonus is the natural flavoring--no off tastes, no strange chemicals!It's important to note that the sweetener here is maltitol, a ""sugar alcohol"" that can, for some, create gastrointestinal discomfort in large amounts (20-30 grams/day). I don't have this experience (perhaps because I don't consume such large amounts), and I appreciate that maltitol is not carcinogenic... A little online research from credible sources may be useful if you're concerned about this issue.Blackberry Patch makes a number of delicious naturally-flavored sugar-free syrups; this one is my personal favorite. Experiment and find your own favorite!",positive179"i bought these since my raw cacao powder that i usually buy from alive and aware was out of stock, i thought what the hey this is a GREAT price. but like another reviewer said, seems almost too good to be true.although they are a little greyer in color than the picture which shows a richer dark brownish cacao nibs, they still tasted great.in fact, i was really surprised by how delicious they are straight out of the bag. yes they are a tab bitter, as you would expect raw (unsweetened) cacao to be, but i was pleasantly surprised that they were totally edible this way, sort of like chomping on a roasted coffee bean but actually not that bitter even. my husband and i can nibble on a small palmful, plain, and like it that way.but of course it is a little better with something sweet ;) i like it in a snack mix of raw cashews (naturally sweet and mild- a great compliment to cacao nibs) with large coconut flakes, and if i add some dried fruit it is REALLY heavenly!!i am so glad i can eat my cacao without the usual sugar over load.i even suggest brewing it like loose leaf tea in a strainer, and you can re-use the ""grounds"" a few times. sweeten if you like, maybe add a little good raw cream, and it is better than coffee and better for you to boot!i am a total cacao-holic now.  5 lbs is NOT too much, so go for it!! we use over a pound a month between mostly my husband and i ( okay we give some to our two small children, just not too much!). i also LOVE to share this great blessing from Mother nature :)i hesitated to give this the full 5 stars, because like i said, i think the color indicated slightly less than the freshest quality . but it is a high 4 stars, and i still totally recommend it, especially at this price.you will LOVE it!! peace be with you!",positive180"Taste: These nibs taste a bit bitter just as they should because they contain no sugar and are raw unprocessed cacao. Cacao is considered a super food because of all the vast array and quantity of nutrients they contain and this is exactly the way to eat them to get the maximum benefit. My husband can eat them straight out of the bag but if you need a little sugar with your cacao like I do you could try this: I melt some dark chocolate, stir in about equal amount of cacao nibs and place teaspoonfuls onto a nonstick surface. Place in frig and when hardened, put them in a container and stash in the frig. The taste is really good, some lightly sweetened melt-in-your-mouth chocolate with crunchy cacao nibs for a great texture contrast. You could also add them to a shake if you have a really good quality blender. You could also do a search for recipes on the internet and you'll find all kinds of ideas.Quantity: Just right, enough to make it worth the free shipping but not too much that you can't consume it before it looses it's freshness. My husband and I can easily go through a lb or more a month.Quality: Excellent, they look and taste just like the nibs I purchased from whole foods a few months ago.Price: Excellent, only a fraction of the price you'll pay at a grocery store or other online sources.Shipping: Prompt, well packaged.",positive181"I give this product two stars because there are no artificial ingredients and it is 75% organic. That is all it has going for it.I'm trying to go ""all natural"" and ""organic"" with all my purchases. I saw this for about $5 for the five pack and since the price was comparable to the Velveeta version (which is far from ""all natural"") I bought it.Stirring the cheese sauce into the leftover water from cooking the macaroni took a few minutes. I did not time it, but it was more than two minutes. My son would not eat it. I made myself a package. It tastes kind of like macaroni with Cheetos powder on it (although I think Cheetos powder would taste better). I wound up melting a piece of organic American Cheese on it and stirring that in to make it palatable.I think I'm going to try to figure out how to microwave a small amount of regular macaroni then melt cheese on it in the microwave to make my own macaroni and cheese.This product was a big fail in my household.This is the first Annie's product that I have tried that I did not like. Before trying this stuff, I was 100% satisfied with Annie's products.",negative182"Nothing beats the taste of getting food off of the intranez.I once too was one of many that wasted my life away by going to the store.  When I saw that Annie's Homegrown Wisconsin Cheddar Microwavable Mac & Cheese, 5-Count Boxes (Pack of 6),was on Amazon.com, I said goodbye to the real world, and hello to the guy with the big package.  I would advise everyone to throw their lives away and click the ""buy this product"" for Annie's Homegrown Wisconsin Cheddar Microwavable Mac & Cheese, 5-Count Boxes (Pack of 6) immediatly, if not sooner.While they are at it they should go and buy Tuscan Whole Milk, 1 Gallon, 128 fl oz and also Amish Style Roll Butter to compliment your Annie's Homegrown Wisconsin Cheddar Microwavable Mac & Cheese, 5-Count Boxes (Pack of 6), with Ener-G Foods Papa's Loaf, 16-Ounce Units (Pack of 6) (for your Amish Style Roll Butter, of course.)I can personally say that this is easy to make, first you place your Annie's Homegrown Wisconsin Cheddar Microwavable Mac & Cheese, 5-Count Boxes (Pack of 6) into a thing of boiling water.  Then you grab your Ener-G Foods Papa's Loaf, 16-Ounce Units (Pack of 6), then grab your Amish Style Roll Butter and spread on about 8 ounces of this bad boy.  Then grab a cup and pour in some Tuscan Whole Milk, 1 Gallon, 128 fl oz, for delicious whole milk flavor of course.I also can personally say that Annie's Homegrown Wisconsin Cheddar Microwavable Mac & Cheese, 5-Count Boxes (Pack of 6), saved my family.  My husband was beginning to get aggravated from having to actually go over to Flow's food for his Annie's Homegrown Wisconsin Cheddar Microwavable Mac & Cheese, 5-Count Boxes (Pack of 6), then we saw it on Amazon.com, and we've been happily married for five hours.So in conclusion, buy this item immediately, who needs a life when you have Amazon.com?",positive183"The taste of these olives is OK. They taste like Greek olives and are a bit soft. Unfortunately, I think they are far too greasy & oily. The oil does not taste like a high quality olive oil. Moreover, the first package had a large number of pits fragments that were small enough not to be seen but large enough to damage teeth and dental work. Overall, 2 stars for my first bagged serving.Unfortunately, my experience with these olives took a turn for the worse. Upon opening the second bag, I noticed that there was white residue and spots all over the olives - a picture is posted. I'm guessing it's mold. It could be due to a package that was never fully or properly sealed, or it could be due to the manner in which Amazon stored them, or perhaps a combination of the two. Regardless, it's simply unacceptable to open a food product and find it in this condition. I would give it 0 stars now if I could.Not surprisingly, I don't recommend this product. I previously tried the green olives from this brand, which were great, but I won't be repurchasing anything from the the Cat Cora by Gaea brand again because of this experience - that includes previous purchases of olive oils, green olives and tapenades. Moreover, this is the second time I've received moldy, white-spotted olives from Amazon. The last time it was the Byzantine brand, and I hoped switching brands would rectify the problem. Unfortunately it didn't, so this is also my last olive purchase from Amazon.",negative184"First of all, yes, it is expensive.  Though currently at $59.99 for a 54 ct, the price is not part of my review.  I'm sure it'll come down eventually.I've been drinking Pike Place for 10+ years now.  As soon as I got my Keurig, I started looking for a suitable replacement blend.  Although there are plenty of fine K-cups to be found, none quite fit the bill.  I ended up just grinding my own Pike Place and brewing it with a Solofill, which was not ideal for two reasons; 1.  The Solofill does not have enough capacity to get the full flavor.  2.  I'm lazy and this defeats the purpose of a Keurig brewer in the first place.There is a reason that Pike Place put Starbucks on the map nearly 40 years ago.  It is THE perfect medium blend.  There is plenty of flavor for dark coffee drinkers to enjoy, and is not too rich or 'burnt' for light coffee drinkers.  It's bright, but not too bright.Does the K-cup version do it justice?  Yes.  Everything I mentioned above is in this little cup.  I just got home with these an hour ago, and 3 cups later, I can honestly say my prayers have been answered.You know what?  Even at $59.99, this review would be 5 stars.  It's that good.",negative185"I tried some of this on my old guy, an American Staffordshire Terrier that is 14 years, 8 months old. He had just gone through a phase of refusing to eat his normal food, which is good stuff, but is a dry kibble mini disc type ( Bench & Field Holistic - Very good food! )So I got some canned foods to try on him.  Got the Newman's, and 2 other organic kinds.  Buster just loves the canned foods, but the consistency of some of the others is sloppier and harder for him to eat, as they just seem to mash into the bowl, and he has to lick them instead of being able to eat them in soft chunks.  This food smells almost good enough to make me hungry...... and is easy to spoon into his dish, where it takes him less than a nano-second to select a nice chunk and eat it.  I just stand there, and spoon a few chunks at a time into his bowl and he looks for more.So I am really happy with this food and even if he DOES get spoiled on it, he's so worth spoiling at his advanced age that I don't consider it a problem!Before this, I was cooking human food to tempt him just to eat, so this is better balanced and seems to give him more energy.( Before this, he was feed on free schedule, with a bowl of dry food out at all times, and he would eat every 3 days when he felt like it. That worked very well for 14 plus years!  I did the same with my first AmStaff, and he made it to 15. ) Also, Buster has NEVER had to make a vet visit for illness or medical problem his entire life until 2 weeks ago, so that eating arrangement obviously worked great for a very long time!  ; )",positive186"It's hard to pinpoint all of the spices in Sweetie Blend, but the more prominent ones are cinnamon and clove, along with rough granulated sugar.Although the suggested uses are things like cereal and fruit, you'd really be surprised how versatile Sweetie Blend is. Just off the top of my head, the way it compliments sweet potatoes is amazing. Seriously, if you have a microwave and a little butter or margarine, you can have an awesome side dish in about five minutes. Or use it on sweet potato fries, or sweet potato...Okay, it's good for much more than that. I use it as a substitute for brown sugar whenever I'm working with a recipe that uses small amounts (teaspoon / tablespoon or two) like stew, sauces, and to caramelize some things I cook on the grill. Without exception, Sweetie Blend adds an interesting dynamic that always goes over well.And yeah, it's pretty great with coffee and Cheerios.I was totally geeked to see Amazon carried this, and the price is unbeatable. The regular price is a few dollars less than buying direct from Chef Paul's site, but the Subscribe & Save price is nearly half-off when you consider shipping.""But what am I going to do with six of these if I don't like them?"" Give them to friends? Take them to work? Make a Chef Paul gift basket? Seriously, if you can even find this in a store (I've never seen Sweetie Blend in a store in Michigan), it goes for about $4/can, not to mention the time and gas spent going to the store and back.Take a chance. Unless you hate the flavor of awesome, get the six-pack.",positive187"Well I have to admit I was not as excited to try Macadamia Nut Matcha as I had been other flavors. A nut matcha to me seemed to be something one would mix with another outstanding sounding flavor, such as white chocolate mixed with macadamia nut perhaps. Alas white chocolate has not been released yet. I am sure I could have found something else to mix with this flavor but since it is my first time having it and I wanted to do a review I had it on its own.I can only say WOW just simply WOW. This is the most amazing macadamia nut taste! It is such a strong flavor!All I can say is once again I am absolutely not disappointed in Red Leaf's quality and flavors. I was so worried this flavor would only be so-so, a little nutty but not really having any true flavor unto itself. Fact is this tastes more macadamia nutty than anything else I can remember having outside of macadamia nuts themselves straight out of a can or jar, and I rarely have the nuts that way. Usually when I have macadamia nuts they are in a cookie somewhere.Let me just say this, if I had to choose between a couple of the cookies, and this matcha - I would pick the matcha hands down every time! And know that while I say that White Chocolate Macadamia Nut Cookies are may all time favorite cookies!As always RLT's base matcha is superior to any other I have had.",positive188"I LOVE AMAZON. I LOVE MILK DUDS. That said, this third-party seller is in Arizona and they did not properly pack the candy for their extreme hot weather. The Duds arrived completely melted in a solid mass at the end of each of the product boxes. The BLOB of Duds in each box were so badly melted that they adhered to the cardboard inside the boxes. The end that could be seen showed that the solid blob of Duds had turned white from melting. I called the seller and they actually recommended NOT buying their Duds until DECEMBER when it cools down in Arizona. WHY THE HECK DON'T THEY JUST PACKAGE THEM AS PERISHABLES SO THEY'LL ARRIVE UNMELTED IN THE FIRST PLACE!?! I receive perishables from sellers across the country without problems all the time. I've never seen anything like this - it's really UNBELIEVABLE! They also want the product back before issuing a refund. So, they're sending a prepaid RMA to me. They could've saved themselves the return shipping AND a customer if they'd just correctly packaged the product in the first place!!! Obviously, I do NOT recommend buying from this third-party seller (even in December!). Clearly, they do not even approach Amazon's high shipping standards and customer service.",negative189"Milk Duds and I have had a longstanding love affair.  Always delicious whether cold(chewier) or warm(melts in your mouth... no offense to M&M's) these are sometimes reason enough to get me to go to the movie theater.  Buy 4 boxes of these and even if the movie is awful(and how many really aren't these days?!) the night won't be wasted... just try to regulate yourself so you haven't killed them before the previews end(try to eat them one at a time rather than handfuls I've learned)!  So why only 4 stars then?  Well although the candy is easily a 5 star candy it can have DISASTROUS effects on anyone who has dental work like fillings or caps.  I have literally been brought to my knees in pain by this candy!  There is nothing worse than enjoying a Milk Dud, when all of a sudden... sharp pain and the sudden taste of chocolate dental cement exploding in your mouth!  So in closing, if you have perfect teeth then this is a 5 star candy easily(although if you eat too many of these you won't have perfect teeth for long but...), if not; 4 stars but still worth the risk... just eat carefully!",positive190"Kellogg's Nutri Grain cereal bars make for a tasty snack and they are good for when you need quick energy and you're ""on the go."" They are perfect when you don't have time to eat something more substantial to get quick energy. The price at which Amazon offers them is affordable compared to what my local supermarket charges. These strawberry flavored bars are low in fat and cholesterol, too--a great plus! Moreover, they are even ""certified kosher"" if that matters to you. Moreover, these bars are both chewy and satisfying  SMILEHowever, this cereal bar is not perfect. Each bar contains 26 grams of carbohydrates and 13 grams of sugar; sugar can sometimes turn into fat in your body. These amounts of carbohydrates and sugar are a lot for a comparatively small cereal bar! Moreover, this food bar is not for anyone on a salt free diet as it contains some salt; and people with allergies to wheat or milk should consult their doctor before they eat this food.These bars go down better if you eat them with juice, milk or water. I eat them with water or apple juice myself.Overall, the strawberry flavored Nutri Grain cereal bars are useful for those of us who are not allergic to any of their ingredients and who want a healthy alternative to a regular breakfast or a candy bar. The Amazon price makes them affordable and I also recommend them as a nutritious snack food that is especially good for people on the run. They are far superior to any candy bar!",positive191"I have a 4-year-old son and I try to at least partly manage his nutrition. Sometimes he'll eat almost anything we put in front of him and sometimes he'll eat almost nothing. It's these latter episodes that bother me, so I try to have some snack foods around just to be sure that he gets enough. Take chocolate milk, for example. I can almost always get a glass in him and it's good nutrition. Another item is whole-grain fruit bars. I shop at Fresh and Easy Neighborhood Markets and usually buy their store brand. They're whole grain and organic and taste rather  good. If I give one to the boy it will almost always disappear in short order. Well, the last time I was there they had a small display of Kellogg's Nutri-grain Cereal Bars on half-price sale. I should have known better than to pick up a box of eight of the strawberry variety. I had one and it tasted fine, although I don't think it was as good as the store brand. My son wouldn't eat it. He just took one bite and that was it. I tried again the next day and got the same result. I don't understand it, but there's something about these bars that he just doesn't like. Well, maybe the guy has good judgement. I doubt that most people would notice, but he does.Gary Peterson",negative192"These bars are a great example of a sneaky marketing ploy by a major food corporation. By using the word ""Nutri"" as part of the name of the product, consumers are tricked into thinking these are healthy. These should really be called CANDY-GRAIN bars! Here's the nutritional low down:1. These bars contain 13 grams of sugar. (Notice the first ingredient in the ""filling"" is strawberry preserves, made of high fructose corn syrup and strawberries. The next ingredient is...corn syrup, followed by fructose, which is also a sweetener.) More sweeteners appear on down the ingredients list. Out of the 140 calories in this tiny bar, 62 calories come from sugar.2. These bars have partially hydrogenated oil in them. That's the type of oil that contains artery clogging trans fat. Yuck.3. They contain less than 1 gram of fiber. That means that the bars include very, very little whole grain or fruit, either of which would increase fiber content.4. They do contain some vitamins. But these are all in the form of additives. (They are listed at the end of the ingredient list.) Essentially, they've ground up a bit of a vitamin pill into each bar. Obviously, there's no need to eat candy to get powdered vitamins. If you want the extra vitamins--just take a vitamin pill!5. While they were at it, they added 5% DV of sodium per bar.I am not opposed to enjoying junk food now and then. If these bars tasted great, I might indulge in one as dessert from time to time. However, there's lots of junk food I like better...so I won't bother with these bars. A better choice, for taste and nutrition, is Kashi TLC Crunchy Granola Bar - Pumpkin Spice Flax, 6 - 1.4 oz Bars, 8.4 oz or one of the other Kashi bars. Or real strawberries, of course!PG, author of Feeding the Kids: The Flexible, No-Battles, Healthy Eating System for the Whole Family",positive193"This expresso machine is horrible... my last machine belonged to my parents and was gifted to me, it lasted over 20 years, it made consistent espresso and was wonderful, not saeco brand.. when it died I decided to put some money into replacing it with a nice machine hoping that it would last years, and make wonderful lattes. I make lattes 2 times a day and always use Starbucks coffee beans fresh and kept in the freezer until use. From the day it arrived, this machine made horrible coffee... but since I ordered it from Amazon and spent over 800 after shipping on it I decided to give it a while to see if I could get it to work better. I adjusted the grind, and the dose and tried over and over. What I found is that the espresso was very inconsistent, the red error light would go off multiple times during use. Sometimes it would make a somewhat decent shot of espresso and then I would adjust nothing and the next time it would shoot out watery crap, or it would drip out half a shot and stop. It has been so infuriating. Finally after a month I called customer service to complain they told me I should be priming the pump with each use of the machine... which I tried, for about 2 cups I thought it was fixed then I was back to square one. Now after another month I am at my wits end. I wake up every morning hope it's going to make a decent cup, and end up drinking a watery cup of awful latte... grumpy until I decide to purchase a latte somewhere later in the day. I'm done hoping, like my husband says you can piss in one hand and wish in the other and see which one fills up first.. Today I am calling to return this awful piece of junk... and hopefully I will at least get my money back. Never will I purchase another product from this company, what a disappointment. If you at all like espresso you will be displeased with this machine.",negative194"Vienna Plus is my third fully automatic machine. I loved my first, Saeco original Vienna, hated the second, Saeco Incanto classic. The original Vienna worked for 3 years every day, making consistently good espresso before the pump gave. I should have paid for repair, but I succumbed to that stainless steel twinkle and went for Saeco Incanto classic. More expensive for sure. Worse, better said inconsistent, coffee quality, constant small problems relating to built quality concerning the brew group, the grinder and the steamer wand. After a year of irritation a pump seal has failed while making espresso, nothing like a small explosion in the kitchen in the morning, I tell ya. Well, gone back to the trusted Vienna, now with  the plus in the name. Good old days are here again .... Compared to previous- it is a lot quieter, when both grinding and steaming, it is also a lot quicker to warm up then before, steam is ready a mere 15 seconds after pushing the button. Espresso has a beautiful rich crema right out of the box, I didn't have to experiment with grind setting at all. The steaming wand (Panarello) has been redesigned and is now foolproof maker of perfect frothed foam. For the newbie I would like to add that I spent a lot of effort to find the right roast - tasted more than a few before I settled on one (Peerless Coffee Espressp Perfection) that I buy now in 5 lb. bags and keep in the freezer. I should for fairness add that I never want any other coffee through the machine like some decaf or flavored stuff, so I don't miss the alternate ground coffee option that Incanto had. My priority has always been flavor and consistency and that the Vienna Plus delivers. My friends drive miles to ""see me"" and, by the way, get a cup of espresso, praising each one as ""this is the best espresso in the world"".  If that is what you desire, don't get mesmerized by stainless steel shine or computerized display magic and save yourself some money by getting this machine. You won't regret it. And I am unanimous in that. ;)",positive195"Overall, I cannot recommend this machine.The machine made excellent espresso for the first few weeks we had it.  Once it was broken in, the espresso was average, and the crema was more of a large-bubbled foam.  The grinder is able to create a fine grind, but unfortunately the machine can't pass any water through it, so you have to use a mid-level fine grind.  The machine is able to adjust the amount of water used per shot, but anything more than the smallest available setting creates, well, coffee.  Not even an Americano, just coffee.After three months the grinder broke.  When I opened up the machine's door a broken part flew out.  Amazon sent me a new one.  One month in on the new one, the brewgroup jammed.  I thought it was broken, but after four days, the machine was able to pry itself loose.  Ground coffee was all over the brewgroup, as if it had exploded.  We'll see how it works out.A bright spot--Amazon was astoundingly helpful and gracious.  They replaced the first one, postage payed, express delivery, with no questions at all.  They offered to refund the original purchase price on the second one, until it broke loose and started working again.  I cannot complement them highly enough!",positive196Easy to use machine that works well making espresso or just an single cup of coffee. The only complaint I have is if you are using a large cup for regular coffee you have to angle putting in and removing the cup since the bottom of the drip spouts are not high enough even when adjusting the pull-down or push-up spout that is provided. This is a well priced unit for what it provides you. You can adjust the grind of the beans but it comes manufacturer set for a medium grind. It comes with lights that once turn solid green let you know that you are ready to use whatever function you choose and dial for adjusting espresso to a full cup of coffee is clearly marked and easy to read. Steam is provided when pressing the 3rd button on - when it is off you get very hot water dispensed. The area for grinding the beans handles a lot so if you like switching types of coffee then you have to keep only the amount for what you are using in the grinder since there is no way of easily switching coffee beans once the container is full. Overall I would recommend it for anyone who likes to prepare their own coffee because of it's price and ease of use.,negative197"Got this for Christmas about a month ago; I've put 5 lbs of beans through it so time for a quick review.Pros:1. Quick brew time - you get a double espresso in 2 minutes or less (from completely off).2. Well-brewed espresso - good extraction, nice body and crema. No adjustments to grind or tamping required, straight out of the box. Does justice to good beans.3. Excellent frother/steamer - can scald 4 oz milk to 190F 2-3 minutes from pressing the ""steam"" button. Great froth for cappuchino, extremely quick and easy compared to my (very old) DeLongi manual.4. I'm getting ~15-18 double espressos from a tank of water and a fill of beans. Holds about 1.5 quarts water, and a little over 1/2 lb beans.5. Simple, well-thought-out maintenance - once you figure it out.6. Inexpensive.Cons:1. Not the prettiest machine on the block - plastic-ey, rounded. The VW Bug of automatic espresso machines.2. No ""grounds full"" indicator - you need to remember to empty it, and the drip tray, every 10 cups. Huge mess if you don't remember.3. Yes, cold espresso if you use a cold cup. Not sure the extraction temperature is high enough - supposed to be about 190-195F. If you do 2 doubles in a row the second is significantly cooler.4. The volume dial - I have to keep it on the lowest setting to get a reasonable 1-1.5 oz double espresso. On the highest setting it puts about 16 oz through your grounds (thus making cool, colored water).5. Not very quiet; lots of grinding, clacking, and pump motor noise.Overall:It makes really good espresso when I use good beans, and the milk frother is marvelous. It does everything I need without fuss, and quickly (which is important to me). On the other hand, it doesn't warn you when the grounds container is filled, and it needs refilling a little too frequently. It won't make American-style coffee, either; it can't heat that much water that quickly.Not 5 stars; but for the price it's definitely 4 stars.",positive198"I had an ""El Cheapo"" espresso/coffee combo from Krups that worked well for many years until the pump gave out. I scoured the Internet for a worthy machine that I could depend on and purchased one of the Breville espresso makers. I returned it the next day. It made terrible weak coffee. Then I happened to be wandering through Wal Mart and saw a $70.00 Hamilton Beach machine. It made great coffee with crema and it was strong enough to froth milk. The next morning, I went to make a cup and the machine had leaked all over my countertop! I was lucky to have unplugged it the night before or else there could have been an electrical fire. Back to Wal Mart it went.Neither of these machines were automatic and I had to grind my own coffee beans (which I prefer, even with my regular coffee). I saw the Saeco, read the reviews and said, ""If this doesn't perform, I'm not making espresso ever again."" When it arrived, I followed the ""Quick Start"" instructions and filled the hopper with my French roast beans. I crossed my fingers and pressed the ""On"" button. When all the lights were ready, I pressed the ""Coffee"" button. In about 15 seconds I had one of the most beautiful cups of espresso complete with a heady froth of crema!I was so impressed, I made another cup. Ahhh, heavenly. Of course, I couldn't sleep that night - the caffeine replaced the blood in my veins.The milk steamer wand is also mighty powerful. It froths milk just like a commercial machine. Something my Krups didn't do very well.In summation, this is a wonderful machine in its price range. I highly recommend it. Oh, and by the way, the clown who gave it a 1-star review? That's a hoax. There is no such wording on the box or in the manual.",positive199"I purchased this espresso machine on-line after having an older version for over 8 years.  I had neglected the older machine quite a bit in terms of descaling, etc, had shipped it twice all over the US and never had a problem with it.  This new machine arrived and the plastic front was loose and very flimsy.  Still, it seemed similar to the old one and I set it up.  Within a month the entire machine just died.  It wouldn't turn on.  I contacted customer service and shipped the whole machine off.  After over 6 weeks it returned, this time it worked for about a week before shutting down with the brew group in a jammed position.  I contacted customer service again and asked for my money back.  They refused and sent me an email on how to take the brew group with a screwdriver.  5 screwdrivers, a stripped screw and 1 allen's wrench later, I finally managed to reset the thing.  For the moment, it is working but the espresso is barely warm when it comes out, not piping hot like it should be.  The 8 year old Saeco, by the way, is still chugging along after I cleaned it out. Sadly, I cannot recommend this machine or brand anymore.",negative200"I edited this review in October 2012, after my machine broke.I bought the Saeco Vienna Plus 21 months ago to replace a much-loved and much-used Solis Master 5000. My understanding was that the Vienna Plus had basically the same internal components as my old Solis. I got over 8000 coffees out of the old Solis over the course of 8 years, before its boiler gave out. (The Solis had a digital coffee counter). I loved the Solis.The machine had some minor problems, for example, it seems to leak water into the drip tray (I read somewhere that's a feature, not a bug), a plastic knob broke (fixed with glue), and the dosage dials stopped adjusting. A few weeks ago, however, the machine began to smell like burnt machine gears, and as it worsened, the stench now contaminates the coffee. The cost for repair would be $150 labor, plus $225 for a new grinder ($350 total). Less for a used grinder. I'm 9 months out of the 12-month warranty. We make an average of 3 espressos daily.I would *not* have bought this machine had I known the experience I would have. I have lowered by rating from 5 stars, to 1 star. I agree with the sentiment of some other reviewers that this superautomatic machine makes most sense if you don't expect longevity. Assume a lifetime of 1-2 years.Another point of interest, if you follow the Solis/Saeco product line, is that there is no water-level detector. The machine just runs, and if the water runs out, it times out (it does not overheat). You just refill the water tank, re-prime (e.g., run the water wand for a few seconds) and make the coffee again.I'm replacing it with a Breville Barista Express BES860XL Machine with Grinder, which requires an extra step when making an espresso, but after watching several videos, I think the BES860XL will taste much better, and be a convenient part of my morning espresso.",negative201"Update #1, I've owned it for over 1 year and make 6 shots per day. It makes excellent espresso and has worked perfectly. I have upgraded it from 4 to 5 stars. It's still a bit noisy and inexpensive looking, but it works great.Original review... My impression upon unpacking is that there's a lot of plastic used everywhere visible. In fact the only metal visible is on the frothing wand.  At the price point I don't object, but be ready for it. The plastic used is similar to that used in model cars and planes, rigid, but possible breakable.  It is, however, reassuringly thick and I expect it to be durable.The Vienna Plus has a ""form follows function"" look as opposed to ""styled"".  To my eye it's sort of an R2D2 look.  Another reviewer said VW Beetle looking...I can see that too.My hand fits into a recess in the back of the water tank perfectly making it a cinch to remove and carry.  Frothing the milk is very easy.  Depress the steam button, wait for the green light and twist the steam valve knob on the right hand side until the water spurts stop and only steam comes out.  Twist the knob the other way to stop the steam, submerge the tip of the wand in your cold milk and reopen the steam valve. That's it.  You don't have to do anything else because the ""Panarello"" wand draws air in from the top.  That means you don't have to keep the tip just at the milk's surface, submerged works just fine.After you froth the milk it takes quite a while to cool the boiler enough to make espresso.  If you ""un-depress"" the steam button, open the steam valve and run some water through the wand it will cool the boiler enough to stop the blinking ""too hot"" lights in a few seconds.Both the grind and quantity of ground coffee can be adjusted whilst it's grinding.  Mine remains at the mid range factory settings.  The espresso comes out hot and rich with lots of crema.  It does make noise during the pre-brew, brew and grounds expelling process.  For maintenance, removing the brew unit to rinse under hot water is very easy.  I'm impressed with the ease of use, maintenance and the flavor of the espresso.",positive202"We bought an Incanto Sirius at twice the price. It looked Marvelous with it's stainless and digital exterior. It cleaned it's self and did interesting tricks with the display. Then on the third day it went bizerk and consumed a full hopper of Lavazza Oro without delivering a single cup of coffee. The seizure was fatal and the machine could not deliver another cup. Oh did it hurt being coffeeless after those three days of pleasure with the cost of a short vacation.Returning the Incanto Sirius to the store, I came home with the Viena Plus. It is a little plasticy looking and the tray does not click into place the way the Incanto did. There is a blinking green light to indicate that the machine is warming instead of an LCD temperature indicator. There is only one boiler that has to be shared for seam and brewing. It is somewhat Spartan in fact.The coffee brewed by the Viena Plus is excellent. The crema is thick and rich. Frothed milk climbs vertically out of the cup. The dreggs pucks are firm and lightly moist. There is no leaking and very little spillage from the brew group which is easy to remove and clean. This machine might not be the expensive, flashy, big show, high maintenance beauty queen, but it does deliver at about half the price.",positive203"I tried a De'Longhi BAR32 pump driven espresso machine, and was very disappointed.  I've returned that unit.  It was simply ineffective.  Boiler capacity too small, can't make doubles, too cold, can't froth any reasonable amount.  Just not good.  I had a Saeco/Starbucks pump driven espresso machine previously, which finally failed after 12 years of service.  The Saeco/Starbucks was a pretty good machine that performed well - fully manual.  However, it finally bit the dust.So, I tried the Saeco Vienna Plus.  Sure, it's a lot more money, however it does a lot more and (though I've only used it for 2 days) it has performed very well.  No problems on capacity.  It can make double, or quadruple shots with ease.  It heats up very quickly, and has very good capacity.  I never thought I'd like a ""super automatic"" but now I'm loving it.  Frother works perfectly fine.  About the only thing I can say I wish it did were one thing.  That would be an easier way to swap out coffee beans in the hopper so I could do Decaf later in the day.Instructions are simple - maybe a little too simple.  I'm still not clear on instructions to clean the brew assembly.Setup was very easy and straightforward.  The unit worked perfectly out of the box.  Espresso can be dialed in great, and quality is excellent.  Frankly, it makes brewing an espresso or capuccino so easy and fast and so good that I'll be making WAY more.  So long as my experience stays consistent with the past two days, I'm very happy.",positive204"I don't usually leave reviews, but felt I should say something about this wonderful machine.  We bought the Vienna Deluxe in 2002, averaging about 6 cups of coffee a day between my wife and myself.  I understand the Vienna Deluxe and Plus are very similar, most importantly it shares the same brew group design and grinder.Its 9 years of service includes 4 years in a foreign country hooked to a 110/220 1500W transformer (on spotty voltage, I might add, based on occasional flickering/dimming of lights in the house), and surviving being shipped back and forth.  During the outgoing journey, the plastic water container broke, probably through rough handling of the box, but the Vienna itself was fine once we got the replacement water container.5 years in USA was using soft water, filtered through a reverse osmosis system.  4 years in a foreign country was hard tap water.  I don't believe I've descaled it more than 3 times ever.  I usually clean the brew group once every couple of months.  Yep, we're not good models of consistent maintenance, and it's a tribute to the Vienna that it has stood up to years of abuse without ever breaking down.We used a variety of beans, including oily Starbucks, Lavazza, Illy, Malabar Gold Espresso (my personal favourite) and a handful of other varieties, although recently we've largely been using the cheap Starbucks large packs at Costco.  We're not coffee fanatics, but do have pretty high expectations, and the Vienna does not disappoint.  However, coffee is a personal taste, and your mileage will probably vary.At the end of the day, it depends on what you're looking for.  If you want pretty designs with shiny stainless steel, you'll have to pay more, and not necessarily for better coffee or better reliability.  Avoiding complex electronics and touchscreens in a damp environment sounds like a smart thing for me.  I like simple, reliable designs that performs consistently, and would look for another Vienna when mine eventually dies.About the only thing that I wish for, is an alternate way to feed in a different coffee powder so we can occasionally have some variety.",positive205"This is my first super automatic machine, after two Saeco automatic espresso machines. The build quality of this machine isn't great--it is a big hunk of plastic. But that helps keep the price down to a rational level and it is a trade I'm willing to make. Care and maintenance is easy but important to do--I suspect that most folks who have issues are letting that slide. The quality of the coffee is quite good and it is very easy to make everything from a ristretto to a lungo or americano. It may take a few days to get the adjustments set correctly for your tastes--but it isn't difficult to do. Steaming is simple once you understand that after steaming you need to turn off the steam button and release the pressure before making coffee again. the machine heats up very quickly and is ready within a minute or so from powering on. The only real negative is the water reservoir capacity is a little on the small side and you will fill it often. The bean capacity on the other hand is quite large. If you drink lots of coffee or regularly frequent espresso shops this machine may save you money over time as it clearly costs less to make at home vs a shop and we don't throw out any leftover pots of coffee anymore. Overall the machine is a good value and Saeco is a respected name in Italian espresso manufacturers. I don't expect it to last forever, the plastic structure will prevent that. If I get three years of use from it I will consider myself money ahead.",positive206"This machine was recommended to me by a former employee of Starbucks, who said that for a mid-range machine it simply cannot be beat.  To be frank, I owned a Rancilio Silvia when I did my Master's degree, all 3 years of it in fact.  The Rancilio was great, but it took real finesse and way too long to make quality drinks.  This machine, with the right settings for you, will churn out quality cappuccinos in less than 5 minutes.  I should add however, as a caveat, that it makes better lattes than cappuccinos.  I've had the Saeco for 3 weeks now and it works amazingly well.  Every morning I wake up, turn it on, grab a mug, get dressed, go back to the kitchen, hit brew and I have a perfect double shot of espresso in about 1.30 minutes.  It takes another 2 minutes to steam the milk.  All in all not a bad machine for a busy full-time PhD student! If it's fast enough and makes espresso well enough for me, it should for anybody.  Also, FOLLOW THE DIRECTIONS! If you don't, I have a suspicion based on the one time I didn't and it got weird quickly, you can avoid any problems.  Finally, don't forget to descale the machine every month or so if you're a heavy user.  So, go out, grab yourself a Saeco Vienna, call up your math. friends and get rocking & rolling! Espressos and biscottis for all!",positive207"Drip coffee was not getting the job done for us. We had a Saeco Incanto Deluxe previously and after several weeks of research, friends testimony and demonstrations we selected a Saeco Vienna Plus. This machine offers some of the advantages of higher end machines at a very affordable price. The only addition we desired was a dual boiler (one for coffee and one for steam)but price was a factor. Now that we have used it for a few weeks the double boiler would be nice, but the time hassle of going from steam to coffee is not as bad as we thought. This machine, with Lavazza Super Crema beans, makes great coffee. We have the grind on number 7 (finer) and the strenth to about 3/4 of Max.Minor negatives - the front cover is very 'plastic' but works fine and the water tank is only just big enough and would be a hassle at a big dinner party. Apart from that we love this machine. Cleaning is easy, the bean hopper is large and accessable, the drip tray holds a lot. The machine is reasonably quiet. Saeco make the best steamer wands in the business so perfect milk every time. Overall - Just get one!",positive208"As a child and even as a younger adult I remember being bewildered at how much time, effort and frustration my parents wasted on various coffee and cappuccino machines.  They always seemed to spending inordinate amounts of money on what seemed to me to be a bad and unrewarding habit.  What more, it seemed that the more money they spent on a device, the more often it broke.  This seemed even crazier to me as the $20 coffee mate worked fine - for 10 years.  and there was no discernible difference in taste.Then I had kids.  Everything changed.  I don't want to drink cokes anymore and i can't drink swill coffee.  I like the good stuff.  I now understand why people will pay upwards of a thousand dollars for a good coffee machine.  It's crazy, but I understand.So - we bought this $500 coffee maker & nothing has changed w/ the passing of the torch i guess.  It has been nothing but a headache.When this machine works, I love it.  The coffee is good - the lattes are very good.  I like the footprint.  Use is simple.  The problem is it is completely inconsistent.I turn it on.The hopper is full.The water is full.The grind filter is empty.the drip tray is clean.the brew group is clean.the device is primed.I press the coffee button.Scenario A:Grind grind grind, drip drip drip - red light.I push it again, perfect cup of coffee.Scenario B:Grind grind grind, drip drip drip -  red lightI push it again, no coffeeScenario C:Grind grind grind - No drip, Red lightScenario D:Consistent cups of coffee, first time.Scenario D never happens.  The rest happen about equally.I simply can not figure out what i am doing wrong.  I do the same thing three times and it behaves three different ways depending on its mood i guess. I feel like a lab rat trying to pull a lever for my food pellet.",negative209"Convenience is probably the best feature of this machine but a machine that heats, grinds, steams, packs and pumps is bound to compromise somewhere and this machine is no exception.  The Vienna Plus will not pump coffee at the finer grind settings.  On the other hand, coffee at the factory setting is not bad.I drink my coffee black which means that the taste is not obscured by milk, froth, or spices.  But coffee straight from the Vienna Plus is muddy, foamy, and poorly filtered. Since I like the speed with which a cup can be produced on this machine I pour it through a chemex paper filter and lo! poor coffeeis transformed into something quite good! It's not quite as good as chemex coffee made manually but it's in the ball park and it is much more quickly produced.Other reviewers have complained about the plastic housing of the Vienna Plus but I suppose a solid metal housing would cost far more.  A more serious complaint is the plastic interior. The water may be heated in stainless steel but it is poured through a plastic brew group and hot water processed through plastic is likely to release small amounts of toxins into the coffee.",negative210"This is a great espresso machine.  It is so nice to drink a smooth cup of espresso with the perfect crema on top.  It took some getting used to drinking espresso that was not bitter.  I have been using a stovetop espresso maker for 13-14 years.  The difference between correctly made espresso is like night and day.  My taste buds were accustomed to drinking bitter espresso at home.  Now, I am spoiled with this smooth and perfectly-made espresso.  So good, I even drink it without my usual spot of cream and sugar.  Another bonus, is the panarello steam wand.  My kids really enjoy it when I steam a cup of milk for them and then add hot chocolate mix to it.  THey get a kick out of how good the hot chocolate is.  I highly recommend this product.  You could pay more to get a machine built with an exterior of stainless steel, but why bother?  This machine's exterior of plastic is fairly sleek, high-tech looking, and handsome.  It looks good on the counter top.  Before you make yourself an espresso, remember to pour some steaming water into your espresso cup to warm it up.  I find that my espresso cups are on the cool side and tend to make my espressos turn cold rather quickly.  Go ahead and  splurge, this makes a great gift!",positive211"Bought our unit in January, 2011 and made delicious lattes for a few weeks until we had to call Saeco Customer Service for help. Our  machine leaked leaving water on the counter after every use. The knowledgable rep talked me through several checks before asking I return the unit for a repalcement. It was at this point I learned the unit purchased through a Amazon retailer had a serial# showing it had been originally  purchased at Costco.Our new unit arrived a week later. After three weeks it stopped working. Seems the heating unit had gone out. I made sure I contacted the same Customer Service rep who promptly - - in only two days - - replaced the unit.We love the coffee our Saeco makes and hope we just caught a couple of lemons. I can attest they stand behind their product and hope my new unit keeps delivering without future problems.We've had our unit for eighteen months now and have had to replace the on/off button multiple times. Gets less use than the other buttons but because of an obvious design flaw just comes apart. In January we bought multiple buttons from parts department. Good thing... last button lasted about three months.",negative212"OurSpydem Digital Plus died after 8 yrs and 6500 cups of coffee - a great machine.  We bought the Saeco because it was priced in our comfort level, and we assumed it was the closest to the Spydem that died.  The Saeco makes an OK cup of coffee, however for the money it is really stripped of features we were used to. For example -no dreg drawer warning, no empty water warning, even though the manual says its there. Also no energy saving mode. Single boiler, and of course a lot of plastic. It seems all these machines are quite expensive for some reason - probably largely because they're built in Italy. Hopefully someone in the far East will catch on to the money that could be made if they were to start building these machines, and we could all be paying $300 for them.Added 8/12/12 - we've had the machine for about 2 years now and it has been very disappointing.  Makes an OK cappuccino, but not hot enough.  In spite of being cleaned regularly it has been temperamental, stopping in mid cycle and freezing.  Takes numerous restarts and disassemblies to get it working again.  The problem is getting worse, now it's occurring on an almost daily basis.  This is a piece of junk - spend the money and get something decent - it will be cheaper in the long run.",negative213"I received this espresso maker as a gift from my husband and it's pretty awesome.  I'd asked for an espresso maker and was expecting a manual machine but my husband wouldn't hear of it.  He did his research and decided on this model - primarily because an older Italian gentleman that he works with raved about it (and Italians know their espresso).  I was a bit leery when I learned how much this cost, but after having it for a few months it's absolutely worth it.When it arrived in the mail I was intimidated - but the setup was easy and within minutes (literally) we were making espresso shots and taste testing the various settings to see which one we preferred.  As one reviewer noted - the machine is plastic and doesn't expensive, in fact some of the parts feel like they're going to fall off if you pull too hard, but despite that, it's a sturdy machine.My only gripe with this product is the design of the bean loading area - it only holds about 1/4 lb of beans and sometimes the beans don't slide down to the grinder so you have to stick your hand in there and move them around so they slide into the grind area (but that only happens occasionally and shouldn't deter anyone from purchasing this model).When you consider that a large latte at Starbucks costs around $5 (and I was drinking at least 3 or 4 of those a week) - we'll have recouped our money on this within the year!  What a steal! :)",positive214"This is for one (1) yes 1 bottle of this nice product. I am very familiar with this product and knew I would like the actual product. When I reviewed possible sellers and saw this price I thought this must be for a case of the product based on the price. When I was unable to find any quantity in the description, I assumed (I understand I take some responsibility) based on the noted ($0.06 / oz) beside the price after a little basic math I would receive approximately 360 ounces. Instead I received one 17 ounce bottle!! Again using my basic math skills, I was able to calculate the approximate per ounce value to be closer to $1.27/oz. a far cry from the .06/oz noted in the description. Of course based on the ""list price"" of $58.52 it would be $3.44/oz (thankfully i did not pay list). I have learned a lesson to make sure I verify the actual quantity. Thankfully this was not a terribly expensive lesson and makes me smile as I eat my chicken wing knowing the sauce cost more than then chicken I'm putting it on. I just consider it ""gourmet"" wings and it makes me feel better.",negative215"My Shih Tzus absolutely inhale this! After I research and read the star ratings on all the major brands on the market, I was appalled! Here I thought I was doing right by my pups.. Wrong! Nothing but by products, crappy fillers and additives and perseratives.. On the website all were rated ""1 star"" out of 6! I had been running back and forth to the vet $$$'s because of allergies, about to chew their feet off and itching. Found out majority of dogs are allergic to corn and wheat and soy, alot allergic to chicken also. So on the hunt I went.. After researching I found Wellness and Blue Buffalo, they are rated 5 and 6 stars depending on what you chose. all their meat is hormone and steroid free, ""fit for human consumption"",no by products, no corn, wheat, soy, additives,artifical anything etc. I chose Wellness but Blue Buffalo is also great just a little more expensive but not by much. My pups have been on this canned lamb and on the Wellness supermix dry and I have to say after almost a month they are 100% better.. I will never again feed them major brand/mainstream food again. I couldnt believe purina, Iams, Eukanuba, Science diet were all rated 1 star out of 6, makes you wonder huh.. It is all unhealthy crap! I also got rid of all there store bought biscuits and treats that are filled with the same crap. I purchased healthy treats for them made just like their dog food and I feel so much better and relieved to know I am doing right by my pups..",positive216"Attractive bottle, smells nice, thick enough (like thick lotion, I can stick my finger in the bottle, get a big glop on my finger and it stays there when I hold it upside down, so I did not experience it being runny at all.My main issue is a concern over the high alcohol content (Cetearyl Alcohol being #2 after water on ingredient list). Alcohol is too drying for my thin and super curly hair. I tried it out, anyway and found that is seemed to strip out some possible oil buildup I had from using natural products (including real shea butter).Update:Had to downgrade my reviews for this line when the skin on my arms and neck started breaking out after accumulated exposure-washing my daughter's hair in the sink in addition to using other products from same line on myself that day. Not the best choice for sensitive skin.*Found a ""silver lining:""When scalp became extremely dry as a result, with dandruff ""raining down"" to the touch, I did an internet search. I found that VINEGAR is an excellent conditioner. I used 1/2 vinegar/water-amazing results! My scalp calmed down and my hair seems to have recovered-now soft to the touch instead of brittle.",positive217"Having shoulder length hair that is wavy, curly or frizzy according to weather conditions, I'm continually looking for product lines that moisturize and hydrate my hair. The Texas heat has arrived 2 months early making this selection worth a try so I can avoid 5 months of frizzies. I'm no stranger to using conditioners containing almond and coconut oils, shea butter etc. with positive results. I expected this product to perform well and it exceeded my expectations.Clear Scalp and Hair eradicated scalp itching such that I could even skip a day between shampoos without ""cooties"". This is not the case with some other product lines. This conditioner DOES coat the hair and I needed to figure out how much rinsing I needed to get my hair to feel ""squeaky clean"". More than usual, so I'm still experimenting. The product made my hair soft, smooth, and silky just not as shiny. A shine serum was necessary.I vary the amount of product and rinsing BOTH for the ""squeaky clean"" feel and diluting the lingering ""tropical"" fragrance. Right now I use from dime size to quarter size dollops based on the condition of my hair when shampooing daily or every other day, or having wash-n-wear hair styles vs using hot-tooled styles.Overall, I do like the product and even purchased the accompanying oil and balm to incorporate into my hair care routine for the summer AND winter when dry hair and breakage is even more an issue due to dry-heated air.I really would like to have further directions from Unilever IF this same conditioner can be used as: o a deep conditioner, by leaving it in for X minutes before rinsing. o a curl reviving mist, by diluting it with x parts water.This is Step2: Smooth ...in the Ultra Shea line",positive218"However, the bottle was designed to stand on its cap. Not a great idea, IMHO, for a container that contains a liquid. It was also shipped to me in a padded envelope, instead of a box that should have said ""This End up"" -- it leaked into the envelope -- luckily the bottle was wrapped in a plastic bag, so damage and loss were minimal.And the fragrance, IMHO, is a bit over-powering -- use less in the formula and I think that will help a great deal. Early morning is not the greatest time to assail my olfactory senses.The product itself, containing ""a rich blend of shea butter and natural oils, including vitamin E, sunflower, coconut, almond, soybean, argan, and palm"", is certainly impressive, and those oils are an incredible arsenal for moisturizing and conditioning -- and ""CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" does condition very well. My hair is soft, shiny and feels like silk. Since I also use ""CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Total Care Nourishing Shampoo"". I think the two products work together very synergystically.So yes I like ""CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" and would recommend it to others- but tweaking the design of the bottle and using a bit less of the fragrance would make this product much more enjoyable to use.",positive219"I have tried a few different Clear shampoos and conditioners and so far, I have not liked any of them particularly well. This one is no different.While the scent is nice - it smells like shea butter of course - it just doesn't perform well for me. I need to use a whole lot of it to get any kind of good detangling and softening/conditioning. After I shampoo, I add conditioner, comb it through with a wide tooth comb and then put my hair up in a clip with the conditioner still in my hair, while I wash my body. So, conditioner always sits in my hair for a good 5 minutes or so. With this conditioner, I felt like I had to use so many heaping piles of it to get just a tad bit of detangling action. Once I rinse it out, it almost feels like I never even used conditioner. Most of the time I use my other conditioner (Infusium23 or Redken Extreme) after rinsing this Clear one out. If not, I use a leave in because my hair just doesn't feel moisturized or soft enough after using the Clear. My hair is not particularly rough or damaged, so I shouldn't really need to use so much. I definitely don't need to use as much when using my regular brands.It does smell good and rinse well, but there are no benefits to using it. It also does not seem to coat or weigh my hair down, but again no other benefits. I need a conditioner to help me detangle and soften my hair - things a conditioner typically does - this one just doesn't do any of that for me.",negative220"I am 50 year old and still have the same thick curly hair I did when I was 13.  I have been looking for the right mix of care products. Just last month I switched to three products:CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Ultra Shea Cleanse & Nourish ShampooCLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner,CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY THERAPY Ultra Shea Nourishing Scalp & Hair Oil,My hair is dryer now that I am older and the shampoo really does the trick of cleaning without destroying my hair, it cleanses completely to remove product build-up. The conditioner allows me to much more easily run a brush through my hair. Without flattening my hair it reduces the dryness that flat ironing can do and reduces breakage.  It really does lock in moisture and provide long lasting nourishment.  The Therapy works best on wet hair, it gives deep, non-greasy nourishment to my hair and lends a healthy looking shine.  I can wash, condition and therapy my hair Monday. Tuesday I can wet my hair put the therapy in and it looks brand new.The real test was going to my salon and my stylist of 8 years noticed the difference in softness. I love the blend of shea, vitamin E, sunflower, coconut, almond, soybean, argan, and palm. It really works for me. I did find the right foundation for strong, beautiful hair.KEEPER!",positive221"I got to admit, after liking the Ultra Shea Shampoo, I hoped to like the conditioner as well.  The packaging is nice--especially with the reversed spout to keep from confusing the shampoo and conditioner in the shower.  The product itself?  Not bad.  It's certainly not as gloppy or watery as some of the really cheap conditioners I've used.Let's be honest I'm a practical mommy that yanks her hair back in a pony tail and doesn't really have money to splurge on high end stuff.  For the price and the results, this is certainly well within range for a decent conditioner.  It won't hold a candle to anything really high end, granted, but at that price point, comparable high quality would be unreasonable to expect.The biggest complaint I have with this product is one that plagues me with most conditioners.  I have a lot of hair.  In order to use enough conditioner, I have to use twice as much of it as I do the shampoo--which means it won't last nearly as long. Still, it's a useful conditioner and I like the look, feel and scent of it and would be likely to buy a bottle now and then.^_^ Shanshad",positive222"After only a few uses, ""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" left my hair feeling waxy and weighed down.  That was disappointing because while my hair was wet, it was slick and smooth.  Further, while blow-drying and using a round brush, I found the brush moved easily, without tangling or catching, through my wet hair. ""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" did not prevent my hair from ""frizzing"" as humidity increased.  Instead of the sleek look I usually achieve with my regular conditioner, I ended up with a great number off fly-away hairs.  Frizz is not a look I am trying to achieve.""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" is packaged in a uniquely shaped container.  It fits nicely in one's hand; is easy to hold, even with wet hands; and is easy to control with respect to dispensing the shampoo.  I plan on saving the container and refilling when the ""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" is gone.A word of warning:  ""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" left the tile shower floor extremely slick and slippery.  If you use this product, please be careful that you do not fall because your shower floor is slippery.""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" is similar to many commercially available conditioners.  It does the job, but leaves one's hair weighed down after several uses; conditioners that rinse out cleanly and completely are preferable.  I am rating ""Clear Scalp Hair & Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Conditioner"" as a 3-star product.",negative223"About my hair:  Long (middle of back), naturally straight, it has never been colored or treated in any way.I have awesome hair.  It bleaches itself to a nice dark golden light brown during the summer with great highlights.  I'm lucky and get complimented often on it.  That being said, the most I ever do to it is add in layers or have it trimmed.  I rarely blow dry it.  I shampoo/condition it almost daily (gasp!).My favorite shampoo/conditioner combo used to be Infusium 23, but a couple years ago they changed the scent/formula and it hasn't been great since.Enter Clear Scalp & Hair Beauty Ultra Shea Cleanse & Nourish Shampoo & Conditioner.Like the shampoo, the conditioner smells amazing.  My first thought was ""warm summer beach day"".  Light vanilla mingling with coconut and perhaps a bit floral.  Its intoxicating and I absolutely love it.A little bit goes a long way and it honestly feels like it gets absorbed into your hair.  Having long hair like mine, this is important.My hair is left feeling soft, looks shiny, and combs easily.I use it with the shampoo and I could not be happier.  Definitely will be my new go-to shampoo and conditioner combo.",positive224"For years, I have been battling with my hair. Too dry. Flakes that I could never get to go away. I have tried so many different products trying to get these issues under control. For the most part, other products seemed to help for a few days, a week or two if I was lucky. Then, sadly, my issues would pop up again.When I first saw the commerical for Clean, I knew that it may be different than all the other products I have tried before. Claiming to work at the scalp then down the hair instead of the other way around. Upon first use, I noticed how light the product was. It didn't feel heavy or feel like it was still in my hair after rinsing. Clean promises to change your hair after 7 days. Mine took two. The first day, I noticed how much softer my hair was. By the second, my flakes were all but gone. I use this product every day and I am still amazed with the results. Something that I have been battling for so long to be gone like that. Clean is a product that I have been recommending to all my friends and family. And I could not be happier with it.",positive225"I use only conditioner on my hair and avoid styling at least 2 days a week. I'm trying to strengthen my damaged hair. The CLEAR Ultra Shea conditioner appealed to me because of the use of natural oils like coconut and almond, so I wanted to try it.First of all, the conditioner leaked in shipping. The bottle was inside a bubble mailer, wrapped in a bag, so that the mess was contained, but this pointed out a design flaw. The bottle is cool-looking in shape and color, but the dispenser is on the bottom. Many conditioners are designed like this (with a flip lid cap), but CLEAR has a push-type opener. Obviously, shipping this product is cause for disaster. A flip lid would take some effort to open, but the push lid...well, a bump or two in transit will result in conditioner all over the packaging - and you're also out a good amount of product!So, this product may not be conducive to mail-order, unless Amazon packages in a more secure matter.As for the conditioner itself: Whew! I smelled it right away, since it had leaked! And it smelled a bit overpowering at first. I don't like strong-smelling styling products, so I was nervous when I went to use it the first time. However, the smell is actually quite soft and pleasant. Not overly flowery or fruity, just clean and nice.I was surprised that CLEAR's Ultra Shea conditioner was not as greasy as many conditioners that I have used in the past. It easily coated my hair from root to tip, but was just as easy to rinse out. I felt no residue or heaviness on my hair afterwards. My hair felt soft.As for the claims of all the wonderful oils in the product: well, yes, they're there. But beware - the conditioner is not quite a 'natural' as the description makes it sound. Lots of chemical ingredients are listed before the good stuff. I've been making the transition to more natural products in our food, but haven't quite changed in my beauty products, yet. So this doesn't bother me too much, except for CLEAR making it sound more natural than it really is.",negative226"I did start by using the Clear Scalp & Hair Beauty Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish Shampoo, so this review is based on using both products together.I have relatively long, very thick, and very wavy hair. Frizzing is a major problem, especially in humidity, which Vermont often experiences during the rainy spring weather. I also color my hair, so it can dry out. My hair stylist swears by the Redken line for dry hair, but I've tried it and have never been impressed. I'm sick of paying $15 to $30 for shampoo and conditioners that do not work.Clear's Ultra Shea Smooth & Nourish impressed me. I started with the shampoo and then moved on to the conditioner. Applied it to all the hair, making sure the ends got extra attention, waited two minutes, and then rinsed. I moved on to blow drying it partially and was amazed with the results. My hair came out shiny, feeling like silk, and best of all, even on a very rainy day, there was no frizz.It smells a little like a Pina Colada, but stronger on the coconut side. I love that smell, my husband and daughter hate it. Given that, it wasn't so strong that they couldn't tolerate being near me. If you dislike the smell of coconut, you may not enjoy this line as much as I do.Based on my use of this new shampoo and conditioner line, however, I've found a new favorite shampoo and conditioner line. With Sunday papers offering up lots of $2 off coupons on this new line, I'm going to be stocking up.",positive227"I'm thrilled to see and feel what Clear Scalp and Hair Therapy Ultra Shea Smooth and Nourish Conditioner, applied after CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Ultra Shea Cleanse & Nourish Shampoo, 12.9 Fluid Ounce have done to my hair in a single application. I have been using salon shampoos and conditioners on my hair for ages now, and been really displeased with how my hair has been looking. It's grey, very thick and wiry, and was dry and brittle to the touch, and had totally lost its sheen. One wash with Clear Ultra Shea has changed all that. My hair hasn't felt this soft in years, and it's actually shining!Clear Ultra Shea smooth and Nourish Conditioner has a lovely feel to it. The aroma is very subtle and quite pleasant, and I like the packaging a lot. The cylinders are sturdy, with tops that press open easily, and the shampoo stands on its feet, and conditioner on its head, so there is no confusion as to what bottle you're reaching for, half blind with no glasses on and water running down your face. I'm going to keep using Clear Ultra Shea, and those salon products will have to go bye bye.",positive228"So I bought this product to test it out because I read up on it and it sounded like a good new shampoo and conditioner and thinking the Clear Ultra Shea Shampoo and Conditioner would nourish my scalp, lock moisture in my hair, smooth, and seal as it says on the container it would do, turns out it does the complete opposite the shampoo stripped my hair. After shampooing my hair was hard, tangled, and dry feelong. Then I thought maybe the conditioner will help my hair so I put the conditioner in and it did NOTHING, my hair was so tangled, no kind of moisture what so ever to it, my hair was extremely dry and tangled and was very hard to detangle even after applying the conditioner. So I ended up rewashing my hair that same day with Garnier Triple Nutrition which I LOVE LOVE LOVE and would recommend to anyone! I will never ever ever buy this Clear Ultra Shea or recommend to anybody you would be better off buying some Suave shampoo and conditioner than this mess. I am very upset that I have two almost full bottles of this shampoo and conditioner that's going in the trash unless I find somebody that likes it that I know.",positive229"I got ULTRA SHEA SMOOTH & NOURISH CONDITIONER mainly for my roommate, who complained to me recently that he has tried many, many conditioners and found that they either dry out his hair or dry out his scalp, or both.  He also mentioned that many products he'd tried did not result in the manageability he had purchased the product for in the first place.  So, when Amazon offered this product, I decided to try it for our bathroom.Fortunately for me, I do not have the type of hair that really needs a conditioner.  My hair is normally soft and manageable, no matter what the weather or how often I wash it, which is usually daily.  Still, I do like to use a conditioner every ten days or so, just to keep my hair feeling the way I like it.Well, ULTRA SHEA SMOOTH & NOURISH CONDITIONER more than met both of our expectations.  My roommate is a professional actor, who needs to have a consistent appearance and wants to make sure he looks exactly the same day after day, especially when making a film or doing a long stretch in a theatre piece.  I asked him what he thought about this conditioner, and he said that it was probably the best he'd ever tried.  Especially important was the fact that it did not dry out his hair or scalp, but he mentioned that he also liked the way it made his hair feel, even when using it on a daily basis.  As for me, I have no complaint at all; the odor is agreeable and it leaves my hair feeling even more silky than usual.  As far as I'm concerned, it's a perfect conditioner, and we will continue to use it.Highly recommended.",positive230"I used to buy daiquiris and margaritas already mixed in individual freezer bags and enjoyed the convenience very much. For some reason, I cannot find these anymore.  BTW: There are some made by Daily's, but they are made with wine, not liquour (but taste really good anyway!)Still, I was looking for my favorite cocktails in a portable bag. These were very good! They are very fruity (with real strawberry seeds) and creamy..not like kool aid. Also, they freeze really well, no big, sharp shards of ice, but with a squeeze or two, they were more like a slushy.To make: You open the twist cap, fill first with rum (to a premarked line), shake to mix, then fill the rest of the way with water and freeze.I made the first batch just this way, by pouring the liquor right in the bag up to the ""fill line"" on the packaging. I don't know if I had the bag set on the counter incorrectly or what, but the powder seemed to absorb the liquid and I ended up pouring too much rum in the bag and hadn't even reached the line! It didn't even freeze too well as it was too strong (we did drink them anyway!) With the second bag, I measured the rum in a measuring cup (1 1/2 cups...it is written on the bag, too.) They were better. You can vary the amount of liqour to your taste (or even use different kinds of alcohol...or I suppose none at all if you want.)One more fun tip: I mixed the entire bag, then poured individual servings into small ziploc freezer bags. I think I used about 5 or 6 little ziplocs per 1 Lt. Blender Bag (which makes 1/2 gallon.) Then I froze all the little bags. That way we could take only 1 when we wanted it, OR we could throw a few in our beach bags and they stayed slushy for hours. Plus, we didn't have to carry much garbage when we were done (like with cans or bottles.) Also, we didn't have to worry about doling out servings into cups or anything. Just slip a straw into a little opening in the zipper and enjoy!",positive231"Honey Stinger is a pleasant addition to an endless energy bar section at your local bike store. You know about those energy bars, sure it gives you energy / carbs / protein but they are a pain to eat (way too hard / chewy, nasty tasty, etc). Honey Stinger really hit the spot as a healthy tasty alternative. (I sound like a commercial but I do not work for them... wish I did, then I can just eat them by the case).Of note, I'm a cyclist, so my review will be with a cyclist slant.Wrapping: It's pretty easy to open with the little jagged edge at the top and bottom. When I go ride, I usually partially open the pack to make my life easier.Taste: Man, this thing tastes great. I would eat it for breakfast, lunch, AND dinner. I believe they have different flavors, I usually stick with Honey as the standard.Ease of eating (important for me as a cyclist): The waffles are soft, perhaps a little bit too soft. I think if you hold it at one end, the other end will probably start to sag. But I usually don't hold it long enough before the whole thing makes it to my mouth. This is soft, so you can swallow it in a couple of bites / chews. So much better than some of the energy bars that takes forever to chew and swallow.Cons: The only gripe that I have is that it is crumbly.. little tiny bits will fall off the edges or linger at the edge of your mouth. The other thing is that it is soft, so don't place too much pressure on it or you'll find your waffle shaped like a fortune cookie.Overall, I think this is the best fuel on bike. I usually bring this and some Sport Beans on my ride.",positive232"In energy snack I've tried every form and brand.  I think I finally found one that I'd stay with, until someone comes up with a better/tastier/easier product.This is s small palm sized waffle, not hallow but semi soaked (moist).  It will crumble therefore don't take it out of th package (the package can catch the falling crumbs)To open is easy, just tear the folded area with your teeth or fingers (the tab in the back where the nutrition info is).  It will open the pack right in the middle exposing half of the waffle.  Just hold the half that's still in the package and start eating.  This is the fastest and safest way to consume this product while on the go (I did just that while hiking, holding my poles in one hand and eating this from the other hand).Haven't tried the chocolate flavor yet but I love all three (strawberry, vanilla, and honey) that I've tried.  Bought Vanilla and Honey from Amazon in bulk.  I know I will finish them based on my scheduled hikes coming up in the remaining 2012.At 160 calories, it is a good hourly snack.  But the reason I bought it is because it tastes GOOD and no need to work hard to eat it.",positive233"Gjetost is a Norwegian delicacy.My fiance's beloved Aunt (at over 80 years of age) still gets up every morning at 4:00 in northern Norway to (single-handedly) tend her goats and cows.  Gjetost is made from a blend of cow's milk and super-nutritious goat milk.It has a slighly sweet disposition which comes from carmelizing the sugars in the blended milks.This cheese is an excellent morning starter. It has a concentration of natural sugars in it (most Norwegian dairy products are organic even if they are not labeled so).My fiance has to go to her Norwegian church in New York to get this delicacy as you usually cannot find it anywhere in the U.S.. There, on weekend mornings, the ladies prepare fresh waffles with this cheese melted over them. YUM!Here is an excellent recipe for Norwegian waffles:2 fresh organic free-roaming eggs1 cup of organic all-purpose unbleached flour Flour, All Purpose, Unbleached, 5 lb.1 cup of organic whole wheat flour Whole Wheat Bread Flour, 1 lb.1/2 cup of olive oil (EVO) (you can substitue melted butter if you like)1-3/4 cups of buttermilk1 tablespoon of brown sugar2 tablespoons of malted barley flour4 teaspoons baking powder1/4 teaspoon saltPour into the center of the iron, immediately pour in some chopped pecans.When done (about 5 minutes or until tops steam) cover with shaved Norwegian (Viking) brown cheese (Ekte Gjetost) Ekte Gjetost (1.1 pound) by [...] . . . TO DIE FOR!It doesn't get any better.",positive234"This is coming strictly from someone who isn't a big fan of chocolate... but these things are insanely delicious. Two pounds may seem like a lot but given the chance to sit down after opening the bag, smelling that wafting scent of dark chocolate and sweet exotic berries, man oh man it's like these things should be illegal for being so criminally delicious! I tried some of these when my wife and I were shopping at CostCo and one of the employees demoing food had these on hand and I tried some... the pomegranate flavor ones weren't that keen with me but the Acai berry? AUGH! I can't stop! I'm popping 'em down as I write this they're so good! Tart, sweet, tangy, chocolate and just god amazingly delicious-- you gotta try these for yourself to believe how good these things are.Like I said, I'm not by any stretch a chocolate fan-- and even more so from fruits being dipped in chocolate but these are a cosmic exception of the case.I promised my wife I wouldn't eat the whole bag but... it's pretty hard to resist at this point now ohhh man! I can easily say I could go without all the other chocolate treats I've tried and inludged: Reese's, M&M's of all flavors and makes, Snickers, Baby Ruth-- even my beloved Mr. Goodbar is a distant second to these things!",positive235"Get Naked Gut Health is an amazing product. Low cal, low fat, high moisture and high fiber ! A perfect combo weight control and digestion. Sodium content is a bit higher than I would like but with all other things considered it will do.My 2 Papillons absolutely love these things ! They recognize the bag and come running and bouncing around as soon as I have it in my hand :) They are easy to please but they have never responded to anything like these things.They smell good as they contain cinnamon,ginger and peppermint. I guess they like the smell and they taste good too.I was mainly looking for a healthy dental chew. My vet recommend Get Naked but didn't say they came in so many different choices. Neither of my dogs have digestive problems but my little girls is 10 going on 11 and I thought this would be a good choice for her for weight control and to keep her digestive track healthy.I have been using them for about 3 months and have already seen a difference. Some say they are higher but compared to the similar sticks in the supermarketthey really aren't that bad since they are twice as long much much healthier and one a day is sufficient for my dogs.One thing I have found over the years, the more organic the food,treats,and chews the healthier the dog. I spend much more overall on my Papsbut they go to the vet for shots only. They never get sick. For a 10 + year old that is saying something and I contribute a lot of that to their diet !",positive236"I have been giving Wellness to my 7 month old pitbull since he was 8 weeks old. I chose it because it is supposed to be a good and natural food. It's very expensive and I thought I was giving my puppy the best. Wrong.My pup has had bad gas all this time but I did not think it was due to the dog food. We just thought he was eating too fast. Then when he was 4 months, he got very sick.. throwing up and loose stools. We took him to the vet for x-rays just to be sure there was no obstruction. There was not. He got better but the gas continued.About 2 weeks ago, my dog started vomiting his Wellness food a few hours after eating. It looked whole. He was not holding down any of his meals and this went on for a week! We took him back to the vet for x-rays and even an mri.. the vet found nothing. We took him off the Wellness and gave him chicken and rice.. he was fine... started mixing in Wellness again and he got sick. Took him off and we are giving him ground beef and brown rice.. he has not thrown up once.Yesterday, we received a call from our friend who adopted Saki's brother. His brother has been on Wellness for the past week and guess what-- same exact symptoms as my dog!!To me, this is sure proof of the Wellness being the culprit.This morning, I researched this food more.. just type in a search engine- ""Wellness Super5mix sick"" and you will be sick when you read all of the cases of illness due to this product! Stay away from it.. don't risk it..Here is just one link-[...]",negative237"I used to wait until the end of summer, buy a bushel of tomatoes and can all my spaghetti sauce at once using a similar but bulk product. It wasn't as tasty as this and had lots of MSG in it. It also required me to do all my canning at once. This year, I've been able to do a small batch of sauce every week with my own tomatoes as they ripen in about 15 minutes. I alter the instructions on the packet to use 29 ounces of fresh tomatoes lightly pureed in the food processor. Dump into a saucepan with one tablespoon balsamic vinegar and one tablespoon of oil, bring to a boil, simmer 10-15 minutes (depending on how watery the tomatoes are) or until it is the consistency you like your sauce to be. Each batch makes about the equivalent of a regular jar of spaghetti sauce (25 to 28 ounces?). I've easily got enough sauce stored away now for winter and to give away (I've been freezing but you could easily water bath process this for shelf storage). I have used for pizza sauce and pasta sauce as well as added a little to soups and used for a dip with zucchini bites etc. Doubles well - I haven't tried more than that at one use. The mix dissolves evenly without clumping. I like that the packaging is not excessive, too. Easily the most indispensable thing I have had in my kitchen this summer.",positive238"I bought this for my boyfriend's grandmother's 90th birthday. Shipping was Prime, so that was super easy.It arrived nice and protected with a little sheer bow on it too. Of course, I took it off so I could arrange the things inside nicely and put it back on later. The items were nearly identical to the picture, a few minor changes - but nothing in a negative way! (I think the note pads had a different design but the same type of tone, and the biscuits were actually Truffle Cookies.) I LOVED that it came with a little white plastic rose/flower. I thought that would definitely just be in the ad, but it was really a nice touch!The box is beautiful. The painting is so soft and detailed, it really just looks handcrafted and personal. The clock works and looks amazing, just threw in a battery and it was easy to set. I can't rave about this box enough. I actually wouldn't mind having one too! It has a tiny bit of a cracked/distressed look, adding to the vintage/Victorian and personal feel of the whole thing.Unfortunately I wasn't able to see her face when she opened it, but the boyfriend says she LOVED it and wouldn't stop talking about it :) This was such a great gift. It was perfect and I'm so glad I found it!I know some reviewers were worried about the price, and it is kind of a lot for a gift basket, but you have to realize that you get a ton of stuff with it and the box itself absolutely makes it worth it! It's not some cheap wicker basket. It's so personal and thoughtful and definitely going to last a long time.",positive239"I got this box of deliciousness on Friday & sorted each jerky by type.  I sorted them because I had stomach surgery & have been looking for some high protein snack that works well for me. This is a great snack for soldiers & post-op VBG folks.I gave all the ""spicy"" ones to hubby & kept the rest for me & only had to rethink the honey pepper ones...they have a nice punch, but I'm not ready for that yet!Hubby got the: Sweet n' Spicy, Black Pepper, & Cajun, Honey Pepper and Spicy.  I got the Barbecue, Mild, 2 types of the Teriyaki, Original and ""Hung In The Smokehouse"" Hickory Beef Jerky.I ate a pack of the Barbecue & it was SO delicious!  I definitely recommend this to anyone looking for a great source low calorie snack of protein with low carbs & low fat. The only negatives for me is that it has Mono-sodium Glutamate & Sodium Nitrite. The sample pack works out wonderfully so I can try about 1 to 2 ounces a day of jerky & make a decision which ones work best for me.  The cooler itself is insulated & has a zipper closure.  The cooler is a plus because I can keep my snacks by my computer & my cats can't steal them!",positive240"I've always been one of those people who roll their eyes when they see ads for hair products that make actual changes to your hair. I mean, it's dead, how many changes can you make to it?Well, darned if I have to quit the eye rolling routine from now on, because this shampoo, along with the conditioner CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Strong Lengths Nourishing Conditioner, 12.7 Fluid Ounce  has changed how my hair looks and feels!I used to have long silky blonde hair. I loved it. Then I turned 40 and this evil gray curly stuff invaded my scalp. Now nearing 50, about half of my hair is still straight and fine, and the rest is grizzled and curly. It is NOT pretty.I did try some different products to tame the evil mass on my head, but nothing really worked, and if it did anything to the curly stuff, it made the straight stuff look like an oily mess, so I had about given up.Fortunately this product was offered to me through Vine, and after 2 weeks of use, I am completely amazed at how different my hair looks and feels. I can't say it's the same as it was when I was young, but the curly stuff is no longer frizzy, and the straight stuff looks good too. I can wear my hair back in a ponytail again without having the sides look like ""crazy cat lady"" by afternoon. It is wonderful!I don't know if it will work as well for everyone, but if you've got ""middle-aged hair problems"" I definitely recommend giving it a try!",positive241"I do have long hair, and it was such a treat to find a product that's specifically intended for the type of hair I have. That being said, I adored this shampoo & will use it from now on. It DOES have a boatload of chemicals, yet I'm someone who can't seem to make the 100% natural products work at making my hair feel clean. I have tried many, and my hair just looks dirty & dull. With this product, my hair felt clean and yet not so ""sqeaky"" that it felt stripped after shampooing. Note that I do NOT wash my hair every day. My hair stays clean for about 3 days after shampooing, so that's how often I use it. I also use Therasilk ""Moisture Infusing Conditioner"" & L'Oreal Everstrong Overnight Hair Repair on the ends as my routine. My hair is coarse & waxy (got lots of it) and I also color my hair every 6-8 weeks.Pros:* Hair felt clean without feeling dried out* I got a nice lather as long as my hair wasn't too dirty/oily, in which case I shampooed twice* I liked the scent, yet it may be too strong for some. My hair still smelled clean for 2 or 3 days (depending upon the weather) after shampooing* For the price I feel the quality is comparable with a more expensive shampoo (I've used Paul Mitchell Awapuhi in the past)* A little went a long way, even for my long hair* This shampoo worked well for my color treated hair (I use a deposit only color, my hair is dark but have grey coming in)Cons:The only ""con"" for me is that the bottle has one of those annoying ""permanent"" caps that you can't get off to use the last bits of product. I also like to rinse out the bottle before recycling (or the recycle-rs won't take it). I will have to figure out how to deal with that when I'm finished using it.Other than that, I'm happy & will use this shampoo from now on...I'm converted.",positive242"Having just evaluated all of the CLEAR male hair products, it was time for the women in my house to evaluate the female hair products.  Both the male dandruff shampoo and the female ""strong lengths"" nourishing shampoo are advertised to feature Nutrium 10, some sort of vitamin nutrient compound that is supposed to make hair healthier and strong.I can't really speak much to if it makes hair stronger, but the shampoo certainly feels good going on and being lathered.  The shampoo itself appears about the same consistency of the male shampoo, a thin runny cream, but this one is pink.  The smell is quite nice without smelling like cheap perfume, and the smells tends to linger without being overpowering.The bottle itself is easy to use - snap down one end and the other end pops up to dispense shampoo.  Amazon had some issues shipping the free Vine samples - mine had leaked.  Hopefully they are more careful when shipping orders.After a few weeks of this shampoo, I'd say hair is clean and smells good, and the members of my family rate it highly.  I wouldn't say anybody noticed any huge improvements due to the Nutrium-10, but it's an effective shampoo that does a good job cleaning hair while smelling nice.",positive243"I have waist long hair and work-out on a regular basis. During summer, that translates into a major beating in the hot/humid Florida sun, rain and did I mention the super high humidity?! Needless to say, my hair tends to frazzle fairly quickly with the daily washing, swimming, beating sun...and of course, let's not forget the humidity.So, I try a LOT of different hair products. Some are oily (ugh), others seem to actually dry out my hair, still others seem to attract tangles...and with 3 feet of hair to untangle, that is no small considerations.I gave this a try and it does seem to work fairly well. I also used it in combination with a deep oil treatment to get started (see other review) because my hair was in pretty rough shape right now. You can notice the difference after a week so it does what is claims. However - and this is a big one for me - the fragrance is VERY strong. I find it overpowering. My spouse LOVES IT. In fact, he is was using another bottle and is ready to take over all of them because of the smell alone. Me on the other hand, I find it much too strong. Of course, that is personal preference but if you are sensitive to fragrances, keep this in mind before purchasing the product.Last but not least, despite the additional of vitamins/supplements to enhance the product, I've been moving aware of many of the other harsh ingredients/chemicals contained in this/other shampoo's and conditioners. I did NOT deduct a point for it because once again, that is a lifestyle related choice.Bottom Line - a good product for long hair but those with sensitivities to fragrance will want to think twice.",positive244"This review is for the Clear Scalp & Hair Beauty Strong Lengths Nourishing Shampoo & Conditioner, written after using these products for seven days.I should start by saying that I consider this an inexpensive product. The shampoo and conditioners I am used to cost 3 to 4 as much as these. Because of this, I didn't expect any improvement in the condition of my already very healthy hair after using these products. While I wouldn't consider the condition of my hair improved after seven days of using these products, I was pleased that the condition of my hair was pretty much maintained. Despite my hair feeling okay after using these products, I won't be giving up my usual products. I like to mix it up with my shampoo & conditioner, so I will continue to use these occasionally, but not every day. One of the main things I'm not crazy about with these products is the fragrance. It's not that they don't smell good; they smell okay. Not my favorite scent, but it's fine. The issue is more that I don't feel like the scent stays with my hair. I don't wear perfume and rarely use any kind of body fragrance, so it's important to me that my shampoo/conditioner leaves my hair smelling nice. I don't get that with this product.",positive245"I have hair that is thick and goes about 3"" past my shoulders and difficult to manage-it always seems to be frizzed out (just thought I would included that so you know when reading the review you can compare your hair type to see if this will work with your hair or not) I am a Head and Shoulders Loyalist, however, this shampoo works pretty well. It is smooth and goes on easily.  It smells pretty good (I would say about as good as Pantene or Garnier Fructis, but better than any of the Head and Shoulders scents I've tried) and after blow drying left my hair soft and silky, but not greasy-even the next day.  I did use it with the Clear conditioner, so I think that using both products together also helped and would recommend that you get the conditioner as well!Packaging Note: If you plan on ordering this on Amazon, be aware that it may leak in transit-Mine did leak a little bit, it was wrapped in a plastic bag so it didn't get all over the box/other items, but it was still messy and needed some rinsing off when I took it out of the box.",positive246"(i have very thick-coarse-healthy-never dyed hair)i bought this product at my local drug store. there were many types to choose, so i got the root volumizing shampoo and cond.. the scent is ok, nothing special.. the first use cleansed my hair well, lathered thick, and left it smooth and sleek with a nice amount of volume.. the second use was just-fine (same results)..this morning i noticed my hair was FULL of flakes! THICK FLAKES!! the flakes were HARD and STUCK near the roots of my hair shafts. they were all-over my head. i don't know if this is a normal part of the cleansing or detoxifying of the scalp.. but i have never had issues with flakes.i took a shower right away after trying unsuccessfully to pull the hard pieces out (like a monkey picking lice)happily most all of the pieces dissolved out. i went to the store later feeling self-conscious  that the flakes was showing or more would come back..i am going to continue using this for 7- 10 washes because i feel this is a ""normal"" part of the process. but if these flakes continue.. i will stop..UPDATE** i finished the bottle and got another one.. i haven't seen any more FREAK FLAKES.. the product is still so/so.. i dont love it, but dont hate it. it is fairly affordable, but you get a small bottle, so i think i will be buying panteen next.. good luck on this MIRICLE product.. lol",negative247"When I saw this shampoo available to Amazon Vine reviewers, I requested a bottle. After a horrible color treatment years ago that burned my scalp and forever changed not only the amount of hair on my head but its texture as well, I'm always interested in shampoos said to be good for hair ""prone to breakage."" The fine print, though, indicates that the shampoo does all these great things, including restoring the scalp's natural moisture balance, only when used in conjunction with the conditioner, which was not sent to me.After using the shampoo and my existing conditioner for a couple of weeks, I bought the Strong Lengths conditioner. I've used it a few times, and so far there's not much to report. My scalp does seem slightly less itchy than it is prone to, but then again, it's not wintertime, when the heater runs nearly constantly and dries out my skin and scalp. I've not discovered the oiliness from using the shampoo that other reviewers have reported, but oily hair is not an issue for me in general. Neither the shampoo nor conditioner are expensive, so buying the conditioner as well wasn't a hardship, but I disliked the asterisk about needing both the shampoo and conditioner to experience the shampoo's true efficacy.I plan to report back in a few more weeks about how well both products work together, but I can't say much about how the shampoo works on its own. Yes, it cleanses my hair as promised, but if it's being nourished, the jury's still out.",negative248"This shampoo smells so clean and subtly fresh all day long!  I love it! Love it!  You only need the smallest little dab to get a really good lather worked up.  I am on several medications that have made my hair very weak and almost a year and half ago it fell it out in large chunks.  My hair is fine, wavy and likes to tangle with itself.  It is prone to breakage.  I sleep on satin pillowcases, with a satin head wrap on.  I baby and pamper my hair and spend a lot on products that will strengthen it or keep it in shape, I'm a product junkie for better or worse.  I try shampoos and conditioners frequently and return to my old standbys.  These is a keeper for me.  I used it for 3 weeks before coming to a conclusion.  I had my scalp 'cleaned' before I started.  I go to the beauty college and they do a deep scalp treatment and clean your scalp of product buildup.  Three weeks later according to my hairstylist I still did not have any build up to scrap.  So my head was very clean leaving the hair follicles free for growing.  I had about 10% less breakage according to the beauty schools breakage test.  Which for me, is a plus and improvement, I am trying to grow my hair out, I can't do that if it is constantly breaking.  For conditioners I need something that has some power in the shower to detangle effectively and leave my hair smooth and tangle free.  Some of the more expensive conditioners do not have the thickness or something in the cnditioners to really soften and separate my hair.  This conditioner really worked without me having to double dip and use twice as much conditioner.  For the price and the smell and the noticeable improvements I say yay!  How does a shampoo and conditioner get a 5 from me....no breakage at all.",positive249"I received a bottle of the Clear Scalp and Hair Beauty Strong Lengths Nourishing Shampoo and have been using it exclusively for the past 3 weeks. I wash my fine, shoulder length hair almost every day; I've been trying to move to every other day, as it's better for your hair.Second on the ingredient list is Sodium Laureth Sulfate, which may have less chemical impact than the similar sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), but is still an allergen for many people, and could be why some reviewers are noting hair loss with use of this product. Interestingly sodium chloride (salt) is one of the ingredients. Most shampoos don't have added salt, so I thought it was a curious addition.I did not notice any strengthening properties. It actually seemed like my ends might be slightly drier than normal (nothing a little shine serum couldn't fix). My hair felt very clean the first week, but my scalp has started to become oilier than usual (sometimes at the end of the day, my scalp looks like I haven't shampooed for two days).In terms of chemicals, this shampoo is too new to be included in the Environmental Working Group cosmetic database, but the biggest issues are the fragrance (parfum) and the DMDM Hydantoin. Other chemicals that would score as moderate (4-5s) include the sodium lauryl sulfate, Zinc Pyrithione, Laureth-23 and Laureth-24. Poloxamer 407 is slightly lower risk, but has some bioaccumulation concerns.Overall, it didn't seem terribly effective at giving me stronger hair. But it's not the worst chemical load of ""conventional"" shampoos, and it's a decent price. I would consider purchasing it but it would not be my first choice of shampoos.",negative250"First, like others have mentioned, mine arrived in a plastic wrap in a package with its lid open and shampoo all over the interior of the plastic wrap. Not only was it a mess to open.. but 1/3 the bottle was already gone. Next came trying the product.. so far 1 weeks time and I will update again after a month goes by. When I first put some on my hair and begain to lather I stopped and made sure I used the right bottle.... its like a cream, and doesn't feel like a shampoo normally would feel. I thought I grabbed the wrong bottle! I'm mixed on how the product feels, though it did leave my hair nice, but my other shampoos still do better. I tend to use various products and never the same shampoo when I run out. Its almost as if my hair gets use to a product and it no longer works well, so I mix it up.I do like the smell to the product and don't find it overwhelming as others suggested. I did not find it dulled my hair (I do have highlights)My hair did feel clean, not oily or dirty looking as others have experienced. Think this is a try it out and see kind of product. Everyones hair is so different so each review is based on the persons kind of hair really. My hair is normally not oily, but is flat and below shoulder length with highlights. I saw no major changes compared to other products so for that reason its OK. I do not like the cap to the bottle and again how its packaged. Nothing like getting a product and loosing 1/3 of it and having a huge mess..... perhaps if you want to try it try it at a local store.",negative251"I have never been one to seek out specific shampoo brands.  I purchased whatever brand was on sale.  As long as it lathered up and did its job, I was happy.  The Clear Scalp & Hair Beauty shampoo proves there is a difference.First of all, the shampoo is far richer than other brands I've used.  It comes out of the easy-to-use dispenser in thick ribbons.  When it's massaged into the hair, it creates a luxurious feel -- an experience far removed from the routine shampooing I had always done.  In fact, I was inspired to do more scalp massaging than ever as I lingered in the shower.It has a faint scent, not an overly perfumed one, and I liked that.  I can't really confirm the fact that it has strengthened my hair, as I've never had a problem with ""breakage.""My wife used it and was pleased with how smooth her hair felt after the shampoo was rinsed out.  She has used several kinds of better shampoos over the years, and she reported that the Clear Scalp & Beauty shampoo compares favorably.  Neither of us used the shampoo in conjunction with its companion conditioner, which further leads me to believe we saw no appreciable difference in our hair being strengthened.The big question:  Would I seek this product over others in the future?  Perhaps.  I do like its rich texture, so that might lure me back.  However, a premium price might easily point me back to more economical products.Conclusion:  This is a good product that lathers better than many shampoos, leaving the hair smooth and easy to manage.",positive252"I gave this product to my girlfriend to try since she has long, color treated hair.When I first got this, a lot of the product was all over the plastic bag that it came in. Be warned, they sent it in a padded envelope and the shampoo was everywhere.From there, to me it has an interesting fragrance, nothing horrible, but nothing that I just have to use either. The first time I used it, I had to use a bunch of shampoo because I just couldn't get it to lather. After that, it was back to the normal amount to suds up my hair.When I first used it, I noticed that my hair felt a little drier and stripped. This is something that I notice every time I use a different brand of shampoo which I thing is just the feeling of the built up old product getting washed off my hair. With repeated use, this feeling went away.I also used the corresponding conditioner. Within the first couple days, I noticed that my hair felt thicker and softer. The ends of my hair still have the remains of some bleaching and are drier than the rest of my hair. They felt smoother after a couple days of use.The only negative thing I find is that my hair gets greasy faster with the use of this shampoo. The only thing I can think of is the extra nutrients that are supposed to help the scalp is just adding too much to my all ready normal scalp.Over all, this is not that bad of a product. I like how my hair feels softer and seems to have more volume without drying out the ends further. Using the conditioner does help the ends too, more on that on the other review. But I do admit that I wouldn't get it again just because of how greasy my hair gets with it.I think if you are looking for a product that will help your dry hair, this is one to look into.Shawn KovacichAuthor and Creator of numerous books and DVD's.",negative253"Obviously everyone has different types of hair, and shampoos will affect every hair type differently. So, for clarification's sake, my hair is:- Plentiful, but very fine and therefore easily broken.- Straight with a small amount of natural body.- Lacking in volume.- Easily weighed down.- Oily.Because of the nature of my hair, it stays healthier when it is kept short. But, stylistically I prefer it long. So, I thought this shampoo (and the conditioner that goes with it) wouldn't be a bad thing to try. **Note, I did use both shampoo and conditioner previously that were geared toward strengthening hair.**I have used it for three weeks, and I'm pleased with the results. I have noticed less breakage over the past couple of weeks and I've also noticed less hair falling out in the shower or when I brush. Although it is costlier than my typical shampoo choice, I think it just might be worth it to at least alternate between this brand and a less expensive brand. And yes, I did notice a difference within the first week (the brand claims seven days). In fact, I noticed a difference in manageability within about three days, although it was probably closer to two weeks before I started really noticing a difference in the strength of my hair itself.I will say that most of what I noticed is related to the conditioner, so I will write a review of that separately. But, I can also say that leaving this step out and just using the conditioner with a different shampoo is not as effective. So, the pairing of the two is essential for the best results.",positive254"I've been using CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Strong Lengths Nourishing Shampoo, 12.9 Fluid Ounce and CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Strong Lengths Nourishing Conditioner, 12.7 Fluid Ounce for three weeks before writing a review, just to give them a good test, but there was a noticeable improvement in my hair after the first shampoo.  For several months, I had been getting hairs caught in my comb when combing out my wet hair.  After using these products for the first time, there was only one hair left behind in the comb.  After shampooing and conditioning a couple of times, there were no longer any hairs in the comb at all.  I've waited three weeks to see if these products would accumulate on the hair strands, because my fine hair just collapses under the weight of product build-up.  But there doesn't seem to be any build-up at all.  They leave my hair manageable, soft (but not limp) and very shiny.  I was surprised that neither product is clear (both are pearly in color.)  Be advised it takes very little product to work up a rich lather, so start out small and add to it or you will be rinsing for a while.  I really love both these products.",positive255"Certain fragrances put my sinuses in a spin the minute my nose invites them in. That's just what happened the moment I smelled this shampoo.  If you happen to be sensitive to odors, I doubt you'll want Clear Scalp.  I don't know what the chemical is that bothers me, but it's a synthetic throb of a smell that's become less common as fruiter scents entered the market.  It's hard to describe, but years ago, Clairol's after-coloring conditioner had it, as did Pantene.  (I sniffed the latter in the market today -- like Clairol, it no longer contains that odor.)To be fair to Clear Scalp, I'm an extreme overachiever when it comes to having a picky nose, but my encounter with this particular product ended with me popping a sinus pill and a couple aspirin after getting a dab of shampoo on my hand.  (I rinsed it off quickly but the odor clung to me for hours, faint but twinge-inducing if I got my hand near my face.)  Consequently, I didn't dare use it or the conditioner on my hair.  I'd have to give it one star.My husband, however gives it four stars, knocking one off because he doesn't love the fragrance. (He doesn't actively dislike it, but prefers coconutty scents.)  He loves what it does to his hair -- and I can see (and feel) why: his hair feels silky and thicker because the shampoo (and conditioner) give it more body.  It looks good.As for the odor, he there wasn't a trace of scent left tonight, nor are my sinuses bothered when I sniff his hair.The shampoo definitely does nice things to your hair, but I'd suggest a test-sniff before purchasing.",negative256"I used this product for 10 days.  Loved the scent, at first my scalp did feel clean and healthy.  By the end of the first week my hair began to change.  It seemed I could see scalp through my hair in full sunlight (noticed in the rearview mirror in the car).  I had noticed my hair was becoming fly away, which generally only happens in the dead of winter, never in the summer.After day 10 it was obvious something was very wrong.  My hair stands from root to tip were much thinner, half thier  normal volume.  My healthy hair was now baby fine!  It was clear that the cause was topical since the effect was every piece of hair, the entire length of each strand.  I had  not changed or added any other product, process, or activity in my routine other than using this shampoo.  I did not use the companion conditioner, I stuck with my usual conditioning product during this trial.This product stripped away the cuticle and actually reduced the thickness of my hair.  I did not actually lose hair (no bald patches, no extra in the brush, no breakage).  Just seemed to eat away at the hairs but left them intact.  This was not a welcome effect as I have light, fine hair to begin with.  There is no way to reduce the damage, other than discontinue use and let the hair grow out naturally.  This will take time since my hair falls at the middle of my back.  Yes, others have noticed the loss of volume and how thin my hair looks.Doing a sink test with the remainder of the bottle - washing a test clipping of my daughter's thick, coarse hair with it daily for a week to watch it break down the hair.  There are a lot of chemicals in this product and something in the formulation is causing damage!  I noticed other reviewers mention fly away hair, loss of volume, and hope they stop using it before it reaches the point mine has.",negative257"Having tried many Colombian Coffees including Specialties; there just isn't any that comes close to the one that my old Colombian friend who resided here for awhile while attending University and as Hospital Intern before returning back home; having tried Colombian Coffee from her own homeland. I just couldn't find anything that came closest except Starbucks Colombia which is only a Medium Roast Blend but close enough to what I had drank from what she bought over from her own Country in Colombia.I was surprised to learn from her she was disgusted here in ""Americas"" of what they had deemed as Colombian coffee when it was merely a mixture of this and that, showing me the labels; that was when I began to start reading coffee labels.  Furthermore, she even indicated that while they do grow coffee beans in Colombia, but a small percentage of them are actually pure Colombian. So much did I learn what the Colombians did, With her being gone, no idea if she has returned back to the USA or is stuck in Colombia. But one thing she taught me that I never had forgotten was ""READ THE LABELS"". I was even surprised by some of the expensive, imported 100% Colombian coffee were not, but rather a mixture of this and that with Colombian coffee being at the very bottom of the list! I guess the saying still rings true, ""if it's too good to be true, it prolly is...""Not so with Starbucks Colombia Coffee!Whenever I drink this, I remember her brothers, her families, and of course her - whether I am at Starbucks or at home. To some, might find this rather strong, but I never use the exact dosage, I use less for that reason - for it is so rich and full of flavor, there is no need to waste it. I keep mine sealed, and yes, in a Freezer Zipped Bag to keep its freshness.I also use this for Iced Coffee as well during hot summer dog days of the months, it is refreshing.",positive258"I used CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Shampoo for about a week.  It's a very creamy shampoo, and a little goes a very long way. I have long, thin hair, and I like shampoos that don't weight it down, but make it feel fuller and lusher.  This did that.  There is a floral scent, which may or may not be pleasing to all users.  I found it stronger in the bottle than on my hair, which was left gently scented after blow drying.I did use this with the companion conditioner, CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Conditioner, 12.7 Fluid Ounce, so I can't comment on whether or not the shampoo on its own works to ""volumize"" hair.  The label does suggest massaging the shampoo into the scalp (to nourish the roots) -- I did this, but whether it works or not will be determined over time.The leaky bottle seems to be an issue with most of the reviewers here.  The shampoo arrived wrapped in plastic, and then in bubble wrap.  The bottle has one of those push-down lids, which is simply too loose to seal properly for shipment.  I didn't lose as much of the product as some reviewers did, but the bottle was a sticky mess that had to be cleaned off before using.Bottom line, this is a serviceable shampoo that left my hair feeling soft and full.",positive259"I have seen the commercials for this product on tv, and so, I was excited when I saw I could try it for free on Amazon Vine. I was not at all happy with this product.First, when I received this product, it had a plastic bag over the top. But it was completely open on the bottom and not sealed on at all. As a result, about a 1/3 of the shampoo leaked into the envelope.Second, I tried this product for about 5 days. I really liked the scent of this shampoo and was anxious to try it. But this shampoo is extremely thick and goopy. It is very hard to rinse completely out of your hair. Even though I was only using a quarter-sized amount at a time, this product left my hair very dull, heavy, and greasy looking. my hair is very thick and I have a lot of it, and it does tend to be oily, so I don't typically use conditioner. After several days, this prodct made my hair look like I hadn't washed for a while. Needless to say, I have stopped using this product and gone back to my old shampoo. I was not all happy with this product and wouldn't recommend it.However, I let my mom try it and she just loves it. She has a lot of hair, but it is baby fine. Her hair tends to be flat and doesn't have much body. She said that it makes her hair feel a lot more full and soft. So results seem to depend on your hair type. If you fine hair, I would recommend giving this product a try. However, if you thick hair, I would recommend skipping it.",negative260"I was skeptical about trying this shampoo, because it seemed too inexpensive to be very good, but it was on a great sale so I decided to go for it.  I have long hair that is very fine (but a lot of it) and am very prone to flyaways. My hair also gets oily pretty fast. It also tends to get stringy and tangled throughout the day because it's so fine. I have to have a brush handy to keep it nice.After a few days of using this shampoo (in combination with the matching conditioner), I noticed a nice shine to my hair and the flyaways weren't as prevalent. I didn't notice a change in volume, but so far the changes were positive, so I kept using it.  Now I've been using it for about 3 weeks, and I can definitely say I love this shampoo.  The flyaways are almost completely gone, my hair is shiny and soft, and it definitely has more bounce and volume to it now than it did a few weeks ago. My hair also isn't ending up so stringy and tangled by the end of the day.  If these results continue through to the end of the bottle, I'll definitely be getting this again, especially since it's way cheaper than the shampoos I usually buy.  Plus it smells great!The reviews are varied on this shampoo, and hair type seems to be the biggest factor.  I'd say for really fine hair, it works well, but everyone's hair is different!  Personally, it worked wonders for me.",positive261"CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Shampoo was the eureka discovery of the year for me, especially because I did not expect any difference in my hair from a shampoo that goes for about $5 a pop.  However, wow, once I tried Clear Volumizing shampoo, the product has taken the place of my other costly volumizing shampoos.This Leo's mane is the most important feature on my body, and I have never sacrificed great hair for cheap products. However, hairspray queen that I am, anything that says it will give a boost to my super-fine, limp hair finds its way home with me.From my initial encounter with Clear, I saw a difference.  My hair looked fuller.  Other costly products make my hair look fuller, but with a drier look.  This shampoo gave me sheen like a conditioner without the limp feel of a conditioning shampoo.  Additionally, my hair was so much easier to style than after shampooing with those costlier volumizing shampoos - a half a bottle of hairspray on my hair as opposed to a full bottle!  LOL!Seriously, I've been using Clear for over a week, and I can't get over the difference in my hair.  Oh, yes, the fragrance is nice and the appearance of the shampoo itself,  but to me--I don't care if it smells like manure pouring out of the bottle, I just want -not good--but great hair ... so I can give that lioness within full reign upon the day ahead ... this brand of Clear is something to roar about.Stacy Lytwyn, Marketing Guru/Motivational Speaker/JournalistAuthor: CONSUMMATE CONNECTICUT: DAY TRIPS WITH PANACHE",positive262"Full disclosure:  I didn't try this shampoo myself.  However, my wife (and, as you will see, my daughter) did try it.  The following are my wife's comments as transcribed by me.Having heard a lot about Clear's products (and as the frequent sufferer of ""bad hair days""), I was looking forward to trying Clear's Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Shampoo.  Sadly, after two weeks of daily use, I can safely say that the product didn't meet my expectations.The first thing I noticed when I opened the bottle was the fragrant, but not overpowering, clean scent.  While the shampoo did look like thick milk, I wasn't bothered by its appearance.  Upon application, I found that the lather was abundant.  But, my first hint that the product's performance wouldn't match its presentation occurred when the shampoo's very nice scent dissipated quickly after I rinsed my hair.  The disappearing scent was matched by little, if any, volumizing, and no root boost, as evidenced by the number of fly-aways that I had after starting my use of the shampoo (equal to the number I had before using this shampoo).  I will say that my scalp didn't dry out from using the product.  But, there really wasn't any difference in my scalp's condition from before using Clear.I used the Clear shampoo both before and after I had a haircut, and the result was the same.  I will offer two caveats to my general observation.  First, I didn't use the Clear conditioner, or any other conditioner, with this shampoo.  It's possible that using the conditioner would have helped the shampoo's performance.  Second, while I have slightly wavy hair with medium body, my six-year-old daughter has very thick straight hair.  I tried the shampoo on her, and found her hair kept the fragrance and had a nice shine and bounce to it.  So, perhaps this shampoo works better on thicker hair.Overall, Clear's Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Shampoo wasn't anything special.  While I liked the scent and the lather, the results on my hair were negligible.  After all is said and done, I'll go back to my old shampoo once I'm done with this bottle of Clear.",negative263"I am always looking for volumizing shampoos. I have a few that I really like, but I find that my hair is more manageable when I switch between two shampoos and conditioners. I had never seen this product before and decided to try it. My hair loved it, and that means so do I.I like it because:It has a nice scent to it - not that awful fake apple smell that so many shampoos have.It definitely does not weigh my hair down.My hair seemed to be a bit fuller after blow-drying than usual.I wish they made a version of this for color-treated hair. That would be perfect for me! In any case, I like this shampoo enough that I am going to try the corresponding conditioner in hopes that it will deliver the same results.UPDATE: I have tried the conditioner. It's quite honestly the only ""volumizing"" conditioner I have used that actually delivers on that promise.I have very fine, straight hair that doesn't have much fullness. As a result, I have tried just about every volumizing hair product out there. My hair is definitely fuller after using this conditioner, no matter what shampoo I use with it, and it maintains the fullness between shampoos. It's also soft and very easy to style. Without a doubt, this brand has become my new favorite.",positive264"Like most women, I'm always on the lookout for that next really great beauty product, whether it be a cosmetic, a perfume, or a hair product. One of the basics for me is having healthy, pretty hair. When I saw CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Shampoo, I was intrigued. The name implies something very basic and healthy without too many chemicals.When it arrived, I was disappointed to find that it had not been packaged well. Where the conditioner (which was sent in a separate package) had the dispenser taped down and the entire bottle wrapped in plastic, the shampoo was merely wrapped in plastic. Without the tape holding the dispenser closed, the shampoo leaked all in the plastic during shipping. On a good note, the plastic wrapping proved good enough to contain the leakage so that it didn't even touch the cardboard box.When I removed the plastic, I was immediately stunned at the pungent perfume smell of the leaked shampoo. I had expected something light and `clear' and not this heavy perfume stench. Once I finished washing the bottle off, the scent stayed on my hands for hours afterwards, lasting through several thorough hand washings. For someone like me who prefers most products to be unscented, this was a huge turnoff.Although the shampoo has a heavy perfume scent, it isn't quite as bad when used in the hair as it had been when it was leaked out of the bottle. It is still a stronger scent than I like, but not as bad as I feared.The shampoo washes fine but I have to say that it doesn't do any better than the Pantene Shampoo that I have used for some time. It also doesn't seem to make any difference in my hair's volume than my Pantene offers.Once this bottle is finished, I will return to Pantene. I prefer it's lighter, fresh scent and am very satisfied with how it cleans my hair.",negative265"I waited until I'd used this shampoo for a couple of weeks before reviewing to make sure any difference I saw was actually due to the shampoo.  Well, it seems to be.  My hopelessly limp, dry and fine hair looks terrific.  I haven't used any conditioner either, just the shampoo.  I also have problems with dry itchy scalp and have noticed that's improved as well.  I generally have several different shampoos I switch between but would rather have only one or two brands in use.  I've only had one other brand please me enough to rebuy, otherwise I'm just trying to use up whichever kinds I have on hand.  I see a commercial and hope that kind will meet my needs, but they rarely impress me.The other type that I've found I like needs its companion conditioner as well and I'll continue to use it, but I really value being able to meet my hair needs in one shot (no conditioner) and will continue to use this brand regularly.  The only downside I see is that there are so many different formulas, all with long names, that remembering the one I want will be a challenge.  Guess I'll have to keep this in my Amazon cart to refer back to as needed :).  I looked through the various kinds offered and thought this formula seemed like the best for me.  It does indeed offer lift and body without drying my hair, leaves my hair manageable and feeling healthy and my scalp feels less dry.  My hair, which is thin, also appears thicker, which I'm grateful for. I definitely recommend this brand.",positive266"I've got fine, curly hair so I have to be careful not to use conditioner too often or it will be limp and the curls won't be bouncy.  I sometimes use shampoos with the conditioners already in them, because separate conditioners are too much.  I often use volumizing shampoo because it tends to strip oils out of my hair and keep it from  being weighed down.I liked this Clear Scalp & Hair volumizing root nourishing shampoo.  It lathers nicely and smells good, and rinses easily.  The bottle is easy to hold on to, and the price for 12 ounces in the bottle is good.  Like some of the other reviewers reported, my bottle arrived in a plastic bag.  The bottle had popped open in shipping and some of the shampoo had leaked out in the bag.This shampoo left my hair soft, shiny and obviously moisturized, but it did weigh my hair down and I had to wash it again the next day. I didn't notice any volumizing with this shampoo - in fact it had the opposite effect for me.I gave the bottle to my daughter to try, since she has dry hair and uses tons of conditioner with every shampoo.  She really liked the scalp nourishing aspect of this product, although she didn't notice any volumizing effects either.",negative267"I have bi-racial hair and highly processed colour treatment, so I'm beyond fussy with what I'll use on it to keep it clean. For over 10 years I've been using exclusively Redken's All Soft, at $20 bucks a bottle. It's never failed me and is certainly worth the price.When I've been at hotels or friend's homes, I've tried various products but in one washing, my ultra-tech hair style came out looking like a Witch's Broom...dry, brittle and awful...all in 1 washing! So, it was only because this was FREE, did I try it.I'm glad that I did! My hair is short (2"") and layered and I did receive not only volume but also the 3-colour treatment did NOT lighten. And, it was as smooth and silky as the Redken product! A strange added bonus is that the white gold diamond pendant that I wear 24/7 actually sparkled MORE, after being simultaneously washed in the suds. LOLNow, I alternate between the pricy Redken and this brand, feeling happy and smug with saving the extra money.Side Note: When this product was shipped to me, it was double wrapped in shrink-wrap plastic but I could still smell the shampoo when I opened the envelope it was shipped to me in. After using a paring knife to cut/peel/slice away the double shrink wrap, I inherited one fat mess of shampoo oozing out from under the cap! No matter HOW MANY TIMES I'VE WASHED THE CAP, shampoo continues to leak out of it. So, if you can't find this product in a store, keep a head's up that THIS might happen to you, too. Doesn't detract from the quality of the product, however.",positive268"A couple of months ago I started using the Clear brand shampoos. I began with the ""Strong Lengths"" shampoo and conditioner, and my primary complaint was that it seemed to rob what little volume my hair had. So, I was excited to try the ""Volumizing Root Boost.""I will say that I did see an increase in volume. But, my hair is very fine and I just got it cut pretty short. So, if I didn't see an increase in volume to some extent with this shampoo, I'd call it a flop. The problem I have is that my hair is now more fly-away and less sleek and shiny than it was with ""Strong Lengths.""Here are my primary observations:1. My hair has appeared much healthier (and I have received comments from others to that effect) since I switched to Clear shampoos. That includes both product sets that I have tried.2. I would love to have tried the volume boost shampoo and conditioner set before I got my hair cut, but with short hair I'm not sure this would be my first choice. As much as I hate to use other products for volume, I think that might be the better solution for me.3. I have not tried using this shampoo with one of the other conditioner options, although I did try the volume boost conditioner with the strengthening shampoo. I don't know that I saw much of a difference mixing those two.So, bottom line - I still really like the Clear brand, and I don't dislike this particular product from the brand. I'm happy to have it and use it, but I'm not sure I'd go out of my way, with my hair cut and type, to purchase this product over other Clear products.",positive269"The first problem I had with this shampoo, was expecting to see something CLEAR poured into my hand, given the name of it. When it came out a pinkish opaque I should have known that was only the beginning. But I proceeded to use it anyway and was sorely disappointed to the point of all out frustration, perhaps anger. I have very long hair, almost to my waist, and it's always been fine/limp, so seeing that this shampoo says VOLUMIZING, I expected it to do that. Instead it went on like conditioner without having used shampoo, and ultimately it felt like I gave my hair an oil bath. I actually had so much oily residue (or whatever that was!) as a result of using this, that I had to wash my hair again with GOOD shampoo (Pantene), to get that stuff off my hair. But in the meantime, while assessing the consequences of using ""CLEAR"", I found my hair to have zero body or fullness, and it was nearly impossible to get dry, or maybe it did get dry and felt so oily I couldn't tell. Either way, I absolutely hated it. I have been wondering what they were thinking, making a product like this. And as for it being opaque instead of clear, I find that odd, because every other volumizing shampoo I use (Pantene, Dove, Suave, etc) comes out clear and yet does not use that as their claim to fame.Regardless of that, I very generously gave this 2 stars because I am assuming my hair type must be at least partly to blame for my bad experience. I would hope this shampoo is useful for someone that has excessively dry or ""wiry"" hair who needs the deepest conditioning to tame it or soften it.",negative270"We've always bought the cheapest shampoos in the store, judging that they were all pretty much the same.  Well, in this case at least, there is a difference.Both my wife and I tested this shampoo as well as its sister product, Total Care Nourishing Shampoo.  We saw very little difference between these two products, but they both stand well above the typical shampoo.  Coming out of the bottle they are both thick and creamy, and very little is needed to get a good lather going.  When it comes time to rinse out, they wash off easily, leaving no residue.  I was suspicious at first because my hair did not feel ""squeaky clean"" after rinsing, but once my hair was dry I could see that it was both clean and soft, not oily, and stayed that way all day, even wearing a hat.  Both shampoos also give some weight to the hair which, with my thinning hair, I really appreciate.  My wife also reported that with this shampoo, she felt no need to use conditioner.  The reader will see essentially the same review on both of the Clear Scalp products we tested, the only difference between them being that this one (Volumizing Root Boost) probably leaves the hair with a little more weight.  But we expect to give up our practice of buying the cheapest shampoos and will purchase one of these in the future.",positive271"My shampoo was shipped in a bubble envelope and when I opened it the inside was a wet, goopy mess. The shampoo bottle was place in a plastic bag first, and then into the bubble envelope, but there was a slit in the plastic bottle and I list about 1/4 of the product as a result.Once I rinsed the bottle, I put it in the shower to try the following morning.  The shower seat was a goopy mess as well. Apparently there was a second leak from the bottom somewhere.I decided to try the shampoo anyway.  I have very fine hair, but quite a bit of it. My hair tends to look good when I wash it and dry it, but then go flat within an hour.  I was unsure about how this would work as it felt more like a cream rinse when I applied it than a shampoo.  I found it a bit hard to rinse out, and although my hair looked fine when I blew it dry, I did not have any extra volume like I was hoping -- based on the advertising.It wasn't awful in any way, but it isn't one I would buy again.  Plan to stick with eith my Paul Mitchell or Redkin favorites for now.",negative272"I have been using this shampoo for a week now. I have been using it alone, without the additional conditioner. My hair is long, straight and very fine. I use volumizing shampoos as a matter of routine. I usually move between Pantene Pro-V Fine Hair Solutions Volume Shampoo and Paul Mitchell Thickening Shampoo, Lemon Sage. Both of these work great for me, although they have different issues. Pantene is instant volume, but coats your hair. Lemon Sage, if used with the conditioner, works well but costs a good bit more. It also creates build-up, but not nearly as quickly.I found this shampoo pretty much on par with those (left my hair soft, full and pleasantly but not strongly scented), with one exception - my hair looks pretty good immediately after I wash it, but not so good the day after, and since I typically wash my hair in the evening this means I don't get the benefit when I want it most. Both Pantene and Lemon Sage seem to last from shampoo to shampoo.Like Pantene, this product does build-up. The effect of this is to actually weigh down your hair and make it look flat and greasy. This can be counteracted by periodically using a good clarifying shampoo - weekly or every other week. I'm in-between at the moment, as the one I've used for some time has gone off the market. I wound up picking up Suave For Men, Deep Clean Peppermint even though I'm not a man, because it was the only one the store I was in seemed to carry, and I was out. But I'm in the market for something better. This one strips away the build-up, but it's very harsh; it actually burns my scalp.I experienced the same problem many others have reported: while it was only a small amount, my bottle leaked in shipment. I doubt I lost much product, but who would want to lose any? If I ever decide to pick this up again (and I may not, given the next day issue), I'll probably look for it in a store.I'll note that the product may perform better with the matching conditioner, but it might also lead to quicker product build-up.",positive273"First, like others have mentioned, mine arrived in a plastic wrap in a package with its lid open and shampoo all over the interior of the plastic wrap. Not only was it a mess to open.. but 1/3 the bottle was already gone. Next came trying the product.. so far 1 weeks time and I will update again after a month goes by. When I first put some on my hair and begain to lather I stopped and made sure I used the right bottle.... its like a cream, and doesn't feel like a shampoo normally would feel. I thought I grabbed the wrong bottle! I'm mixed on how the product feels, and thougth it would leave my hair hanging heavy from the feel of the product but it did not I have let my hair air dry and have blow dried it as well. Even with air drying I did feel some volumn to my hair. My hair is normally flat and I have used various products for volumne. However this product did not do any better then other products like Pantene, Herbel Essence, Paul Mitchel, and others. I tend to use various products and never the same shampoo when I run out. Its almost as if my hair gets use to a product and it no longer works well, so I mix it up.I do like the smell to the product and don't find it overwhelming as others suggested. I did not find it dulled my hair (I do have highlights)My hair did feel clean, not oily or dirty looking as others have experienced. Think this is a try it out and see kind of product. Everyones hair is so different so each review is based on the persons kind of hair really. My hair is normally not oily, but is flat and below shoulder length with highlights. I saw no major changes compared to other products so for that reason its OK. I do not like the cap to the bottle and again how its packaged. Nothing like getting a product and loosing 1/3 of it and having a huge mess..... perhaps if you want to try it try it at a local store.",negative274"This shampoo is as wonderful as the conditioner.  It has a very fragrant and fresh smell.  I used this along with their conditioner and let my hair air dry. Besides the great fragance that remained, this shampoo (along with their complementary conditioner) left my hair full-bodied and soft.  I love this product and really like the sleek light lilac bottle it comes in (especially since my bathroom is light purple).From now on this will be one of my shampoos. I already ordered two extra bottles from Amazon besides the free one I got for review.POSTSCRIPT - The only complaint I have is that the bottle should be designed so that the product label can be read while it rests on its spout like the CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Conditioner, 12.7 Fluid Ounce.  Basically I store the bottle flat end down so that the shampoo is always at the bottom (near the spout) and can be dispensed easily.  However, when you store it this way (which is the way the conditioner bottle was designed to be stored), the writing is upside down unlike the conditioner bottle which has the product label showing correctly.  This is a minor issue, however.",positive275"First, a note about packaging for this shampoo.  It arrived in a padded mailing envelope, and inside that, the shampoo bottle was tightly taped inside a plastic bag. Good thing, because the inside of the plastic bag contained about a third of the shampoo, which had leaked from the bottle!  So, a different way of shipping this product is a must.Next, some more specific information about the shampoo itself:1)  The scent is very strong. (Best described as a fruity/floral.) I could smell it even before opening the mailer, and I thought that was because of the leakage, but the scent remained strong even after cleaning up the spill. If you don't like strongly scented products, this may bother you.2)  Bottle design is okay (product comes out a small hole in a flip-up cap), just not appropriate for the shipping method they use, as already mentioned.3) Product amount is 12.9 oz, and since you need about a half-dollar size amount, it should last awhile.4) Cleansing properties: It does not lather ""richly"", or offer a head full of bubbles, but rather has a creamy, low-sudsing consistency.  (Which is why I used that half-dollar size amount.) My scalp and hair did feel cleansed after use, even minus the big bubbles.5) Conditioning: I can't say whether my scalp was ""nourished"", but my hair DID have BIG volume after blow drying, and also felt smooth and healthy.However, the down-side for me, and the reason for only four-stars, is that, after two uses, I noticed some color-fading. Eeek! (My hair is colored once every 4-5 weeks, and I was only on week 2 of color when trying this shampoo. Usually, I use L'Oreal EverPure color care system shampoo.) Now, the color fading may be because I'm ""of a certain age"", and my hair doesn't hold color as long/well as it used to. Or maybe the change from my usual brand just looked ""different"" to me.In any case , I felt this product delivered on its promise to volumize and help with healthiness, but the color-fade was a concern for me. If necessary, I'll return again to add comments if the color fade becomes more noticeable.",negative276"An amazing thing happened to me today.Yesterday the Clear Scalp & Hair Shampoo showed up from Amazon Vine.  The package had been crushed a bit and there was a fair amount of the shampoo leaking through producing a pleasant scent.I put the container in the bathroom showed with it today and didn't think much of it being a guy.Later today the wife tried it and as we sat down she immediately asked if this was available in stores?  I asked why and she went on and on about how great her hair feels and how it gave her a better curl.She went on and on and on about it.Now other than the Remington King of Shaves Alphagel Sensitive Shave Gel 5 oz. (Pack of 2) which I found absolutely fantastic stuff like shampoo doesn't move me, my folliclly challenged head only cares if the few hairs I have are washed well.But my wife is a different story, I have NEVER in 24 years heard her go completely gaga over a hair care product and as the rule says, if da mama is happy EVERYONE is happy.I usually don't go beyond vine for these health and beauty products but I guarantee I'll be buying this stuff regularly from Amazon.If that doesn't tell prove the quality of this product I'd like to know what does!",positive277"My husband and I both tried this product. We have different types of hair. We are in our late fifties, early 60's in age.  My husband's hair has never been dyed. I have been dyeing mine since my 30's. He has hair which doesn't require any sort of conditioning. He prefers to use Prell (a very drying shampoo).I have hair which is brittle, breaks when you brush it, and is fine to boot (I am a redhead). My ""crowning glory"" generally drives me nuts. When we have the money, I search for the finest products to try to fix my hair. Nothing works.Wonder of wonders, this shampoo did the trick for both our hair types.  My husband doesn't need to use a conditioner of any sort when he uses this shampoo, and his hair comes out looking like he is a fifteen year old.I use it, and totally LOVE how my hair feels.NOW let my editor try and joke that I look in photos like one of those cartoons where you have stuck your finger in a light socket and your hair is flying all over the place and frizzing up!This shampoo is a great buy, and for the first time in years I feel as if I have tons and tons of hair, due to the volumizing effect. It is great!  We recommend it!  Appropriate for two types of hair at least!",positive278"I have fine hair so even though I have lots of hair, I do like to find products that increase the volume.I used this product for about a week and it did seem to make my hair look thicker. I just HATE hairspray plus I think I used my fair share back in the '80s so I never use the stuff now and after using this shampoo and curling my hair with hot rollers or my curling iron, it did seem like my curls lasted longer than when I use my normal daily shampoo which is not volumizing.I thought the scent of this shampoo was fine - not overpowering at all and it dissipated quite a bit after blowdrying and styling so that by the time my hair was fixed, I hardly noticed it. I also like the texture of the shampoo. It's really creamy and thick, almost like a cream rinse.The only downside to this shampoo was that for me, it's an absolute necessity to use either cream rinse or a leave in conditioner/detangler with it because after shampooing, I could hardly get a brush/comb through my hair without adding back some ""moisture"". However, the times I didn't use a conditioner or detangler, though it took a long time to comb out all the tangles, it didn't seem like my hair was fly away or damaged looking after it air dried but it did seem that it had more static in it without the detangler when I blew it dry.Overall I would give this shampoo 3.75 stars for the volumizing and the fact that my curls seemed more bouncy and lasted longer than when I use my every day shampoo.I also tried this brand in the ""Damage & Color Repair"" version and I think I prefer it over this one but I'll keep this one to use when I want to use my hot rollers.",positive279I received Clear Scalp and Hair Beauty Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Shampoo and the conditioner from Amazon Vine two weeks ago and have been using it ever since.  It does a good job shampooing.  It suds up nicely and my hair very clean.  Using the conditioner and the shampoo has not made any difference in the volume of my hair.  That might be because I have thin fine long hair.  Just the weight of my hair could be keeping the volumizing from being effective.  My one big complaint is the size of the print on the container.  The smallest print is the word shampoo.  I wear glasses for reading and do not wear them in the shower (does anyone).  The print was so small that I could not tell which was conditioner and which was shampoo. I solved that by using a black marker to put a large S on the Shampoo and a large C on the conditioner.  It would have been nice if both words were in large print on the bottle.After I wrote this I had my hair cut much shorter.  I can tell a difference now.  It does give my hair body and volume now that it is shorter.,positive280"I had never heard about this shampoo before I was asked to try it and write a review. I am very fussy about my shampoo as I have fine straight hair that loves to do it's own thing no matter what you do. I color my hair which makes it equally important to have a shampoo that works well. I have tried so many brands in my lifetime of over 60 years looking for the right shampoo for my hair but always was disappointed and had to settle for what ever worked for awhile. UNTIL Clear came along. I was a bit sceptical about trying a new shampoo again but thought why not? So I did and I was really surprised that it actually did what it said it would do. It does give you volume. It does leave your hair feeling clean with no build up which seems to be a big problem with most shampoos. I have a skin alergy and this shampoo did not give me a problem at all. The big thhing is no build up of unrinsed shampoo left over. I leave the shower feeling like my hair and my scalp are squeeky clean and it stays clean for more than a day. I would recommend this shampoo to anyone who wants or needs volume for their hair. It gave my hair a lift the first time around with my blow dryer and I did not have to go to the salon to get a salon look. Since I visit a salon every month for a cut, shape, and color that means something to me. BUY IT -- or at least try it once. I believe you will be pleasantly satisfied just like me.",negative281"I decided to try this product after trying the coordinating the conditioner, CLEAR SCALP & HAIR BEAUTY Volumizing Root Boost Nourishing Conditioner, and finding that it worked well for me.  I have fine, thin, straight hair that tends to fall flat pretty easily, so any hair product which can product extra volume is greatly appreciated!This shampoo has a subtle yet pleasant, fresh scent.  It lathered well and rinsed from my hair cleanly.  I wouldn't say that it produced huge amounts of volume, but for my fine hair, simply having the shampoo leave my hair feeling clean yet not weighed down is a huge plus.  In addition, it does seem to leave my hair feeling somewhat thicker and more substantial.  Finally, I have been having itchy scalp problems (without dandruff) for months now and have tried various shampoos to try to address the issue.  Since I have been using the CLEAR, I have not noticed any itchiness or dryness at all--another huge plus for me.So far, the CLEAR Volumizing Root Boost Shampoo and Conditioner are working well together for me.  The only (small) complaint that I have about both the Shampoo and Conditioner is the design of the bottles--they sort of flare out, which make them difficult to push neatly together on a bath shelf and which give them the appearance that they are leaning over.  (I do like how the Conditioner opens at the bottom--but why not make the Shampoo open that way too?)Overall, however, I am definitely pleased with this product, and I plan to continue buying it as long as it keeps working for me.",positive282"I have long, fine hair, shoulder-length+.If dry it can break when combed/brushed.Before CLEAR, I used shampoos/conditioners by Paul Mitchell [[ASIN:B002N5MI8C Paul Mitchell Extra Body Daily Shampoo, 33.8-Ounce Bottle] and Pantene [[ASIN:B001F51V3E Pantene Pro-V 2-in-1 Shampoo and Conditioner, Classic Care, Packaging May Vary, 25.4 -Ounce (Pack of 2)]. They give my hair shine and satisfactory body. And less breaking. I'd hoped to have it look even better, be tougher with CLEAR. So I took a shot.CLEAR Scalp and Hair Therapy/Nourishing Shampoo with its sales pitch of 'nourishingthe scalp' seemed believable, like stimulating/nourishing the scalp. Oops; not-so.Terse instructions say ""when using shampoo and conditioner"" ""apply to wet hair, gently massage into scalp, lather and rinse."" (Two statements, connected by an asterisk) Seemedunclear.Before rinsing, CLEAR's goopy consistency made me doubt its sticky white lather could get past the hair (not really a lather; no frothy bubbles). The consistency is like a women's facial creme. I took pictures of my frothy Gorgon-Head scary-odd hair. Pretty funny, kinda scary.I tried finger tips to rub the glop into my scalp. Maybe some got through my hair, but its heavy-consistency turned hair follicles into slimy protrusions like bright white heavy meringue; sticky and thick like tooth paste; both funny and weird. I tried rubbing it into my scalp; it just glopped together in my hair. Afterwards I had to wash my hands twice. The white stuff that couldn't get past hair covered my fingers, palms.My hair doesn't have observably more volume; after drying, the hair seemed sort of frizzed; literally less shiny, healthy. I repeated the treatment a week later, justto be sure. Same effects, problems. And there's more:The label said an ingredients list was on the label's back.'Just peel itoff'. And it was, evidently rushed to market, upside down and backwards.Last shot at CLEAR: The plastic bottle has an flat oval top. The container came in a fitted, sealed plastic sleeve inside a padded Amazon mailer. Shipping shakes evidently poked the flat top and inside the sleeve was slopped with the gooey white glop.Back to the lab, CLEAR Marketeers. I'll stick with Paul Mitchell and Pantene.",negative283"Over the last 2 or 3 months I've tried the Propel mixes, Lipton mixes, and the Crystal Light mixes. Out of all of them the Crystal Light was the best and the Pomegranate Cherry my favorite. It disolves easily in the bottle with little effort. Not like the Lipton that you have to shake the snot out of it for several minutes and still have gobs in the bottom of the bottle that didn't dissolve.  The Crystal Light actually tastes like the flavor that its supposed to be. Again, not like the Lipton that is only kinda, sorta, almost, but not quite, unlike the flavor that its supposed to be and ends up being yuk.  The best thing about it, its a lot cheaper than the others, cheaper than soda pop, & taste better than diet pop. And over the last 2 or 3 months that I've been drinking it I've dropped over 25 pounds. I'm 6'4"" and I was over 245 pounds. Now I'm back down to 220 pounds. I'm definitely going to be buying more of this and recommending it to my friends.  And for those of us that every now & then like something a little extra in our drink, a shot of Spiced Rum goes pretty good in it too.",positive284"This product contains aspartame. This is a toxin with over 90 known side effects. It has caused cancer in rats, though it's very difficult to know if it causes it in humans (because at one point we all consume aspartame and it's still a pretty new product). Aspartame is an alternative to sugar. It's an artificial sweetner. Companies use it instead of sugar so that they can cut down on the calories in a beverage. However, I'd rather have 35 grams of sugar in my system than the kind of agonies that aspartame brings. Don't get me wrong, if you consume it in moderation it's ok, but do NOT consume more than 1-2 packets of this per day. I had no idea the effects of this product until I began consuming it at my only thirst quenching beverage. It all but destroyed my bladder and gave me tons of headaches. Since getting of it, I feel a lot better in both areas. It's a shame, because these packets are incredibly delicious and there's really nothing else on the market that tastes as good.In my experience, I've found that the best alternative is Propel from Gatorade. It's low in calories (10 per bottle) and it only has 6 grams of sugar per 20 ounces. Propel Zero tastes terrible, so avoid it. But regular Propel is fantastic. Not as sweet as Crystal Light, but still good, and much better for you. It uses sucralose for its artificial sweetner, and I trust Gatorade to not go for a bad one (havent heard anything bad about it). Sobe Life water is disgusting, and regular Gatorade has way too much sugar. So if you're looking for something to drink on a regular basis, you can't go very wrong with Propel. Stay away from anything that has aspartame. It's a tough sell, because it really does taste good - but it's just not worth the health risks.",negative285"To help me drink more water I used flavor crystals to make it more palatable. When I visited my doctor I was told I had high blood pressure. I asked why for 66 years my blood pressure was normal but now it was high and I needed 2 prescriptions. Doctor said that was normal. Since I like to research I found that the crystals I was using had Aspartame, one of the most dangerous artificial sweeteners. Side effects include headaches, anxiety, abdominal pain, nausea, heart palpitations, irritable bowel syndrome & high blood pressure. Acesulfame potassium is another artificial sweetener used in some Crystal Light varieties. This sweetener contains methylene chloride, which is a known carcinogen - long-term use of this carcinogen may cause cancer. Other side effects include nausea, headaches and impaired liver.I stopped using anything with Aspartame(threw out the prescriptions)and my blood pressure is now normal. The ""Natural"" crystal light is not really natural because it contains Aspartame(which I was told is also genetically modified). Crystal Light has a very good product called ""Natural"". It uses cane sugar (not GM sugar beet) & TRUVIA. This is a much better product and only a few calories more than the ""Natural"" which is not really natural. Aspartame is not natural. Many other synthetically sweetened products use Aspartame. You have to read all labels. It's better to eat smaller amounts of real food rather then more synthetically sweetened, GM frankenfood and avoid the side effects. What's the big deal in a few extra natural calories?",negative286"After going through the Amazon checkout, I awaited my delivery of Kraft Macaroni & Cheese with great anticipation. In fact, as I waited, I became quite impatient and actually strangled a homeless man. It wasn't my finest hour, nor is it something I'm proud of. Regardless, I rather quickly descended into a life a crime and drug abuse. But soon, the UPS man delivered my order; I was ecstatic! I quickly made the macaroni & cheese, keeping strictly to the directions on the box. I did have a little trouble trying to get the packet of cheese out of the little, perforated hole out of which the macaroni is poured, but it only proved to be a temporary setback to my redemption. Upon completion of the meal, I fell into a pool of joy as the warm, cheesy elbow macaroni noodles slid down my throat and into my stomach. Suddenly, I found myself free from my drug addiction! I couldn't believe it; all my withdrawal symptoms disappeared quicker than Judy Winslow from ""Family Matters."" I then said to myself, ""If this can do that for me, I wonder what other wrongs I can correct. I found the homeless man I had earlier killed and force fed the mac & cheese to him. Much to my surprise, he soon revived and thanked me for the meal, as that's all he had ever wanted. He later became a successful businessman, and has only the mac & cheese to thank for it. After fixing all the problems I had caused, I ate the last spoonful of mac & cheese. Not long after mastication, Publisher's Clearing House showed up to my front door with a check for $5 million! I attribute all my success in life from that day onward to the box of KRAFT MACARONI & CHEESE.At $60 a box, it is a bit pricey, but well worth it.",positive287"First, to the efficacy of the product:It leaves a filmy coating on our hands (and, we assume, other skin areas, including scalp) even after many rinsings...not a pleasant feeling...and yet, we do not notice any real difference in dandruff control. We used it every other day for a week.In addition, the scent is very strong...and some may find it unappealing.Finally, as at least one other reviewer has noted, the packaging does not hold up well in transit: our sample arrived in a padded yellow envelope via USPS and was leaking all over the place. We thought it was inadvertently damaged during shipping...and disposed of it; Amazon very nicely shipped another one out, but that, too arrived in a leaky mess. This time, we cleaned it off and proceeded to test it out, with the above results. So, if someone does order it online, just be aware that this might be an issue.So, overall, we cannot fully recommend ""CLEAR MEN SCALP THERAPY Anti-Dandruff Shampoo, Strong & Full"" based on experience, but as with any product like this, it might produce better results for others, so it might be worth a try. Just be careful with the shipping, and maybe wait for a decent price for the first time around.",negative288"My husband has used Head & Shoulders anti-dandruff shampoo for a good 15 years, so I thought it would be interesting to have him try this product. After a week, I asked him what he thought and, in his typically manly-man fashion, he shrugged. ""It's OK, but I don't use it anymore,"" he said. After a bit of prodding and asking specific questions, I found out that he noticed a significant increase in the amount of hair in the shower drain after he washed his hair with this product. For this reason alone after three days he stopped using the product completely. He also commented that his hair didn't have that ""clean hair smell"" after shampooing.I will add that I purchased another CLEAR SCALP THERAPY product for my own use, and had absolutely the same problem -- a noticeable (seriously noticeable) amount of hair in the shower drain after shampooing. I don't know if this is a problem with all CLEAR products, but it has been with the two that we've tried.This will not be a product we will buy in the future, as we both found it causes serious loss of hair. I now have two full bottles of this product (one for men, one for women) and neither will be used again.",negative289"I have to say that this is a very nice shampoo.  This shampoo is marketed for men, which basically means it has more of a masculine scent and is designed for men's hair.  I personally believe it is more of the former than the latter.  I have used shampoo that wasn't designed for men and my hair didn't fall out of my head, although there was the risk that my head might smell like strawberries or kiwi melon.With that being said, this shampoo by Clear is a very pleasant smell.  The shampoo is made with a combination of tea tree, natural mint and ginseng.  Theses fragrances combined really promote an appealing aroma.  I would say that this allows for a bit more of a masculine scent (not that I have anything against strawberries or kiwi melon).  It is also designed as an anti-dandruff product, I don't have dandruff, didn't have it before this product and don't have it as I type this.  I guess it works.The shampoo itself looks like glue but works in very well into hair and suds up wonderfully.  My hair felt very clean and refreshed after using this product.  I believe it is the mint in the shampoo.  Oh and never fear, this product will not leave your scalp feeling like you rubbed Vicks vapor rub on your head.  I have used a hair product that had mint in it and that was the result.  This is not the case here.  Overall a great product that I could see myself using again.",positive290"After using H&S for many years I thought it was high time to try something else and see if I couldn't improve my current shampoo situation.  Clear Men Scalp Therapy sounded interesting so I figured ""what the heck"" !  You get almost 11 ounces in this bottle which is a bit less than my current brand.The bottle is easy to grasp and manage in the shower without becoming slippery from the water and opening is a breeze thanks to the push down lid.  I found that while the consistency of this shampoo seemed a bit thin to me, very little was actually needed to achieve a full head of suds and to clean my overly oily hair and scalp.After using Clear Men Scalp Therapy for 10 days I can happily report at least the same dandruff reducing results as I got my my mainstay Head and Shoulders. But since the shampoo is apparently more concentrated, I used less and it actually rinsed out faster.The shampoo left my hair feeling totally clean with no trace of any sort of residue other than the scent which is not overblown.  I am a bit surprised by other Amazon reviews stating it leaves a bad residue and has a very heavy scent. I wonder if perhaps the quality and type of the water has something to do with all of this? We have VERY hard water here by the way. I can honestly say it rinsed clean for me and I didn't smell like I had fallen into a vat of perfume.Also, it was immediately apparent that rather than standing straight up and sticking out at odd angles, my hair seemed very relaxed and symmetrical before combing.  I have NO idea why, but it does for me anyway.  If I can consistently find this brand at the same price I may seriously consider using it full time and retiring the old H&S once and for all.Everyone has different tastes and while I really LIKE this shampoo, others may not. As with everything, TRY one bottle and if you like it great, if not you are only out 6 bucks and can chalk it up to experience. As for me, I am pretty likely to purchase a few more bottle once this starts running out.",positive291"I am looking to replace my store brand dandruff shampoo and my coal tar shampoo with something that will work better and be cheaper.  I am looking for a basic dandruff shampoo without a lot of extras. I tried the 2 in 1 Dry Scalp Hydration version of this brand which I like but I liked the name of this so I figured Iwould give it a try.I am pleased so far. This seems to be keeping my dandruff under control without having to use a second product. The perfume like smell in many shampoos which I don't like is not as strong as I thought it would be and after I am done washing my hair I don't notice any lingering smell. A little of this product goes a long way.Interestingly, both this and the  2 in 1 Dry Scalp Hydration version of this this brand use the same active ingredient, Pyrithione Zinc (1.0%), to treat the dandruff. I have not looked at the other ingredients but the the 2 in 1 shampoo is also a conditioner while this one says it is just a  dandruff shampoo.The web page on Amazon says under directions that this product should be used twice a week but the bottle says to use it daily. I have used it daily.So far I am pleased with this. If I can use this instead of my two other shampoos I will save money as well.  I like it a bit better than the 2 in 1 Dry Scalp Hydration version of this brand but both are fine.",positive292"The Clear brand dandruff shampoos seem to be everywhere now. They use pyrithione zinc to control dandruff, similar to other brands, but cost a bit more in my experience. If they work the same for dandruff control, then they can only differentiate themselves in fragrance, texture, and cleaning.FRAGRANCETypical dandruff shampoos smell medicinal, but not bad. More expensive shampoos often have really strong invigorating smells like mint. This shampoo (Strong & Full), with a price between the two extremes, also has a fragrance somewhere in the middle. It smells good, but is also very subtle.TEXTUREAnother review nailed the texture as ""melted ice cream."" More importantly, it lathers well enough, though it is a bit hard to spread through long hair.CLEANINGMy hair feels clean, but not squeaky clean.  It is similar to other creamy dandruff shampoos in this aspect.  Conditioner is not included, and if you normally use it, you will want to use it with this product as well.  My hair felt pretty dry after this alone.OVERALLClear Strong & Full shampoo is a very standard shampoo, seeming to excel at being middle-of-the-road in every aspect.  It will probably neither excite or disappoint you.",positive293"I have recently had the opportunity to try all 5 of the Clear Men Scalp Therapy varieties.  I had all 5 bottles lines up in my shower, but of course, I couldn't try them all at once because some of the performance is based on cleaning ability, feel of hair afterwards, and lingering smell.  So over the course of a week, I tried each shampoo to rate them.  Meanwhile, my bottles of Head & Shoulders Classic Clean 2 in 1 Dandruff Shampoo & Conditioner with pump 33.8 Fluid ounce, Neutrogena Therapeutic Shampoo, Original Formula, 16 Fluid Ounce (473 ml), and Head & Shoulders Itchy Scalp Care with Eucalyptus Dandruff Shampoo 14.2 Fluid ounce (Pack of 2) watched in fear.All of the Clear Men Scalp Therapy feature Pyrithione Zinc, the same active ingredient as the classic Head and Shoulders.  It is an effective medicine for controlling dandruff.  Clear Men brings the advertised ""bio nutrium 10"", a self-proclaimed blend that includes ginseng, tea tree, and mint.The shampoo color is white (not blue like H&S), and is a little bit more runny.  However, on applying it to my hair I found it was thick and felt almost like conditioner.  It is not sudsy at all but does cover the hair very well.  Despite the label saying ""strong"", you don't feel a tingle or cooling sensation.  Rather, you get the strong smell of tea-tree oil which can be good or bad depending on your preference.The shampoo rinsed out clean and it seems to do a good job controlling dandruff, but I noticed that an hour later, I could still smell tea-tree oil in my hair.  The other Clear Men's products did not linger so long.I like the Clear Men's line, but this particular formulation was not my favorite.  I didn't get a strong feel while on my scalp, but the smell seemed to follow me for hours.  I also needed to use conditioner afterwards as it seemed to strip my hair of volume and shape.  It doesn't claim to be ""2 in 1"", but even as regular shampoo, I was surprised.I recommend you look at one of the other fine Clear products I reviewed.  3 stars.",positive294"Unfortunately, I am one of those people with dry scalp and I have to use a dandruff shampoo. When I saw this one, I wanted to give it a try to see how it stood up to my normal Head and Shoulders.First, the bottle is a really cool design. The top is easy to open and close with wet or slick hands as you might normally have in the shower.  The shampoo pretty much has the same color and thickness of other dandruff shampoos, thicker and white.  It suds up very nicely, so a small amount will do fine. The smell is floral, but faint, so once you rinse, you don't smell like a girl.  Just nice and clean.It is difficult to really review shampoo that doesn't stand out for something, but this one just doesn't.  It's utilitarian, it just gets the job done.  If I could be critical of anything, it would be that I wouldn't mind it having more feel on the scalp. Just a little tingle to let me know it is working.Would I buy this, absolutely.  Over all, I think it has done a better job of keeping flakes down than my previous shampoo.Update: I've been using this shampoo for about a month now. I wore a black shirt today and haven't had any problems with dandruff. I will most definitely buy this again.",positive295"The Clear Men Scalp Therapy anti-dandruff shampoo is a good choice for dandruff control. I normally use Nizoral for my dandruff woes (with excellent results), but after using Clear anti-dandruff shampoo exclusively for 10 days, my dandruff has remained in check, so it definitely works. When I run out of my normal brand and have to switch to normal shampoo, I'll usually start to see flakes within days, but that didn't happen using this.The shampoo itself is rather thick and leaves my hair feeling great. Spearmint and tea tree oil are listed in the ingredients, both of which have very distinct (and often overpowering) scents, but neither is particularly noticeable here. Every now and then I'll think that I've caught a whiff of the mint or tea tree oil, but in either case, it's not noticeable if you're trying to find it. The scent is fresh and not overly perfumed. It does seem strong at first, but it rinses away clean leaving your hair much more subtly-scented.One thing I will mention that I hope Amazon improves is the packaging for this product. It came wrapped in a plastic bag in a bubble mailer. The top basically came open during shipment, leaving a good bit of the product squeezed-out into the bag. A small seal (just a bit of tape) on the edge of the top would solve this issue, that or shipping it in a box. Shipping this (or any liquid product) in a bubble mailer is a bad idea, evidenced by the fact that the shampoo was wrapped in plastic.Overall, I like this shampoo. It's not going to replace Nizoral, but since I only use that a few days a week, I can see this being a go-to product in the interim. It smells good, leaves hair clean and soft and keeps the flakes away. If you're reading this, I'm pretty sure that's what you're looking for.",positive296"When I plucked a bottle of the new Clear Men Scalp Therapy Anti-Dandruff Shampoo off the Amazon Vine recently I must admit that I was extremely skeptical and harbored rather low expectations. For the better part of my adult life I had not been very particular about the brand of shampoo I used. For the most part I grabbed whatever was on sale. However, over the past couple of years I have been using my wife's Aveda Rosemary Mint shampoo and had been very pleased with the results. Now I must confess that when I sampled Clear Men Scalp Therapy Anti-Dandruff Shampoo for the first time just a couple of weeks ago I was not particularly impressed. But a funny thing happened along the way. After several uses I discovered that Clear Men Scalp Therapy is a product that actually does what it claims to do. It has virtually eliminated dandruff and flaking from my scalp. Truth be told I couldn't be more pleased.According to the manufacturer Clear Men Scalp Therapy Anti-Dandruff Shampoo is a unique blend of 10 nutrients including Ginseng, Tea Tree and Natural Mint. Whatever is in this product it is certainly working very well for me.  I cannot tell you how many shampoos I have tried over the years that left embarassing flakes on my scalp regardless of how long I rinsed. In fact, I firmly believe that a good many of these products actually contributed to the problem!  Unilever recommends using this product on a daily basis for best results. I have been using it about three times a week and find that this is just about right for me. This shampoo lathers up nicely and rinses out easily leaving my hair soft and manageable.  My only criticism of this product is the scent.  While it certainly is not disagreeable I much prefer the scent of the Aveda Rosemary Mint Shampoo that I had been using.For the time being I plan to continue using Clear Men Scalp Therapy Anti-Dandruff Shampoo. My complimentary bottle should last me a couple of months.  Perhaps my impressions will change over time but as of right now I am extremely pleased with this shampoo.  As such, this is a product I am happy to recommend.",positive297"A certain male member of our family has extreme difficulty with dandruff, so much so that ordinary shampoo is out of the question, and even normal dandruff shampoo does not work.For years now, we have favored the shampoos containing tea tree oil, as this particular substance is especially healing and soothing for skin problems, and that (naturally) includes scalps that need soothing.For a while, the only reliable product we could find was Paul Mitchell Tea Tree Oil shampoo, which we first spotted in a SuperCuts store. It worked wonders, even without the conditioner. All it took was regular washing with this shampoo, and all was well. That product, however, does have one huge downside --- it's high cost.Next, we migrated to Trader Joe's Tea Tree Tingle Shampoo, which sells in our local store for about $4 a bottle. Much better cost-wise, and still far superior to the regular brand dandruff shampoos.We are pleasantly surprised, though, with this item as well. I think the only way to make Clear Men Scalp Therapy Anti-Dandruff Shampoo, Strong & Full work in an extremely cost-conscious home would be to order the item by regular subscription, at a reduced price, with a Super-Saver membership. We don't have the latter, however, and without $25 of goods in any given order, shipping would run extra.In the end, we may simply stick with Trader Joe's Tea Tree Tingle Shampoo, which as I say, is available locally, at a very reasonable price.But one thing is certain. Tea Tree oil WORKS on hard-to-treat scalp problems, and it does not leave men feeling or smelling as if they had been bathed in lavender or roses.Very good product. It is one I would definitely buy again, at the right price.",negative298"I have used the CLEAR brand MEN SCALP THERAPY Anti-Dandruff Shampoo several times and have the following impressions:It works at least as well as the expensive prescription shampoo my Dermatologist has advised to treat my old age related dry scalp.The shampoo gets my hair clean and it smells `manly' in my opinion.It goes a long way and works up a good lather with only a small amount of the product.I have tried a dozen or so popular dandruff control shampoos over the years and this CLEAR product seems to be the best of the bunch--no flakes, no itch and less dry scalp.I guess my hair is stronger, fuller and happier, but I am not sure about that--yet.Using the CLEAR Anti-Dandruff shampoo every day, as recommended, is probably a bit much.  I have been using it every couple of days and that seems to be about right for me.The shampoo is supposed to contain botanical actives, including ginseng, tea tree, natural mint, vitamins B5 & E, sunflower, soybean, almond & coconut oils.  I suppose that is good to know.The price is NOT out of line with other high end shampoos.I have NOT encountered any of the problems with this shampoo that other reviewers have complained about--filmy coating on hands, poorly packed for shipping, over powering fragrance or shampoo induced headaches.  None of this criticism applies to the experience I have had with the CLEAR shampoo.I can recommend the CLEAR Anti-Dandruff shampoo for men, but with one exception:The shampoo does get my hair clean and has helped with the dry scalp,but it leaves my hair hard to manage.  It is fly away and seems sort of dry.  The scalp good--the hair not so much.",positive299"I have been using this shampoo for about a week now. I has been using Head and Shoulders Clinical Strength for about a year with good results. Hate the shape of the bottle, though. I have also used Selsun Blue (expensive) in the past for years with good results.First think I noticed was that less shampoo (compared to the above shampoos) was required to get a good lather going. That is good because this is slightly more expensive then Head & Shoulders Clinical-so the bottle should last longer. I would say a quarter sized dollop or even slightly less was all that was needed.Normally, since I have oily hair I  need to do two washings. One washing is enough with this shampoo.The smell is very light and very pleasant.So far I have had no itching or shedding. This was a problem when I used Regular Head & Shoulders Dandruff.The texture after washing is a bit heavier-almost like conditioner was in the shampoo, but the bottle does say ""Strong & Full, so it is adding body to my hair. You may be able to buy a bottle with out the added heavinessThe bottle is easy to store in an upside-down position so the liquid flows out when you squeeze it.I would say that, if you have dandruff, you should definitely give this product a try.",positive300"I'm with the people who have given this product 5-stars. I've used it for a week now and I'm very happy with the results. For the price, you can't go wrong. I have had more expensive shampoos that I was less happy with. I really do not understand the negative reviews.I like the scent. I agree with the reviewer who said there is no residue. I have none. My hair comes out feeling very clean and the scent is not overpowering. My hair also brushes easily and I have noticed a reduction in dandruff which was, after all, the whole point of this exercise. I will certainly continue using it.The bottle is shapely and easy to hold. If I had any complaint at all about this product it is that it was leaking when I received it. Though inside a plastic bag, it had somehow squirted out, thoroughly coating the bottle and necessitating a good wash. The box was in no way damaged so I don't know what led to the leakage unless perhaps it was temperature or simply bouncing about in the box. I agree that it should have been better packaged.If, as the description says, 100% dandruff protection equates with no visible dandruff on combing, then this product meets the claims made.",positive301"New shampoos are always a roll of the dice. Some work well, but over time, your hair goes flat, you build up residue no matter how well you rinse, etc. I'm pleased to say that this shampoo scores high on all levels.First, it's fragrance free. Those who are seeking a mango herbal rainforest aromatherapy getaway to their happy place won't find it in this bottle. I prefer fragrance-free, so that was the first ""plus"" for me.Second, a very small amount produces a full head of lather. I use an amount about the size of a quarter.Third, after you rinse and towel off and brush your hair...no tangles!Fourth, it really does boost the body of your hair. I have a full head of hair but it is fine. This shampoo really does maximize body.Fifth, I've used it for a week with no loss in performance. It's not a shampoo that starts off strong and fizzles out...it's a consistent performer.And finally, my ""regular"" shampoo is Head and Shoulders, and this shampoo does a comparable job of eliminating dandruff. One of my favorite colors is black and I wear it often...I'd know immediately if it wasn't working.I encourage you to try it, and I'm confident that you'll be as pleasantly surprised as I was.",positive302"Freeze dried liver has a hypnotic effect on dogs.  They LOVE it and will do just about anything for it, so it is a great treat to use for training.  (Powdered freeze dried liver is even added to many dog medicines nowadays-- heartworm and arthritis tablets, etc.-- because it causes the dog to scarf the medicine down like a treat.)Freeze dried liver has a dry, hard, yet powdery/easy to chew consistency.  It comes chopped/cubed.  It is extremely lightweight due to the fact there is so little moisture in the product (thus the low weights on product labels).Even though your dog will love liver treats, you shouldn't overfeed it.  The manufacturer recommends 1-2 cubes daily for small dogs, 2-3 cubes for medium dogs, and 3-4 cubes for large dogs.The largest package sizes of liver treats tend to be far more economical.  I recommend buying the larger tubs, as you will save lots of money, you'll have a handy treat supply around for a longer time, and your dog will never tire of this product.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~Here's the nutritional analysis:-100% freeze dried liver-NO additives or preservatives.-Crude protein..... not less than 50%-Crude fat.....  not less than 5%-Crude fiber.....  not more than 3%-Moisture.....  not more than 6%",positive303"I first encountered these crisps a couple of years ago when visiting my sister in California. Sadly, I was unable to obtain them locally when I returned home.I have a sulfite allergy and have a difficult time finding packaged fruit that I can safely eat, so the Brother's Crisps were an exciting treasure. When I recently found them on Amazon, I immediately ordered a combination pack Brothers-ALL-Natural Variety Pack Crisps, Fuji Apple, Asian Pear, Strawberry/Banana, 24-Count  Bags, which includes the Strawberry / Banana Crisps, which have become my very favorite!These are ""freeze-dried fruit"" - meaning they simply have all the moisture removed from them. They remind me of the ""Space meals"" that were popular during the space era, and which are still available at some locations.Since there is no added sugar, the strawberries are tart, and as expected, the bananas are sweet. Together, they remind me of a ""freeze-dried smoothie.""With only 45 calories, this is a great little snack that packs a big punch, and because it is freeze-dried, it weighs in at about 1/2 ounce - awesome for hiking or backpacking.Each package contains approx. 1 Banana and 4 Strawberries.These are Peanut/Tree Nut Free * Gluten Free * Soy Free * Dairy Free * Non GMO * Vegan * and Kosher. And, Did I mention they don't have sulfites?",positive304"Five weeks into 2010 and I have 5 round trips on United Airlines. These past two months I've been delayed a at least 5 times. Stuck on a plane with nothing to munch on is just no fun at all. Brothers All Natural Crisps come to the rescue. These little bags weigh absolutely nothing; they are almost as light as air. They are TSA super friendly, you can't take whole fruit in carryon luggage any more. They taste great and they are a healthy snack. These are just the thing to help get over those darn inevitable delays.This is the first time I've had freeze dried fruit in a bag. It's a bit of a surprise the first time you open the bag. The strawberry and banana smell is intense and fresh. Each piece of fruit is big. The strawberries have a clean natural strawberry flavor. They dissolve quickly in your mouth and are not the least bit gummy. The bananas absorb the strawberry flavor and have a bit of mushy flavor to them. The bananas do not have as clean a taste as the strawberries. The banana still tastes very good.In fact the eating experience is a lot like eating a real piece of fruit. These are nothing at all like fruit leathers or fruit chews that are gummy and soft.Grandpa and Grandson loved these. They are going to be a treat in the 13 year old's lunch. In fact the first night I had these, my son tasted them said he liked them. Then a few minutes later I left the bag sitting around and he asked if he could eat the rest. My son is a fairly picky eater, and he just flat out liked these.They are a good choice for lunches and traveling. Oh, and camping food - just about the most perfect thing in the world.",positive305"A friend recommended these Brothers Crisps and I am very pleased that we took her advice! Being a type 2 diabetic and trying to watch my carbs and calories, these are good snacks that satisfy my sweet-tooth cravings without overly spiking up my blood sugar levels. The real test with any ""good for you"" snacks is if my teens will eat them, and they also love them!These are made from real fruit (and nothing else) that has been sliced and freeze dried, making them crispy (exactly like ""Astronaut Ice Cream"") but they will reconstitute in your mouth if you leave them in long enough. This process also makes them very flavorful.Each Pack contains -Strawberry Banana:About 1 Banana and 4 Strawberries per pack45 Calories8 NET Carbs (6 from sugar)The strawberries can be a little tart which is different and not displeasing to me.We bought Brothers ALL-Natural Variety Pack Crisps, Fuji Apple, Asian Pear, Strawberry/Banana - 20 Count Bags and I like the Asian Pears the best, but all of the flavors are really good.These are a good tasting healthy snack alternative that, if it wasn't for the fairly high cost, I would keep on hand all of the time!Highly Recommended!Note: These are made in ChinaCFH",positive306"I am an avid Earl Grey tea drinker (about 4 cups/day) and generally prefer loose tea.  Without realizing the vendor I choose to give this product a try.  Tea is not too bad, perhaps a bit bland, but not so weak as to warrent two bags per cup. Tea is no worse than Twinings or other mass market products, certainly drinkable and packets are portable and simple to use.  This is no where near the caliber of most loose teas.  One product I do recommend is Kusmi Anastasia tea.As a footnote, I would warn you against purchasing loose tea from Tea District.  I generally purchase by the pound and ordered a pound of tea before I was in dire need of a refill.  After it arrived I stored it in my dry cool basement until it was needed.  In the time it took me to finish my current batch, the tea district tea spoiled - the sealed mylar bag smelled of spoiled oranges or rotten feet or maybe both.  Tasted about as bad too.  Company told me I waited more than 30 days to complain so it's my problem.  Wasn't cheap and wasn't consumable.  If you're looking at loose tea from Tea District, purchase small sample bags not the large sealed bags or better yet, look elsewhere.",negative307"I was so surprised at the prior review; but then not surprised, because everyone has a different palate and an expectation of what the ""perfect"" recipe is (just think of chocolate chip cookies and brownies, and arguments over the best recipe). I don't disparage anyone else's take; I just want to offer my own, as a person whose family has been making from-scratch pickled beets for generations AND who has eaten many dozens of jars of Rick's Picks Phat Beets.I love these pickled beets. I only regret is that I can't afford to eat a jar every day.Most commercial brands of pickled beets  (and even from-scratch recipes) flavor the beets with cider vinegar or an herb vinegar such as tarragon vinegar. Then, they throw in sugar and salt, and (ideally) sliced onion--that's it. Phat Beets are a different, gourmet style.The Phat Beets recipe has a complex layering of spices--rosemary, ginger, lemon, onion, allspice, cinnamon sticks, cloves and brown sugar instead of white sugar or corn syrup. The recipe uses cider vinegar. The result: beets with dancing flavors, as addictive as any food you can name.Don't throw away the brine -- it's a bonus. Just add cooked sliced beets (canned are fine) to the leftover brine and you'll have another batch of pickled beets to enjoy in a day or two. And another, and another. When the brine has faded, follow the ""recipe"" to make a fresh brine for canned beets (tarragon vinegar ads yet another nuance).",positive308"I have been buying this product since I discovered it at Costco, and recently discovered it on Amazon. I find this to be a versatile and extremely useful ingredient in many foods I prepare ... casseroles, soups, stews, any non-sweet that requires flavor and liquid. It has the additional health benefits of chicken soup, and may be used in hot soup drinks for flu and colds. It makes an exceptional baked brown rice side dish when paired with Himalayan Pride Basmati Rice, which is also available here. I may sound like a salesman for this stuff, but I have made my own organic broths from vegetables and bones, and it takes a lot of time and care. For a prepared product, this has good flavor and versatility. And it is not canned, another large health plus - no leached metals, additives, or plastic liner contamination.I can't testify to the shipping practices of the various postal services. I have received damaged products in the past, and it was the responsibility of the seller to package them properly, and it is the responsibility of the shipper to handle the goods properly. Usually, it seems to be the brutal treatment of the shipper in question, which means the seller must be notified. Amazon stands by their products, so I buy a lot from them. When I have had a problem, they promptly took care of it. I find I am buying more from them every month, and will do so as long as they are honest with me, as I am with them.",positive309"Lipton Green Tea to Go, energized blackberry/pomegranate offers a fresh-tasting delicate sweet tea that delivers zero calories and ten mg of caffeine per eight ounce fluid serving.  The Unilever product, the manufacturer states, is made from real tea leaves and contains 80 mg tea flavenoids per eight fluid ounce servings.  It is also sweetened with real fruit flavors, and is, as well, easy to prepare; just stir and enjoy.  The tea does take a little bit longer to dissolve than some other mixing powders, so you do have to shake, or stir well.  I find the caffeine helps as a pick-me-up when I get in hot and tired in the afternoon.I found the taste quite sweet and delicious.  What can I say, I just love the berries of summer, all of them, blueberries, and blackberries, raspberries, strawberries, stop me before I start raving...  I just, at a local farm stand, run by a local farmer with a good reputation, bought strawberries, blueberries, raspberries and blackberries all at once, with only me to eat them.  And I did, don't worry about that.  Anyway, the pomegranate taste here does add a bit of tartness, and pomegranate is also considered quite healthy.  However, in the  list of ingredients I find Aspartame (Sweetener), Corn Syrup Solids, Modified Corn Starch,  Maltodextrin, and  Acesulfame Potassium as sweeteners: these ingredients concern me.  Of course, I'm not a dietitian, I just do my best to eat healthy stuff; this drink might, still, be more healthy than diet soda, I just don't know.",positive310"Lipton Green Tea To Go, Energize Blueberry PomegranateIt comes in little packets that you mix in a bottle of water (1 packet per 16.9 oz. bottle is considered 2 servings).It dissolves easily in room temp water, but requires more vigorous shaking if water is really cold.The taste is not bad and it helps you feel energized... well, each serving does contain 50mg of caffeine.The cost per mixed bottle comes to less than 20 cents (if you do the subscribe and save).You can add to that the cost of the water, but I just use the water cooler at work and re-use my bottle.Even if you mix it with bottled water, the cost is still much less than a can of soda.Touted as a source of B vitamins, Ginseng, Guarana and Flavonoids.Flavonoids are found naturally in plants and are generally thought to be healthy.see [...]This product does use aspartame as a sweetener.  aspartame breaks down to Phenylalanine (an amino acid),so those with an interlerance should avoid this.  Look it up on wiki if you're unsure.Pregnant woman should probably seek advice from physician prior to consumption.I'd give it 5 stars if it didn't use aspartame.",negative311"We have an eight year old Pomeranian and an eight month old Papillon that refuse to not eat one another's food. Our dilemma was that we needed something easily digestible for our old-timer as well as a protein rich meal for our pup. We also caught wind of the dog food filler conspiracy and, reluctantly, switched from our supermarket bought, corn meal heavy brand to one of the higher quality names.Nature's Recipe Dry Dog Food for Adult Dog, Easy to Digest Chicken Rice and Barley Meal, 15 Pound Bag was our first choice and it seemed to go well. Our Pom's bowels became a thing of regularity wonder and our Pap was growing big and strong...kind of. We began to notice some hotspots on our Pap and excessive scratching from both dogs. Our eyes were peeled for fleas and we treated the hotspots with topical ointment to no avail. I was making a return visit to the pet-meds section of our local pet superstore when I was cornered by a sales rep from Nutro. Before I could avoid him he had already asked me what dog food we currently used. I told him, and he immediately asked me if we were having any skin issues. I was sold before he told me what I needed to buy. He filled me in on the idea that the particular blend of Nature's Recipe that we were using lacked some essential nutrients key to healthy skin and coat.We have been using Nutro Ultra Small Breed for several weeks now and I could not be more pleased. Our Pom's insides are still working like a clock and, amazingly, our Pap's hotspots and itching spells have already been healed. I love this food...and I think my dogs like it too.Just one warning: when our older dog was eating the same quantity of Nutro as he was his previous foods, he began to put on weight fairly rapidly. In other words, one might want to monitor intake and the associated weight impact for a while and then adjust accordingly.",positive312"When I was a kid, Post used to make a cereal called C. W. Post. It was a granola type cereal that was the absolute best. It disappeared from the grocery shelves sometime in the 1980's.Fast forward to today. Walking down the grocery isle, I noticed the single row of just bunches, high on the grocer's shelf. Over the years, I had tried to find a granola cereal that could live up to the legend of the C.W. from my childhood. Sampling all that I could find, I had no luck equaling that wonderful crunchy taste.Likely this new find, Just Bunches, would also disappoint, but I figured I should give it a try to see if it came at least close to what I remembered. It was from the Post people, perhaps they reached deep into their cereal recipe box and revived an old flavor from the past.... One could only hope.It the parking lot of the Grocery, I cracked open the box to give it a taste. Instantly I was transported back to my childhood, munching on cereal and watching Saturday morning cartoons, the road runner, bugs bunny, it all came back...I had found the 'holy Grail' of cereals.... ok, maybe that's taking it too far, but man its really good. So good, I subscribed for auto ship every month.",negative313"These bars are wonderful!  Full of nuts and the box says just 6 grams of sugar, much lower than others I have tried.  The protein really fills me up and keeps me sated for 2+ hours. I think they taste like Cracker Jack without the popcorn, very light and crunchy.Other nut bars I have tried are chewy and the nuts tend to lose their snap sitting in nougat-style binding; these are lightly sweet and brittle.  I break up the bar before I open the open the pouch and pop in the clusters while I work to keep me away from the donuts in the break room.The price is fantastic: the amazon.com 6 pack breaks down to 57 cents a bar, which is WAY less expensive than other nut bars of this quality.  I used to eat KIND bars, but they are over $1 a bar and more sugar.There are only 8 ingredients and I can pronounce and recognize them all; there is corn syrup in these, but it is not High Fructose Corn Syrup (which is modified and not very good for you).  I eat about 3-4 of these a week.Another tip: I am 6 months pregnant and find these a perfect thing to keep in my purse for when I need a nosh to keep me from getting light-headed, the protein and low sugar keeps me buoyant and doesn't send me crashing.  One of these, a string cheese and a piece of fresh fruit is a filling and easy mid-day meal when I am pressed for time.",positive314"I first encountered these at a close out store, and was pleased to find them still in production. These Nut Bars are the answer to my Why is Granola So Sugary/starchy Question.  They are nuts not oats and grains, there is a bit of rice but not much, they have a hard head quaking CRUNCH that is so satisfying. Not crispy but crunchy, Not gooey, but chew inducing, jaw workout.I like the, got them for my Boyfriend and recommend them to my Mom and Dad.  Another bonus is because they are not grain based the carbohydrate count is reasonable, 13g of carbohydrates, 2g of fiber and 6g of sugar. That beats any so called healthy granola bar to the ground as far as sugars go.The only down side to my order, is that this order had 6 boxes and so far I've gone through 3 of them and they have all been broken up in the package. That doesn't affect the eat-a-bility of the bar since you are gonna crunch it apart anyway,  It would only matter if you were presenting the bar without the package and that's not typical except in fake photographing for advertisement. :p  They got eaten up just the same.  They are good with a glass of cold milk, or my favorite a glass of cold Plain Unsweetened almond milk. If you're gonna be nutty, why not go all the way!Edited August 21, 2012Well, I'm a bit disappointed. I started buying these bars on subscribe and save at $14 per package of 6. In April of this year the price was $16/6, and I delayed buying more because i was having financial problems, but I just came back to add a early shipment to schedule and I see that the price has JUMPED TO $22 PER 6 BOXES. That's a $7 increase  in price in just 4 months! How do they justify this price HIKE!? Yeah it's a hike, cause it only increased $2 over two years now $7 in 4 months. What's going On!?  I won't take away any stars cause the product is still awesome and tasty, but I was paying $2.66 per box and the price is now $3.66 per box. That's a huge jump in price. I don't know...",positive315"I *cheer* the fact these pickle relish packages contain turmeric spice which is a super powerful anti-inflammatory (strong enough that my husband used turmeric capsules over pain meds when he had surgery for a hip fracture a couple years ago..)However... these pickle relish packets contain BLUE 1!  FD&C BLUE 1 causes severe abdominal distress in a percentage of the population (many of whom have yet to make the connection).  If you aren't sure why Blue 1 is such a bad idea, check out the FDA press release stating blue 1 is ""casually linked"" to fatalities they investigated.I recently attended an event where these relish packets were served. Stoopidly I dumped the packet onto my food and a few hours later, like clockwork, I was in severe abdominal distress. Major GI issues. Checking around, sure enough, these packets show blue 1 in the ingredients.  Just 1 packet had me doubled over in pain.. and worse.Parents: if you aren't sure why your kids randomly seem to develop stomach aches, diarrhea, abdominal distress, bloating, cramping or worse - bloody stools, start reading the food labels of everything consumed 24-36 hours prior to onset. A pattern will undoubtedly emerge...",negative316"I fairly recently got a package of various products from Omaha steaks as a birthday gift from a friend.  Included was a couple boxes of these prime rib slices.  I won't call them wonderful, there's no substitute for a prime rib sliced off of a freshly cooked roast in a well run steakhouse.  But for what they are, a precooked steak that's frozen, they aren't bad, and do make a good way to have a last minute entree for unexpected company and/or when one is in a rush and don't have too much time otherwise.I normally don't comment on other reviews in my own, and to be fair I already posted a comment in the one star review's comment section, the one titled ""YUCK"".  But a few comments here also if I may:  1)  The fellow complains about the lack of au jus.  It's a condiment.  It's like complaining about the lack of grated horseradish (I know people who like prime rib with such) or any other condiment people might eat with prime rib or steak in general not being with this.  Unless a package says that a condiment is included, I don't assume that such would be.  So without trying to belittle the author of ""YUCK"", I find his complaint to be unwarrented.  If he wishes there to be au jus, there's au jus that one can buy from the spice section of most grocery stores.  Or one can use the juices in the individual packaging for each steak slice and try to make some if one knows how.  2)  Although again I don't think these warrent a five star review, they are hardly flavorless.  Not a strong flavor, but I did detect a bit of a flavor from some rub that was put on the outside before cooking and slicing.  The steaks themselves DID taste like prime rib to me, albeit obviously prime rib that had been frozen.  So I'm not sure what ""YUCK"" got, but it apparently was different from my prime rib slices.",positive317"I have been giving my dog the dehydrated dog food as an extra treat to add to her kibble.  I have been looking for something I can add to my dog's food to give her a bit of variation, that won't make her tummy sick.  This was the perfect solution.  You can actually see what is inside and the ingredients are mostly very natural.At first I rehydrated the food with some water and added kibble on top.  This worked out great and it was so much easier than taking wet food out of a can.  I suppose if you aren't too concerned with financial costs, and your dog is doing well on this food, keep going.  But 6 pounds of food for $20.00 is not going to work for me.I realize that the directions say you should add water but the owner of the local pet store that I purchased this from suggested to sprinkle a small amount on top of kibble, just dry.  I did this and my dog liked it.  At one point she would just lick up the dehydrated bits; and slowly eat the kibble.  I mix the dehydrated parts with the kibble now.  This made the dehydrated food last much longer than.  A box lasts a few months now, and my dog enjoys eating her meals.So far I have tried the Herbed Lamb and Beef Zucchini.  My dog seems to like each one equally.Pros:1. Good for sensitive/allergic dogs.2. Can use de/rehydrated.3. Apparently it tastes very good.Cons:1. The price.2. Does not last very long.",positive318"No matter how highly rated of a kibble we would get for our little shih tzu & yorkie mix, she would throw up about three times per week.  Once we switched to this raw dehydrated meal at the recommendation of some folks at a local pet store who have a pomeranian with a sensitive tummy, the problem was solved!  Even if she would get into something she was not supposed to, no vomiting, seemed to do miracles for her digestive track in general, so was very pleased!  Have also used the chicken formula, which we have had a great experience with, as well.  Also - she LOVES it!  To save money, we would buy the large 8 pound bag and I am very sad that the price has recently risen so drastically (Nov. of 2011 from $60 per bag to $75, BIG jump).  Because of the price increase, we had switched to Grandma Lucy's (Artisan freeze-dried), with equal success as far as no vomiting and her loving the food, but have switched back to Addiction because she was looking thin, as if the protein content was not enough.  I would recommend calling around to specialty feed stores in your area to find the absolute best price.",positive319"While I prefer wet food for my cats, one of them will only eat dry food. And he has a food allergy that causes flaky, itchy skin and a dull coat. I wanted to try this as the Felidae canned food is high quality and this food is supposed to be good for cats with allergies or sensitive stomachs.We've been feeding this to our two cats and our foster kittens for a couple weeks now and please explain to me why my 7 year old cats suddenly have terrible hairballs. Every day they dry cough and choke, especially my cat with allergies who will only eat the dry food and therefore consumes the most. Even the 10-week old kittens who are short-haired are coughing a little bit. My adult cats are vomiting hairballs now too. Not only is this alarming, but it necessitates the need for a hairball remedy. I should also include that IAMS indoor hairball dry food is what I was feeding when my cat showed symptoms of allergies to food. I am not even sure I will get through the rest of the bag, I might just throw it out. I don't wish all that coughing on strays, shelter cats, or rats.The reason I gave two stars -- this food has helped with my cat's allergies. His coat is shinier and his skin is not flaky. But in our case, these benefits are far outweighed by the suspiciously new and sudden coughing/hacking/vomiting.",negative320"These peppers have a nice flavor and look good (no weird-looking strips or questionable coloring).  Yes, this is a lot of red pepper strips.  But I did a little research on-line before buying to see if it's okay to freeze canned peppers (after removing them from the can of course) and found that it was.  I'd include a link but they typically get screened out, so I'll offer that there's a website called Chowhound with a forum that offered good advice and suggestions, both for freezing and what to do with all those peppers.  I rinsed & drained them and froze them on cookie sheets before bagging.  The texture did change somewhat after freezing (a bit mushier) but the taste is fine and it's not like they went into the freezer crispy as they were in water in the first place.  (Just as a general rule, foods with high water content freeze less well.)I wasn't so pleased that both cans arrived with dents. You can't return food on Amazon so that could be an issue if the dents were *really* bad enough to cause concern.  It made opening them a little tricky.  The cans were not well-protected in the box shipped by Amazon, so it's possible the fault lies with Amazon and not the product manufacturer/provider. (Just for the record, after dozens of years and hundreds of canned goods consumed, I can say that I only ever had one -from a supermarket- that WAS truly bad and it was obvious - the contents looked *off* and actually sizzled over the top when opened! Disgusting.)I watched the price on these peppers and got them for under fourteen bucks w/free shipping which I found reasonable.  Now I've got a bunch of little bags of peppers in the freezer to use as needed.  I'm pleased.",positive321"These snacks maybe most suitable for young children ages 5-12, but they're also perfect for a busy and hungry college student. Why? It's convenient, and it's tasty, perhaps slightly better than your typical vending machine/fast food because of the controlled serving portions (each pouch is about one ounce in weight).As of the time of writing, at $10/box, it's not cheap, but if you compare it against retail/school dining choices, it's kind of a bargain, because each pouch comes out to be about 25 cents per pouch. This is one-fourth of the cost of your average vending machine snack. To make it more worthwhile, for college students, Amazon throws in the free shipping with Amazon Prime, which means that it gets delivered straight to your door, which is a HUGE time saver, because you don't need to drive out to the store and buy snacks. Plus, PORTION CONTROL! (of course, this requires resisting the temptation for second serving of snacks, which admittedly is hard to do so)My least favorite snack in the assortment is the animal crackers. They're just really dry and tasteless, almost like a cardboard substance. But I think they're are only six of them in the box, so it's not too bad.My absolute favorite snack has to be the fudge cookies. They are AMAZINGLY good. The fudge/chocolate melts in your mouth and the cookie is kind of buttery and melts along with the fudge/chocolate. It's really good. My only problem with the cookie is that they market it as a shortbread cookie, which it really isn't ... it's just a fudge cookie. Everyone knows that the Scots/Brits are the best at making shortbread cookie. Nonetheless, digression aside, the fudge cookies are awesome in their own right.Anyways, try one! The assortment isn't perfect, but if you're short on time, you won't regret it.",positive322"I rarely give 1 star reviews, but how do you rate it higher if it does...nothing?First of all, I was a little surprised by how large these ""mini-Congos"" are.  We have an 8-pound Pomeranian and the only reason I chose these is because of the word, ""mini"".The ""mini-Congo"" is a full inch in roundness and about 3.5"" long.  When you go to the pet store and buy ""mini"" treats, they are about the size of a matchbook or so.  This seriously looks like something for a medium-large sized dog.  I can only imagine a regular ""congo"" is enormous, heh.But all dogs love bones and they all love to chew on something, right?  Well our Pomeranian is not impressed.  He looked at it, licked it for a little bit and left it alone.We also give him these ""dental sticks"" and he hates them (well he doesn't devour them like he does a real treat).  He will lick them and put them away for awhile and if we don't give him any treats for a couple days, he'll go ahead and eat the dental stick.Well it's been over a week now and he won't go near the ""mini-Congo"" treat at all, in fact he'd rather go eat the ""dental stick"" he doesn't like.So it is confirmed, our dog simply does not like these, plus he can't even put his bite around it to begin with.  Caution - these are not so ""mini"" for your ""mini"" dog like our Pomeranian.Two paws down says Chocco.",negative323"These are dog treats. I have given them to my dog, and he enjoys them - he will lay down and chew and nibble until they are gone. However, he will do that with the ones I make here at home, too. I have not necessarily seen any ""digestive support"" effects, which is why I'm giving them 3 stars. For what they are (dog treats), they seem just fine - as specialty treats that are supposed to be helpful to dogs, they don't seem to be living up to the claim. Whether or not I would buy these would probably depend pretty much on price - they aren't worth paying a premium for the ""digestive support"" claim, but if they have a decent price as plain dog treats, then I can see purchasing them every so often to have around.Editing to Add: I make it a habit not to look at others' reviews before I type mine, so I wasn't aware of the issues with smaller dogs. My dog is a medium-size dog (Blue Heeler Mix), and he didn't appear to have any issues with chewing, swallowing or digesting. Knowing that others are having issues, I will probably not give my dog any more, just to be on the safe side - a massively expensive vet bill is not something I want to encourage! I will leave my 3-star review as it stands, since I did not personally experience any difficulties, but can say in all honesty that I will not purchase these in the future.",negative324"I have two finicky dogs. They are particular about their snacks and food and while they will like something at first, they will not like it later on. Frustrating, but reality. So I gave two of these treats with my friends dogs to see their reaction as well.I have a schnauzer/poodle mix and a jack russell/chihuahua mix? I am sure about the schnauzer poodle and not totally sure about the jack russell/chihuahua as they are rescues. But they are about around 18 months old and 10-12 pounds; they both enjoyed the first rounds of treats TREMENDOUSLY. I mean, sat down and chewed on them for HOURS. Which is amazing because they are both such active dogs. Also, they did not have gas or digestion problems after eating, which was great.My friend gave the treats to her yorkie and bulldog and they loved them too. She said that it was the first time that her bulldog has growled, ever and he is three years old. They also did not have gas or digestion problems.Now, the real test - the other three treats for my dogs. Would they eat them or lose interest? They chewed them and loved them just as much as the first time. Okay, maybe not quite as much, because they lasted longer the second time, but still had the same great results.I would not give these  treats to my dogs on a regular basis, just because I don't believe in lots of treats. But on special occasions these are the treats I will be ordering. They loved them and their digestion did not change. I highly recommend these treats!",positive325"We have two Chihuahua's. One is 12 years old now she won't chew on toys, rawhides or bones of any sort. It was no big surprise that she wouldn't touch it. My other Chihuahua is only 2 years old and will chew on almost any type of rawhide or bone. Over the long 4th of July weekend she was driving us crazy because she wouldn't stop barking and growling at all the fireworks. She is scared to death of fireworks and will shake like crazy and go nuts. So I decided to give her one of these to keep her busy for a while.She loved it and wouldn't put it down for nearly 5 hours. She pretty much ignored the fireworks for the rest of the night and went to town on devouring the MiniCongo. Occasionally she would decide to take a break and walk away but she wouldn't take her eye off it. If I would walk near it or our other dog would approach it then she would pounce on it and guard it with her life. She seemed to really love the peanut butter filling inside because she kept trying to lick inside before chewing the beefhide.About a month ago we gave her a Purina Busy Bone which is similar to this and she loved it as well. It has filling in the middle too. The difference is the Busy Bone really upset her stomach for 24 hours or so and the MiniCongo didn't.Don't be fooled by Mini in the name because these are still quite large. It is probably too big for our Chihuahua but that didn't stop her. I am happy to give these to my dog because they do a good job of cleaning their teeth. The more chewing they do now, the better their dental health will be when they get older.",positive326"These FunBites treats are a typical rawhide dog treat. They are cylinders, about 5-inches long with about a 1-inch diameter, and are stuffed with hard, brown filling.You get seven of them in a pack, and I guess the idea is to let your dog chew on them for awhile so that his or her teeth get nice and clean. Given their girth, I imagine this would take awhile for most dogs to get through, so it should give your dog something to do for an hour or two when you're away. But apparently the big selling point of the product is its ""digestive support"" which it apparently gets this property by containing papain enzyme - that may mean more to you than it does to me. It's also apparently ""low fat"" which according to the nutritional information means that it contains somewhere between 0.5% - 3.5% 'crude fat.'However, my dog's digestion and fat consumption are not problematic, so what really matters to me is whether he likes it... which he doesn't. I can't blame FunBites very much, he's generally not a fan of rawhide treats, but I was hoping their ""delicious peanut butter flavor"" would get him interested. Unfortunately, he just licked the treat a couple of times and walked away.That said, if this is the type of treat you think your dog might like then you may want to give it a whirl - especially if you're overly concerned about digestive issues (though other reviewers have apparently had problems, so be careful).",negative327"Now I will confess, I'm not quite sure how a human reviews a dog treat.  But I will tell you that Maggie my mostly lab (pound puppy of some questionable lineage) took to these like they were candy.When I buy this sort of treat for her, I'm looking for a few traits:They last longer than 30 seconds.  Maggie's a big girl and she has very powerful jaws.  So most treats are here for a blink of an eye.  But she had to work on this one for a bit.  I'm not saying they lasted an hour -- but it took her a good 5 or 10 minutes to eat the whole thing.They don't come back up.  With just about every dog I've owned my entire life -- some treats, like rawhides, seem to re-appear within a few hours.  I want my pet to have a treat she can enjoy once...not have it come back up again because it irritated her stomach.They don't stink.  Maggie (and most of my previous dogs) loved the cow hoof shavings.  But the stench is so unbearable, I had to stop bringing them into the house.  These are odor-free.Overall -- these were a big hit with both of us!",positive328"With a 50 pound boxer/pit, finding an effective and lasting treat is a bit of a challenge. My playful, lovable monster can routinely destroy pillows, blankets, and kong bars with the greatest of ease. So I tossed her one of these, expecting it to be demolished within minutes.And she put it in her mouth, spit it out, and looked confused for a few minutes. A day later, I tried again. Same result. The day after that? Finally she bit into it, cracking its exterior and devoured whatever was inside. Now that she's figured out what to do with them, these actually have some use - preventing the rest of our house from being her chew toy.This is definitely something made for larger dogs. The exterior of the MiniCongo is rigid and bone-like, so much so that I think only large dogs could really break into these suckers effectively. If you have a pup or a toy dog, I wouldn't recommend them. Our little monster has a delicate stomach and so far I can't attribute any mood changes / digestive changes to this. Not a bad little product, provided your dog is smart / large enough to really get their teeth around them!",positive329"Our trio of canine treat testers have mixed opinions about the palatability of this product.  Yesterday I gave one FunBite stick to each dog.  Gypsy, my female Shepherd cross, dropped hers on the floor and ignored it.  Jasmine, my female Collie cross, took hers back in her sleeping area in the indoor back porch, but come morning today, it was still untouched.  Sherlock, my male minature Schnauzer, absolutely LOVED his -- by morning he had gotten all the filling out and reduced the rawhide to a soggy chewy lump, which he has now eaten.  Of course, he's always been more of a chewer than his 2 pals, and he is also a smaller dog, so maybe it was easier for him to hold the treat between his paws?  At any rate, he will get the rest of the package eventually, but I'm not likely to buy any more.It's hard to say just why a dog does or does not like something.  Jasmine loves the raw eggs from my pet goose, while Gypsy will not touch them, but loves raw chicken eggs.  And all three dogs love matzah, which seems REALLY odd, since it is rather dry and tasteless.  Anyway, back to the FunBites, I guess you will just have to try them with your own dog(s) and see what happens.UPDATE:  After reading some of the other reviews here, I want to say that Sherlock doesn't seem to have any bad side affects from eating this, but then, he's always been something of a garbage can who eats anything (He's a rescue dog, knew serious hunger before we got him, so he is not picky about food -- ANY food.  If he had been a dog with a sensitive stomach, he never would have survived what he went through before we got him.  So he may not be a typical case here.)  But it does make me wonder if my other dogs somehow knew it was not right for them.",negative330"I thought maybe these FunBites MiniCongo treats would be small enough for my lab mix. He certainly liked the idea of them. He carried them over to the rug where he eats his treats, and then put it down. I could tell that he was interested, but this is a very hard treat, and even the ""Mini"" is too large for him.I picked it up and started to put it somewhere for another of our family dogs, one who needs this kind of treat to keep her from chewing on her leg, and my lab let me know he wanted the MiniCongo right where he had put it.So, it's still there. I'm not sure why, but that's where he wants it. He can't do anything with it, so I'm going to grab it when he isn't looking and get it to the dog who will be able to do something with it.I gave 4 stars, because although it doesn't work for our lab mix, this is probably a very good choice for other dogs. It's more of a problem with him than with the treat.EDITED to say that my son's dog, a shepherd, loves these! He gave her one of the larger ones, not the ""Mini"", and she just carried it to the area where she takes treats and sniffed at it, trying to figure out exactly what she was going to do with it. When he came back a few minutes later, it was gone. These ""MiniCongos"" are built exactly the same, but they are cut in half, still too big for my lab mix, but either size will be perfect for the Shepherd.",positive331"EDIT: After reading other reviews, it seems hit and miss about the quality of these rolls. Be sure to read the one-star reviews. I don't know if the reactions are breed specific.  My old dog is a Rottweiler and the young one is a Cocker Spaniel who gets the runs from who knows what she has gotten into. She did not have a bad reaction to this product.  However after reading about other dog reactions, and since I got these free through vine so no financial investment, I am going to throw away the rest of the bag.I presented my two dogs each with a roll, which they both accepted, mainly because they are dogs not cats.The roll is white rawhide wrapped around that crumbly mix used frequently to stuff these products.One roll did not have a complete wrapper.  My old dog quickly removed the wrapper and ate the center.  The younger dog, a cocker, took the wrapper. I don't think that she ate it all, but it is out of sight at this point, probably hidden with other treasures.The cocker chewed one end of her roll. When I found it later, the insides had moved a distance out one end equal to the distance on the other end that the dog had chewed.  The whole thing has since disappeared. See previous paragraph.Evaluation: For my dogs, one old and one under 25 pounds, the rolls are a pleasant challenge over several days.  If your dog has strong young jaws, it can probably eat one roll in just a few minutes.  I don't know about the digestive support.  Neither dog threw up or had GI distress.  At the rate they are consuming these (very slowly for intact rolls), I don't see how the rolls can have an effect on digestion.  But if your dog is a quick eater and there's actually digestive support in the rolls, then these rolls could be helpful.",positive332"I gave each of my 2 labs one of these treats. Both happily took the treat and went into their respective corners to eat it. My dogs are avid chewers and it took each dog about 5 minutes to eat the treat. The treat did leave crumbs but both dogs cleaned up every morsel.A bag contains 7 treats. Each treat is about 3 1/2 inches long, and 1 1/4 inch in diameter. Each treat is filled with what looks to be ground rawhide which has an artificial peanut butter flavoring (I didn't notice any peanut butter smell). That is surrounded by a coating of rawhide. It seems to be easier to eat than normal rawhide (which takes my dogs much more time to eat). If you want a treat that takes a longer time to eat, (and your dogs are avid chewers), this isn't the treat for you. However, I liked the fact that this rawhide coating was easier to eat and I was less worried about a choking factor.The treat is advertised as high protein and low fats. According to the packaging, it contains a minimum of 61% crude protein, a minimum of 0.5% crude fat; 3.5% maximum crude fat; and a maximum of 5% crude fiber.Overall, I liked these treats. They seems a bit pricey, but my dogs seemed to really enjoy the treats. If it matters to you, these treats are made in Mexico.",positive333"I have 2 dogs: a rescue greyhound and a rescue pit mix.  The pit mix has very strong jaws and is a heavy, strong chewer.  The greyhound is, like all greyhounds, weak-jawed.  My pit mix can manage these hard treats, but the greyhound was not able to chew through to get to the peanut butter center, and eventually the mix stole it from him.These are rawhide chews with a peanut butter 'flavored' center.  Why they don't use real peanut butter is beyond me.  They claim to be good for the teeth, which I assume is true since they take a lot of chewing.  They also claim to be good for the digestion.  I don't know if this is what is meant but they seem to go right through my dog.  (Not a good thing in my book... I can't give her one when she is home alone.)I don't downgrade because my greyhound can't manage them; that's a greyhound thing.  But I do downgrade because they are flavored artificially and because they give my dog the runs.BOTTOM LINE: Dogs think they're tasty, but the weak chewer can't manage them.  Artificial flavors.  Seem to go right through the dog that can manage them.",negative334"I admit I have one of those spoiled dogs.  I am not sure she knows she is a dog.  She doesn't eat regular food, I make sure it is natural and doesn't have the wrong kind of additives.  Her treats don't come from a box; I pick them out special, just for her.  So when Amazon Vine gave us a chance to try these new dog treats we were excited.They are called FunBites, but unless your dog is big, these are not bites.  They are about two and a half inches around and three inches long.  (I measured)  The outside is hard rawhide and the inside is filled with a peanut butter looking substance.  I don't normally give my dog rawhide because it can cause some health issues, but this says it has papain enzymes to facilitate protein digestion.  It also says that they help clean teeth while chewing.My dog loved it.  She is a high-energy dog and treats that might take another dog hours to devour; she can take care of in minutes.  This one did take her about fifteen or twenty minutes.  I got the package out to look it over before I typed the review and she was all around to see if she could talk me out of another one.I do spend more money on food and treats, but there were only seven ""bites"" in this package and you are getting four packages, so they are not an inexpensive treat.  I haven't had them long enough to see how they affect her digestive system, but I will let you know.  Part of what I look for in a dog food is the amount of protein, the front of the package calls this a daily treat, but they have 61% protein and I am just not sure that my dog needs that much extra protein every day.  I think this is more likely a weekly treat.These are better than the regular rawhide bones because it is a treat with a smaller amount of rawhide, and better than the crunchy bones because it did not fall apart and leave little pieces everywhere.  So they seem to be a favorite.",positive335"I have 4 cocker spaniels, 3 male, and 1 female weighing over 30 pounds each.  I gave them each a Funbites peanut butter flavored minicongo.  First of all, I don't give my dog's whole treats of this size.  Normally, one of these would be cut in half and I would make two treats out of them.  However, I couldn't cut through the white rawhide with gardening shears so each dog received their own minicongo.  My picky male promptly took his off and I didn't see him for 2 hours.  He busily and happily chewed all that time.  My female spent all her time growling at the boys and would never chew hers so I ultimately had to take hers away.  She wasn't upset; she just lay down and went to sleep.  My oldest male growled and barked over his for an hour but then eventually ate all of his and foraged pieces from the youngest one.  The youngest male spent 20 minutes so excited over it, he ran from room to room and then outside hiding it then going and getting it and he finally took it to the couch and chewed on his for the next two hours.  The dog treat is said to contain papain which I looked up on Wikipedia and it is an enzyme present in papaya used to break down tough meat fibers and is sold as tenderizer.  It is also used in small amounts in toothpaste as a whitener.  It's not just good for their teeth, but will whiten their teeth, also?  Just kidding.  I haven't noticed anything with the digestive system yet. The only problem I had with them was they were messy and small pieces came off as they chewed but they eventually cleaned all the pieces up.  The price is $22.15 for a 4 pack which is by my calcualtion $5.54 a pack and I think that's a bit much for a package of dog treats. All in all, my dogs loved them and I would buy them.",positive336"Before I explain how each dog reacted, let me tell you that they loved the idea of these.  They took them with gusto and went right to town.  That said, three of these dogs ARE beagles, and will eat pretty much anything (and the fourth, a Lab, follows whatever the other three do, so he went to it, too).  Here is what I witnessed:Red:  Age 11, male beagle: Took the bone with excitement, and went right to his bed and started chewing away...within 5 minutes, his gums were bleeding.  Later, his belly was slightly distended and soon after that, he had a bout of diarrhea.  (This didn't stop him from asking for another one, though!)Rosie:  Age 11, female beagle: Took the bone and ran into her crate with it.  She came out shortly, with a VERY distended belly and need to run outside.  She ran out, and drank her weight in water.  She spent the evening outside, and didn't want to come in.  Her tummy was very upset.Junior:  Age 5, male beagle:  Like his fellow Snoopies, he took it and ran to his bed.  He chewed away, and I think he didn't quite ""love it"", but didn't want the others to get to it.  He took longer to get through it.  He had few side effects, except a slightly bloated tummy.OhGee:  Age 12, male lab:  Took the bone and went to his bed, chewed on it until it was gone, and then wasn't real interested in another.  He might have had some diarrhea, but it was hard to say, as I didn't ""witness"" that...just the after effects. Ewww.I'm not thrilled with these.  As you can see, they didn't go over well physically with my dogs.  Although they'd take them again, in that ""give me a cookie, give me a cookie"" excitement.  I threw the rest away, and am glad that they are out of reach of my dogs.As far as ""keeping bored dogs occupied"", they didn't last long enough to keep any of mine occupied...If you're looking for something better, try the Kong line with the peanut butter inserts.  Those rock!I hope this review helps you to avoid a bout with a sick pooch.",negative337"My two dogs really enjoyed these treats. Fiona, a little rescue mutt who's about 14 pounds, worked at her treat for a good two hours, with a couple of breaks in between (but only when her doggie brother wasn't around, since he would have stolen it). She loved it. Lately, she hasn't been very excited about her food, merely sniffing it in the morning and not eating much until later in the day. But this morning, after eating  the Congo last night, she was thrilled about morning kibble again, spinning in circles before diving in and eating the whole bowl.Finn, another rescue mutt who's about 35 pounds, also really enjoyed his treat. He spent the first hour burying it around the house and staring at Fiona while she snacked on her treat. Then he headed outside and snarfed it down in peace before coming back in to stare at her again. This morning, he was spunky and perky on his walk and, while he didn't eat his kibble this morning (it's too hot for him & he's only been eating at night), he did go out and patrol the yard, fertilizing the bushes, and scaring the squirrels.So, by every indication, my two pups give these treats four stars and can't wait for their next treat.",positive338"I have one dog, an older beagle/basset mix, and my brother has 2 dogs (both corgi mixes), so we let all three dogs try the FunBites.  The dogs loved them.  The FunBites are not, in fact, bite-sized.  Toy-sized dogs or very small dogs may have a hard time with them.  The FunBite has a diameter of between 1 and 2 inches.Each FunBite has a beef rawhide exterior that the dogs can chew/gnaw on.  The center is an artificial peanut butter marrow. It must taste good because the dogs had to work to get through the rawhide to get to treat inside.As a dog-owner I do like a treat that keeps the dog occupied for a while and does not leave a mess in the house.  FunBites rawhide exterior keeps the dog busy. And the treat is not coated with sauce or anything so it is clean for indoor use.I also like to know what I am giving my dog.  The main ingredients in FunBites are beef hide and rice.  It is about 65% protien and about 1.5-3.5% fat according to the package.  It also has an interesting ingredient called ""Papain"" that is supposed to be good for digestive systems.I did a little research into Papain: Papain is an enzyme found in papayas.  It has many uses and is found in a wide variety of products. Its utility is in breaking down tough meat fibres and has been used for thousands of years in its native South America. It is sold as a component of powdered meat tenderiser available in most supermarkets.I am happy with the FunBites. The dog enjoys them.  The FunBites keep him busy chewing away on the rawhide exterior and the FunBites don't leave a mess in the house. FunBites are a high-protien dog snack which is good for dog's general health.  The papain enzyme may also be beneficial to his digestive health.Overall, any dog owner would do well by their best friend to buy FunBites.",positive339"This is one of those things where you can buy a treat and feel good about giving it to the dog. What's not to like? Digestive support through papaya which is also available as a human supplement too.'Mini' is a bit of a misnomer though. They are about the size of a quarter - that is if you put a quarter on one end that is about how big the chew is round. Length is about 4 inches. So your doggie size is a big factor on deciding if these really are mini or maybe too big. They are too big for really small breed dogs.The first one I gave my dog (he weighs about 20 pounds but he's lanky) he chewed it up in about 10 minutes. He's part cocker spaniel so he is a capable chewer if he likes what he is gnawing on. After that first one though he was a lot less excited to get the treat. Even if it'd been a day or two since he'd had any treat. He usually does finish it sometime during the day.That isn't such a big deal since this probably should be a once a week treat.[edit: updated Aug 4th, 2011Well. The doggie is totally disinterested in these treats. Now he eats it after two or three days of being on the floor. I changed my rating to 3 stars because the dog has relegated this to a non-treat ""I'll eat it when I am totally bored' type item./edit]",positive340"Back from vet.  Vet is about 100% sure it was this chew stick that upset my dog.  His digestive tract is inflammed and will have to be on meds. He is not allowed to eat anything today. My vet said that even one is a lot for my size dog (I brought this to the vet with me), but bag said small dog, one per day (dog weighs 20 pounds). He said it obviously upset his digestive tract. He was throwing up bits of it over 24 hrs after having just one.  The vet said my dog is VERY HEALTHY except for this.  He is a little over a year old and in great shape...until he had one of these.  AND FOR THE RECORD....My dog HAS HAD RAWHIDE chew sticks before with NO ill effects.  I believe it is the inside of the chew stick that made him ill, as THAT is what he threw up.  It is distinctive and hard to miss!Particularly if you have a SMALL dog, I would be wary of this chew stick.  I'm not saying it would upset ALL small dogs tummies, just that it is hardly mini and if my vet said it was too big for my 20 pound dog.I have read a lot of dogs love this and did fine with it. Unfortunately mine didn't and it seems SOME other dogs (mostly smaller ones) didn't either.Just trying to save dog owners the worry of seeing their dog in distress and a big vet bill.",negative341"I have a 60lb English Bulldog/German Shepherd mix who sometimes suffers from varying degrees of indigestion so I'm always on the lookout for treats to help reduce issues. Unfortunately, many doggie specialty treats are a bit on the pricey side if you want to give a daily helping. When these Fun Bites popped up on Amazon Vine I naturally snatched them up right away. Here are my thoughts;Pros+ High in protein, low in fat.+ My dog loved them.+ Contains papain enzymes.+ Lasted about 20 minutes.+ Resealable bag.Cons- Extremely messy! Give this treat to your dog outside or on hardwood floors for easy or no clean up.- Contains filler/rawhide material.- Can leave a sticky residue.- Treats are too large for smaller dogs. Approximately 3.5"" in length.- A bit pricey considering you only get seven in a package.My dog sure loved these Fun Bites (although he's not terribly picky about treats) and guards them quite aggressively (not always a good thing). Sadly, I couldn't tell if he got any digestive benefit from eating these treats. Better suited for larger dogs who are average chewers these treats were nice but I don't think I'd pay the asking price for them. The best thing about these treats were they occupied my dog long enough to properly groom him without him constantly trying to bite my hands!",positive342"My dog heard the package crinkling and became excited; but when I gave her a treat, she dropped it and walked away. She's notoriously picky about treats so I wasn't surprised. I left it there for a day to see if she would later sneak over and eat it but she was not interested in it at all.We are allowed to bring our dogs to work, so I brought the package to work with me to test the treats out on a wide variety of dogs. The other dogs all loved them, some taking their time to work on the bones slowly, others gobbling them as fast as they could break them down.I tested these on a wide range of sizes, from a chihuahua-sized mutt, to my Aussie-mix, to a large boxer-mix mutt. The smallest dog required that we break the bones down a little bit but overall, all but the pickiest of dogs liked these. The boxer-mix begged for more, but she'd eat treats all day if you gave them to her.My experience was that if a dog is picky to begin with, they may not accept these treats. But if they generally are food-hounds, they should have no problem eating them eagerly.",positive343"I have 2 boston terriers and they eat everything (from dry food to meat, veggies, fruit- when they hear crunching apple or peeling cucumber they run for vitamins in seconds) and they like dogs snack as well. But I don't like some thick rawhide sticks because they became slimy and sometimes I have to dig in my dogs' throats to get leftovers (great choking hazard).I was a bit worried after reading negative reviews, I didn't want my dogs to get sick and me being sick from the vet bills. But I gave my dogs one stick each and they liked it a lot. It took them about 20 minutes to finish. I was watching them and they really enjoyed that thing. I was surprised that rawhide part was actually coming off in small bites, easy to swallow (second dog was rather chewing on it though). One dog finished earlier and was intimidating the other, so he swallowed about 1/4 of the chewed stick and I ended up with finger in his throat, so I guess they will enjoy them under my supervision.I took one star for the price, it comes to more than 50 cents per stick (I see the price is changing, it was as high as one dollar per stick)-kind of expensive. Also I would be more happy with the long lasting snack like that to be more safe (that can be my dogs chewing and swallowing bigger parts). But so far I am happy to see occupied dogs and they have no digestive problems at all with a bit looser poop than unusual, but nothing runny and weird (gotta pick it up on the walks). But as it says, the snack is digestive support, so it is not a daily snack, more of a helper with constipated dog.",positive344"I have an ""I will eat pretty much anything and I will eat it quickly"" whippet. I was pretty sure he would take to these treats but wasn't sure how well he would do after the taking. Whippets, especially pups (he is 8 months old) sometimes have trouble with high protein foods and we have had a few issues in the past.Well, naturally the pup loved the bars. They were a good size for him, about 3 inches long and 1 inch wide. He seemed to be really excited about the treat on day one and was still amped up when I launched the treat across the room for him to fetch on day three. We have had no digestive upsets so far and I really like how long it takes him to consume the thing. I can actually sit down and eat my lunch while he works at the bar. (Generally he likes to wolf-down his milk bone and then make sad eyes at me while I eat a more leisurely lunch.)As the packaging says, these are a soft beef hide outer chew with a peanut butter flavored inside. The pup ran off and ate his treat under the dining room table on my cream white carpet (of course) and I found no evidence of staining.I just put in a subscribe and save order for more of these things, so I have to say:Recommended",positive345"Original review appears first.  Please read the bottom for the updated edit.I've never given my dogs any type of rawhide product, so I can't tell if they like these any more or less than other similar products.The size is described as mini, but they don't look that small.  I thought the sticks might be too large for them but they each happily managed to pick them up and run to their corners.  I never heard a peep from either for the next two hours, when they only budged to trace spots.  They managed to eat about 1/3 of their stick in that time, and I took them away to save the rest for another day.I read the review by the other customer who was worried after his dog became ill.  If my dogs get sick, I'll update this review and the rating accordingly.  But otherwise, they just spent two hours in doggy paradise.UPDATE UPDATE UPDATEUnfortunately we are not as happy now.  I gave the dogs the minicongo treats again the next day and they loved them just as much.  This time I took them away after they had eaten about an inch.  Later, both dogs vomited the mixture and both had really weird poop.  I threw away the rest of the package.",negative346"I have 4 mini dachshunds and 1 is very picky. They have tried FunBites CalciBone chew sticks, and 3 out of 4 dogs loved them, so I was hopeful for these bones. Unfortunately, the picky one didn't like them again, and one dog, who usually likes every bone she can get, was easily distracted. She chewed on it a little, and then lost interest. The other two dogs, however, loved them.They are much bigger than the Chew Sticks- about an inch in diameter. There is a hard rawhide outside and a dry mixed tube of a peanut butter mixture on the middle. In some bones, the middle is firmly attached to the rawhide, making the chew time much longer (a plus since it keeps them busy longer), but in others, the rawhide is pinched and the middle tube slides out with a little chewing. This made the bone disappear quickly.An odd thing might keep me from buying these bones- there are 7 bones in a bag. By not having an even number, it means I have to buy 4 bags to give each dog one without leftovers. This wouldn't matter if you had a different number of dogs, but for me, it is an issue. Since the dogs were lukewarm towards them, I would probably choose to buy a bone with an even number in the bag. In all, though, they seem like a healthy treat for your little pooches!",positive347"How to review a dog treat?  I opened up a pack of these and tossed one to the dog figuring that might be a good place to start.  After taking a minute to sniff and inspect the treat, my dog took it and promptly devoured the thing in a few minutes.  Granted, my dog is quite large, but these definitely did not last as long as regular rawhide treats of the same size.Next, I sat my dog down to interview him about the product.  When I asked him if he liked the treat, he said ""yip"".  Sweet, so they are a hit.  I then asked them what they tasted like and he told me ""bark"".  Hmmm, this seemed a bit peculiar.  I thought they were supposed to be peanut butter flavored.  I then asked him about the texture and he responded ""ruff"".  So my dog liked a rough textured treat that tasted like bark, not exactly a convincing answer, but he was the judge.  I was not about to eat one to see if he was right.  He liked them and that was good enough for me.I fed my dog a couple of these a day.  Being a 90 pound dog, I was not concerned about feeding him two of these a day.  However, when I went outside the next day, I was greeted by piles of diarrhea.  In all due fairness to the treat, my dog did start a new medication (one he has had in the past with no issues) about this time.  I honestly cannot say if the treats or medicine did this.  I did not think of the treat causing this until I read other reviews.  I will give the product the benefit of the doubt as it could have been the medicine, but given what I saw and what other reviewers went through, I would start your dog on these treats slowly if it is their first time having them.",positive348"I have a picky dog with tummy troubles who has to eat a prescription diet.  She loves the Newman's treats but they are too hard for her since she is missing half her teeth.  Still, occasionally I hear a crunching sound and she is munching down a Newman's.  I was hoping she would knaw on these treats and thought the center would be a little easier to eat.  Here's how the trial went:Me:  opening the bag ""you want a treat?""Dog:  tail wagging, ears perked up and looking at me intentlyMe:  I pull one treat from the bag and hand it to herDog:  She takes it carefully and sets it on the floor. ""sniff, sniff"".  She looks back up at me.  ""sniff"".  She walks away and lays down in her bed.Me:  I pick up the treat and sniff and don't smell anything.  This doesn't mean much since I'm not a dog.  I pull on the outside ""wrapping"".  It's pretty tough.  I push the middle up a little.  It's hard!  I was expecting a softer middle. I taste the middle.  It's tasteless.I tried again to tempt her with one of these treats by giving it to her in place of our nightly ""bite of cheese"" ritual.  Once again she just sniffed of it and then ignored it.  The other treats I've tried with her (beggin strips, puperoni, blue bison apple/yogurt biscuits, milk bone) she will either attempt to eat or carry around in her mouth for several minutes looking for a safe place to hide it.  These treats don't even get the honor of being buried.",negative349"My English Springer Spaniel absolutely loves food. It doesn't matter what it is - if it's edible, she's game. My cockapoo is more of a picky eater, so you really have to try hard to find anything she'll try. When the package of treats arrived, I made a big show of opening them for the dogs who were very excited to see what they'd be getting. They readily took a treat each and promptly dropped them on the floor. I picked one up to try to give it to the cockapoo and she took off down the stairs and out the dog door. Turning to my springer who, as I said, never turns down anything edible (in her opinion), I tried to coax her into giving it another try. Being a sport, she took it in her mouth once again then trotted away and dropped it. She came back as if asking, ""okay, so now where are the real treats."" I finally gave up trying to coax either dog to bite into the treats and just left them laying on the floor for them when they wanted them. Yeah, that never happened. I can understand my cockapoo not eating the treats because she's really picky, but my springer not enjoying them shocked me. They smell like normal dog treats to me! No, I did not try them and nor will I ever be tempted to taste a dog treat. I do plan on trying them out on other dogs and will post an update if one of the pups actually eats one. It's impossible to know if they really support the digestion if you can't get a dog to digest them.",negative350"I have two pugs and thought I'd try these since one of them has on going digestive problems which results in soft strong smelling stool. We received the package in the mail and were surprised at the size of these things. When they were puppies we gave them large size Greenies. These are Twice as thick and very tough to chew. So large that our roughly 20lb pugs couldn't open their mouths wide enough to chew unless we sat there and held them up for them to gnaw on.I considered cutting them down to size but one of my dogs has a tendency to swallow and after the last vet visit we decided to give these a miss. Our two Pugs loved the taste and were quite happy to chew if we held them but we simply don't have the time.So as I said, these are only really suitable for large size dogs and are bigger than the two meals combined that my pugs have daily. I'll give this a average score because I could not test them properly.Remember, get these for your large dogs, probably at least 40 - 60lbs. They are simply too thick for small dogs to get their chops around :) the packaging says they are funbite mini chews which suggests they are small, but they simply aren't small at all.",positive351"I got one bag as a sample for review and tried giving one of the treats to my dog, but she wasn't willing to give it a serious try. I let her keep it for a week and every once in a while she'd toss it around the living room or pick it up and carry it around for a minute, but she never made any real effort to eat it.I ended up giving 2 of them to my nephew's dog, and he seemed to like them all right. I took the remainder to a playdate my dog was having with 3 other dogs and out of those one chewed on one a little but didn't seem awfully interested, one took no interest at all, and one really liked them. I tossed the bag after the playdate, forgetting that I'd want it for reference, but I seem to remember not being very thrilled by the ingredient list either.The final tally for me was 2 dogs out of 5 who seemed to like it, 1 who thought it was okay but nothing special, and 2 who didn't have any real interest.I'm not impressed with these at all and I can't see myself recommending them to anyone. Given that my own dog wouldn't eat hers, I definitely won't consider buying them in the future.Edit: Leaving my original review intact, but reducing from 2 stars to 1. I just heard that the dog that liked these the most was chewing on it a while after I went home and started whimpering. Her owners found that her gums were bleeding. It might just be a random thing that she bit at it wrong and no fault of the treat, but given the other problems people have reported having with these I wouldn't want to gamble on it. I'm definitely not going to be recommending these to anyone.",negative352"More flavorful than the instant noodle brands sitting on most supermarket shelves, Nong Shim's Big Bowl Noodle Udon is an excellent base for a quick meal.Before you start wagging a finger at me, I know instant udon is no substitute for the real thing. During my years in Japan, I ate bowls of hot noodles: soba, udon, and ramen - shiyo, shio, tonkatsu, miso, and butter corn - among others. On occasion, I ate instant noodles, too. There was a time and place for everything.If you are looking for a quick, inexpensive, hot lunch that is relatively healthy (vs. a standard, fast-food combination lunch), Nong Shim is a good start. If sodium is a concern, eat the noodles and leave the broth. Add seasonings, vegetables and either eggs or meat to finish it off.J. Kenji Lopez-Alt, executive editor at Serious Eats, recently posted an article, ""Ramen Hacks: 30+ Easy Ways to Upgrade Your Instant Noodles."" I highly recommend you search out and read the full article because you'll never go back to relying on the flavoring packet alone to make instant noodles.I've distilled his tips down to these four areas:* Simple Add-ins - Miso paste, chili bean sauce, Thai curry paste, Japanese curry powder, fish sauce, harrisa, vinegar and ponzu.* Vegetation - Baby spinach, romaine lettuce, bean sprouts, thinly sliced cabbage, watercress, and scallions ""should wilt in a matter of seconds.""* Eggs - Hard boiled, soft boiled, the egg-drop method, poached eggs and fried eggs.* Simple Simmered Meat - Thinly sliced meats cook in a matter of seconds directly in the pot. Chicken breast, pork tenderloin, or flank steak are all great candidates.In addition to Nong Shim Big Bowl Noodle Udon, I also recommend Nong Shim Beef and Ginger Bowl and Myojo Ippeichan Yakisoba Japanese Style Instant Noodles. All of these varieties have great flavor but are mild enough to serve to both kids and adults. Another recommendation is for Nong Shim Kimchi Noodle Bowl, which is too spicy for young children but excellent for anyone who enjoys a hotter soup.Rating: Four stars.",positive353"After eating the regular store cheap ramin noodles for years he was just sure no others could satisfy his taste.  I personally did not understand how he could like those at all.I bought these first in the spicy chicken and although a little spicy for his tummy, he became addicted to them and said he could never eat the old ramin noodles again.  He just  usually had to take his tummy medicine after eating. This time I ordered these not noticing that they had fish in them. This was  a larger size bowl which I thought would fill him up better. He said they are not spicy and good if he adds  soy sauce to them and he would like for me to order them again.  He says his favorite is still the spicy chicken and the ginger beef.  Ginger beef was not quite a spicy. We just wish these came in more  non spicy varieties particularly a non spicy chicken. Flavorful, but less spicy. Also, a little more of the added veggies in sauce mix would be nice.We have nothing against spicy , in fact, we come from New Mexico with the best in the world Hatch green chilies. It is a different kind of spice though and you can buy them in mild, medium and Hot. Some peoples tummies are just' fussy' when it comes to certain kinds of spicy.",positive354"These prunes are extraordinary.  I see a reviewer says they're hard and dry, but that's not been my experience at all.  I'm on my fourth case of these precious little gems and have greatly loved them.  True confessions:  if you keep them for a while after the pack is opened, they DO get a bit hard and dry -- but they NEVER are when you first open them.  And frankly, usually they're gone before they have a chance to harden up.  I find the ziploc bags a great idea but a little awkward in practice, as the moist gooey prunes are a little sticky and the stickiness from the bag tends to wear off onto my fingers as I dig in for another -- so I just transfer them into a small lock-n-lock container just barely large enough for a whole bag, and then pick each prune right off the top with ease as I work my way through the whole bag's worth.  These are so good, I actually have an extra container full for travel, so that they're easily at hand on trips.  Great snacks, great go-to when you want something sweet and can easily make yourself settle for one of these delights.  Try them -- you may be surprised at how totally wonderful they are!",positive355"I'm a regular buyer of Crystal Light flavor packets, as it's the only way I drink water! Crystal Light makes amazing options, and I'm a fan of almost all that I've tried.This particular one has a fantastic taste, though I find it VERY difficult to mix into water. At first I put one packet into 20oz, and was left with lumps of powder within the drink. Now I've been putting half a packet into my 20oz, and it's still pretty hard to dissolve it all. I'm not sure if it's because this one has extra ingredients due to the ""hunger satisfaction"" part and that's why this is more difficult, but it's enough of a hassle for me to just pick another type of Crystal Light drink mix. I like to use my same reusable cup all day, and only usually clean it out every night. When using this type, I have to clean in between each glass in order to eliminate the powder buildup.As far as the 'hunger satisfaction' goes, I got this more for the flavor than that aspect. I wouldn't say it 'satisfies' hunger, but it can help you if you've got some time before your next meal.",negative356"I bought this thinking it was a strawberry/banana version of the small Crystal Light on the go packets with 10 calories per packet.  I was a bit disappointed when I got them and they have 30 calories and 3x as much powder as the normal CL on the go packets.  If you are using a new bottle of water, you have to pour some water out to make room for the mix.  It also took about an hour for the powder to dissolve in the water.  It settled at the bottom of my bottle and would not mix no matter how hard I shook it.  I found that if you pour it in and place the bottle in the fridge for about an hour then go back to it, the water will have penetrated these clumps enough to mix in with some heavy shaking.  It is nearly impossible to mix in initially.  This is not a big deal for me, I will just place it mixed in my fridge overnight, but for anyone thinking they can just take a packet to work with them and mix it in at lunch will be disappointed, you will need a separate glass and spoon to mix immediately as you poor it into the water.  Now for the taste...It has a decent flavor when you first take a drink, but the after taste is not good.  I'll stick with my orange or raspberry lemonade CL on the go packs.",positive357"These are my baby's FAVORITE foods!!! And my child is a very very very very picky eater (prefers milk over food).  A little thin but perfect for 4-6 mo and for the older babies, we thicken it by adding meat or rice cereal. I was very disappointed and frustrated when all 5 of our local stores stopped carrying these. So happy I found them here for my baby! The ppl here who complain about tuna oil added are dumb (no pun intended). They help with baby brain development.  It's not super easy to find the organic baby foods you want with DHA added in them (ellas kitchen, plum organic, etc don't have DHA) -- go buy those and quit whining about tuna oil added to The gerber organic green beans bc it's probably folks like you who complained to the stores that make it very difficult for many parents like me to FIND this food in stores! And if the complaining persists, gerber may stop making it all together and babies who love this product will suffer! Gerber, don't stop making these! I would give it 6 stars if I could!I bought 48 containers of gerber organic green beans from Amazon and can't wait to see the smile on her face when we eat  these again (she has been w/o these for 3 mo),",positive358"I love popcorn but don't have it very often, so when I do I want great popcorn. As odd as it may sound, I have worked at it over the years to get it ""right."" I'm satisfied with my process and usually use Orville's, but recently found that I love the popcorn at Sundance Theaters. Sometimes I stop in their lobby just to pick up a bag of popcorn to take home for supper. I learned the trick of adding a touch of coconut oil to the popping oil and now I'm on a hunt for the best popping corn. I bought this even though to me the product and shipping cost was steep. I thought that if we bonded---me and the popping corn---it would be worth it. Well, it arrived poorly packed but intact. No matter, I made a batch of popcorn that night and settled in to watch ""Leverage."" The popcorn was tasteless. Made the same way as always, it was completely tasteless. I actually threw it out, which is so unlike me. I threw out the batch and I threw out the entire bag of popping corn. I've been an Amazon.com user since its inception and I think this is only my second poor review. If the popcorn and shipping cost wasn't so pricey it would be a small matter. I just don't want someone else to overextend themselves like I did in a purchase and have such a bad experience. I may be some kind of popcorn elitist, so let me just say that if you have gourmet tastes when it comes to popcorn and a slender pocketbook, don't take a chance on this brand unless you can try a smaller amount, closer to home.",negative359"I have always been a lover of all things caramel. I've probably tried every caramel cookie, cake, ice cream, tea, coffee, pastry, and countless other items that contain caramel. But I am very picky about caramel flavorings. Many of them taste too artificial, butterscotch-y, or are just too faint for me to enjoy. Happily, this Caramel Matcha did not disappoint me. When I received the package in the mail, I immediately knew my Matcha had arrived. There was a wonderful, strong smell of candy-like caramel coming from the package. After actually opening the package and smelling more caramel goodness, I knew I was in for a treat.I decided to try this as a latte. So I prepared it using my usual method of 2 grams Matcha, 2 ounces of skim milk, 3-4 scoops of stevia, and 6 ounces of water. I whisked this up using my electric milk frother and tried it. It was very good, but a little strong. After adding another 2 ounces of water, it was close to perfection. This Matcha is very smooth and rich. Even though I used very little milk, it tasted so creamy. The caramel flavor is just right - enough flavor that you can definitely taste it, but not enough to outshine the flavor of the Matcha. This may be one of the best drinks I've ever made at home, and I'm actually kind of proud.",positive360"I bought the caramel matcha more or less on a whim - it was on sale, so I could get a bigger size! Thinking back, I'm really glad I did. I am much more of a chocolate or vanilla person - caramel is not something that I normally lean towards. Red Leaf Tea hasn't steered me wrong yet! I am amazed at how much I like this!Dry, the caramel smell is strong and very distinctive. If I didn't know what flavour it was, I would have guessed correctly! In no way does it overwhelm or taste artificial though. I decided to take some to work with me, so I made it iced. It reminded me of a caramel version of chocolate milk - great flavour, creamy and all-round delicious. It was so good I even let two of my coworkers try it, and they agreed that it was heavenly.I find that my favourite way to have sweet flavoured matchas is as a latte or an iced latte, and I usually add a little bit of honey, depending on the specific flavour. My thermometer is currently m.i.a (I think it's at the bungalow) so I've just been letting the water get a little warm in the kettle and everything has been turning out great! I am thinking that caramel might become a staple flavour in my tea cupboard and I love having the chance to try so many wonderful flavours. I would highly recommend picking up some of this.I'd say that overall, this was my second favourite flavour (behind tiramisu) If you like caramel at all you should try this!",positive361"It took me a long time to finally place an order for some Red Leaf Tea matcha, and now that I have it in my hands (and my tummy!) I wish I had have purchased it sooner.I was unsure whether I would find it too much of a fuss to prepare matcha myself, or whether I would enjoy the delicious sweet grassy taste of matcha paired with rich flavourings. Matcha seemed to me more like a tea you should enjoy on its own. But honestly, let me tell you, the caramel flavour and the bright, fresh matcha make a perfect coupling. And I have found the preparation to be much easier than expected!I have had other plain matchas before, but they simply do not compare in flavour or quality to this caramel matcha. So far I have tried it hot with no additions, and hot with milk and sugar. I much prefer it sweetened with milk, as that cuts down on the strength of the vegetal qualities of the matcha. It also really brings out the caramel sweetness. On its own I found it a bit too strong, but I tend to like milk and sugar in most of my teas.Overall I'm very glad I have some of this on hand now, and I can't wait to try out some of their other flavours. I have my eye on cheesecake, cotton candy, boysenberry, french vanilla, pear, and so many others! I think I may have found a new addiction. At least it's a healthy one!",positive362"Let me first tell you that before I was turned on to Read Leaf Tea, I would sometimes put in some good quality caramel sauce into my matcha lattes as a treat - I really do love good caramel flavoring! Thanks to this company, I don't have to do that anymore - AND I can control the sugar amount!Upon pouring out the contents of the robustly-flavored Caramel Green Matcha from the non-resealable, gold foil packaging into the tin, I could smell the sweetness of caramel. I HAD to make a bowl right then and there!For this first preparation I sifted a teaspoon of matcha powder into my bowl - I highly recommend doing this! Without it, you risk the chance of having clumpy matcha, and no one wants that! I wisked in two ounces of warmed water with my electric frother until the matcha was fully dissolved. Filled the bowl with the rest of the warmed water, about 6 ounces worth.I found the caramel missing an element - maybe it's sweetness, which is something I usually associate with caramel. While Red Leaf Tea doesn't add any sugar to their matchas, I found this benefited from some added sweetener.I also think I might prefer the Caramel Matcha prepared as a sweeter latte - either hot or cold.I do look forward to playing around with the Caramel Matcha more - mixing it with other flavored matchas from this company. Caramel Cheesecake, Caramel Green Apple, Caramel Espresso, Caramel Vanilla, just to name a few! Oooo and I bet baking with this is going to be AMAZING!",positive363"Pepperidge Farm has a long history of making premium quality cookies; and these ""Chessmen"" butter cookies are certainly no exception. They contain no artificial flavors, no preservatives and they are crunchy but oh, so wonderfully smooth as you roll them around in your mouth before you swallow them. Awesome!Another reviewer notes that they are aesthetically pleasing; and that reviewer is correct. The cookies have four chessmen on them--you get the rook, the bishop, the queen and the knight--this enhances the appeal of the product. Yes, chess players will love that; but just about anyone who enjoys a good cookie can appreciate these butter cookies. Even if butter cookies aren't your personal favorite, you will fall for these ones--they're THAT good!The cookies are kosher, if that matters to you; and they are certainly designed tastefully enough that you can serve them as snacks for any company you may have visiting you. One caveat, however--these cookies do contain sugar and some fat; and the sugar could convert to extra fat in your body if you are not too active. If sugar and/or fat content pose dietary concerns for you then I would ask a doctor before eating these cookies.Overall, obviously, these cookies are just about the best and they will remain some of the best because of the classic Pepperidge Farm high level of quality control. Buy a bag or two and enjoy some tonight!  SMILES",positive364"I purchased these very large cans of chili because they were priced ridiculously cheaply at the time. I planned to split the cans up into smaller portions and freeze the smaller portions to make a large number of meals. The first can I opened looked a little different from other Hormel chili I have had in the past. The beans were all mashed up and there were large chunks of cubed meat in the chili. Normally the meat resembles little pieces of ground meat. These were weird unappetizing chunks. The chili had no chili taste. It tasted like slightly burned re-fried beans. The night after eating this and the next day, there were numerous trips to the bathroom. Won't give details - but it wasn't pleasant.A few days later, I opened a second can hoping the first was just a one time thing. The second had the same mashed up beans and meat chunks. I tossed it and now have four large cans of chili that I will never use.Maybe this was just a bad batch. It almost seems as if they scraped the old chili residue off of their pots, threw in some leftover meat chunks, canned it and sent it to me. Needless to say, I will never purchase this product again.",negative365"So delicious that even though I really don't need an entire case of the stuff, I'm going to pop for one unless I can find it by the jar again.Seriously *yum*. I'd been using other brands of vegetable broth for years when I unexpectedly ran out right in the middle of a batch of soup and had to scramble around in the back of the cupboard, only to come up with a truly ancient jar of Herb-ox Vegetable Bouillon Cubes. What the heck, no guts no glory, so I added one, and after tasting, another, and was instantly head over heels. Best soup I ever had.It's true that the ingredient list contains some questionable items such as salt, soy, whey, partially hydrogenated vegetable oil, and some close cousins to MSG, so if you're a strict vegan or sensitive to microscopic amounts (we're talking two small cubes to six cups of soup) to things that haven't actually been proven to adversely affect your health, run as fast as you can! Me? After looking more closely at the ingredient lists on the other vegetable broths I've tried, this one was little worse than the others and tasted lots better.And who knows? Maybe the extra couple hundred cubes that I couldn't possibly use up in a lifetime will make a great craft project one day. I do have a glue gun, after all. Meanwhile, I'll be enjoying the great taste that this product lends to my own version of vegetable soup.",positive366"I wake up with the sun in my eyes, the dreams are still spinning alive. I am not sure if I am awake yet ... Rachel is in front of me dressed in a stylish linen outfit ... a white blouse covers her torso and linen shots reveal her slender legs. The gold thread against the white blouse reminds me of Ariadne's clue.Adonis ... Adonis wake up!As I look at her I think ""alternatives flag"".Rachel, dressed in something like an alternatives flag outfit ... her hair is curled up in a bun ...It is high noon ... I have been waiting for you ... the strike is over ... you must get going ... Did you forget Egypt?  Rock salt?  Are you awake Adonis?As I wash my face and dry it off ... Rachel's stylish flag points to alternatives ... why is she rushing me off to action .. a trip to Egypt ... the blocker pilots, the strike, the costs...I walk into the kitchen ... she offers me a hot cup of coffee ... I lift it to my lips and fill my mouth with the bitter warm liquid ... as I swallow ... Rachel's heels tap the floor ... rhythmically ... action shoes are awakened ...Papagalos is the only taste that wakes up Rachel ... and me!I am changing my flight reservations ... it is the land I love Greece  ... there is where I find Greek Coffee rather than rock salt ... a new tool to predict the future ... Rachel offers me a second cup of the tasty treat ...  She then whispers to my left ear ... ""I hope the goddess Athena will wake up and give a kiss"" ...I whsiper back ... I hope I never run out of ambrosia ...",positive367"Let me just say that this tea is about average. I feel like the tea wasn't made to high standards, but then you have the fact that they're whole leaves. I think this creates a weird situation where you have a bad product of high quality. I'm a supertaster, so I will describe the product as best as I can. It has your typical oolong bass notes, but the higher notes are very grassy (sometimes oolong is sweet, bitter...etc etc etc, this is grassy). It has a fair balance between bitterness and boldness. Incase you aren't gathering what I'm trying to say... it's a very neutral flavor and doesn't really 'wow' me at all. The grassy flavor taste exactly like wheaties cereal (no frosted).... and that sounds stupid but when you try it you'll instantly make the connection.So, in conclusion it's a plain tea that I won't really hold up high on my tea shrines, but it does have one last unique quality. It taste odd, but I can't stop drinking it. It's like raman noodles... you never say ""man I can sure go for some raman"", but when you are actually eating raman you make sure you eat every last noodle. It's like that.12/10/11 EDIT: After drinking a few of these, I can say that it's a great tea to drink without anything added. I normally add sugar to most of my teas in some way or another (honey, sugar, guava), but I find that this tea is actually really good without anything added. I'm not going to officially change my 3 star rating, but I am tempted to bump it up to 4 stars.",positive368"So I bought this wanting to try it, I cracked it open and at first taste I was at the ""This is mediocre"" stage.  However, after buying another I have to say I think this tastes pretty good a bit sweet, but I will get into that later.Those saying it tastes like diluted Coconut Water, well obviously if you would actually read the bottle it contains: 10% Coconut Water...  Not only that, it's concentrated and guess what it's printed right on the bottle!  No way you say?  Yes way, read folks your concept and debate went out the window comparing it to 100% REAL coconut water.----------PROS:*Contains Sodium, Potassium and Sea Salt all three are a huge plus ^_^.  These 3 act as electrolytes which we all know by now, help you stay hydrated!  Even drinking a ton of water throughout the day I still feel a bit dehydrated.  After drinking 1 bottle of this I feel satisfied battling dehydration to nothing!*Introduces you to Coconut Water! (I myself am one of those people who likes to get the real thing after experiencing a diluted form of said beverage or food.)CONS:*It is sweet, it has about 5 Tablespoons of Sugar and Stevia Extract making the flavor come out more than usual.  Unfortunately I have to ding a star for this as well, it does taste sweet as people have already stated and I feel they could minimize the sweetness if they lowered the amount of overall sugar.  Stevia is 300 times sweeter than sugar, so really the use of sugar should be pretty low.----------To sum it all up, if you want something that tastes of coconut and keeps you hydrated go for this.  In my opinion it tastes good!",positive369"(This is being said at the 114.99 price point...)I'm gonna go ahead and agree with all the rest of the reviewers that the price is ridonkulous.  I got a bottle for 99 cents at kroger.I am going to have to disagree with the reviewers on the taste.  They all enjoyed the flavor, so they must not drink real coconut water.  Just a warning to those of us who do, don't get this even if the price drops down to the more reasonalbe 20-ish dollars per pack.  I bought this and did note that is said coconut water ""beverage""..., still I thought for less than half the price I pay for coconut water that doesn't need to be labeled as a beverage, I could stand to have a somewhat diluted product.Was totally not expecting it to taste exactly like something I would pay two to four dollars for.  And still, at the first sip, my gag reflex kicked in.Caution: This stuff is sweeter than your lucky charms from your childhood after you donated all the cereal parts to the dog and doused the already overly sweet marshmellows in gallons of sugar.  Without all the sweetness, the flavor itself may have been satisfactory.  I say may have been, because other than what had to be the entire sugar supply for the western United States, I couldn't really taste anything.",negative370"I drink Steaz b/ I have been trying to lose weight recently. I gained 20 lb in my first year of law school and am slowly losing due to a changed diet with no candy or soft drinks. I wish I could drink only water but drinking a beverage without any particular flavor makes me feel thirstier and I am never satisfied until I drink something sugary. I like Hint water at 0 calories and 0 sugar per bottle but they are pretty expensive for my student income. That's why I drink Steaz instead.My local whole foods sells steez for $1 a bottle but I have to take the time away from my studies to go there and carry them back. The slight premium for buying it here is worth it. As my review title mentions, there are only 10g sugar per serving. (that's less sugar than an 8 oz glass of milk!)  I end up only consuming 20 g of sugar in 16 oz of beverage. So far, I've lost 5 lb cutting high calorie snacks and drinks from my diet. I definitely credit steez and similar beverages as contributors to my weight loss. Steaz's flavor is subtle but delicious. I like it despite my crazy sweet tooth. I really only like their peach tea though. It's a healthy and tasty alternative to juice.",positive371"Packaging was a bubble envelope with 2 clear flimsy plastic bags with the top twisted and knotted. Reminded me of a heavy ounce of weed you scored on the corner. Trying to say packaging was like amateur home made quality. I never bought coral calcium before and had no idea what to expect. It leaves you wondering just what this stuff really is.  I did hope for some directions (but no) as to dosage or tips to use, as the taste of this stuff is really strong and nasty. I guess I expected a tasteless white powder similar to the C itrical tablets I'm used to, only ground up. I guess Ill go to my local health food store and buy something to compare this ""product"" to to see if there is any resemblance at all before I ingest this unknown substance.  This stuff might be the best ever, but you would not know it from the presentation.  20 minutes after opening the package, and my fingers smell like I've been toking blunts all day. Is that what the good stuff does? I tasted some and even after eating dinner the taste of this crap lingers 8 hours later. My tongue is swollen.  I just licked the army green colored powder off my finger to taste it. I do hope it was not some sort of poison. I plan to return this as it seems unsafe.",positive372"For those of you not familiar with the cherry ripe, the filling is a dried and slightly candied mince of cherries and coconut. This is coated with a thin outer layer of dark chocolate. They are extremely popular in Australia, where I live, and are in fact one of the classic candy bars we all grew up with.On the plus side, these things are delicious. So if they don't sell them where you are and you have a yen to try another culture's junk food, let me say cherry ripes are a pretty good choice.On the other hand, at the current price this pack of six works out at over $3.32 per bar. That is a little rich for a chocolate bar, which is the main reason I gave this product only three stars. If I'd felt it to be more reasonably priced I would've gone up to four.Unusually, on a per gram basis I'm pretty sure Cadbury Cherrry Ripe Multipack offers better value. But hey, amazon's prices do fluctuate considerably over time, so it might be worth your while to check my figures. They may well be out of date by the time you're reading this.Theo.",negative373"The fruit flavors are my favorite jelly belly flavors.  I never buy the regular jelly belly mix, because it has too many flavors that I don't like, and that I continually accidentally eat.  Like the awful buttered popcorn flavor (WHY?) and black licorice.  I was happy to see that there is a fruit bowl mix.  The only flavor that I do not like in this mix is coconut, and since those are the only white ones I can just avoid those.  No more accidentally eating a flavor that I hate!I was a bit surprised when my order arrived in bulk packaging, in just a regular bag that was closed with a piece of red tape.  I would have liked if the description made that more clear.  It never said that it would arrive in official jelly belly packaging, but I just assumed it would anyway.  It made me a little nervous at first, but all the positive reviews of the seller (in my case, it was The Candy/Cosmetic Depot) convinced me that it was safe.  It did arrive very quickly, at least.  That's not relevant to the actual product review though, just thought I'd mention it in case someone else is also expecting it to come in an official jelly belly bag.  I'll still give the fruit bowl mix 5 stars.  Even though (or possibly because of the fact that) I keep finding myself unable to stop eating them until after I feel sick from too much sugar!",positive374"First, $1.00 per pack is an excellent value. Each pack contains 12 little sachets of two crackers each. The nutritional value listed about the crackers is for four of these little sachets (8 crackers) so each packet has three servings. The taste is good, if neutral, but I like neutral taste in a cracker so you can dip it or dress it as you wish with little interference from the cracker. The taste is not sweet (surprising since the 2nd ingredient is sugar) but 1s ever so VERY slightly of soy/sweet....very lightly salty/sweet....altogether quite nice.  Each cracker is substantial enough to carry any heavy dip without breaking. The sodium is 125 mg. and the sugar is 3g for each 8 cracker serving. All the nutritional info is listed here on Amazon, just thought I'd mention those after the salty/sweet remark.....Altogether I am happy with the purchase but will probably donate about 1/2 the crate of 30 packages to a local food bank.I can recommend these for a nice change of crackers. If you opened a bunch of the little sachets and put them on a platter they'd be great for a party. f.y.i., each cracker is approx. 2 3/4"" long and 2"" wide.Enjoy.",positive375"I like this product okay, but would rather have pure coconut water (like the Nirvana brand, etc.).  I asked around and looked around, but couldn't find anything on its ingredient list.  Being that it was by far the cheapest option on Amazon for coconut water, I jumped on a case.  It tastes pretty good, but pretty sweet too.  If that's your thing, than you'll love it.  However, I was disappointed by the ingredients list: young coconut juice, water, young coconut pulp, sugar, sodium metabisulphite (for color retention).  It tastes reminiscent of sugar water with a coconut background.  By comparison the Nirvana product I've been buying (pure coconut water) has 15 g of sugar / 16 oz. or about 1 g/oz.  Parrot has 24 g / 11.5 oz. or about 2 g/oz.  In other words, they've doubled the sugar content of an already sweet beverage.  24 g of sugar is still substantially less than a can of pop though at 40-60 g.  So if you're looking for a sweet beverage to replace a can of pop for you or someone else, this could be a good option, but I think the natural coconut water is sweet enough and didn't need alteration.  The addition of sugar water is probably what decreases the price to create such a competitive price.  Nirvana (for example) doesn't have any added preservatives either.  You can learn more about sodium metabisulphite here:[...]The 16 oz Nirvana (as compared to the 11.5 oz Parrot) has the same calories, 0.5 g more fat, same carbs, 1.7 g protein (0 g for Parrot), 6% calcium (2% for Parrot), 8% vitamin C (15% for Parrot), and 6% iron (4% for Parrot).  The Nirvana product is also more expensive at $2/16 oz can vs. 0.50 cents/11.5 oz can for Parrot.  About 11cents for Nirvana or 4.5cents per oz for Parrot.  So it depends on what is affordable for you.Hope this is helpful!",positive376"So I went to a local pet store in town that carries a LOT of dog food. When I stepped inside, I had no idea what I was looking for or what the difference was between hundreds of different dog foods. So a helpful employee gave me some tips. He explained to me that the 'low quality' dog foods, like science diet, purina, kibbles n bits, etc. contain a lot of fillers. That is, ingredients that provide no nutritional value to the dog. Translation = WAY more poop to pick up. Then there is the mid-grade dog food, like Nutrisource, that contains fewer fillers. That means the dog eats less, poops less, and is getting better nutrition from his food. I checked the labels of probably 15 different foods and this nutrisource brand looked like it had the best value. Yes, it's more expensive than your lower quality stuff, but the dog will also eat less of it. When my dog was on purina, he was eating about 3.5 cups a day. Since switching to nutrisource, he eats about 2.5 cups. So in the end, this better quality food is not a whole lot more expensive. I know it's unplesant to think about, but I should mention that since switching to nutrisouce, my dog farts a lot less and his poop stinks a lot less too, a very nice bonus for the responsible dog owner who needs to pick it all up.I would recommend this food for any large breed dog. My dog is 70 lbs, german sheppard/chow mix. The ""large bites"" food should be used for any dog over 35 lbs or so, as the chewing will also help keep their teeth clean!",positive377"Two jars of Nutella arrived in the box, bound together by some shrink-wrapped plastic (that looked like it was from the factory)  After cutting them apart and opening one jar, I found the foil seal was broken.  I don't know if this was from the jars being compressed during shipping, or changes in air pressure during shipment, but it does give one pause when a food product doesn't have all the safeguards intact.Now for the product itself, the Chocolate Hazelnut flavor is the bomb.  It tastes like a nutty chocolate frosting, only smoother and creamier.  You could use this for toast, on top of brownies, or my favorite, on graham crackers with a glass of milk.The product I give a 5.  But, the since the seal was broken on one of the jars, I reluctantly gave a 3-star review overall.  Another reviewer had the same issue and gave the product a 1 rating.  I suspect it has to do with handling during shipping, but still the packaging should be able to take it.Good product, however the adhesive on the foil-sealed top needs to be made more robust.  BTW, don't buy this product if you're on a diet. It's soooo good, you'll find yourself spooning it out of the jar.",positive378"It is appalling to read some of the misinformation on this product especially the one with the highest helpful score by Heather L. Parisi ""Robert and Heather Parisi""... Parisi has written the same review for Swanson as well as Twinlab. Twinlab has not even specified the chromium and selenium even on their Internet site and the nutritional value is not even presented clearly at all. A good Brewer's Yeast should provide the needed information not only on their Internet site but on the package labelling...1. Brewer's yeast does not contain vitamin B12, an essential vitamin found in meat and dairy products. Vegetarians sometimes take brewer's yeast mistakenly believing that it provides B12, which can be lacking in their diet. One tablespoon of Spirulina offers 67% vitamin B12 in comparison to 2% in brewer's yeast. Regardless, I get my B12 from sardines, sprats and salmon.2. Unlike ordinary brewer's yeast, which is grown on grain and hops liquor, brewer's yeast which is called nutritional yeast is derived from the  sugar beets not hops, barley or grain.3. A good brewer's yeast should be unbleached, untreated, not fortified, not blended, non GMO, nothing added and specify 100% brewer's yeast.4. One tablespoon of brewer's yeast (15gr) provides me with 70% chromium and 45% selenium. I am into very healthy diet and different sports from mountain biking, surfing, weight lifting, hiking, etc. without any need for any meds for any chronic condition. Although I get selenium from Brazil Nuts, chromium is hard to get due to the depletion of the nutrients in soil. Brewer's yeast offers me other benefits like keeping glucose down, healthy skin especially when I am exposed to the sun without any sun protection since I want to get my vitamin D naturally, increasing HDL and lowering LDL, vitamin B complex and some vegetable protein.5. Protein in brewer's yeast is a vegetable protein and not as complete in amino acids as the protein in dairy product like eggs, milk, cheese and yogurt. Quinoa offers me more complete protein for less money. I consume unflavored Whey Protein Isolate for weight lifting even though I consume fish and dairy products but no beef or chicken.",negative379"I have a major sweet tooth, but I had never really cared for the traditional little Jolly Rancher candies.  One day, a coworker brought in some cherry Stix, I tried one, and I was in heaven.  To me, they have quite a different taste from the small candies; I find them to be much sweeter and tastier.  I couldn't find the Stix in any grocery stores or drugstores, so I ordered them on Amazon.  These things are so delicious, and I'm embarrassed to think about how quickly I was able to plow through a whole box.  At 70 calories a stick, just a few can add up quickly.  I haven't reordered them in a while, because these are just too good to have only one.Before unwrapping one of the Stix, I would snap it in about four places to get it into (still pretty long) bite-size pieces.  It's better to do this with the wrapper on, because snapping the stick will cause a few tiny ""crumbs"" to break off.  You can also expect most Stix to have a bit of wrapper stuck to them.  But the bit of time spent peeling it off is well worth it for all the sugary deliciousness!",positive380"When Tony Roma's opened his wonderful restaurant on Biscayne Boulevard in Miami Beach, Florida I was an immediate fan.  I thought I had surely died and gone to heaven every time I ordered a full rack of Baby Back Ribs.  There were no ""heat"" or flavor choices...he only had one sauce then and it's not this one.  It was the very best of the best I've ever eaten and I enjoyed them for many years.  Even when he and his partner, Bobby Rubino split up, and Rubino opened his own rib place I sampled those and knew they had shared the recipe for this scrumptious delight.  The sauce they tout as original here is by far and no where near the original taste. This is a tad worse than ordinary and not worthy of the baby back ribs I purchased especially for this sauce!  I even cooked the rack in two different ways.  I split it in half, wrapped them in loose foil, and slow roasted them in a 250 degree oven then browned them off at the end and I marinated the other half, steamed them through and browned them off as well.  Roma's had an open rotating grill on which the ribs were browned off for final presentation and eating.  Tender...yes!  The slow cooking did that but that taste...that taste I remember so well was absolutely absent from the meat.  Don't waste your money or ribs on this.",negative381"I wonder where the shipment for these 100% organic black tea leaves come from.........I ordered this about 12 days ago, and it arrived about a few days ago.I don't know if anyone really knows this, but fake red tea has a weird after taste after you drink it.I don't really want to go over how fake red tea is made, since this isn't a wiki or w.e., but red teashould feel like your throat is clear after you drink it, but the fake mass produced version does theopposite. I don't really believe any of the amazon loose tea leaf dealers actually sells the version in which theydon't require the truly epic method of tea creation at this price. Anyways if you are looking for real red tea leafs thisisn't the one your looking for probably, but for something worth only $25 I truly didn't expect the real version.The Chai gave me stomachaches, which might be the herbs fault but it might just be me and the tea.The Earl Gray is probably the only one that didn't have a great issue, but it might be me missing it.The English Breakfast is probably the most questionable of the teas, since it has the effects of the fake red tea.The Organic Lemon Black is a mix of English breakfast and a herb, which can probably coat the effects of the fake red tea.Though the Lemon Black also gave me weird issues after drinking it, but wasn't as terrible as the Chai.The Chai also seems to be a mix of the English Breakfast with some herb, so yea.The Earl Gray is said on their paper to use the same tea leave, so I'm not sure is it really the same.All 4 of the tea leaves are said by their handout to use the exact same tea leaf, so it might be a sale of fake tea.I don't think anyone actually knows much about fake tea, but this is probably one of them.Side note usually the real version cost well over 70 dollars, so its totally expected that something that cost only $25 isn'tthat great.",negative382"These cookies seemed to be a pretty good deal when I saw that there was a special offer on them. I LOVE cookies (who doesnt??) but am kinda picky about texture. I dislike soft mushy cookies although if desperate...but I know that ""snap"" cookies are usually not soft so I took a chance and ordered a case!  I live alone so a case of cookies was, at once, both frightening and decadent---but I think I am going to have to order another case!  Everyone who tasted these asked me ""so where did you find these?""  Of course, since I am the online shopper from hell, everyone figured I found some obscure website and paid a fortune. ""Natural"" and ""Organic"" are buzz words for ""gonna cost ya more"" but the price was great per bag. After I told my friends and family who tasted them that I ordered a case---the bags started disappearing pretty fast! I got hit with guilt---What are YOU going to do with 12 bags of cookies? (duh--eat them!) and everyone was very happy to lighten up my stash by taking a bag so I dont overeat! Dont I have the BEST friends and family??? LOL  Seriously--I was happy to hand them over! I enjoy turning people on to new finds. I gave a bag to my Parcel Post guy and my UPS guy (after all--they lug all the boxes to my apartment!) and they were happy! And there is a method to my giving-away madness (especially to the carriers)! Less dropping and throwing around of MY boxes!Ok--they are nice and lemoney (?) but they could even be a bit more lemon-like for me! They are made with more healthful ingredients (no trans-fat) so even though I am pigging out on cookies--I dont feel nearly as guilty! And at less than $2 a bag--I think they are a greal deal! Plus it never hurts to have extra cookies in the house because a cookie emergency can happen at any given moment!  So--order them!  I think you will be pleased!",positive383"It's one of the big things I miss most about New York, since having moved to Colorado in April of 2007 - Bakeries. And specifically a really good Coffee Cake. Unless you are living in the heart of Denver there are just no real bakeries to be found. King Soopers and Safeway do try but then I just don't think they really know just how good a good coffee cake should be.Grandma's definitely fills that void for us. This is just a scrumptious coffee cake.I have ordered this in the past from QVC but have found the quality of it different by ordering this from Amazon. The two times I ordered it from QVC - the cake and the sample cakes were wet and mushy and nearly inedible. From Amazon it was moist - as it should be - but not wet and well - simply delicious.I will definitely be purchasing this again, although I wish that the shipping charges were less expensive. I get my head around it by defining it as a treat that anyone hankering for a good coffee cake should allow themselves the luxury of having at least once and a while.",positive384"As far as Louisiana style sauces go, this is one of the best and cheapest. Most any""local"" type establishment you visit in and around New Orleans will have a bottle ofCrystal on the table. Its not hot at all, maybe a 3 on a 10 scale, but the flavorparticularly for your basic generic Cajun spread is fantastic.The best thing about Crystal is that its not only available at most retail outlets, butits cheap. Locally this 6oz. bottle can be had for $0.69. Comparatively, the 2oz. bottleof Tabasco costs $1.59 at the local grocery so it pays to have a couple of bottles ofCrystal laying around. Its also a beautiful stunning red color that I've learned toappreciate over the years of sampling all the Louisiana style sauces. Next to Chef Paul'sMagic Pepper Sauce, this is my favorite.Good in stews, gumbos, on fish, chicken and pork when you want all the flavor withoutthe burn. If you're cooking for friends they wont mind you throwing in liberal dosesof this stuff. 5 ScoviesBTW, I've been a fan of Crystal for a long time and when they introduced their new ExtraHot Sauce recently I got so excited I wrote the company a letter. Well a week later I gota personal note back from the president of Baumer Foods thanking me for my business, andhe included 2 coupons for any size Crystal Hot Sauce. These guys are doing it right!",positive385"These wafers need to come with a big warning ""Addictive""! It takes a lot of self control to stop eating them.  If I did not exercise a lot of self control I would eat a whole bag. Wafers come in a resealable bag, and in theory can last a long time... but in my house the longest one bag lasted was 2 days!I bought the lemon flavor of Loacker's Quadratini wafers. They have a nice strong lemon flavor - nicely tart with a sweet creamy finish, crunchy and pleasant on your tongue. You can chew a wafer to get the pleasant crunch on just hold it in your mouth and let it melt slowly.  Either way you will get an extra ordinary taste experience!I am attaching a photo and two cookies shown from different angles.  Each cookie is 1 inch square. Each consists of 74% lemon cream and 26% wafer.Wafers have no artificial flavors or colorants, and no preservatives.Ingredients:Unbleached wheat flour, pressed coconut oil, glucose syrup, sugar, whey powder (milk), dextrose, soy flour, barley malt extract, lemon juice powder 2%, salt, leavening agents (sodium hydrogen cargonate, disodium diphosphate), emulsifier soy lecithin, natural vanilla pods, lemon-peel-oil, spices.Loacker wafers are made in Austria and Loackers company had been known for their wafers since 1925.Ohhhh, so good!  I signed up for regular deliveries with Subscribe & Save.Ali Julia review",positive386"I opened the box when I had two friends visiting!  They went home with at least two packages each as they were having weekend guests.  I still have a bunch.  They were a hit. They are so fresh and so satisfying. I just ordered the chocolate ones for next time.  I plan never to be without them.  I want them on the tea table always.  Trust me.  Read the label - they are great.So, I am adding to the review!  The two friends who were here when the cookies arrived,  I had shared some of the cookies with them  raved about the cookies, wanted to know where I got them and are ordering them.  One had a house full of guests and I had given her 2 sacks, knowing she was having Pumpkin Festival guests - she said they all want these cookies.  I think they are all natural products so that helps.  I have the chocolate ones in my shopping cart but am holding off as I am eating too many,  I ate - alone - one sack on the weekend.  I dare not open more this week.  You have to try these.  I am sure I did not dream about them.  They are not too sweet.  I think you can read the ingredients.  Great for people with braces.  Sigh!OKAY, OKAY, OKAY - I AM BACK TO ADD ON . . . I just bought the dark Chocolate - I don't even like dark Chocolate so I chose that as friends will like them for dessert and I won't be tempted (fat chance) to eat them.  I know I will.  These are the best cookies ever and my lemon ones went so fast.  You will love these cookies!",positive387"I bought this for my husband because I don't like him using the pink packets, and this seemed a healthier alternative.  I bought this at Whole Foods, but I think I'll buy it from Amazon from now on because it's almost half the price.I tasted this before dumping it in his coffee, and it tastes wonderful.  One of the other reviewers mentioned a ""cooling"" sensation - it does taste like you're eating something cold, even though it's room temperature.  It's kind of like mint in that way, but not mint-flavored.  I put a little in my own coffee (usually I prefer coffee black, but I'm testing it for this review) and it didn't give the nasty aftertaste that ""pink"" (saccharine), ""blue"" (nutrisweet), or even ""yellow"" (splenda) gives.  I also don't have a headache, which I get from ""yellow"", but then I didn't put much in my coffee - maybe a teaspoonfull.I'm nervous about health issues, but since this is made from fermented cane sugar, I can't think of any health issues that this would have, as opposed to saccharine.  I looked it up in Wikipedia, and the article on ""erythritol"" is informative and nerve-calming.  You should read the article if you're curious, but apparently erythritol (which this product is) is safe, has almost no side effects (like gas or bloating) unless taken in HUGE quantities, and is even safe for your teeth.  It also mentions the ""cooling effect"".",positive388"For me, the source of the sugar being organic cane sugar and not corn makes it worth the price.  I don't use it too often though since I believe it is one of the most if not the most expensive brand of erythritol available.  We have a corn allergy in the family and this is the only one I've found that is not made from corn.  If there is another cheaper brand not derived from corn, I'd love to know!  Corn subsidies would explain why other brands can be so much cheaper, it's just not worth it for us to chance a reaction.For baking, I recommend using only part erythritol and some other form of sweetener.  Of course, if the dessert will be chilled it's not so much an issue since the mouth cooling effect will go largely unnoticed.  If you are avoiding sugar altogether, the more forms of alternate sweetener you use, the better flavor you will get.  One tip for working with erythritol is to powder it in a coffee/spice grinder or magic bullet.  Otherwise it doesn't dissolve well, especially in cold liquids.  Adding a touch of honey works well to round out the flavor and it only takes a tiny bit since honey has a strong flavor.  A little bit of stevia is good too.  I use the erythritol most often when I am trying to desugar for a while and for one particular favorite treat.  I recently made some almond flour blueberry muffins with part Splenda, part Zero and part liquid stevia.  They had great flavor, even the kids loved them.  I don't prefer using splenda though and when I am done desugaring I will go back to part evaporated cane or muscovado sugar and part erythritol.",positive389"I bought this quite a while ago and put it on my shelf, using it sparingly because of the price.  I do not have a huge sweet tooth, having tried to omit sugar almost entirely for health reasons for a long, long time.  But I do have my sugar addictions, i.e. Coke and ice cream, but when my health is bad as it is now, I have to eliminate it totally for weeks just to feel decent.  When I went to buy this again at my health food store, they had stopped stocking it, so I forgot about it.  I just found what I had left in my cupboard and did an online search, finding in on Amazon as usual.  I had thought the product had gone out of production.  I am now going to make fresh limeade with it for the rest of the summer.  Prepared lime aide has corn sirup.  Yuck.  We are eating so much corn in our prepared foods that corn allergy is inevitable.  (Allergies to foods develop when one food is over consumed.  I developed an allergy to soy, not from eating soy, but from exposure to it as an additive in other things)  I can't praise Zero too highly.",positive390"This product is too expensive for what you get... It's great stuff but the price is too high for everyday use of this product.  I got the packets at the health food store 35 packets for $[...]. That's too expensive. And the funny thing is it is in an oversized box so  you think your are getting more than 35 packets. I assumed it was 80 packets enclosed but when I got home and opened the box I was a bit pissed off because the packets barely  lined the bottom of the box. I don't know why they put so little in such a big box... no wait, I do know why... they want to mislead the public into thinking they are getting more than 35 packets for [...] bucks!  I do love the taste and the fact that it is organic and comes from organic sugar cane. Most other erythritol comes from non-organic corn. As far as I can tell this is the only product made from organic sugar cane. I've called almost every company too! If they just could lower the price I'd be a happy camper! Oh, it is as addictive as sugar though, thank god it doesn't have calories!",negative391"With all of the buzz about artificial sweeteners, I am open to finding an alternative to Splenda. I indulge in an occasional Diet Coke, but have been looking for something to sweeten coffee in the cooler weather and my iced green tea or iced coffee in the warmer months.I brewed a gallon of green tea and chilled it. Since some guests prefer sugar or unsweetened, I normally add sweetener when I pour a glass of tea. The first time, I poured it in a see-thru sport bottle to tote along with me during the day. I added some ""Zero"". It didn't dissolve. I stirred. Still didn't dissolve. I let it sit for a while, still didn't dissolve. Tried sipping it - all of the ""Zero"" was still at the bottom. Shook ferociously. Left on counter for hours, thinking room temp would help. (Nope) Five days later, the ""Zero"" in the see-thru sport bottle, still hadn't dissolved. I eventually poured it out. (As an odd note: It left a white film on the lip of the bottle opening.)So I brewed a 1/2 gallon of green tea and added some ""Zero"" to it while it was still warm. It dissolved. Then I put in fridge to cool. Poured a glass - I used a generous amount of ""Zero"" - but the level of sweetness was marginal.I'll wait until cooler weather and give it a shot for sweetening my coffee, but I find it to be a poor performing and pricey useless product.",negative392"With any substance that might be used by a large number of people, it would be commendable if health promoting bodies and manufacturers collaborated to produce reliable statistics on rates of adverse effects and consumer acceptability, as well as proposed benefits. In the absence of this we have to go on a combination of patchy data and anecdotes. This review will seek not to duplicate needlessly information from other reviews.Amazon reviewers often note surprise at quantity needed; it's important  to distinguish bulk sweeteners such as sugars itself, and the ""sugar alcohols"" xanthitol, erythritol etc versus highly potent sweeteners such as aspartame, stevia, and so on.I'd confirm that erythritol works well for me in porridge and cereal, though I do not normally need them very sweet, so the quantity I use may be comparatively small. At that level I have not noticed any worsening gastro-intestinal problems.Contrary to what some have suggested, Erythritol DOES occur naturally in small amounts in regularly eaten fruits but that only assures us that it is not highly toxic. The gastro-intestinal problems presumably linked to non-absorbtion seem to be dose-related and perhaps also individuals vary in sensitivity.If we consider the very substantial health risks of diabetes and ""morbid"" obesity, then it seems that at least in these groups of people the benefits outweigh the disadvantages. It's worth a try! For the general population the disadvantages including cost put it probably on at best an equal footing to other minimal calorie sweeteners.Current producers for retail include: Now Foods, Wholesome Sweeteners, and Emerald ForestNOW Foods Erythritol Natural Sweetener, 1 lbEmerald Forest 5lb Erythritol SweetenerEmerald Forest Erythritol, Single Serve Packets, 100-Count Single Serve Packets (Pack of 3)Wholesome Sweeteners Zero, 12-Ounce Bag (Pack of 2)",positive393"Taco Bell's Bold & Creamy Chipotle Sauce is the third of the Taco Bell's Bold & Creamy line we have tried at home, and it is our favorite.  Both my wife and I liked this one the best out of the three.  The other two were the Jalapeno sauce and the spicy ranchero sauce.  We liked all three, but we liked this one a bit more.We actually make tacos at home quite often, and that is when we used this sauce.  However, it could be good on other things too.  It has a good flavor, and if you are like me and order chipotle items off of menus when you are out, you most likely would like this sauce at home as I do.There are 110 calories per 2 Tbsp.  100 of those calories come from the 11g of fat. (Soybean oil is the main ingredient  So this is not a diet condiment, but how many are?  No different than most mayo you get.  If you want less fat, you should use salsa type toppings on your tacos.If you like chipotle flavor, this is a good sauce for your tacos and other foods.  I like it and will get it again.",positive394"I had the opportunity to sample and evaluate 3 different flavors of Taco Bell's bottled sauces. These were the Jalapeno, Chipotle and Spicey Ranchero flavors. Of the 3, I personally liked the Jalapeno flavor the most with the Spicey Ranchero coming in a close second. The flavors are bold so a little sauce goes a long way.I approached this evaluation from the standpoint that these sauces are condiments, like ketchup or mustard, and not just sauces that you might put on your tacos and burritos. That said, I tasted each flavor on fish sticks with pleasant results. The only sauce I did NOT like on them was the Chipotle sauce, which I feel might be better suited to dishes that include beef. The Jalapeno and Spicy Ranchero both work really well with fish (and would be great for fish tacos) as well as chicken. Used as a condiment, these sauces can add a new flavor experience to everything from deli sandwiches to casseroles. I added about 2 tbsp of the Spicey Ranchero to a batch of left over rice along with some cheese and a bit of sour cream to make a great side dish. A lot of recipes that call for mayo might be livened up or rejuvenated with a measure of your favorite sauce.",positive395"I'm not a huge Mexican food buff; if I find myself in a Mexican restaurant with someone else, I can find something appealing, and if I'm in the home of someone who's serving Mexican food I can enjoy it, but never in my life have I requested a Mexican meal or a visit to a Mexican restaurant.  The only exception is if I want fast food at a VERY low price and I'm tired of the same old burger-and-fries routine; then Taco Bell might come into the running, if I'm going to be passing one anyway.The reason I bring this up is that I used this Taco Bell chipotle sauce on foods that might not necessarily be what you'd have in mind: a variety of sandwiches (it goes especially well with turkey and chicken) as well as bacon and eggs, meals which would not pack much of a kick without this sauce.  With that you might think that the sauce would overpower the rest of the food, but it didn't.  It was really a perfect complement: spicy, but not with enough of a kick to dominate the meal or make my eyes burn and mouth water, and with that smoky chipotle flavor, rich and full-bodied.This is how it tastes on foods that pack minimal spicy kick on their own.  I guess it might end up getting lost in a meal with other spices and peppers and whatnot.  It may well work fine in such a dish, or it may not.  For my purposes I was very pleased with this product.",positive396"I like Taco Bell. That may explain why I really like the taste of this Taco Bell Chipotle Sauce. It is good right from the bottle, two drips per chip, as a corn chip dip. Make nachos with a plate of chips, ladled with ground beef and onion mix, then pour on the Chipotle Sauce. What an appetizer; but unfortunately at the same calorie, fat, sodium, levels as most fancy restaurant dishes, or those huge multi-meat bacon cheese burgers. So for those who do not have to count calories or healthy nutrition, it's tasty. Spicy and flavorful without being HOT, at least to my liking, as I enjoy a bit of heat.If you're not a Mexican fast-food fan, you might find this product a bit unsophisticated. In that case, if the supreme high-priced Tex-Mex restaurants are your cup of tea, then skip this product. But if you want to spice up the celery, carrots and green peppers on your ball game night snack food tray, this may be as good as Taco Bell delivering to your door.Good also as a high calorie taco salad dressing. Unfortunately, I can't tell you if it is good on a taco because I ran the bottle dry before I got to trying it on a real taco.If only they could reproduce the taste with heart healthy nutrition levels.Oh well, I'll bet it's good on a cheeseburger.",positive397"I'm going to resist the urge to say it's not hot enough, because I don't care; some things are very hot, and good or bad, and some things are milder, and good or bad. It's not all that hot, but if that were the primary criterion, I'd go eat a pepper. If the basic flavor is all right, you can always add peppers with no harm done.I had tried the Taco Bell Jalapeño Sauce and liked it quite a bit, more as an ingredient than straight. I do not think this is as good. It does have a bit of smoke flavor, and that's pleasant, but I find it has a noticeable artificial taste that was missing from the jalapeño sauce. It's almost a rubber-like taste (not texture--that's fine), and I'm not sure how much it would have to be diluted to make it go away. We tried it straight on tacos, and while my husband said it was good enough, it still tasted a bit like a tire to me. I'm not sure whether this means I am a delicate and sensitive flower, or that he is an oblivious lout with no sense of nuance. I will allow that I might have been looking for it after taking a taste directly from the bottle--not the best idea I've ever had.I'll work with it some more to see if I can find a dish it goes with well; it's not a total loss, and we'll finish the bottle--eventually.",negative398"Taco Bell recently introduced a new line of three ""Bold & Creamy"" sauces for the home market. Each is based on soybean oil, water, vinegar, buttermilk,  and a few other standard ingredients. The Bold and Creamy Chipotle Sauce adds chipotle chile pepper puree, chipotle chili pepper, extractives of paprika, and natural smoke flavor to the basic recipe.As with the other two sauces, I tried the Chipotle Sauce first on regular Taco Bell tacos, both crunchy and soft. As with the others, I still prefer a traditional taco sauce on my tacos. It is also a fairly mild sauce to those of us who first experienced Mexican food before there were chain taco places. There is a slight-though-perceptible heat that lingers for maybe a minute if you don't drink or eat something else immediately. There is  a mild smoke flavor, which would be expected given the ingredients.I tried it with some plain tortilla chips. The chipotle and smoke flavors come through clearly when there is little in the way of competing tastes. Still, I'd rather have a traditional chunky salsa with my chips. I can't see myself using this sauce again on tacos, but I do think it might be good on a hamburger or as a dipping sauce for onion rings. I plan to try it on both after the current heat wave has passed. When it's this hot (95º - 105º), I try to avoid any cooking that adds to the heat load the air conditioning is managing. I'll update this review after I've tried these items with the Bold and Creamy Chipotle Sauce.One note: the ""Best if Used By"" date on the bottle I received was only about six weeks after I received it. This seems kind of short to me for a room temperature bottled product that's refrigerated after opening. Perhaps it was from an older lot, but it's something to bear in mind if you're thinking of ordering in bulk or taking advantage of a sale.",positive399"From the look of it, Taco Bell's new ""Bold and Creamy"" Chipotle sauce looks like it may be a spicy-cheesy concoction fans of quick-serve Mexican food would enjoy. This is deceiving. The pastel orange color masks its true nature: it is essentially a remixed BBQ sauce. The BBQ-inspired taste is so strong that it actually drowns out the chili pepper, garlic, and other spices Taco Bell blended with its chipotle recipe.This product is made to be used with tacos hard and soft. That being said, the reviewer tried it with a ham and cheese sandwich as well as a taco. It made no difference either way. The BBQ flavor will make itself fans or critics based solely on how the consumer feels about the southern staple's fusion into Mexican food.The packaging is clean looking and attractive. The Taco Bell logo is at the top, with an appetizingly loaded hard taco taking up a good 60 percent of the label. My sole gripe is that while the name (chipotle) refers to smoke-dried jalapeno peppers, the sauce has no kick to it. Taco Bell ought to do more market research on consumer preferences for ""bold"" being synonymous with hotness in this style of cuisine. Fans of old school Mexican-American food should pass on the disappointingly one-dimensional Taco Bell Chipotle Sauce, 8-Ounce (Pack of 6).",negative400"This Taco Bell Chipotle Sauce is a robust sauce with strong chipotle flavor and a creamy consistency. Ingredients include soybean oil, whey, vinegar, buttermilk, sugar and egg yolks, with less than 2 percent chipotle chile pepper puree.I had some confused idea based on the packaging that this was a chipotle sauce mainly for salads. It's a bit too flavored and strong with chipotle flavor to go well with my typical summer salads consisting of arugula, lettuce, tomatoes, feta cheese, anchovies and nuts, with the produce items hand-grown and picked. If I subtracted the anchovies, the sauce harmonized better, but still, this definitely is not an all-purpose flavoring. I think there may be too many warring ingredients for a theme to come through for this sauce.So I switched to adding it to homemade tacos consisting of queso fresco or Monterey jack cheese with chopped onions, homegrown grape tomatoes on fresh tortillas from the nearby tortilleria. Much better results. I'm a fan of strong flavors, but it's tricky to figure out the best use for a premade chipotle sauce.I notice Allrecipes has recommendations for enchiladas, turkey wraps, chicken in chipotle sauce and chipotle sweet potatoes, so these may be the best way to go.",negative401"""A perfect finishing touch for your, tacos, Mexican salads, and sandwich wraps."" - from the labelThe Food Police will undoubtedly squeal when confronted by Taco Bell's ""Home Originals"" BOLD & CREAMY CHIPOTLE SAUCE. Is the home not sacred? Do the fast-food purveyors of unhealthy meals have to invade Man's last refuge? That provocation in itself makes the condiment endearing to me in addition to the fact that it's a striking radioactive-orange color (especially after being dispensed from the plastic squeeze bottle that will probably persist in a landfill until the Sun goes supernova - another endearing goad of the politically correct).For the chipotle experience, I've heretofore relied on Kraft Sandwich Shop Mayo Chipotle, 12-Ounce Squeeze Bottles (Pack of 6)). Compared to this, the Taco Bell offering has a bit more intense smoky chipotle bite to it, and there's an undertone of cheese to the flavor perhaps imparted by the dried buttermilk in the ingredients. In any case, I've so far tried this sauce on chicken, beef, cheese sandwiches, eggs, and tater tots and licked drips off my fingers. To the extent used, I prefer it to the Kraft product and would preferentially buy it.Nutritionally, this product contains (per 2 Tbsp serving) 110 calories, 11g total fat, 1.5g saturated fat, and 300mg sodium - all of which means that my health and nutrition-conscious wife will likely leave it all for me; I won't have to share.",positive402"I'm not a hot hot pepper addict (I can tolerate an 8 or 9 out of ten, but prefer somewhere around a 7), but I am pretty addicted to the flavor of hot sauces, and put them on almost everything. My favorites are chipotle Tabasco and sriracha, but years ago I fell in love with a sauce from a San Jose restaurant that looks a lot like this, so I had high hopes.My first impression was that this just tastes like mildly chipotle-flavored ranch dressing, and given that buttermilk is the first or one of the first ingredients, I guess that makes sense. It's about the same consistency as ranch dressing, too. I've had this over black eyed peas and on a burrito.The chipotle flavor is not strong, and not very spicy -- maybe a five -- so I'm still tempted to add some chipotle Tabasco to augment this. But really, if I'm going to do that, I might as well just mix some ranch dressing and Tabasco, since I'm already stocking those.And yes, as others have noted, this is mostly not a food product, but a chemical concoction you couldn't make at home. It tastes as much like artificial flavoring as it does like anything else. Buuuut, it does taste good, and if you (or your kids) like the chipotle flavor but aren't very heat tolerant, this could be a good option.",positive403"In my personal opinion, this is basically an overly processed fatty salad dressing made from a soybean oil base. I love Mexican food generally and salads, but was put off by the label showing such a high fat content (11 grams for just a couple tablespoons) and also the chemical preservatives listed on the label that I cannot pronounce.  I tasted a wee bit on my finger and was kind of shocked by that strong ""natural smoke flavor"" and the vinegary, salty and bitter taste on my tongue. I noticed a little chili heat, which I like.  Since I was making homemade tostadas with fresh chopped lettuce, tomatoes, cheese, onions, guacamole, pico, sour cream and beans on a corn tortilla, I thought this would be the perfect compliment. All I can say is that for me it is not worth the dietary failings of the product as I don't like the strong smoke taste, even once tossed with alot of fresh ingredients, and it is high in fat and preserved.  I would much rather spice up my fresh guacamole with cayenne/chili and know that the fat I am getting is a more healthful type.  I will not be buying this product.",negative404"My first thought was that the Taco Bell sauce would be good as a dip.  Since my garden is now producing cucumbers at a scary rate, I tried the sauce as a cucumber salad dressing as soon as I opened the bottle. It worked very well. The sauce is smooth, has some sharpness to it, but is not overly spicy. After the cucumber experiment, I placed the opened bottle in the refrigerator. I will try it again as a salad dressing when the tomatoes in the garden turn red, Right now they are still green.  They will probably turn all at once, so I will have to figure out ways to consume them.My impression of the Taco Bell sauce after refrigeration was that it has almost the same consistency as mayonnaise, This gave me another idea. I usually make tuna salad by mixing mayonnaise, hot sauce, and a few spices into the tuna.  This time I mixed in only the Taco Bell sauce.  Incidentally, the sauce has half the calories per tablespoon compared to the mayonnaise.  The tuna salad turned out well. It was very similar to my mayonnaise-based version.I was pleasantly surprised by my initial experiments with the sauce.  I have tried both the Chipotle and Jalapeno versions. They both work equally well.  That is, I find it hard to tell the differences in taste. The one negative is that they contain artificial coloring and flavoring.  They lose a star on that account.",positive405"What a surprise this was! I have a love affair with chipotle sauce, so I was really looking forward to trying out Taco Bell's Chipotle Sauce and I have to say how much I enjoyed it! I tried it on some tacos we made for dinner last night and it really spiced them up! Changed the flavor and really brought out the ground beef we were using, they were so good that hubby asked if we could try it as a sandwich spread for lunch today. So how was that sandwich? As a spread I have to warn you not to add too much for it does make the bread a little soggy if you make your lunch the night before, but it really adds a flavor boost to your food. The flavor is a spicy and very slightly smoked bold chipotle taste. If I was ranking it between Taco Bell sauce packets I would have to say this is ranked between Hot & Fire. If you're a Mild type person then I would personally stay away from this sauce for it was not mild at all.Can't wait to try it on many different things, up next is a chicken salad with corn salsa! Mmm we expect many great things out of our bottle!",positive406"I tried Taco Bell's Chipotle Sauce on a traditional salad, scrambled eggs, and a turkey wrap.  On the salad, the sauce completely dominated because of its spicy flavor.  I wasn't able to distinguish clearly the other ingredients of the salad.  I like spice, but I prefer salads with a more gentle dressing.  I enjoy both creamy and oil/vinegar dressings.  The Taco Bell product is the creamy variety.I tried it on scrambled eggs which gave the eggs an Eggs Ranchero kick.  Not bad if you can take the spice that early in the morning.  I used a little and it went a long way on flavor (and spiciness).  Would I use the sauce on eggs again?  Maybe.The best results occurred when I used the sauce on a turkey wrap.  The wrap contained white meat turkey, iceberg lettuce and tomatoes.  Since turkey is rather a bland meat, the Taco Bell dressing put some zing in the sandwich, making it far more enjoyable than a wrap with mayonnaise or mustard.I know many people have sensitive palates when it comes to spice.  For those folks, I would suggest steering clear of this product.  But for those who enjoy spice, I would heartily recommend it.",positive407"Creamy and tasty with a nice chipotle flavor.  Not very spicy hot.  In fact, very mild.  Probably best described as tangy.  I wasn't sure how I was going to use this when I got it, but I found the perfect use for it.  It really jazzes up plain baked chicken.  I am not much of a fan of baked chicken, but my family eats it a lot and this sauce turns plain chicken into chipotle chicken.  I imagine that it would go good on tacos too to give them a little extra flavor, although have not tried it yet on tacos.  I know it would be great on chicken tacos; not sure if it would be as good on beef tacos.  I tried this sauce on fish too, but that would be a thumbs down for me.  Not a good compliment for fish.  This sauce is something different if you are tired of salsa all the time on your tacos.  If you like chipotle flavor, you'll no doubt like this.  Certainly not a ""bold"" flavor; just a nice, mild, tasty and very creamy sauce.  I can't imagine anyone not liking this sauce, but if you are looking for something really spicy, look elsewhere.",positive408"I was sent one bottle of Taco Bell Chipotle Sauce to review for the Amazon Vine Program. Here's my take on it:Listed as a ""Home Originals"" bold and creamy chipotle sauce for use on tacos, Mexican salads, and sandwich wraps or as a dip, I first tried it out on Doritos, then on a taco. It's creamy, more a cross between mayonnaise and sour cream, but I'd hardly call it bold. Yes, there's a slight chipotle taste and a bit of bite, but otherwise, it's pretty bland. I'm, no doubt, prejudiced, because I regularly make my own chipotle crema sauce which is extraordinarily good and easy. So, I was expecting a sauce with a bit more chipotle taste. The inclusion of buttermilk in the sauce imparts a slight cheese taste, not a good thing, and it's not at all smoky as chipotle should be. Also, it has a very bright color that seems enhanced.If you're a reader of labels, know that each two tablespoon serving contains 110 calories, 11g total fat, 1.5g saturated fat, and 300mg sodium.I was happy to try this sauce but will probably stick with my home made version which is decidedly more flavorful and robust.",positive409"The most distinctive qualities of this sauce are its rich orange color and creaminess. The sauce has a slight hot flavor, and a smokey flavor.  The hotness is provided by that most famous of spicey molecules, ""capsaicin.""  Capsaicin is what makes peppers naturally not.  At any rate, the good folks in Iowa who work tirelessly to put corn and pork on the table, might consider this sauce to be adventuresome or ""out there.""  However, folks from the San Francisco Bay area, where practically every block contains a Thai restaurant, a Chinese restaurant, or a Korean restaurant, will find this sauce to be bland or tame.  The most subtle feature of this sauce are the little red specks and green specks that are suspended in the orange creamy stuff.  I urge every person who (by habit, choice, or necessity) uses canned beans as a frequent component of their diet, to try the TACO BELL CHIPOTLE SAUCE on the beans.  Once you do this, you will likely view canned beans in a new light, and a more positive light.  To summarize, the CHIPOTLE SAUCE has a hot flavor and also a smokey flavor, which makes it a more interesting product than Taco Bell's JALAPENO SAUCE, which really only has a hot flavor, and not much of any other flavor.",positive410"The makers of Taco Bell Home Originals Bold and Creamy Chiptole Sauce did get the ""creamy"" part right - though there is no cream anywhere to be found in this bottle, just copious amounts of soybean oil.  This is why this sauce has a whopping 110 calories per 2 tablespoon serving, on par with most regular salad dressings.Unfortunately (or more unfortunately) the ""bold"" part of the name is an extreme misrepresentation.  Oh, there is some chipotle puree way down on the ingredient list (listed under the label ""contains less than 2% of""), but it only lends a hint of chipotle flavor to the sauce.  It's more akin to mayonnaise with a few dashes of pepper added than to a real chipotle sauce - nothing ""bold"" here at all.As it does have a somewhat pleasant (though overwhelmingly bland) taste, I'll give this Taco Bell sauce a bit of credit.  But I suspect that it would be much better and healthier with a bit less oil and a lot more kick.Note - since people have varying responses to spicy foods, I'll let you know that when I'm at a Taco Bell the ""Fire"" sauce is my usual choice, and I consider ""Medium"" and ""Mild"" to be about as spicy as ketchup.  Perhaps those more sensitive than I to spicy heat will have a better opinion of this sauce than I do.",positive411"Bit late to the party with this review, but I wanted to wait until I'd finished the bottle to offer a little praise. This is all-around decent sauce with just the right amount of bite to it. Were I given this in a restaurant, I'd likely complain that it was far too mild for my tastes, but for home use, where people of varying palettes are likely to use it, I prefer these kinds of squeeze sauces dialed down just a touch, so I can use them in a variety of dishes and they won't overpower. I used this in chicken wraps, on hard-shell tacos (of course!), as a substitute for ketchup in and on just about everything (including cheeseburgers AND french fries!) and even as a salad dressing on a basic garden salad, and it added just the right kick to all of them. Not the hard kick you'd get from something more legitimate or hand-crafted, but a nice kick nonetheless. It's pretty thick to use as salad dressing, actually, but you'll figure it out. I'm guessing it would also sub nicely for mayo on sandwiches and the like. The bottle resided in my fridge for a few months at least, and never went off. Not sure if that's a good sign--I've had dressings and sauces go bad in a much shorter period--but as I don't sauce things up on a regular basis, it was good to meet a bottle that actually kept for a while.",positive412"I do not expect miracles from Taco Bell and this certainly is not a miracle.it is bland, with a hint of spice.  Might be better titles ""Chipotle Sauce For People Who Do Not Like Spicy Food"".The closest I can come is to say it tastes like generic ranch dressing with a hint of Chipotle flavor.  I think you could safely give this to a five year old without fear of burning anything.it's not bad, makes a decent dipping sauce for chicken nuggets but don't expect any real ""zing"" to your cooking with thisI'll admit my wife took one sniff and declined but she hates *anything* even vaguely hot and while this is not very hot at all, you do get a hint of spice in it.With green peppers a ""1"" and Habaneros a ""10"", this is about a ""1.1"" on the heat sscale.  It's not bad but it's not great and if you expect real spice and heat, try elsewhere on Amazon.(May I suggest TABASCO brand Chipotle Pepper Sauce 5oz. for a real Chipotle experience?)Or if you want to go full gonzo: HOT SAUCE FROM HELL, DEVIL'S REVENGE, HABANERO, from Ass Kickin'",negative413"I received this right before I left town for a week.  While I was away, my kids decided this looked great, so they had it with tacos one night.  They all (ages 10-14) reported that it was great... a different flavor than the salsa they are used to.  But that was about all they could tell me.This evening, I made up something fajita-ish for dinner for most of the family.  There was still some of the bottle left, so most of the kids used a little with that.  Since I was home, I was able to pull out a bit more information from them.  My non-spicy food kid said that this was maybe a little too spicy, but it was a different spicy.  My ""can't get it hot enough"" kids said that this isn't very spicy, but they like the flavor.I had a mexi-salad, and used this as salad dressing.  It was really quite good that way.  I loved it with the garden-fresh tomatoes especially.  It is thicker than a traditional dressing, but I just made an effort to toss it all together a bit.I could taste the chipotle in the sauce.  I think it would be excellent in scrambled eggs when I'm throwing in mexican-type veggies (peppers, tomatoes).  This is something I will purchase again.",positive414"I'm not a big fan of Taco Bell food, but I've tried a few of their sauces and they're really not that bad. This one is a little tangy, a little smokey, but personally I think it could use a bit more bite. That said, though, I'm really not sure where it work best. I've actually tried it as a salad dressing (not too bad) and on grilled chicken (a little watery for that) and I'm going to try it on grilled shrimp this weekend, I hope.I keep a lot of different sauces around the kitchen for those days when food starts to bore me and while this sauce won't necessarily save a meal, it's not a bad dipping sauce for chicken or even with scrambled eggs. No matter what sauces or dressings I use I seem to spice them up more anyway, so really this is just a base dressing and for that it's fine. I also use Newman's Own Salad Dressing, Caesar, 16-Ounce Bottles (Pack of 6) in the same way--even though it's probably just meant to be a salad dressing.If you're lactose intolerant, read the label: most of these Taco Bell sauces contain milk-based whey and you might want to avoid it or take Lactaid with it. So far it hasn't bothered me.",positive415"This is a smoky, creamy, and just very mildly spicy sauce.  If that's what you're looking for you'd likely enjoy it a lot, but for me, it made figuring out just what to do with it a little difficult.  Typically when I make tacos, etc, I just use salsa, sour cream, and sometimes hot sauce, so I'm struggling a bit to figure out where this fits in exactly.  It tastes good, but seems almost unnecessary.One use that seems to work pretty well is adding it to a taco salad.  It's kind of a nice addition to keep the flavors a bit more interesting and I might keep some around for that.  It could also add a bit of variety to sandwiches if one is in the mood for something a little different than the norm; perhaps on a southwest style Panini or similar.  I might also try it for dipping chicken nuggets or wings, etc.Overall it seems like a pretty good product, but not something I'd be likely to use daily or even a couple times a week, so I may pick up a bottle every now and then but I probably won't buy a 6-pack of them.  I would rate it perhaps 4 stars on taste but it loses a few points for versatility since it's not really hot sauce, taco sauce, salsa, sandwich spread, or salad dressing, it's kind of something else that I have trouble classifying.",positive416"As an omnivore with a 100-200 gram daily protein intake, I am always looking to diversify my protein sources.  For protein supplements, I find the best value at Costco when purchasing Cytosport whey protein that costs approximately 2.2 cents per gram of protein.  Yet, it gets boring eating from the same six pound bag for months.  So, I recently evaluated two vegetable-based protein supplements: Nutribiotic Rice Protein and Manitoba Harvest Hemp Protein, both with chocolate flavoring.  While the Rice protein has great economics, tastes fantastic and contains few carbs, this hemp protein fails in all three categories.When I initially tasted Manitoba Harvest Hemp Protein, the first thought that came into my mind was ""is this product really suitable for human consumption!?""  Olfactory memories from large-scale grass cutting arose.  Even with the rich dark chocolate, I can't consume this protein straight or even mixed with milk.  The pungent taste needs to be blunted with large amounts of cinnamon and Splenda and/or mixing with high protein cereals such as Kashi or Special K.Another undesirable aspect of this protein includes the large amount of carbohydrates:  2.1 grams for every gram of protein. The economics are underwhelming as well.  It costs about 10.8 cents per gram of protein versus 2.7 cents per gram for the Nutribiotic Rice protein or 2.2 cents per gram of protein for the Cytosport offering at Costco.ConsTerrible tasteHigh carb contentPoor economics ProsRich dark chocolate flavoring",positive417"I will start by being forthright about the negative aspects of this product. Mainly, that the noodles and sauce in Sapporo Ichiban's Yakisoba Chow Mein noodle pack are full of monosodium glutamate, a chemical ""flavor enhancer"" often found in Asian restaurants and store-bought Asian cuisine. The numerous studies done on the ingredient, however, have only yielded inconclusive results about the negative effects that MSG has on the body. The rule I follow is to try to consume all things in moderation. Although these are delicious, I prevent myself from overindulging for the sake of my own health.That said, these noodles are some of the best I have ever tasted and hardly have any majorly different ingredients from other mainstream noodle packs anyway. The seaweed packet goes great with everything else, and the predominant benefit for me is that THESE ARE VEGAN. For those of us who get depressed wandering through the ethnic food section of supermarkets searching through products with oyster and fish sauce and beef and chicken broth, this is the way to go. I like to fry some tofu and vegetables in a sautée pan before adding the noodles and it is SO GOOD. These are certainly not the most authentic noodles that you will find out in the world, but they are quick and filling and VERY SATISFYING and also CHEAP. It's hard for me to imagine a better deal.",positive418"I love these noodles.  They are my favorite ""ramen"" style packet food - but *NOT* ramen.  I've been calling them ""chow mein"" for some time, but other reviewers are right, they are Japanese Yakisoba style noodles.They are cheaper here on Amazon than I can find them in stores, but more importantly, consistently available.  Some local stores have them for $0.99-$1.25, but I have noticed they are incredibly difficult to find.  They seem to be carried randomly. I'll find a store that carries them, buy a dozen, and next time I go back they no longer carry them.The noodles are a wonderfully sweet, rich, salty, tangy-ish flavor.  Personally, I love them, but I know the flavor is NOT for everyone.  Every time I cook them, my husband always says, ""ooh, that smells good, can I have a bite?"" and immediately makes his ""gross face"" when he tastes it.  EVERY TIME.  So its a love-or-hate kind of food.  But me?  I LOVE them.  As a side note, they come with a small packet of green seaweed type stuff, but I hate the way it tastes (and even smells - ick!), so I always omit it.(And I'm a vegetarian, so these noodles are perfect for me.)Pros:- Quick to prepare- Flavorful- Cheap- Unique- VegetarianCons:- Sometimes inconsistent availability (outside Amazon)- Packet of green ""stuff"" (personal preference)- I wish they had a ""1.5 packet"" size. One packet is sometimes not enough, two is too much.",positive419"I really like this hot sauce. It offers some gentle heat along with the wonderful taste of the Jalapeño chile. This is a very rare hot sauce, one of only a very few, where the actual chile is the major ingredient. More often it is water.Ingredients (as copied from the label): Jalapeño peppers, then water and salt - in that order. After those ingredients comes an acid (which is a chemically refined version of vinegar) and a few preservativesA Jalapeño chile is not very hot ---- so this sauce is quite mild. If you like this as much as I do -- you'll go through a number of bottles every year. I wish it was sold in a larger size!There is a freshness and purity to this sauce which I really enjoy and it is quite rare. That sense of ""freshness"" is very unusual.I have about 30 hot sauces in my home right now. I enjoy taste testing them and writing up my results. I'd easily place this sauce in my top 5.*Note: this sauce can be very expensive to purchase on-line given the very high per unit shipping charges. That price could easily change if a new seller decides to offer it.  You may want to purchase this one locally or wait until a better seller appears on Amazon. Some sellers really profit from their high shipping charges!So purchase a sample on-line but if you like it you are far better off purchasing it locally until Amazon sells it directly or another company comes on-line offering better discounts on shipping multiple bottles at once",positive420"For years ... and I am not kidding, literally for YEARS... I have been trying to figure out why I can't get a taco shell at the grocery store when I want to make tacos at home that is like the thin, light taco shells we can get at places like local restaurants such as Hacienda, El Maguey or El Nopal. They aren't even as good as the shells used for tacos by Hardees or Taco Bell!When you go to the grocery store you get offered heavy, usually stale, and ""tough"" shells from Old El Paso or other ""brand"" names that are huge, ""thick"", heavy and almost always hard and STALE! Then one day I spotted this simple box of taco shells on the shelves of my local market and thought, ""Why do you assume that simple packaging and a brand you don't recognize is unacceptable?"" So I tried it for a taco dinner with my adult kids this evening and, without exception, they LOVED these taco shells and so did I! This was, at long last, what I was looking forNow, understand that I have been making tacos for my children for about 35 years, but fussing about sub-standard, heavy, stale shells for about 34 years. But they STILL ate and loved my tacos! But tonight, with La Tiara taco shells, they seriously just RAVED! I heated the shells in a low oven (250F) for a few minutes and then let each taco lover put the amount of meat they wanted in their shells. Then we went to the dining room and everyone ""dressed"" their taco to suit themselves - tomatoes, salsa, olives, lettuce, sour cream. Without exception, they recognized the superiority of the La Tiara shells over the Old El Paso, Taco Bell and other popular shells we have been using for DECADES. I am SO pleased to find these light, delicious taco shells! Even my daughter-in-law, who always opts for a soft tortilla because she doesn't like ""hard"" shells, thought these were amazing!",positive421"I guess I'm in the minority here.  I bought a case of these (spent over $41.00) based on the reviews and the fact that I love Sylvia's greens and the Hoppin' John.  Mine, however, are awful.  They are NOT like the ones I grew up eating.  I grew up on a farm in the Deep South and these are nothing like the peas I'm used to, and I know peas, having not only eaten tons of them, but spent years planting, weeding, picking, shelling and freezing them.  These, aside from being a different variety of pea (as you can tell from the can, they are a brownish-red and have an eye), are not flavored well and have a weird, kind of muddy, taste.  But, the worst part is that they aren't even fully cooked!  They are still partially hard and have crunchy bits.  WHAT!!!  Southern peas should be cooked until they are fairly soft.  It makes me wonder if these are prepared from dried peas, another thing Southerners do not do to field peas.  I'm glad the other reviewers are happy with their purchase. Maybe they have changed since then or perhaps the peas they ate in S. Carolina are just radically different from S. Alabama peas (I doubt it.)  In any case, none of my family would ever serve peas that tasted like this, we'd be too ashamed. I am very disappointed (peas and cornbread are my all-time favorite comfort food and still what I request when I visit my parents back on the farm) and angry at the amount of money I've spent on these and I would caution anyone to buy a single can or two somewhere else to try before plunking down this much money on a case.",negative422"It was four hours till the gig, my chops were shot from a throat infection and I was the lead singer for the night. I shared my plight with the trumpet player and he told me about this ""Throat Coat"" tea that he heard of on some daytime variety show.  A famous singer and Vegas headliner who was on the show mentioned this tea and how everyone in the biz used it. So I ran into the local health food on the way to the gig and picked up a box.The bartender gave me a funny look when I asked for hot water instead of my usual 7&7.  I could barely talk, but no kidding, the first song went without a hitch. It was like my voice was on auto pilot.  I even hit high notes I sometimes struggle with.  It was amazing.  My head was still stuffy and woozy from the other meds I took and my ears were stopped up, but vocal wise I had a great night. I think I drank 4 cups that night.The taste took a little getting used to. Its not bad and it is actually naturally sweet.  It just tastes different from anything I've had before.  I keep a handful in my gig bag everywhere I go and share with fellow singers without hesitation. I just bought a case on this site. I drank some at the gig last night as a matter of fact. I didn't NEED it, I just like it now.",positive423"For some reason I love this chalky, vaguely fruity flavored confection. I've been waiting all year for Valentines day so I can go out of control and eat these things for no apparent reason. I purchased six of this exact product in this exact size (7oz) and label: five from one supermarket and one from another. The candy seems stale. The purple ones are rock hard and I'm afrade I'll break a tooth so I throw those away, and the green ones are almost as bad so I've given up on them. That leaves the yellow, pink, orange (usually) and blue ones as safe to eat. These aren't supposed to be hard candy, are they?The Necco web site says these hearts are produced all year for sale during the Valentines holiday period. They are supposed to be soft candy. So it seems that you may get a bag from eleven months ago or a couple weeks ago. Good luck! I think I got the from spring 2011.By the way, I got my 7 oz bags for only a fraction of the coin demanded here, so best to look at the grocery store in the seasonal items area first.Also, I bought a bag of the Brach's Conversation Hearts and did a comparison. The Brach's product seemed fresh with no rock hard hearts, but the flaver is a bit more bland. It's difficult to tell if the different color Brach's hearts are meant to be different flavors. They're more like just fresh sweet chalk.",negative424"Rain and cold weather go hand in hand, especially because they make our pets go crazy. When it's cold out, the cats can't decide whether they want to go in or out and every time the dogs come in from outside, they're hyped up and full of energy. When it's raining, everyone goes stir crazy from being cooped up inside. Since Texas winters don't see much in the way of snow, we tend to get a lot of rain. Thankfully, we now have TunaTreats to help keep the kitties calm.TunaTreats are dried flakes of 100% pure bonito fish. The first time the container was opened, the cats went wild. The pieces, thinner than paper and light enough to blow away if you're not careful, came out of the container in manageable clumps. Next thing I knew, five cats were swarming me, looking up and meowing, trying to climb my chair. I had a captive audience! What I didn't expect was the moment the dogs joined in.TunaTreats are completely healthy and a good ""anytime"" treat. Our kitties get a good-sized pinch of their new favorite TunaTreats a couple of times each day. With this, they stay nice and calm as they munch. They've also learned to eat all their TunaTreats - our dogs are just waiting for a cat to leave a little bit behind!",positive425"I have noooo idea what the ""blech"" titled review is about.  My bag is not spicy at all, and the chips definitely don't taste bad. They were not too crunchy either.  In fact they are almost plain regular chips.  No big pizzaz here.  I was sad about that.I was actually really hoping for something limey! And Spicy! But don't expect that here.  I've almost gone through a whole bag, and maybe 1% of the bites have a hint of lime?  Zero bites have had a hint of chili.  99% taste like regular unflavored tortilla chips.  Well...a suuupppper small hint of flavor.  I'm almost wishing I had bought the pico de gallo instead.Basically, if you've been eating any chili-lemon flavored cheetos, completely wipe your memory and expectations- nothing that bold and tangy here.  (Which can be good and bad, my hubby hated the cheetos chili-lemon unspicy flavor and was worried we'd get that here, so he's happy we didn't.  I was looking forward to getting that popping taste, and am sad that wasn't there.)** WARNING: If you've never ordered full size bag of chips from amazon, be warned, 12 bags is A LOT!!! I opened the box and my jaw almost dropped, cause I don't know what I'm going to do with all the bags.  I'm sure they'll disappear at parties though.  (I had ordered mini 2oz bags from Amazon, and with those, the bulk amount is more manageable.)** Also, to make you feel good...I was at Ralphs shopping and one bag of 'Garden of Eaten' chips cost $5.39.  I think it was jalapeno cheese, and that's all they had, but regardless, I felt so good that I got the same thing for about $1.25 a bag (yea Amazon had it on sale). Yippy :-)** Chips were not stale, chipped or smashed on arrival, in case you're wondering.  And expiration date (on my on sale ones) is in about 4 months.",positive426"You watch your mouth!Simply, one of the best things I have ever eaten. Healthy organic blue corn chips with taste that packs a punch.I won't waste your time reading about these when you can be enjoying them instead. Just note that some bags seem to have a more generous allotment of cayenne pepper (the special ingredient that distinguishes Red Hot Blues from the standard Blue Chips). Or perhaps certain bags settle more during shipment, in which case the bulk of the cayenne dust is to be found at the bottom of the bag. You can always scoop up the loose seasoning and sprinkle on the chips (or any food! LOL) as you see fit.P.S. Amazon needs to figure out how to share reviews across products. In this case, for example, there are at least four different listings for Red Hot Blues. The only difference is the size of the bag or the quantity of bags that are bundled together. I am posting this review in those as well because other than one listing, none of the others have any reviews. Hopefully this will be of some help to customers, plus point them toward the main listing (the one with Free Shipping and sold directly from Amazon!).Garden of Eatin'® Tortilla Chips Red Hot Blues, 9-Ounce Bags (Pack of 12)P.P.S. I have never seen this packaging before. Is it new?",positive427"You watch your mouth!Simply, one of the best things I have ever eaten. Healthy organic blue corn chips with taste that packs a punch.I won't waste your time reading about these when you can be enjoying them instead. Just note that some bags seem to have a more generous allotment of cayenne pepper (the special ingredient that distinguishes Red Hot Blues from the standard Blue Chips). Or perhaps certain bags settle more during shipment, in which case the bulk of the cayenne dust is to be found at the bottom of the bag. You can always scoop up the loose seasoning and sprinkle on the chips (or any food! LOL) as you see fit.P.S. Amazon needs to figure out how to share reviews across products. In this case, for example, there are at least four different listings for Red Hot Blues. The only difference is the size of the bag or the quantity of bags that are bundled together. I am posting this review in those as well because other than one listing, none of the others have any reviews. Hopefully this will be of some help to customers, plus point them toward the main listing (the one with Free Shipping and sold directly from Amazon!).",positive428"I'm just going to say it: These CHIPS Taste like DETERGENT.Given that Garden of Eatin' blue corn, and red hots chips are my favorite of all time, it's puzzling how they can produce such an unfortunate product as ""Chili & Lime"".First of all, where's the chili? I don't even taste it. Even tho I'm an advanced chili pepper user, I have a very keen palate. I detect less than 1 part per billion of chili in these here unfortunate chips.Also, I detect fraudulent lime flavors and *that* my friends is an egregious error from such a reknowned company. The red herring that it's NOT natural is ""NATURAL FLAVORS WITH LIME"". The translation here is that these natural flavors could be really anything, could be any combination of terpene extracts from 'natural sources'. For example, fake lemon flavor in candies and wood detergent is often an extract from lemongrass because it's cheaper than from lemons. But it's a different chemical also. Fake lime is immediately a mistake, and anyone-not just supertasters-can tell.This fakeLime taste, or 'floor detergent flavor', is reminiscent of a childhood fragrance- the strong chemical citrus waft of mopwater that a theater employee was using to mask the rotting popcorn-soda-slurry smell by the dumpster.In other words, it seems as if Garden of Eatin found the cheapest, strongest floor stripping chemicals from Big Lots, extracted the lime scent component and littered it lightly onto these chips.So if you want to mop floor with a tea of these, or you are considering a colon cleanse, accept no substitute.--------------------------------------------------Ok so along the lines of constructive criticism:ATTN: Garden of EATIN'Please contact Tostitos sensory labs scientists. It is imperative that you find out how Tostitos makes their hint of lime chips because they got it right. Use at least 500 ppm nanolimeparticles and same same for chili. Coat those suckers with maybe 1/2 to 100% of the rate used for redhotblues.",negative429"I had these chips on vacation and could never find them in any of my local stores including Whole Foods.  On a whim, I checked Amazon and was so happy to find that they sold them and they were a pretty good price too.  I was little worried about ordering chips online, the expiration date, shipping and how we were going to get through all of them.No worries!  Only 3 bags left  - my husband and I love them.  The shipping was A+, with double boxes and air bags.  The chip bags are puffed up and you will need clippers or scissors to open it.  I don't mind because I think that's why they are so good and crunchy, not like the Guiltless Gourmet ones that taste like stale cardboard.  We make it to the bottom of the bag with very few crushed chips at all.  The fresh by date was 3 1/2 months from my date of purchase.The best part of all is the taste and nutritional quality of these chips.  One serving has 120 calories with 3 grams fat, 3 grams protein and 3 grams of fiber which for chips is pretty good.  Yes, they are not like blue corn regular chips with twice the fat, but they are the best ones out there that are baked.I will definitely be reordering again!",positive430" Length:: 1:31 MinsListed as one of Green Mountain Coffee's ""most popular blends,"" the Vermont Country Blend offers a safe choice if your Keurig serves a larger audience, such as an office environment.The coffee has a pleasing aroma, with hints of fruit and caramel, and a gentle finish. While Green Mountain's website describes this as ""an engaging blend that reveals itself in layers"" but that was not my experience. It is a pleasant, middle-of-the-road blend, but not the type of K-cup I'll reach for first in the morning.One reason the Vermont Country Blend didn't blow my socks off was that it arrived at the same time we ordered Green Mountain Coffee's Nantucket Blend. Of the two blends, my wife enjoys Vermont Country lighter roast more. I prefer the more complex tones in the Nantucket Blend. We both tried the Vermont Country Blend black, using Keurig's small mug (7.25 oz) setting.Added bonuses:Vermont Country Blend is certified kosher by the Orthodox Union.Vermont Country Blend is Fair Trade Certified.Vermont Country Blend is organic.Rating: Four stars.BTW: Here's other K-cup coffees I've recently reviewed for Amazon:5 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Nantucket Blend5 stars: Coffee People Donut Shop Medium Roast5 stars: Van Houtte Chocolate Raspberry Truffle4 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Wild Mountain Blueberry4 stars: Tully's Coffee Kona Blend4 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Dark Magic3 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Breakfast Blend3 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Fair Trade Gingerbread",negative431"I bought this product hoping it would help keep my cats teeth clean and their breath fresh. I wish I had read the ingredients before I purchased it because it doesn't seem to have any enzymatic ingredients found in true, working dental treats. Also the only breath freshening ingredients- rosemary and chlorophyll, are at the very tail end of the ingredient list as dead last and third to last. I am glad that these ingredients are present, but they are in such small quantities, that they can't be helping much. From personal experience, I have not noticed and breath freshening results. I think the only reason why they are ""dental"" treats is because of the small amount of rosemary and chlorophyll as well as the fact that they are crunchy and not moist treats, which is very good. Another issue I have with these treats is that my cats only like this product while its very fresh. They seem to go stale really easily, like within a week, and then after that my cats don't care for it. I always close them tightly and I've even tried putting them in a separate bag- in container, but still no luck. If your looking for a real dental treat I would recommend Crunch n' Clean with DentaShield. However, this is still a MUCH better treat than Pounce brand or Meow Mix or any soft treat that can have soft sticky particles that will stay stuck to your cats teeth and smell bad and cause dental problems. This treat may not help teeth significantly, but they definitely won't hurt them and probably do some good; just not as much as I expected for the price. Also there are tuns of vitamin in these, which is pretty cool. They really are pretty decent treats, and I would probably give them 5 stars if they were just treats. However, to be marketing them as ""dental,"" they really should have enzymes or more prevalent dental ingredient.",negative432"I will continue to give these to my dogs. They like them and supposedly they clean their teeth.I started to give these to my dog daily, but her digestive system did not like it enough for that. Most of it seems to be digestible, but she threw up green foam on the morning after the second day in a row of eating one-a-day greenies. Note that she was also constipated as well. Greenie advises to have plenty of water available for drinking these, so I am guess they know these side effects can occur. My dog has plenty of water available, but she didn't drink any more than normal, which may have resulted in the effects. I don't plan on training my dog to drink lots of extra water after eating these. Giving here one every now and then shows no negative effects, and that what I plan on doing.Not a complaint to me, but I think people who like giving there dog all natural health food should know that this product is far from ""green."" It is pumped pull of artificial ingredients like a multivitamin. It is also made from concentrated grain protein, rather than the animal protein dogs should be getting. I personally don't feel that this is that big of a deal health wise for a creature than lives 12-18 years, but or people who invest the extra money on organic/natural dog food, you should be staying away from this product.",negative433"I have a (now) 6 month old miniature daschund puppy. I bought these for her about two months ago when I started to be a little bothered by her breath (she's a kisser). I bought them from amazon because they were so much cheaper then at the local pet store.At first, she had no interest in them. I was a little annoyed, having bought a box of 96 that was still expensive for dog treats even with the discount. She either would ignore it no matter how many times I tried reintroducing it, or take a bite then leave it. It took a few weeks and several tries, but now she loves them and eats them as soon as I give it to her. I give her at most one a day but usually one every two or three days. It hasn't upset her stomach or anything like that. The package says they aren't suitable for dogs under 6 months of age, but I stared giving them to her at about 4 months and there were no problems. She has clean, healthy teeth, but I don't think she wouldn't if I stopped giving her these. They do work in freshening her breath, however. We have a 3 year old golden retriever in the house who eats these sometimes too and has loved them since the day they came- I guess it just depends on the dog. Even though they're not the correct size for him, he's never choked and I don't think it's a problem to buy the smaller size for a larger dog. I'd definitely recommend these if you want your dog's breath freshened!",positive434"I have been feeding our dogs Greenie bones since they first came out and we have NEVER had a problem.  I have German Shepards, Dobermans and medium sized hound dogs.  They all love their GB's and I find that because our Dobie tends to be a ""garbage belly"" (meaning she'll eat anything!), so sometimes she doesn't smell as nice as she should, really benefits from the ""green"" in Greenie Bones.  I would like to know where ""E. Antic"" gets his/her information from.....as I can find nothing that says they are ""deadly"", except for those people that haven't done responsible research (not just hearsay from some list).  If your dogs are gulpers or greedy chewers, then I wouldn't feed them ANYTHING, especially RAWHIDE, that could be gulped and swallowed in large pieces or whole.  Do we need to bring up ""NYLABONES""?????  Always be a responsible dog owner and supervise your dogs when giving any kind of treats.  Please don't be afraid of Greenie Bones because of E. Antic's post.  You can buy Greenie's in singles, so try one before you commit to a whole box.  I have friends that have dogs that don't really like them and that's okay.  My girls live for their morning GB's and I now give them Greenie ""Smart Biscuits"" for an afternoon snack.  They love the taste and we love them for the 'benefits'!!I respectfully request that Amazon and Amazon members make up their own minds, and not fall to the 'fear mongers' and ignorance amoung us.  Always supervise your dogs when giving treats - after all, they are the animals and we are supposed to be the 'smart' ones.....don't be afraid, do your homework, it always pays!",positive435"My German Shepherd is a complete Greenie addict.  She knows when they're in the house.  She knows which cupboard they're kept in.  She knows what time of day she's supposed to get hers.  Her vet compliments her on her pretty white teeth, although some of that credit definitely has to go to the fact that my husband and I brush her teeth with one of those finger-toothbrushes and kiddie toothpaste (no fluoride, so safe if she swallows it), but I do know my dog chews a Greenie at least enough to get pieces between her teeth, and at four years old, she doesn't have the kind of doggie breath that knocks you over if she breathes in your face.  I do believe that some of the ingredients in Greenies help breath from within, so even if your dog inhales his or her Greenie, there's still some benefit.My only complaint about Greenies is that they're expensive.  There's no denying that.  If you do the math on this tub of 17, we're talking about a dollar and forty-seven cents apiece.  So I can see why that might stop some people in their tracks, and I understand.  As for my dog, she's on a limited diet because she's allergic to a lot of things that are standard ingredients in a lot of dog food and dog treats.  I feel like I've been a little bit trained myself, not to bat an eye at this price, and she definitely makes me at least a dollar and a half's worth of happy every day.If you're looking at the Greenies in the 17-piece tub, considering them for purchase, though, I'm guessing your canine is also a Greenie addict, like mine.  You're going to buy them anyway, and if you get the free shipping, Amazon's the place to get them.",positive436"Our dogs adore these and they are usually fairly pricey for the amount you get. However Amazon always has one great deal or another for buying these and significantly cheaper than in store prices.We usually buy the 130 or 96 pack of 'Teenies' for our two chihuahua mix dogs (depending whichever has the better sale price at the time.The teenie size is great for our smaller dog (6lb) as he can fully chew on it and savor it. However it is not quite enough for our other chihuahua mix (13lb) she tends to gulp it down like any other dog treat without getting as much benefit from the dental cleaning that Greenies are supposed to help with. Now that she is a little larger (she loved these as a pup) I think we may 'graduate' her to the next size of Greenie.I have always found that our dogs look forward to their Greenie treats and see them as a special treat which is great because keeping a dogs dental health in check is important and I find Greenies do help with this and yet are delicious to the dog.Our larger dog has been given Greenies for two years now and her teeth are still almost entirely stain free and her breath is not as bad as some dogs. However I would not use Greenies solely to keep a dogs breath in check, I recommend getting some other product for that.",positive437"I have a one year old Pomeranian whom has been on greenies since she was about 3mos. Let me tell you, I've gone to the vet several times during her first year for different reasons. The first time her vet was happy to see that she had a healthy ""smile"" and hoped it continued, she was still a puppy. Since then, we moved to another city and she now has a different vet. This vet was so excited, and YES i said EXCITED, to see my fur baby's gums and teeth. The vet asked to take a picture of Foxy's(my fur baby) teeth to post on their website. She asked me if i brush them daily. I said nope, we've been using greenies does that count?? She said YES and added, in detail, how healthy it is for them in A LOT of aspects. Buying them from a pet store is ridiculous to me because the price for a pack of 20 is over $19. ARE YOU KIDDING ME?!?!?! So when i saw this price and the amt that come in the pack, I've been buying them on here ever since!! I give them to her once a day EVERYDAY at 9pm. She even recognizes the word ""greenies"" and follows me to the pantry when it's that time of day for her. Because of a previous review i read about storing them in the container it comes in for a while caused maggots, i got really grossed out(has NEVER happened to me) so JUST IN CASE, i dump them in a snap seal, clear, plastic container.",positive438"My Pug puppies absolutely love these bones.  The only negative aspect is that they get sticky & leave a green film that dries to a green crust on their front legs & paws (& whatever they're laying on, usually the sofa!)  Long after the bone has been chewed to a little nub & swallowed, my beautiful girls are licking their paws & staring at me, begging for another with their big, sad eyes.  Even though my puppies are only 12 lbs & just under 8 months old, I give them the regular size.  The smaller ones just don't last long enough with my power chewers.  I usually try to wrestle the small end from my girls before they get swallowed, as I do with EVERY treat they get, but I'm rarely successful.  They have the habit of swallowing pieces that seem far too large for them, but I've never had a problem with these bones.  I've never had any pieces reappear later (in any form) or had any blockage or choking problems.  I'm fully convinced that the bones dissolve quickly & safely in their tummies.A lot of people have negative things to say about these treats, even our vet has a note about these specific bones causing ""digestive upset"" on his website, but I have had nothing but wonderful experiences (since purchasing washable slipcovers for our furniture!)If you're worried about trying these treats, I'd suggest giving a larger size than is called for & observing your fur-child like any good parent should.Common sense for all pet owners:  Take the end of any treat away before it can be swallowed.  If you haven't already, ask your vet to teach you the doggie heimlich maneuver & doggie CPR, just in case.",positive439"My Italian greyhound LOVES these treats, and I've yet to notice any problems as described by so many other reviewers. My Bella (her name) gets one of these treats about every other day since she's very difficult when it comes to me actually brushing her teeth. They definitely do the job.Some people have stated that their dog has choked on these treats or a piece got caught in their intestinal track. Well, I'm not sure how fast your dog tends to eat treats, or how big of a chunk they try to bite off, but that DOES matter when it comes to digestion of anything. My pup eats these treats pretty slowly (as I think she realizes it lasts longer that way), and I make sure I'm in the room while she's eating it. She'll chew off small pieces to eat, not large ones so I'm not sure if that makes a difference but I assume it would.I also make sure she gets plenty of water afterwards, to wash it down. The person at Petsmart told me these are like crack for dogs. While I can believe that, my iggy has several different types of treats and only gets this one every other day. If I gave her this for everything, I could see it becoming an issue.Overall, I think these are great, they help to keep my dogs mouth clean so that I'm not having to brush her teeth quite as much.",positive440"When my Yorkie was about 10 1/2 years old, her breath suddenly became extremely nasty!  I thought, perhaps, the malodorous breath was caused by a bad tooth so I took her to the Vet for her annual checkup.  The Vet gave her a clean bill of health and suggested I have her teeth cleaned at the price of over $350!  Well, before forking over the big bucks, I thought I'd try brushing her teeth myself and headed to Petco to buy some doggie toothpaste.  I found the toothpaste and continued to walk around the store because Spunky just LOVES her Petco outings!  I let her sniff her way down the doggie treats aisle when we bumped into the boxes of Greenies.  After checking out a box, I thought it was certinaly worth a shot so I bought a box of 96-count Teenies for $35.As soon as we arrived home, I attempted to brush her teeth the best that I could and then gave her one Greenie.  She seemed to really enjoy it.  I typically buy everything on Amazon so I jumped on here to check the price and was pleasantly surprised to see that the cost was $10 less than Petco's.  I immediately ordered them from Amazon and when that box arrived a day later, I took that unopened box over to Petco and returned it to them to get my $35 back! :)  Very sweet deal.My dog is now a Greenies addict with sweet breath again!  I should create a video review sometime because it's hilarious to see this little Yorkie ""yelling"" for me outside of the pantry door.  She knows exactly where the Greenies are and every morning she runs over to the pantry and just barks for me to get her a Greenie.  I allow her to have two Greenies per day and she seems to know that's her quota.  Both Spunky and I are very happy with Greenies and will continue to buy them!",positive441"I have a notoriously finicky Chihuahua who wouldn't eat a regular dog treat if you coated it the best tasting thing on earth, and she certainly wouldn't let me brush her teeth. Ever since the first time I gave her a Greenie, my dog has gone nuts for these things. On our last trip to the vet they examined her teeth because I expressed concern that her overbite was preventing the Greenies from as effective as they should be. She can't really chew properly with the front teeth.This vet wasn't our usual vet because we went on a different day, but he looked at her teeth and asked how old she was. I said, ""Almost three."" And he asked if I'd had her in to have her teeth cleaned before. ""No, I didn't know dogs could have their teeth cleaned.""He went on to say that on a scale of one to four, one being the best and four being the worst, her teeth were a perfect one, which was surprising because Chihuahuas have teeth problems early on usually. I explained that I'd been using the Greenies since she was nine months old.I give her one Greenie every morning because they are so cheap on Amazon. In the store I pay twenty five dollars for a bag of twenty. I pay twenty two dollars on Amazon for a box of ninety six! It's easy to give her one daily. She is still marginally underweight, so I can't say they make her gain weight. She has no digestive issues and doesn't seem to be suffering from having them. Her breath is fresh, her teeth are white and tartar free, and she's a very happy dog.",positive442"I had good results with this product six months ago.  However, a second purchase that I just opened caused all of my three dogs to vomit within minutes of eating the product.  I removed other items from their diet to be sure and it did it again, instantly. I contacted the company about it and they have claimed no other problems exist(suggesting I must have tainted the product or have exposed it to an environment making the dog snacks unstable, or the company I purchased them from somehow did something to the product. Hmm: sounds troubling to me, especially from the factory.). I have seen other issues out there regarding this product, which vary.  Use your own methods of making a control group, but be sure to see they have proper bowel movements and are not vomiting after you feed them the product.  Secondly, Greenies.com(the Nutro Company) will not honor purchases made through unauthorized vendors.  Amazon directly is an ""authorized vendor"".  ""Monster Pets"" is not authorized to resell these items and only those vendors listed on their website are ""authorized"".  They will only help you return/refund something if it was purchased through an ""authorized"" vendor.  This now makes me leery of items purchased through ""Amazon Marketplace"", particularly food items.  Buyer beware!  Caveat emptor!",negative443"I was all set to buy these thinking they'd be great for my dog.  Then I found:""At least 13 dogs have died after being fed the top-selling pet treat in the country, owners and veterinarians have told CNN. The problem comes because the treats, called Greenies, become lodged in a dog's esophagus or intestine and then some veterinarians say they don't break down. A CNN investigation uncovered 40 cases since 2003 where a veterinarian had to extract a Greenie from a dog after the treat became lodged either in the animal's esophagus or intestine. In 13 of those cases, the pet died.""The directions also tell customers to monitor dogs to ensure the treat is adequately chewed and to always offer water after feeding. ""Gulping any item can be harmful or even fatal to a dog,"" the directions say.Some vets and pet owners say the directions are unrealistic.  ""These things tend to be wolfed down,"" said Dr. Brendan McKiernan, a board certified internist at the Wheat Ridge Animal Hospital outside Denver. ""They are meant to be chewed carefully, but that's like giving a sharp knife to your 2-year-old. Dogs can't be controlled that way.""  [...]Even though the info from these links may be BEFORE they improved them, and considering the following quote:  ""At the end of the day ... literally millions of Greenies are enjoyed by dogs on a weekly basis with absolutely no incidents,""[...]I'm still extremely leary.",negative444"I made the mistake to give a Greeny to my puppy without reading reviews about this product. It was a bad idea. The poor puppy got very sick after eating a Greenie. He vomited and had diarrhea.I took him to urgent care and the Vet's verdict(informed on the X-ray)was: ""a Greenie got stocked in his intestine"".I was very lucky to get the puppy recovered with medicine. But surgery was being considered by the Vet (mind about $7,000). On the worst case scenario, my puppy could have died because his intestinal system was obstructed for 3-4 days.After this unfortunate incident, I looked-up for reviews about this unsafe product -and not to be surprised- I found several concerning stories like mine. I also learned that few dog owners have sued Greenies because they believe it was the reason that provoked an obstruction to their pets digestive system, sadly resulting on death. ""Roughly 315 million Greenies were sold last year, but the breath-freshening treats have been blamed for at least 13 pet deaths and more than two dozen complaints have been filed with the Feds"". Dogster-comNote that as the product label says: Greenies are not 100% digestible, and if you read with more attention, the label has a Warning saying that: dogs may get sick or even chock when ingesting a Greenie!At the end of the day, it's hard to believe that there are companies like Grennies that don't address these issues, and just care about marketing and profiting -not so much about producing a healthy, safe treat for our best buddies.In any case, I'd recommend to ask your Vet or read more dog owners reviews before giving Greenies to your dog.",negative445"I have an almost two year old lab mix named Ares. I willingly admit to spoiling him and didnt mind getting him these over priced treats. His vet told us that his joints were in need of attention so I took it upon myself to buy Greenies treats that support joint care for large dogs. I started with a small bag to see if he liked them which he did. He was in love with them. I noticed he had a bit more gas than usual coupled with some less solid poop, but I didnt really read to much into it. After giving him these treats he farted almost constantly! He also had diarrhea on a regular basis.Within a week of feeding him these on a regular basis he would stay in the squatting poop position for about three to five minutes every time he pooped trying to get more out. Once he got to the point that he was leaking diarrhea onto my floor it hit me. I called his vet who advised me to discontinue use of this horrid product. After which I looked up reviews and was horrified at what I read. This stuff is posion. Its killing dogs and cats. DONT LOSE YOUR BEST FRIEND OR WASTE YOUR MONEY! Find a better product. Your best friend deserves it.",negative446"Do not buy these for your dog! I made the mistake of not researching Greenies Dental Chews online before buying these. If you Google the Greenies and how sick it may make your dog you will be shocked these are still on the market. Dogs have died eating this deadly poisonous treat.I saw the reviews on this product and I bought the teenies for my Yorkshire Terrier and gave it to him at night after his dinner. I figured since its for 5-15 lb dogs and his first time, I'll give him just half of the teenie. The next morning he didn't eat and he threw up bile and some of the food he ate from the night before. And remember I only gave him 1/2 a piece; imagine if I gave him an entire piece, it might get obstructed in his intestines.I complained to Amazon and they wanted to send me a replacement. Seriously? Like after all that for making my dog sick, you think that I should try it again? Plus they wanted the Greenies back. For what? To resell this poison? They wouldn't even mail me a box to return it. Eventually they just decided to send me a refund and that I can discard the Greenies.I just want to warn pet owners of this danger. There are plenty of similar complaints on this product if you research online. Please take care of your pets!",negative447"We have two St. Bernards, one of whom is close to ancient, and last year she developed a dental problem.  Someone mentioned GREENIES and off we went to find our old girl something to help her age gracefully and hopefully without pain.  Well, she just loved them - as did the younger Saint - and here we are a couple of thousand dollars later wondering how to wean at least the younger dog off these obviously addictive green hard gel bones that don't have a single expensive ingredient in them.  The packaging, however, is nicer than that of most department stores but just how many of those boxes do I really want?I have calculated that the most expensive dentist around here would have cost less than the dent Greenies have made in my pocketbook.  So this is a warning to first time browsers - move on to another product that might well do the job for a third of the money.  A stop at your local butcher's shop could be cost saving compared to these overpriced pieces of strange green.  Someone should tell these folks that we are inching toward a depression because to date their reaction to what must be declining sales is to just keep upping the price.",negative448"I thought I would write a review because I have seen some negative ones out there. In particular, ones about dogs vomitting green sponges after eating them.My girlfriend and I have a little maltese (Dexter). He's a little over two years old and loves greenies. Absolutely loves them. They're his favorite treat. He loves to hide them and then go back for them later.A couple things to watch for... the package says to only feed them one a day. We were feeding him like 3 or 4 a day. We thought it was like a dental treat and couldn't hurt. We've cut it back to one a day and every once and awhile we'll give him two.Another thing, they can be messy. When we first got him and he was tiny, it would take him awhile to eat them. Once they get wet, they tend to stick to things. Now that he's older, he eats them pretty fast so there's no problem.We've never had him vomit from them, ever. Even when we were giving him 4 a day. He loves them and has never gotten ill from them. One time, he got into the package when we weren't paying attention and hid them all over the house so he probably has a secret stash somewhere.I would stick to the product recommendations (if you can) and if your dog is like ours, he'll love them.",positive449"I have been using this cat food for about 5 months now.  I have mixed feelings about it.  One of my 5 cats eating this food developed a hair loss patch on one side of her spine about the size of a tennis ball.  There were no other symptoms that I could tell.  It did take a couple of days for them to begin eating it as I did mix it at first with their previous food.  This particular cat did seem to lose what I would call her winter coat and became much less ""hairy"" so to speak.  Now, months later she still has that patch on her back where the hair is much shorter.  I was hoping the other cats would slim down a little using this food, but, alas, they have gained.  I am feeding them less than the recommended daily amount for their weight.  They always seem hungry.  I can only hope they're not uncomfortably hungry.  I do not want them to gain any more weight.  I also have noticed that the ingredients list on the package is NOT the same list that is shown on Amazon.com.  I feel that is false advertising. They should correct that to reflect the exact list on the package.  For these reasons, I am not sure it is the best food for the money.",negative450"I thought it would be helpful to compare the top 25 ingredients of the three Amazon Prime eligible Chicken Soup for the Cat Lover's Soul formulas. This brand is produced by Diamond Pet Foods, the company that makes:Canidae Pet FoodCostco's Kirkland SignatureSolid Gold Health Products for PetsDick Van Patten's Natural Balance Pet FoodsKirkland Signature Nature's Domain (Available only at Costco)Taste of the Wild Pet FoodsChicken Soup for the Pet Lover's Soul4Health (Available only at Tractor Supply Company)NutraGold Super Premium Holistic FormulasAll of these pet foods (even the Costco brand) are considered top notch and use high quality ingredients. There is no cheap corn meal filler (as seen in Iams and Science Diet) and the first filler is cracked pearled barley at ~#3 and white rice at ingredient #6.Kitten;  Adult;  Adult Lite34% Protein 22% Fat;  30% Protein 20% Fat;  32% Protein 9% FatChicken;  Chicken;  Chickenchicken meal;  chicken meal;  chicken mealturkey meal;  cracked pearled barley;  cracked pearled barleychicken fat;  chicken fat;  turkey mealcracked pearled barley;  turkey meal;  powdered cellulosewhite rice;  white rice;  white ricepea protein;  potatoes;  potatoespotatoes;  oatmeal;  oatmealoatmeal;  millet;  milletmillet;  natural chicken flavor;  chicken fatnatural chicken flavor;  salmon;  natural chicken flavorocean fish meal;  turkey;  salmonsalmon;  duck;  turkeyturkey;  ocean fish meal;  duckduck;  flaxseed;  ocean fish mealflaxseed;  sodium bisulfate;  flaxseedsalmon oil;  egg product;  sodium bisulfateegg product;  DL-methionine;  egg productpotassium chloride;  potassium chloride;  potassium chlorideDL-methionine;  choline chloride;  DL-methioninesalt;  dried chicory root;  choline chloridecholine chloride;  taurine;  dried chicory roottaurine;  dried kelp;  taurinedried chicory root;  carrots;  dried kelpdried kelp;  peas;  carrotsOur cats have gone through all three varieties and seem to like the adult formula the best. We noticed they seem to eat less when they are fed this high quality food and the begging for food in the morning has stopped. This is the most inexpensive quality pet food I could find anywhere, and with Amazon's free two day shipping, ordering a new bag is very convenient.",positive451"I have alot of experience with various dry foods.  Started out with Deli-cats from Costco which gave my cat struvites and almost killed him when he couldnt pee any more.  Scared the hell out of me and after a $2000 vet bill for the animal hospital decided it was not prudent to skimp on food quality.  So went to the highest end food Evo which costs about twice as much as Chicken Soup.  While it is really a high-quality food I started noticing that my cats just gulp down the kibble without chewing.  The kibble is too small for adult cats.  This causes 2 problems: bad for tooth and gum health if they dont chew, and eating too fast which can cause vomiting.  So I went thru small batches of about 8 premium brands looking for a good sized kibble.  None of them qualified until I found Chicken Soup.  The kibble is X shape - not round like the rest - which kind of forces them to chew.  Ingredients look fine.  Price is actually reasonable compared to the others.  So I have been feeding it about a year now.  The only thing I can say negative is, like some others have noted, that it causes loose stools in my 11 year old cat.  However my 2 younger cats seem to have normal bowel movements.  Maybe she needs a senior cat formula - if it keeps up I will have to look to feed her something else.",negative452"I have two older cats (10+ years) and one had been throwing up every day which was very worrisome.  I was really afraid one of them was dying, but many comments said the vet had no idea what it was.  While trying to figure out what the problem was I stumbled upon all of the info on how bad most of the big brand dry cats food are and all of the nasty stuff that's in them - including euthanized animals (ew!).  Apparently, the best thing for cats is real meat but I have my cats on a timed feeder which is awesome and they don't hunt me down for every meal.  So, I compromised and switched to one feeding of wet (Friskies) and went looking for a good dry because I just can't commit to being stalked all the time when they want to be fed.  Chicken Soup was pretty highly rated and not as expensive as the very top brands - although I think it's still pretty expensive at $28+ a bag (and it started out as a prime item - that helped).  Anyway, the food is pretty big and ""X"" shaped which did concern me because my cats were used to much smaller bits.  They did transition to it well and the throwing up stopped immediately - and they rarely throw up at all now.  I would say after a few months they started to lose interest and were leaving a lot in the feeder every day.  I would usually cover the wet with it at dinner and then they would finish it.  Not sure if they are just getting old and it was too tough on their teeth or not, but I switched to the Blue Buffalo Wilderness Salmon and they gobbled that right down.  It's much smaller little bits so hopefully that's going to help.  It's only been a day so I'll update after a few weeks.",negative453"Our short hair 5 year old male cat, Frankie, loves this food. We give him the dry form. When we moved to a small town and I couldn't find Chicken Soup in any of the stores or even the one Feed Store in town, I bought 1 bag of a brand availible in the grocery store. Boy, if looks could kill! Frankie gave it one sniff, walked off a ways, sat down with his back to me, ears back he turned his head to me --- and his point was very clear... I got right on Amazon and ordered the largest bag of 'Chicken Soup for the Cat Lover's Soul'. I chose Chicken Soup initially because it had the highest fiber content of all the cat foods including the more expensive ones. All I knew then about required cat nutrition was the importance of fiber in the diet. The wild ""big cats"" will eat almost everything of what they kill - bone,nails,hoof,fur,tendons,cartlidge along with the soft muscle tissue and some of the internal organs. When I began to look at what most cat foods contained I couldn't beleive I was finding so many grain products in them. I've never seen a cat eat a bowl of corn meal or barley...What!We are all very happy. Frankie has been eating Chicken Soup for 4 of his 5 years and has never been sick, Goes to the vet only for regular checkups and immunizations. The Vet will always remark about how alert,and interested Frankie is in his surroundings. How strong and well muscled; heavy without being fat he is. Frankie is the love or our life (my husband's and mine) and we are thankful to the makers of Chicken Soup for Frankie's vigor,his delight and interest in the world surrounding him. He is playful,kind, making friends with all the neighbors, and is always eager to take part in what ever is going on around the house and yard. Our lives are inriched by Frankie and we beleive his abilities to beneficially influence us, comes from his good health, and his good health comes from Chicken Soup for the Cat Lover's Soul.  Many thanks.",positive454"UPDATE>July 28th, 2012>This food was RECALLED due to salmonella earlier this year. I googled the recall & Diamond foods and was shocked at what I learned! This food is manufactured by DIAMOND, which has been know to manufacture many brand names and who are know for RECALLS for bad pet foods!!!!  Because of the recipe change and then the recall, I WILL NO LONGER FEED ANY FOODs MANUFACTURED by Diamond!  I would not feed a human child any foods made by a company known for repeated recalled foods and I will not feed my furbabies it either!I have been feeding Chicken Soup to my dogs(fur babies)for years, great food! I didn't realise they're was a Chicken Soup cat food..I was tired of coming home or waking up to find puk on my carpets from one or all of my 3 cats (other fur babies). I tried to find a food they would not throw up, but....Meow Mix=PUK, Purina Cat chow=PUK, Purina one chicken and rice=PUK...I finally found this on amazon and for the HIGH quality and reasonable price I bought it...My 3 cats love it, and NO MORE PUK!!!! Yeah!!! Been 8 mnths now and not a single throw up...I will always feed this to my cats, and recommended it to others..",negative455"I've been using Chicken Soup for the Cat/Dog Lovers Soul for quite a while and my 4 cats and one dog like and do very well on it.  The one problem I've had with the 18 lb. bag of Cat Lovers Light has been an inordinate number of crumbs in the bag, so much so, that I called the manufacturer, which acknowledged the problem and sent me a full refund for the bag.  The rep. explained that the company has narrowed the packers which were responsible for my particular lot and taken it up with them.  II've not had this problem with the 18 lb. Dog Lovers Senior Diet; hopefully, the problem with the Cat Light will be corrected as I probably threw out 1/4 of the bag's content.Would like to know if anyone else has had this problem?P.S.(2/26/12) This is an addendum to the original review.  Since I spoke with the company and it promised to look into the ""crumb"" problem, I received a gift card to purchase the same food with a different sell-by date.  There was no problem with it and there have been no further problems with large amounts of crumbs in the bag.  My four cats and one dog continue to do beautifully on it...glossy coats, firm stools and generally good condition.  I supplement the dry food with small treats of turkey ends that I get from the supermarket and my 10.5 year old German Shepherd gets a tablespoon of Authority canned food added to her Senior dry food. All in all, I have had no medical problems whatsoever (knock wood) and my visits to the vet are confined to ""wellness"" checks.",positive456"We had a problem with this cat food. All of my cats but one developed loose stools on this cat food. It took me several bags of cat food to figure out that it was this cat food that was causing the problem because it did not kick in right off the bat. I had been mixing this with their old dry food and I was supplementing with canned food during the transition, so it took a bit to narrow down this new food as the source. The smaller cats developed the diarrhea before the larger cats did. I believe there is just a bit too much fiber in this formulation or perhaps it is the berries in the ingredients that trigger the loose stools. I would not have a problem mixing this with Iams or Science Diet if I could figure out the threshold where the loose stools starts. For now, I'm just going to stick to supplementing with canned food, which has almost no filler in it. On a final note, the cats were not thrilled with this. They would eat it but would go for any other food in the house before they would eat this, if given a choice.",positive457"Being that multiple members of my family are gluten-intolerant, I've tried most of the GF pastas out there.  When I ran across Bionaturae Gluten Free Penne I wasn't sure what to expect. I was thrilled with the results!  This GF pasta's texture and taste are very close to ""the real thing"". I made this GF penne with meatballs and red sauce for two of my non-gluten sensitive friends. They told me they couldn't tell the difference as long as there was sauce coating the pasta and they cleaned off their plates. The Pros are texture, taste and the fact that you don't have to rinse this ORGANIC GF pasta after cooking.  The Cons are that the leftovers don't reheat very well and have a tendency to fall apart.  Cooking tip: I've made this penne multiple times and while the packaging notes an 11 minutes cooking time - I always have to cook it a bit longer for it to be acceptably al dente. (I live at sea level.) Ultimately - I'm one happy camper with Bionaturae GF Penne, it's the best yet.  I don't think their GF spaghetti is quite as satisfying though. Most likely the tube shape penne works better simply because it holds more sauce. I also used Bionaturae GF elbow pasta to make a cold pasta salad - it was OK but nothing like the ""real thing"". Still - the Bionaturae GF penne was a genuine find.",positive458"I read an article last year about people in other countries who live to a great old age, without heart disease and cancer. One culture managed this, according to the article, by drinking as many as 5 cups of raw cocoa per day. I was interested in the possible health benefits, so after some research I discovered Navitas Cacao on Amazon and placed my order. We've been hooked ever since...Read the label.(BTW, this product has fiber in it. It took us a while to adjust our diets accordingly and for our bodies to adjust to the extra fiber.) We consume, on average, around 2 cups of hot cocoa each, per day.I have priced it in health food stores and have yet to find such a good deal as Amazon offers.As for the product, it really has changed our lives. We have never looked forward to a cup of anything as much as we look forward to a cup of hot cocoa made with this powder. (I know it contributed to me losing 30 pounds last year.) It is energizing,delicious and satisfying....and my husband loves it as much as I do! My favorite way to drink it is in a cup of hot (organic) milk with a tablespoon or two of (raw unprocessed) honey.  (You have to stir it extra well.) You can also bake with it, add it to coffee for a cafe mocha beverage, etc. AND it's low-calorie! If you love chocolate, this is the ultimate in pure chocolate bliss. Don't expect it to be sweet. This is dark; no sugar added.",positive459"Hello Raw Cacao Lovers!Here is the real truth about vitamin C (ascorbic acid) content in Raw Cacao:Despite the trafficked reports circulating the internet, the honest truth remains: even when processed at low temperatures (i.e. ""raw""), there is no vitamin C (ascorbic acid) present in cacao.Recently, highly trafficked websites such as[...] have highlighted the misinformation of cacao's supposed vitamin C content. Included in these reports are claims that raw cacao is ""extraordinarily high in vitamin C.""Back in 2004, our Navitas Naturals lab tests directly looked for vitamin C content in raw cacao, but came up negative. Despite these results, the current media blitz brought us back again for another round of lab testing of our best-selling raw cacao products (beans, nibs and powder) for vitamin C. This time, we used two different laboratories instead of one, and utilized three different analytical methods: High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Capilary Electrophoresis (CE) with UV detection, and Titration.Though all three methods have their place in the scientific community, Titration is the most commonly used method in the food industry when determining vitamin C (ascorbic acid) content. However, there is a critical detail within the Titration method many companies miss when testing raw cacao. The method of Titration is unable to differentiate the vitamin C (ascorbic acid) from the vitamin's analogs. The result is what is known as a ""false positive.""This is why, at Navitas Naturals, we use HPLC when testing raw cacao's vitamin C content. The HPLC method looks directly for vitamin C (ascorbic acid), and not just the analogs. Additionally, after sending samples of our products to another lab to test using the CE method, the reports returned consistent the HPLC results.We have now also tested one of the largest raw cacao brands in the United States using the Titration and HPLC methods. And yet again the results confirm our previous conclusion that raw cacao has no vitamin C (ascorbic acid) present.Cacao is a tremendously beneficial superfood, containing a wide spectrum of minerals and phytonutrients. It is important to be clear however, Vitamin C is not amongst these nutrients.Sincerely,Zach Adelman, PresidentNavitas Naturals",positive460"This is raw CACAO powder NOT COCOA powder.  This is NOT like Ghirardelli's or Hershey's or Nestle's or Swiss Miss cocoa powder.  This is NOT a direct substitute for those products in cooking or making hot chocolate.  There is no sugar in this product, it is bitter (the way it was meant to be) and it is a different product.This is also made from cacao beans like chocolate but it isn't processed the same way.  This is a simply ground (minimally processed to remove the bean's husk) cacao beans. In fact, unlike cocoa or chocolate this is high in fiber and low in fat (17% of the calories come from fat content).  It is low in calories at 24 calories per tablespoon. It also has ALL the health benefits of chocolate at a much, much higher concentration than even the darkest chocolate because the processing of chocolate/cocoa breaks down the healthy compounds.So, how do people use it?  I mix this product with hot chocolate mix to add a little bite to it.  I also add a level tablespoon to my coffee in the morning to give it a cafe mocha type flavor that I have grown addicted to!  People substitute this for cocoa only when they are either adjusting their expectations or their recipes.",positive461"Do not buy this expecting it to taste like a chocolate bar. It has a very complex flavor. It is raw bean, that is not false advertising. It tastes like an intense tropical nut crossed with a distinct fermented fruity wine/grape aroma, truly deep and unique, with the texture similar to cashew pieces. This is crushed up pieces of the raw cocoa bean. It does not blend into smoothies well, but that's how I use it. I mix it in with blueberries and hemp protein and it's great. I also put it on oatmeal. You could put it in cereal, or yogurt.. in peanut butter & jelly sandwiches, or fruit cocktails.. anything that has a touch of sugar in it. You can eat them plain, but it is slightly bitter, not at all unpleasant in my book, and actually much more enjoyable to me. I will never buy any other form of chocolate ever again.I am a health nut, and the highlight of this stuff is you can just tell you are getting a mega dose of antioxidants. A dark chocolate bar does not come remotely close to this stuff. I think the nutritional content is probably off the charts. To the person who said the fat in these is bad, they would be incorrect. This is not milk animal fat, like in most chocolate bars, and it is not extracted cocoa butter, it is naturally occurring good fat like those found in avocado, coconut, and nuts, it is rapidly available as energy to your body and is burned off by your liver.I would highly recommend this product, it is truly unique.",positive462"This powder has a refreshingly subtle, confection-like aroma; it is thinly ground. I've used it to make my own solid chocolate bars - it worked very well, the chocolate tastes creamier and less bitter, then with my usual organic brand. I think this cocoa can be used specifically for making solid candy bars. Food allergy sufferers can appreciate it: soy free chocolate.  I found myself allergic to any factory or specialty gourmet chocolate bars even if they swore in written ""never use emulsifyers"" ""soy free"" ""100% chocolate"" etc (some of those ""cheater"" brands later started indicating soy lecithin in their ingredients).  Well, you can use this powder to make your own chocolate. It's a simple process. Just get good quality cocoa butter, use boiling water bath to melt it in, mix in enough cocoa powder to thicken the liquid a bit, add sweetener of your choice,  maybe powdered milk  - taste it and adjust any flavoring - and here the magic starts - heat the mixture up in the boiling water bath till it gets more liquidy (about 5 min) and cool it off while stirring till it thickens somewhat (about 2-3 min). Repeat at least 3-4 times; after the last heating pour it in a non-stick container (or any container laid with non-stick foil) and put it in the freezer until completely solid (an hour maybe). You can take it out of the freezer later and just keep is in the frigde. Depending on the air temperature you can keep it out of the fridge. P.S.: The more times you change the mixtures' temperature and the better you stir it when cooling, the solider  chocolate bar comes out of it. Practice makes perfect and Navitas Naturals Cacao helps!",negative463"The first time I used this brand of raw cacao I made raw chocolates with it.  When I licked the ""batter"" off a spoon before the candies hardened, I did a little dance in my kitchen.  It was so good I couldn't believe it.  I definitely had a brain chemical reaction from it.Raw chocolate is a totally different experience from cooked chocolate or cocoa.  If you have never tried it, DO!  You will never look at cooked chocolate the same way again.  I make raw chocolate candies for friends and package them up and pretty little wooden boxes.  I always use this brand and people rave about them.  And the fact that they are organic is a big plus for me since I buy organic whenever I can.I love the way this raw chocolate makes me feel, energetic, happy and high.  And with all the health benefits, too many to list here, you can't feel bad about eating it at all. I also use it in banana or coconut smoothies and make some really great raw almond milkshakes with it.And if you know any women with PMS, raw chocolate far surpasses regular chocolate.  It has more of the nutrients in tact because it is raw and not exposed to heat.  Most importantly for women, the magnesium content is through the roof, which helps to relax muscles and overall body tension.  This is reportedly one of the main reasons why women with PMS crave chocolate.  And it definitely takes the edge off of menstrual cramps.Healthy decadence!",positive464"As other reviewers have noted, this is expensive. But it's also a premium product and you won't feel guilty about having it as there are no added sugars or anything remotely artificial or overprocessed here, just a rich chocolate flavor with all the associated health benefits. In response to negative comments about its palatability: You definitely need a blender for this (a blender bottle would also work fine). There is no way to stir this into something and not taste residual powder. Raw cacao powder is also an acquired taste-- It is far more complex and richer than your ordinary pre-packaged cocoa powder, but it has such a different taste that some people might have a hard time liking it on their first try. Seriously, though, once you've had this in a properly made recipe, you'll never go back to whatever you were using before. A last major advantage is the versatility. You can easily adapt this to any recipe requiring cocoa, by adding your own sweetener. In one bag, you have the main ingredient for smoothies, desserts, and hot chocolate; and all these can be made to taste.So far, I've made these two things, numerous times, because they're that good:- raspberry, banana, cacao powder smoothies: 1 rounded teaspoon cacao powder, 3/4 cup raspberries, 1/2 banana, 1/2 c. almond milk, 1/2 c. water- hot chocolate: 1 1/2 rounded teaspoons cacao powder, 1/4 c. water, 3/4 c. hemp milk, raw honey to tasteI recommend omitting the water if you use a thinner milk such as almond milk. My hemp milk is pretty sweet, hence the 1/2 c. of water.",positive465"I was quite pleasantly surprised how fragrant and chocolaty was this organic raw Cacao Powder was. It is nice to know that it was milled with low heat method to preserve the natural enzymes and nutrients inherent in cacao beans. I do eat raw cacao nibs and cacao beans and I do admit it's an acquired taste and that it does not taste like chocolate as we know it. But this powder did taste chocolaty and I was quite pleased.I have used this cacao powder to make shakes and dips. Just remember not everyone may like this. I made fruit dips with Mountain High Yogurt mixed with this cacao powder and raw honey and stirred vigorously and my guests did like the dip and were pleased by the strong presence of chocolate that they described as being very ""pure"".Latest medical research has found that cacao has very high antioxidants and it could be helpful for people with high blood pressure and diabetes and knowing that the store bought chocolates are laden with sugar, it is nice to have another way to get the healthful characteristics of chocolate without the harmfulness of refined sugar or corn syrups. Using a small amount of raw unfiltered honey just to sweeten whatever you are making seems to be a better alternative or use the all natural Stevia. Remember the amount is SMALL if you are using honey. To me the jury is still out on the agave nectar. I still remember how high fructose corn syrup was presented as been healthier than regular cane sugar and now we know that it is not true.",positive466"This is the first RAW Cocoa I have tried and I really love it. I use and highly recommend rapunzel(non alkali) cocoa for our hot chocolate but I wanted something raw for our shakes and when I make raw fudge. Anyhow the flavor is great and I have nothing to complain about as far as the actual product goes.My problem is with Amazons packaging... The same day I ordered this, I placed a seperate order for a case of coconut milk. The problem is they sent them both in the same box and when I opened it the case of coconut milk had squished the unprotected cocoa bags and one of them popped open at the top on the seam. I contacted Amazon and left bad packaging feedback but to my disappointment they have not contacted me. And in case your wondering, No they do not accept returns on food. (thankfully) :)Otherwise, the poduct itself is fantastic ust be careful what you order through Amazon on the same day.UPDATE: I took the advice from the comment left & contacted amazon, the very next day I had my new bag of raw cacao at my door. Glad I didn't lose out. Thanks Amazon!P.S. I didn't call amazon I contact through email, when your logged in to your account click ""contact us"" I was amazed at how quicly they resolved the issue.",negative467"I love mixing one serving of this Cocoa Powder with about 4-5 frozen/cold bananas mixed up for after my workouts. Tastes great, and very healthy! Also these are Organic, and the Amazon S&S price is very reasonable. Would definitely recommend. I also mix this with any shakes or powders that are hard to drink with just water. To my surprise it is also quite high in protein relatively speaking (3g per serving) and quite low in fat (1.5g), and even so they are healthy fats. As a university student I find it quite useful in mixing with the shakes and with bananas and I know that this amount will last me a long time.PROS+Organic.+Well priced.+Many options to use.+Satisfies chocolate craving in a healthy way.+High in many antioxidants and minerals such as Magnesium (about 80% of Americans on the standard diet are chronically deficient in Mg!).CONS+By itself tastes bitter and chalky.+Can be daunting to research different ways to use it.BOTTOM LINEIf your up for a bit of a challenge in finding ways to use the stuff, and want a healthy way to make some of your favorite recipes into healthy options, then this product is perfect.",positive468"Store mixes are just OK. My mother always made cakes from scratch and frosting. This cake mix tastes like homemade and we love them ...all of them. I am so excited to try the new ones coming out.Since I discovered these we have cupcakes in our house all the time. (No we are not fat)  One cupcake is equivalent to 1/2 piece cake.  I deplore store bought frosting in the can, always have.  This frosting takes homemade. Do yourself a big favor and use REAL butter in the frosting instead of the artificial stuff.  Makes all the difference in the world. Tastes just like Mom's.Kids will love the dots inside the cake. They show up well s long as you do not over beat the batter. The sprinkles for the frosting being all natural, are a real plus. You don't have to buy your own to add. It is just a thing with me, I have to have sprinkles on my cupcakes! Side note, my Mom's dad was a farmer and they always ate lots of  butter and whole milk. My dad's dad was  farmer and ditto.  9 kids in mom's family and 4 in dad's. Of the total 13 kids, 3 have died and all were over 80. The remaining children are still alive are in  their late 80's and  90's. It appears Butter and  whole milk have not had a negative affect on them.Great cake mix and frosting mix. All natural and that is a wonderful thing.For those of you who have said the mix is not sweet enough, you can always add a little sugar! I think it is fine but have added extra sugar at times.",positive469"I love mangoes.  One of my favorite fruits.  But fresh mango is expensive in the U.S. and also seasonal. I love mango that is sweet and a teeny, tiny bit of tartness. I bought this item thinking that canned mangoes would let me have mangoes during the off-season.  But I am disappointed with this one. I agree with one reviewer that the mango is mushy.  It has been overprocessed to the point that there is no characteristic taste or flavor of mango at all. Even if you try making a milkshake out of this mango, you wouldn't recognize that it has mango flavor.  The texture is horrible.  It is better to go for the canned peaches from your local store instead (I haven't tried Roland's canned peaches). At least canned peaches have good texture and flavor. The taste of this mango is just plain, flat sweetness from the syrup. They look good but don't taste as good as they look. Somehow, they have good fresh mangoes to start with but they need to reformulate the canning process to preserve the distinctive taste and flavor of fresh mango, and while they are at it, they might as well make a no-sugar added version as well.",negative470"I've been making all kinds of soda for the last 5 years from various concentrates, with a home-made carbonation kit that consists of little more than a tank of CO2, some hoses, a filter and regulator.  I regularly get the Homebrew Root Beer and Homebrew Cola and have tried every other flavor they sell.  For starters, the Ginger Ale (and several others) keeps the essential oils in an alcohol suspension, yet is sold in a plastic bottle.  It doesn't take a chemist to figure out just how stupid that is.  Every bottle I've received has been partially collapsed, bubbled/sticky on the outside and has 'particulate matter' on the inside, due to the volume of alcohol migrating through the plastic.  Same with the Lemon flavor as well - it's been totally revolting.Avoid this - get the Ginger Beer instead of the Ginger Ale, use Koolaid unsweetened mixes for the fruit flavors, and really just use the Homebrew label for the Cola and RootBeer products.  Get any soda concentrate with essential oils in suspension (read: most) from a distributor that uses glass bottles.My Soda Rig:*The Carbonator - fits to 20ounce and 2liter bottles: [....]*Ball Lock Disconnect - connects the Carbonator to the CO2 tank: [....]*5lb or 20lb CO2 tank (get the 20 if you don't need your rig portable) - local beer homebrew or welding store.  Make sure it's food grade.*Dual Gauge CO2 Regulator: [....]*3-6 feet clear tubing with 1/4inch interior diameter.  It only needs to handle 50-60 psi, so it doesn't need to be reinforced.Most of this stuff can be gotten cheap from various local sources or somewhere here on Amazon ([....]).  Once you put it together, you can start carbonating just about anything.",positive471"THESE BEANS ARE SIMPLY GREAT.  YOU CAN UTILIZE THEM IN MANY WAYS.While dry beans are general soaked for two to four hours prior to cooking, Anasazi beans yield better results when soaked overnight or for at least eight hours. Known to cook much faster than ordinary pinto beans, Anasazi beans are often used to replace pinto beans in a variety of dishes including chili, soup and popular Latin dishes such as chalupas and nachos, or add mopre water and have bean soup.  My favorite is to cook them with a package of Liption Beef Onion Soup.  Wash them through three washings of water, then cover with two or three inches of water and let them soak overnight.  Drain, cover with water, add seasonings of choice, bring them to a boil, reduce the heat and let them simmer ONE HOUR.  They cook faster than most beans and are very tender at this one hour time.Benefits: (according to a web site)In addition to being a good source of fiber, Anasazi beans are also an excellent source of potassium, folic acid and iron. While dry beans are known to contain certain carbohydrates that cause flatulence, the Anasazi bean has been found to contain less than 25 percent of these complex carbohydrates, making them much easier on the digestive system.",positive472"Gatorade is SUPER b/c its sort of difficult to find at a small grocery store when that's all thats available in your area .  This is very PRICEY via Amazon though per gallon mix;  I don't have a Sam's Club membership or anything where I can buy in bulk like this product normally is available.For product taste;  I think the taste is just fine as it's the trademark Gatorade & mixed in proportion its really great to replace electrolites and fluids when you're exerting from exercise or the heat of summer.  It's caffeine free and loads of sugar when mixed as directed  ( I dillute this in 1/2 to get just 11 sugars vs 22 )  I think this price is realitively decent for making 94 servings if not double that if dilluted to 188 and makes alot of lemon lime juice for big reunions/summer picinics vs. soda pop which is very expensive & difficult to haul carbonated fluid to an event.Contents are 12 fluid ounces = 80 calories, 150 sodium, 45 potassium, 150 sodium, 21 carbs, 21 sugars.  Ingredients are :  Sucrose, dextrose, citric acid, natural and artifical flavors, salt, sodium citrate, monopotassium phosphate, calcium silicate, modified food starch, yellow 5.It's a better choice than soda pop.  5 stars on Gatorade",positive473"these scones are absolutely fantastic. i have been looking for a great alternative to starbucks scones for a while and this is it.  first off, i used 4 tbsp of whipped smart balance instead of butter and a tablespoon of soy creamer instead of milk.  this worked well, but just a warning: these scones are slightly savory/salty due to the black pepper and sea salt in the mix.  I found the finished product to be a tad salty (i think the smart balance added salt) so before baking a second time i sprinkled A LOT of turbinado sugar all over the top- problem solved. if you use regular, unsalted butter this may not be as much of an issue.i know that using cubed chilled butter is crucial in regular scones, but here, i found that allowing the smart balance/butter to warm up a bit first helped keep the scones moist while baking.  instead of cutting the butter in with a knife, i threw the cubes in there and made crumbs with my hands. using my hands warmed the butter up a bit more and helped incorporate it into the mix and there were no dry portions.  i think this also helped keep them moist and there was no grainy texture whatsoever when i tried them.before baking, i actually shaped the dough ball into a round disk with thick sides. my disk was about the size of the center of a salad plate.  i then refrigerated the dough overnight and cut them into 4 triangle-ish shapes in the morning.baking a larger scone kept them moist and they looked/tasted exactly like my old starbucks favorites.  they had that nice high, cracked side and the top had a crust and shine from the sugar.  i served them with some pumpkin butter on the side- delicious.buy this product- you will not be disappointed!",positive474"This food is a lifesaver. My cat loves it. He howls for more just an hour after eating! He isn't vomiting or drinking unhealthy amounts of water anymore. I tried another brand when the shipper failed to send my second delivery in a timely manner and my cat turned his pink nose up at it. This food is stinky, but my cat and I are happy to have it.If the secondary seller, PREMIUM PETS ETC comes up when you try to purchase this, run, don't walk away from the shopping cart. I ordered 3 additional cases from them when I had one week of food left. Although he charged my credit card immediately, it took him 6 full days to ship the product and he couldn't provide tracking info to me. His office phone mail is often full so you can't call for an update. Since he was so late in sending the food out (with NO communication of the problem, I had to chase HIM down), I requested an upgrade to overnight shipping. PREMIUM PETS ETC rep told me he couldn't upgrade because he'd already shipped it, then refused to provide the shipping confirmation despite my continued requests for the #. When the package arrived, I found that he was lying, he didn't ship it until late that night when he said he shipped in the morning. HORRIBLE customer service.Amazon should be ashamed to be associated with such an unprofessional seller. It's really sad because this is a product which is needed for medical purposes. Because of PREMIUM PETS ETC's poor service, my cat was sick all weekend when I couldn't get to the vet to buy other food because he was still promising he had shipped it when he hadn't. When the food still didn't arrive, 8 days after my order was placed, I had to take off work to go buy other food, losing income on what was supposed to be an easy online transaction. I can't say enough bad things about PREMIUM PETS ETC.",negative475"I was pleasantly surprised by the clean, sparky taste of No Fear.  It was clean and did not leave much aftertaste.  That, however, is the best part and the super energy part is unavailable for me to define and address with specificity.  On consecutive days I split the 16 oz can into two drinks just before going out for my test period which lasted about 4 hours each.  I was careful to isolate my physical, emotional and mental health for the several days preceding my test period.(Please keep in mind that those items are purely subjective and so are my feelings about No Fear.  Sadly, it is close to impossible to accomplish and objective comparisons with one can of supplement.  Even though the promo suggests that there are 12 cans in the study I only received one.)The high amount of caffeine did not add any detectable energy.  My coffee intake prior to leaving is usually about the same as in No Fear.  Thirty three grams of sugar in a serving (8 oz) should produce a significant increase in energy but I did not notice any.  None of the normal aches and pains reflected any improvements.In short, a great tasting drink with questionable and unproven claims just does not justify the cost per serving.",negative476"In general, I have not had good experiences with energy drinks.  Although I like the lift they give on a long day at work, they usually taste so awful I just avoid them.  The only exception was with Monster Java which had various iced coffee flavors and tasted good and gave a good jolt.  Unfortunately, Monster Java is not as common but I keep hoping maybe I'll find an energy drink that won't taste like carbonated cough syrup.No Fear is the latest candidate and it actually wasn't totally disgusting.  At first it actually was pretty good as it had a bit of a sour taste and not the sickly sweet flavor common in such fare.  But about a third of the way through, I started picking up a rather unpleasant aftertaste.  Not as bad as some, mind you ... but enough to make you think twice about a repeat performance.  As far as the kick it gives, it is not as strong as some I have had but not as weak as others.  Basically about average and there was no major crash at the end.  Of course, such evaluations tend to vary with personal body chemistry.Overall, while No Fear is certainly not horrible and is actually drinkable, it was not enough to stop me from looking for something better.",positive477"I was really excited to try this and I work at 3 am once a week. I usually take an AMP energy drink with me which I enjoy and works quite well, but I thought I would try this one. It was not a good experience for me. The morning that I drank it, I really needed. I did not get much sleep at all (probably about 2 hours) and I was tired. I started sipping on the the drink and I started feeling nauseous. I don't know if the nausea was because I was really tired (I tend to get nauseous whe I'm tired) or if it was from the drink itself (after I read the label I saw it had 1,000mg of Taurine compared to the 173mg in the AMP. But I decided to stop drinking it and switched to an AMP afterwards and my nausea went away.So, this is not a drink that I will have again, and I'm a little disappointed that I didn't get the chance to see if it actually worked or not. But compared to other energy drinks, the taste wasn't that bad. It wasn't my favorite, but it was a lot better tasting than other drinks that are on the market.",negative478"They don't actually tell you what the flavor of this stuff is supposed to be but it's not bad but it's not easy to point out the actual flavor either. I gave a taste to several people and got responses from sour apple, jolly rancher apple, grape, and a few others... It seems no one really knows what it is but no one complained about the flavor either.It seems to have a nice mix of ingredients that it doesn't give you a rush of energy but it does keep you awake through the day. I spent half the day just sipping on a can and it really does seem to do it's job without the rush like some other energy drinks will give you. That's a major bonus for me as I really don't like that rush. Overall it's a great product and I'm glad I got to test it out. I will certainly have to get me some so that I can have this instead of the ones I used to drink that I had to stop because of the crazy rush they would give me.I'll have to admit that I'm impressed with this brand and the fact someone actually put out a good energy drink that gives you energy and not a rush.",positive479"This drink tastes fine as energy drinks go but is really nothing special. Sweetened by high fructose corn syrup, made tart with citric acid, some grape juice concentrate and other flavors added. 87 mg caffeine per serving and two servings per can. The black can with the angry and fractured skull [with wings on it] will appeal to certain people while turning others off. Marketing is everything with energy drinks. There isn't much science to support them beyond the caffeine improving endurance and concentration a bit. Simple coffee may be the better and cheaper choice for those wanting a boost. Many added ingredients are in very low amounts and should have little effect if any. There is a gram of taurine per serving, but the science supporting its use for an energy boost is not at all compelling.Ingredients:Carbonated Water, High Fructose Corn Syrup, Citric Acid, Taurine, Grape Juice Concentrate, Sodium Citrate, Natural Flavor, Inositol, Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C), Sodium Hexametaphosphate (to Protect Flavor), Caffeine, Monopotassium Phosphate, Caramel Color, Sodium Benzoate (Preserves Freshness), Grape Seed Extract, L-Carnitine, Panax Ginseng Root Extract, L-Arginine Hydrochloride, Zinc Methionine Sulfate, Soy Protein Isolate and Rice Flour, Guarana (Paullinia Caruna), Seed Extract, Pyridoxine Hydrochloride, Calcium Disodium EDTA (to Protect Flavor), Selenium Complexed with Amino Acids and Polypeptides, Folic Acid, Cyanocobalamin.This beverage is a high sugar[260 calories per can] soft drink with a gram of taurine per serving added and perhaps twice the caffeine of the average caffeinated soft drink. It has less caffeine per ounce than brewed coffee. If you like the taste and don't mind paying much more for a few cents worth of caffeine and some other ingredients of questionable value ... enjoy it!  For most people caffeine presents little trouble... used in moderation. But anxiety, heart palpitations, high blood pressure and digestive troubles can follow slamming too much caffeine from any sources... go easy! Peace.",negative480"Ive tried a few other brand energy drinks and never liked the taste of any. Regardless I would drink the horrible tasting drinks to have the energy without the crash when needed and they did work. I found this No Fear Super Energy Supplement to give the same amount of energy but alot more to drink. The taste was not as bad though as the others - it was decently flavored and ok to drink rather then horrible tasting. It has a cherry flavor taste like cola. It is a 16 ounce can though compared to some 2oz drinks so there is alot more to drink. Keep in mind though the can is 2 servings... I prefer the smaller bottles to a big can.When I compare this to 5 hour energy the ones I am use to the flavor is far better with this drink. BUT its alot more can to drink to feel an affect which I actually then prefer the nasty tasting stuff as its a quick gulp and thats it... rather then a whole can to down. I feel more energized wit ha 5 hour energy, you can totally feel the difference. I did not have that same affect with this- it felt like it was starting to work and I was waiting for that full blown kick in energy but it never came. I can take a 5 hour when exhausted and I'm wide awake and alert for 5 hours no problem. With this I  could still head to bed if I desired.I do like the look of the can, its pretty cool looking but, what matters is inside the can. Energy drinks work differently for everyone. I'd recommend trying a few just a can or 2 from each til you find what works best for you. For me, its still 5 hour energy",negative481"I'm a thirty-something Mom that limits my energy drink intake.  Not because I can't use the extra energy, but because I normally don't care for the taste.  My boyfriend is forty-something and drinks energy drinks on a daily basis, usual right before his evening workout.  He prefers sugar free ones, but occasionally buys the regular versions.  My daughter is a high school senior who likes energy drinks and consumes 3-4 a week, to help keep up with her busy schedule. She doesn't seem to be picky about them; sugar-free, regular, carbonated, pretty much whatever is on sale.  So I decided that we would all try out the No Fear,Super Energy Supplement and to do so I purchased a 2nd can so that we could each have a full serving, which is 8 ounces.  After taste testing, these were the results.Me - I liked the flavor, which surprised me.  It was fruity, without being too much.  There was an aftertaste that I didn't care for though.  I drank mine in the morning and I did feel like I had the same level of energy as my normal 2 cups of coffee and no jittery feelings.  Overall I gave it 4 out of 5 stars.Boyfriend - He didn't care for the flavor at all.  He said he smelled mango, which is something he hates. He of course didn't care for the high sugar content and said he couldn't see himself ever buying this brand. Energy wise, he said it did it's job just fine. From someone that drinks energy drinks daily, his opinion definitely had me listening. He gave it 2 of 5 stars.Daughter - She liked the flavor, energy level, but didn't care for the can design. (Remember she's a teenage girl so they think of these things.)  She did say that these were priced higher than her usual couple brands so that would be a factor in any future purchases. She ended up giving it 3 out of 5 stars.",positive482"I was given one can of ""No Fear, Super Energy"" to try out for this review.  At the outset I should say that I am not a regular energy drink fan, though I have indulged on occasion, largely out of necessity, when I was desperate for energy or forced to stay awake all night.  I have always viewed such drinks as a little bit dangerous and largely a necessary evil but one that is clearly needed during this day and age.  I've never been a fan of the taste, but it's difficult to argue with the burst of energy that such drinks provide.  That said, this ""No Fear"" big can -- each can containts two servings -- was just OK, no better and no worse than any of the other drinks I have occasionally tried and largely disliked over the years.A few reviewers have described the taste as cola-like or even fruity, and I think that says a lot about the rather, well, ambiguous flavor.  The one thing that I can certainly agree with is the utterly unpleasant aftertaste that tingles like a vitamin or pill that you accidentally bit into before swallowing.  Now, did it increase my energy?  Of course, as any huge jolt of caffeine to my system would do.  Would I try it again?  Well, as I said, I'm not a fan of energy drinks but recognize the occasional need for one.  If I was in need and ""No Fear"" was handy, sure, I'd drink it again.  Would I choose it over another brand?  No.  There is no real difference in my opinion.  Of course, if you're a fan of energy drinks -- as many of these reviewers are -- your mileage may vary.  This might be the best or worst tasting energy drink ever.  Much like the flavor, it's all very ambiguous.",positive483"Hey, going on a juicing health kick this year has me try and stay away from energy drinks, but still I sometimes feel the need for a boost.  My standard drink is the green label monster, and I can get it at sale prices in the 16 ounce cans for about a dollar on sale.  I buy a lot when it's on sale and when it's not I get the 2 for 3.00 deals that are frequently made at filling stations.  This is just as drinkable and provides a similar array of energizers and caffeine.The drink tasted to me a little like grapefruit, and I liked the flavor, but not enough to this is a special taste I want to have again!  Frankly in something as highly competitive as the soft drink market, I don't see this hanging around for long unless there is a very big player behind it and they discount it to knock out the competition.  I'm still not sure of the value of energy sodas, they appear to me to run down your health under the guise of keeping you going.  At least it's not the joke like that 5 hour thing, that doesn't even have energy just some cheap stimulants and an overblown price.The price on this one is frankly too much for me to consider, pretty much what the out of the vending machine price would be for a typical energy drink.  Had they sent me more than a can I'd have evaluated the drink over a few weeks, and maybe given a feel good or feel bad report, but with just the one can, I can't make any such claims.  Bottom line is cost, and cost is not very good.  That said it's not awful either, so if this makes it to the grocery, and is on sale I may buy again, just for a change of pace.",negative484"I am not too familiar with energy drinks, so my experience is somewhat limited. I was feeling pretty draggy at around 6pm, and it was a Friday night, so I felt like I needed a boost. The can said it had 2 servings, but I went ahead and downed the whole thing. Within a minute or so, my head was tingling and my eyes were like saucers. Is this normal?? I don't know if it was a placebo effect or if this stuff actually had an effect on me. It might have also had something to do with the video game I was playing, but I can't say for sure. Caffeine usually doesn't have a big effect on me... aside from causing an occasional acne flare up. (The side of the can DOES say it's not recommended for people who are sensitive to caffeine, so I'm assuming there's some caffeine in there).As for the taste, it wasn't wonderful, but it wasn't terrible either. It tasted like Sprite mixed with Pomegranate juice. It wasn't the best beverage I've ever had, but it certainly wasn't the worst.I'm happy to report I didn't have any sort of crash afterward. I don't know if it really had an effect on me, or if it was all in my head. Nevertheless, this drink certainly wouldn't be bad to try.",positive485"Having enjoyed No Fear's Sugar-Free energy drinks for quite some time now and being offered the Super Energy Supplement via the Vine Program, I decided to give it a shot.  What I got was a can of generic energy drink with the standard generic citrus-like, lightly carbonated taste and a bizarre but brief aftertaste that I can best explain as tasting like the smell of old cigarette ashes.I had a sausage, egg, and cheese croissant on the morning that I consumed this drink, to give you an idea of what was in my stomach when I drank it.  I had stayed up fairly late the night before and really needed a bit of a kick.  Instead of my usual coffee, I opted for the No Fear instead.  Initially the taste isn't bad, but as I've already mentioned, there's a very, very brief and nasty aftertaste after each sip.  I drank the No Fear on my way to work after eating my breakfast and finished the entire can (all 260 calories of it) in a twenty-five minute period.Once I arrived at work, I allowed thirty minutes to pass before expecting any results.  I got none.  In fact, I was just as tired after drinking the No Fear as I was before drinking it.  This sort of surprised me, though, as the sugar-free version of this drink always gives me a good kick for a few hours.Overall, I think I'll stick with the sugar-free No Fear and only grab one of these if I'm in need of an energy drink and no Monster drinks are available.",negative486"The No Fear energy supplement is pretty much a standard energy drink, much like Monster, Venom, and the others. The flavor itself is one that you have to get used to, just like many of the other ones of this style. It's not terrible (doesn't taste like medicine) but it's not fruit punch either. I reacted to this the way I typically react to energy drinks so I'll describe it in general terms. I am the type who is sensitive to caffeine and herbal energy blends. As such, a can like this is one I will nurse throughout the day. You need to know your limits. Some people can pound them like a bottle of beer at a party. I am not one of them. If I drink this stuff too fast it drives my heart rate up and makes me bounce off the walls, then I'm burned out when it wears off. Sipped slowly throughout the day, I don't have a problem and I can sustain the ""wake-up"" all day and into the evening.Again, be aware, too much of this stuff can be harmful. If you have anxiety problems and you pound this, it can make matters worse. Same with high blood pressure or any of that. Also, this particular one is not sugar free, so you're talking added calories. If you're watching your carb intake or your weight, go for one of the sugar free ones.",positive487"I have little experience with energy supplements, so I can only review, not compare.The first aspect of any consumable is its taste.  On first gulp, one is doubtful, but as you proceed it becomes quite palatable, although not something you would probably drink for the pleasure of it.  You will find yourself trying to guess what the flavors are.  My guess: grape, cranberry, and orange.  It has a very pleasing astringent effect which I like, somewhat like Coke, but more so.As to its energizing effect, I can say that it is not like the fabled NZT, but I am still awake and ready to take on my tax preparation, which would usually sap my energy for at least a few days.A note of caution however.  The label says it contains 130 calories.  But if you look above that you will note that it says that a can contains two servings.  So double the calories.  Being carbonated, it is unlikely you will drink half and store the other half.  If one were to drink 260 calories of Coke or Pepsi, you might feel the same energizing effect, with a better taste.  It does however have a nice dose of several vitamins, especially B.Enough said, you be the judge.",positive488"A Decent Energy DrinkNo Fear Super Energy Supplement.  I am not so sure what is so super about it, but it is a nice energy drink.The color is a dark red and you have a medium level of carbonation, not too bubbly that it burns going down, but not so flat that is has no bite.The predominant flavor is grape, backed with some tropical flavors like guava, mango maybe some passion fruit.  I suppose the best way to describe the flavor is a grape based tropical flavor; very pleasant, nothing funky and no bad aftertaste.They describe the drink as 2 servings in the can.230 calories total.174 mg caffeine totalThe only sweetener I could read on the label was high fructose corn syrup.A warning on the can said it contained soy, for those with soy allergies, not sure where the soy is from as I couldn't identify any soy based ingredients on the label.The buzz is good.  Doesn't come on too strong or give the shakes, tapers off after couple hours I didn't notice any big crash.Suffice to say an average energy drink.  Nothing special, I tend to imagine this is a drink designed to sell to the market that ""No Fear"" appeals to.  Not a bad drink, not my favorite either.  Only real reason to stick with it is if you are a big fan of the taste in my opinion.  But it is worth giving a try.",positive489"I appreciate the can labeling for stating nutritional facts and that there are two servings per can.  Like most people will probably do, I drank the entire thing minus a couple of sips.The drink labels itself as a ""super-energy supplement"".  The word ""supplement"" in and of itself has health benefits implied.  There are no specific health benefits to this drink and it shouldn't be consumed or bought with that in mind.  The ingredients labeled across the top - especially L-Carnitine has received press over the past few years as a fat dissolver, muscle builder.  Unfortunately, L-Carnitine interferes with Thyroid hormones (Synthroid, etc) and can make them less effective.  You won't see warnings about that on the can but it's something worth being aware of.The amount of caffeine (per serving) in this drink is about the same as a cup of coffee or a Red Bull Energy Drink, 8.4-Ounce Cans, 4-Count (Pack of 6).  I prefer my coffee with my occasional Red Bull because I love the taste of that.This drink has an appealing looking can and catchy name ""No Fear"".  This branding has made it's way into some of the MMA circles too (Uriah Faber).  The taste of this drink is citrus-like and has a predominant grapefruit taste to it.  It is sour to the taste buds and actually defies the 66 grams of sugar that it contains (33 per serving - 2 in a can).I got the kind of kick a Mountain Dew gives - too much sugar, too much stimulant.  3 stars for an overhyped, pricey energy drink billed as a supplement.  At least a Red Bull states what it is and doesn't pretend to be anything it's not.Coffee and an occasional Red Bull suit me just fine.",negative490"The taste is good and it has enough caffeine (174mg per can) and taurine (2000mg per can) to provide a good long lasting pick-up. It also has some trace vitamins added, which although nice, still don't make this a healthy beverage by any means. It would be nice if the Amazon product page listed the full ingredients for this product and as things stand now (and have for the past week or so), the short sentence that does serve as a product description lists this as being sugar free which it is not. They do make a sugar free version of this product and it looks like they simply used the same product page for both. I did chuckle a bit because right above the sugar free description is a large legal disclaimer saying the actual ingredients as listed on the can may be different from those listed on the website.It does contain a large amount of sugar (OK technically high fructose corn syrup). The sugar will keep me from buying this paticular version in the future as I have no issues bombing my body with too much caffeine, taurine, and B vitamins but I have to draw the line somewhere. If you have no issue with the sugar content then this is a good choice as it taste good an is effective. I am hopeful someone will take the time to correct the ""sugar free"" error and then expand on the product description on the main page.Servings: 2Calories: 130 Per serving or 260 per canSugar: 33 grams per serving (66g in the can)Caffeine: 87mg per serving (174mg if you drink the can)Taurine: 1000mg servingInositol: 100 mg servingginseng: 50 mgguarana: 50 mggrape seed extract: 25mgL-carnatine: 25mgL-Arginine: 10 mgAlso has Vitamins C, B6, B12, folic acid, selenium, and zinc ranging from 10%-100% of RDA per serving.",negative491"I got a single can of this as a sample from the Amazon Vine program.  I've never been one to drink energy drinks as I have always feared they would be overstimulating, so I don't have a lot of experience with them.  I split the drink with my son, since one can has two servings.  We both knew right away that we liked the taste.  To me it tastes like a delicious fruit punch. I was waiting for a jolt after drinking it, but none came.  I looked on the can and saw that it has less caffeine than a cup of coffee, and I read somewhere that taurine is supposed to regulate blood sugar, so that was a plus.  It's really hard to read the ingredients and supplement facts, and it took me a while to figure out that its name was No Fear.  I am an allergic person, and morning mucus is often a problem for me.  I was pleasantly surprised to find that after drinking it I was spitting up a lot of mucus.  In a little while my bronchials and head were clear, and I felt calm yet alert.  I think the price is kind of high, but I was thinking I might be able to stop buying Mucinex and use this product instead.  Putting it in a can almost forces you to drink 2 servings at once unless you have a good stopper for the can.  A bottle with a screw top would be better.  Nevertheless, I'm giving it 5 five stars because it makes me feel good, and that's what it's all about.",positive492"This energy drink is very good tasting, IMO.  It's extremely sweet...extremely, which I happen to like.  It tastes like a mixed berry drink to me, and it goes down nice and smooth.  There's no overly harsh taste from caffeine or carbonation like I've gotten from other drinks.  For me, it's something that I would enjoy in the afternoon but not early in the morning, though, so it isn't my choice for an early morning pick-me-up.  Since I drink caffeine in the morning and not in the afternoon, I ""like"" but don't ""love"" this stuff.As for the description on Amazon, it's incorrect at the time of this review.  I'd never had No Fear before and wasn't familiar with it, but the good reviews enticed me to try it.  What also enticed me was Amazon's description that it's sugar free.  While there is a sugar free version (which I noticed after ordering this), this one definitely is not - there are 66 grams of sugar per can.  That's not a cut against the product at all, but had I known that, I wouldn't have ordered this version.If you like sugary drinks and are looking for a sweet energy drink, this is very good stuff and worth giving a try.******************The nutrition facts weren't available when I bought mine, so here's a listing:Serving size:  8 ozServings per container:  2The following are the amount per serving:- Calories = 130- Carbs = 34g- Sugars = 33g- Vitamin C = 100% DV (DV = ""Daily Value"")- Vitamin B6 = 100% DV- Folic Acid = 10% DV- Vitamin B12. = 100% DV- Zinc = 10% DV- Selenium = 10% DV- Sodium = 4% DV- Potassium = 1% DVProprietary Blend- Taurine = 1000mg- Inositol = 100mg- Caffeine = 87mg- Panax ginseng Root Extract = 50mg- Guarana Seed Extract = 50mg- Grape Seed Extract = 25mg- L-Camitine = 25mg- L-Arginin = 25mg",positive493"Sobe drinks can be pretty good stuff...just in case you didn't know this was a Sobe product, it is.The tastes, it's all relative.  Some don't like the taste of energy drinks, some find it ok, but they always taste similar even if they use some flavor addition from one to the next.  To me, I find it strangely distantly similar to licorice...I don't know.The bad, in my own contention of course, seeing those new commercials about sugar being sugar and your body can't tell the difference...this product contains high fructose corn syrup (at least it did as of this review or when I received it).Product details:Nutrition Information: Carbonated Water, High Fructose Corn Syrup, Citric Acid, Taurine, Grape Juice Concentrate (Color), Sodium Citrate, Natural Flavor, Inositol, Ascorbic Acid (Vitamin C), Caffeine, Caramel Color, Fruit Extract (Color), Monopotassium Phosphate, Creatine Monohydrate, Grape Seed Extract, L-Carnitine, Panax Ginseng Root Extract, L-Arginine Hydrochloride, Zinc L-Methionine, Soy Protein Isolate and Rice Flour, Guarana (Paullinia Cupana) Seed Extract, Pyridoxine Hydrochloride Selenium, Folic Acid, CyanocobalaminThis product is 16 oz and the serving size is half that...so double the nutrition data in the pic I provided if you drink the whole can.",positive494"Now this drink has real flavor, rather then just a differnt slant on sweetness.I thought it tasted like mango, chased with peach & maybe a bit of raspberry twist.No Fear has a lighter, cleaner fruitly flavor then many energy drinks,and is very enjoyable going down.I was surprised to notice a definable boost of energythat far outlasted by about 2-3 hours the Lo-Carb Monster drink I'm used to.It was a good feeling all the way, and no let-down.Oh but here's the down side, I'm going to mention 3 of the biggest differencesbetween No Fear and Lo-Carb Monster.No Fear;Calories - 130Total carb - 34 gSugars - 33gMonster;Calories - 10Total carb - 3gSugars - 3gIn all fairness I'm sure Monster has less bad stuff because it's low-carb,still no matter how you slice it, it has less bad stuff.I really enjoyed the taste, and LOVED the energy of No Fear.I can't figure how the drink can taste lighter, and yet have more sugar, but it does.If you're someone who's not concerned about extra calories you should give No Fear a try.It delivers a powerful engery boost.",positive495"Everyone could use a boost in energy from time to time and with the abundance of energy drinks and pills available, that added boost isn't very far away. No Fear Super Energy Supplement is one such energy beverage that is readily available and prepared to add a little bounce in your step, increasing alertness and filling the body with vitamins, minerals, and other ingredients known for their energy- enhancing qualities.Energy drinks often have an odd taste and No Fear is no different. However, it isn't as bad as some other energy drinks I have sampled over the years and I must agree with others who claim that it has a taste similar to that of Red Bull. The flavor is berry- like, but with added herbs and other things that are somewhat difficult to describe. The taste is certainly not something I would seek out, but it isn't terrible and I found that it left the palate in a short time. There was no nasty aftertaste, so once you got past the few seconds of unpleasantness, there was nothing left to remind you of the so- so flavor you just experienced.As for the energy component, No Fear is about as good as any other energy drink and I found that it did succeed at making me feel a little more alert and ready to get up and go. I sampled this drink for the first time when it was getting late- around 10pm- and I was starting to feel a little drowsy. Normally, I rely on caffeine to get me through these moments, but this time, I reached for No Fear instead and I found that I did feel wider awake and ready for a second wind.Energy drinks have their usefulness and No Fear is good at boosting energy so you can go about your day. It isn't the best energy drink I have ever tried and certainly not the best tasting. But the flavor isn't bad and it does make a difference when you need to eliminate sluggishness and keep yourself alert and ready for action.",positive496"I usually drink a 5-hour Energy drink5-Hour Energy Extra Strength (24 Bottles Grape) when I first get up so that I can quickly get in to my morning P90X routine. I put one on my nightstand before going to bed and quickly drink it down in the morning. I don't much care for the taste (though I don't exactly hate it) but I like the effect of energy drinks on my exercise performance, and that is why I decided to give this No Fear drink a try. I was disappointed and will stick with 5-Hour Energy. Here are my thoughts:1 - Calories: At 260 calories a can, there is a 65X difference. It does not fit in with my nutrition goals.2 - Taste: It's a little sweeter than a Red Bull. I don't much like Red Bull though and the flavor of No Fear was not an improvement over 5-Hour Energy.3 - Size: This is a BIG can yet it has roughly the same amount of caffeine, taurine, etc as 5-Hour Energy. Why drink this massive can of fluid when a small shot will do? If I REALLY enjoyed the taste, I might feel otherwise.4 - Energy Boost: I found the effect of No Fear to be similar to that of 5-Hour Energy.Bottom line: 5-Hour Energy works better for me.",negative497"I've not tried a bunch of energy drinks, but have used Celsius products Celsius Green Tea, Raspberry Acai, Value Pack, 4 ct.in the past, and drink Optimum Nutrition Essential Amino Energy, Fruit Fusion, 30-Count before workouts; with great success in boosting my energy levels using both products.When given the opportunity to try out 1 can of No Fear 'Super Energy' Supplement via the Amazon Vine Reviewers program, I jumped at the chance.What I like about this drink:1. It tastes good.  Kind of like Squirt soda or a sweet grapefruit juice.2. There are TWO servings per can.3. One serving has 100% of your daily recommended Vitamin C, B-12, and B-6.4. It contains Grape Seed Extract, which is believed to boost your immune system.5. Contains some Zinc and Potassium to help with recovery after a workout.What I don't like about this drink:1. The calories - but I hear there's a sugar-free version.  Not sure how that would affect the taste though.2. NO ENERGY BOOST for me.  None. I do drink coffee and perhaps that means my tolerance is higher?3. 34g of carbs per serving.  Again, the sugar-free version might be worth a try for some.4. Two servings in one can may be deceiving to some who would not read the can to see that they'll get 2x's the calories, caffeine, etc... by drinking the whole can.5. Expensive!For me, there are better options out there for energy drink supplements.  My recommendation is to give it a try if you don't mind the sugar and calories in this one, and see if it works for you.",positive498"From the product description: ""A brand new taste""- relative to an earlier version? To me it tasted an awful lot like sugar-free grapefruit juice. ""Toughest can on the shelf""? I disproved that immediately, while trying to remove the bubble wrap form the single can Vine offered, the knife went a millimeter too deep and made a nice scratch in the can, which immediately burst. I slapped into a containment glass, but it is the Vine's way of rarely offering enough of a food or beverage for the reviewer to form an honest and well considered opinion.OK, ok, I know that's not what they meant by ""toughest drink"", but I was unaware that was a quality anyone would ever seek in an energy drink.As it stands, I am not very well acquainted with this style of beverage anyway, while I saw them mainly as hangover cures, I guess many regular users see them as an important part of their intake of vitamins and minerals. And Taurine and the other raft of fairly obscure supplements. And often caffeine, although my label was somewhat damaged and I couldn't quite make out the rather extensive list of ingredients. I suspect this is of little interest to the average user in any case.I happened to be pretty beat the day it arrived, and didn't even want to stop for a Five Hour Energy- my usually dependable source of a brief respite from fatigue- so it was a perfect time to try it out. Any ""lift"" or burst of energy was not readily apparent, although it did help chase away the blahs for a little while. I still went to bed early.",negative499"I was looking forward to trying NO FEAR ENERGY DRINK because I definitely could benefit from a daily energy drink, and this one was recommended by a friend. But I found it much too strong, and grimaced after the first sip.As a person who loves to eat lemons whole, I've never avoided strong, fruity flavors, but NO FEAR ENERGY DRINK has a pronounced pineapple taste (with a touch of grapefruit and grape), and pineapple in particular has never appealed to me.I had to force myself to drink half a can, which I discovered later, is 130 calories. The entire 160 ounce can is 260 calories, containing a whopping 66 grams of sugar. That's considerably more calories than I use up in a workout.On a positive note, an 8 ounce serving does fulfill 100% of the daily requirement for vitamins C, B6 and B12, and 10% for folic acid, zinc and selenium. It also contains soy, and traces of sodium and potassium.Additional elements in the drink are difficult to determine from the can, as the print on it is not only small - it is too thick to be readable. I was able to find out however that the primary ingredients are high fructose corn syrup and carbonated water. It also contains l-carnitine, which has definite health benefits (I take it daily for hyperthyroidism), as well as grape seed extract, targine and argine. It appears to have few preservatives.I did not notice any difference in my energy level the hour after drinking it. But five minutes afterwards, I experienced a bout of frequent burping.Personally, I would not drink NO FEAR ENERGY drink again. But taste is subjective, and people who like the flavor and do not mind all the calories might enjoy it. My inclination, however, is to stick with my favorite drink, glaceau vitamin water zero (acai blueberry or mixed berry) which is delicious, nutritious and calorie- free, and leaves me feeling clear-headed and motivated.",negative500"66g of sugar in the form of High Fructose Corn Syrup. 260 calories (in the form of sugar carbs). 174mg caffeine. A smattering of vitamins. Yes it will keep you awake. And yes you will inevitably crash from it. (I did.) It does taste better than red bull and about the same as Rock Star. But seriously, 2 of these day as some people reported seems to be putting you on track for health problems. And why in the world does an energy drink need a skull on the front? I downed my can before doing an MMA session. The guys in my class were not extra intimidated when they saw the skull. (Bummer.) I did not have any greater than usual work out ability. Time did not slow down. UFC fighters and BJJ black belts did not run away in fear.This really isnt a bad drink, I was just hoping for something different or better or healthier than EVERY OTHER energy drink out there. Instead it just seems to be trying to cash in on some sort of bad a$$ mystique. While pumping you full of carbonated water, HFC and citric acid. (Also contains Soy?!?)  I'm going to stick with black coffee, green tea, yerba mate, exercise and multivitamins for my caffeine, energy and supplement needs.",negative501"NO FEAR, as energy supplements go, is okay. Based on one can, it seemed to provide enough caffeine to fuel my typical Saturday, although a busy workday would have been a better test. (Alas, the Vine program only provides one can, so I couldn't compare.)It has a nice, fruity flavor, with little aftertaste. The carbonation seemed a little weak, which gives it a sort of ""watered-down"" feel.Like other energy drinks, NO FEAR contains taurine, an essential amino acid for felines which they get from their carnivorous diets. (In cats, a deficiency can cause blindness.) As for its health benefits in humans, the jury is still out. I'm not convinced it has any particular benefit, except that listing it as an ingredient probably increases sales.I only mention that because NO FEAR and other emergy-drink products tout themselves as ""health"" drinks, but that's not necessarilly true. If you buy NO FEAR, do so because of its caffeine content. NO FEAR contains about 83 mgs of caffeine per 8 ounces, which is more than Pepsi Max (69 mg) but less than a typical cup of coffee (110 mg) or black tea. NO FEAR is certainly an option if you don't like the taste of coffee or you just prefer cold, fizzy drinks.But maybe an extra dose of taurine in the morning will hone your catlike reflexes and allow you to attack your day like a leopard taking down a gazelle!Right before your six-hour nap.",positive502"The text on this can of No Fear Super Energy Supplement is very blurred, like the red ink doesn't line up with the rest of the print on the can, so I didn't try too hard to read it before I started drinking it.  I was a little more than halfway through the can when I realized that there are two servings per can--does anyone save half a can for later?  If you can figure out a way to do that it's probably a good idea, since each serving will give you 33 grams of sugar in the form of high fructose corn syrup.  I could have eaten a candy bar and come out ahead.All that sugar, plus 87 mg of caffeine (per serving) did give my skull wings, right before the sugar crash that followed.The flavor is far too sweet for my tastes, with kind of a weird fruit flavor.  It felt like the inside of my mouth was coated with syrup, like I'd been drinking cough syrup.  Come to think of it, this would probably make a great flavor for kids' cough syrup.It wouldn't work as a kids' drink, though.  The label warns: ""Not recommended for children, pregnant women or people sensitive to caffeine.""  Those who are allergic should know that it also contains soy.If you're looking for a sugar boost but couldn't possibly eat another bag of Skittles, this is for you.  If all you want is the ""proprietary blend"" containing taurine, inositol, caffeine, ginseng root extract, grape seed extract, l-carnitine, and l-arginine, you might want to check out the sugar free version.",negative503"I have drunk energy drinks in the past, though they were coffee flavored rather than fruit flavored.  They seemed to help wake me up in the morning and give me enough of an energy boost to help me kick off my day.  I usually substituted these drinks for breakfast, so the calories were not an issue.  I was unsure of what this energy drink would do for, or to me.Initially, I was unable to identify the flavor.  I kept sipping to try to figure it out.  The next thing I knew, the drink was gone.  It was about that time that I figured out the flavor was grapefruit.  Before I go on, be aware that there are less expensive ways of getting a grapefruit flavored drink.  For example, you could drink Ocean Spray's grapefruit drinks, which include several varieties.  Crystal Light also makes a grapefruit drink.  Lots of options exist that do not contain the caffeine of this energy supplement.  Of course, where is the fun in that?I drank the whole, 230-calorie can.  Of course, that is supposed to be two servings.  Did I feel more energetic?  Actually, no.  I felt a bit light-headed rather than energetic.  I even felt a little sleepy, perhaps because of all the calories.  All that caffeine also seemed to require a number of trips to the restroom, and my mouth felt dry.  I guess there is more evidence that caffeine is a diuretic.Do we really need yet another energy drink?  I wonder whether some of the ""energy"" effect is related to the belief that an energy drink will wake you up.  This drink did not seem to give me more energy.  Just the opposite, it made me feel tired.  The flavor was okay, but there are less expensive ways to drink a grapefruit flavored drink.  Maybe an easier way to get energy is to get plenty of rest and to get some exercise.  Something to consider.Good luck!",negative504"No Fear tastes like Hawaiin Punch. Not impressed. I like Green Monster. That one tastes weird but I have a craving for it. Did I get a burst of energy? No. It didn't burst through my energy slump from 7 to 9 PM. Fell asleep watching TV. Again.I went online to find further information about this product. No Fear is a spin off of Sobe. Sobe name is derived from South Beach in Florida. They also make clothes. Skateboarding, surfing and Extreme Sports gear. Wetsuits. Their website focused on models for wetsuits. Couldn't get to the information on No Fear. There are actually websites/blogs that only feature reviews of energy drinks. I didn't look at them, to be perfectly Sinatra. Sobe was bought out by Pepsi in 2000. I am a Coca-Cola person. But whatever. I won't hold that against them. I heard that McDonald's bought out Chipottle. There was some truth to that, but more like both chains were owned by the same parent company.Coca Cola > PepsiStarbucks > McDonaldsPeets > StarbucksChipottle > Taco BellIn N Out > McDonaldsBut, you know. Sometimes you're in the mood for a McDouble or a McRib. This is starting to remind me of Samuel Jackson and John Travolta in Pulp Fiction. Segue to Jim Carey in Yes Man. Because there is a really funny scene involving Red Bull and Zooey Deschanel! Which brings us right back to--The Bottom Line is Green Monster > No Fear!PS: They said it was a pack of 12 cans for review but they only send you one. Cheapskates.",negative505"I don't drink very many energy drinks. I've taken NODOZ on occasion and have had a few 5-hour energy drinks, and some caffeine candy, but that's about it. Therefore, I wasn't sure what to expect when I tried a can of NO FEAR SUPER ENERGY SUPPLEMENT. The drink tastes surprisingly good. It's not as sweet as a 5-hour energy drink, but NO FEAR doesn't have a bad taste. It tastes like a soda and reminded me slightly of Mountain Dew.I made sure to try my can of NO FEAR late in the afternoon after I had a long day. I felt tired and didn't have much energy and was thinking of taking a nap. The drink gave me a boost, but unlike 5-hour energy, the kick in my energy level didn't happen immediately. It was a gradual boost over about a 45-minute period. The tiredness didn't wear off until several hours later.I'm still not a fan of energy drinks and will continue to limit my consumption of them. However, in the future if I feel I need a pick-me-up, I'll look for a can of NO FEAR instead of just relying upon 5-hour energy boosters. If you're looking for an immediate boost, you'll want to drink something different, but if you're looking for a more gradual pick-me-up, you might want to try NO FEAR.",positive506"This is a berry flavored beverage that actually tastes like a berry drink. Most of the energy drinks have a chemically after taste and the flavors are weak and don't mask it well. The new taste that the advertisements are talking about is backed up by reality in this case. I shared it (it is a big can) with some of my friends who drink a lot of energy drinks including Monster and No Fear and they were also surprised by the flavor. Good news: the can shows only 1 carb per serving and lists no sugars. Not sure about that, but it's better than some competitors that have the equivalent of a dozen donuts worth of sugar!A huge down side is that a can of this has about 260 calories, which makes it one of the higher calorie energy drinks out there.Also, the caffeine in this drink is appx 87 mg per serving (2x each can) which is lower than some of the other energy drinks. So if you are going for caffeine for energy this one wont work. Admittedly, they are going for supplement energy from Creatine, Guarana, L-Carnitine and Taurine and you really ought to know what works for you before you start buying cases of this stuff.Overall, a much better flavor which will likely become a favorite for energy drinkers.",positive507"THE CAN: The can itself says it's a ""Super Energy, Supplement"". Nothing about which flavor it is or is not. Sounds like they are trying to market to those that are addicted to 5 Hour Energy, Liquid Energy Berry, 2-Ounce (12 Pack) shots and the like.SMELL: Yes, I wanted to know how it smelled before I drank it. It completely smelled like I was about to drink a grapefruit drink. I'm personally okay with that but know others may not be too excited and wonder if it would have a bitter bite to it like grapefruit.TASTE: I was pleasantly surprised! Drinking the other brands there is always this ""bite"" that makes them sometimes hard to drink. This has the best flavor of them all!! And it did NOT taste like grapefruit, but sort of a fruit punch flavor.COST: Currently at $2.33 per can on Amazon (includes shipping), I guess the prices is average. But for about the same price I could get a grande house coffee with an extra shot of espresso from the overpriced Starbucks. I would still get a boost from Starbucks AND with less ingredients going into my body.INGREDIENTS: First three ingredients are: Water, High Fructose Corn Syrup, Citric Acid.Really? The cheapest and one of the worst product to put in your body is, HFCS.An easy Google search on the health dangers of HFCS will reveal that HFCS is related to health problems as weight gain, dental cavities, poor nutrition, and increased triglyceride levels, which can boost your heart attack risk. No thanks!The print on the can was very difficult to read, so I couldn't really tell you what other ingredients are in this thing. It does have an allergen warning of ""Contains Soy"".ENERGY BOOST: I'm use to having one(1) cup of coffee a day at that. So when I drank this I was wired within 15 minutes. It definitely had the boost!!OVERALL: Still nothing replaces healthy eating, exercise and a good night's rest for living a high energy life. But since we don't always get that, a supplement such as this drink does come in handy.It taste great and gives a good boost, but at the cost of damaging ingredients.",positive508"""What's not to like about an energy drink that comes in a black can with a cracked skull with wings and the words ""NO FEAR"" emblazoned across the top, right? Well...It tastes sort of like carbonated strawberry or grape, a slight pucker-inducing dull fruity taste. Not bad, just not delicious. It's sort of par for the course when it comes to energy drinks. If you like Monster, Amp or Red Bull, this should be just fine. If you drink your coffee black, this will be a huge improvement unless you just love that mud-like taste.As far as energy, this has about the same effect on me as the Monster and Amp line of energy drinks: it gives me a subtle energy boost, and that's a good thing. Red Bull leaves me feeling wired and edgy and I don't want to waste the extra kick by sitting around vibrating, feeling restless and hating how my skin feels like it's crawling. The caffeine in a can of this is on the low end of an average cup of coffee, but it's also loaded up with taurine, l-carnitine and arginine, as well as things like vitamins B and C--things that seem to have some other potential health benefits other than just getting me through an afternoon energy slump (assuming there's enough of those things in there to be useful).Overall, I give this 3 stars. It does the job, doesn't taste unpleasant or leave a nasty after-taste, and falls within the price range I'm accustomed to with other similar energy drinks. It doesn't stand out as being better than other energy drinks I've tried, though, but would have earned an extra star if it tasted a bit better.",positive509"I am a bit of an energy drink addict.  I got hooked on them when I lived in Japan, where ""genki drinks"" are ubiquitous and sold in little bottles containing a shot of vitamins to get you through the day.  Because of that, I prefer the 5-Hour Energy brand that gives you the energy shot without all the fluff and soda water.I have tried a few of these big can styles, like Monster and Rockstar. They usually taste foul and I find it difficult to finish off a whole can.  But, I am always up something new, so I gave this ""No Fear Super Energy Supplement"" a try. I was surprised that not only did it not taste bad, it actually tasted good!  This is the first of the big can style energy drinks that I would actually drink for the taste.  It tastes somewhat like a Cherry Cola, with a hint of that vitamin after taste.As far as the energy boost goes, I can't say that I really felt it.  Usually, after I drink a ""5-Hour"" drink I can feel the tiredness wiped away from my eyes and an actual physical effect.  With this ""No Fear"" drink, it was refreshing like any cold drink but I didn't get that sense of waking up.This one can contains two servings, so it is a lot of calories to pack in just to get a small energy boost.  That is one of the things I dislike about the big can energy drinks.  In the future, I will stick with the ""5-Hour"" energy boosters which give you all the goodness and vitamins without the excess of soda water.",negative510"Not anymore, apparently.  Offhand, the only other place I can remember seeing skulls on the labels of beverages is in the Rotgut Industry.  But this is hardly the first case of counter intuitive marketing in energy drinks: Monster Energy Drink cans have claw marks slashed through their label, Venom Energy Drink cans have a poisonous snake on their label, and Cocaine Energy Drink - As Strong As 3 Red Bulls and Zombie Blood Energy Potion Pack pretty much speak for themselves.(What next?  This Will Kill You brand energy drinks?)Which is a bit ironic since No Fear brand energy drinks could argue that they are a little bit more healthy (or a little bit less UNhealthy) than the average energy drink because they contain grape juice concentrate.  How much is unclear, but from the label we can know that there is less grape juice concentrate than the taurine (1000mg) but more than the inositol (100mg).  Oh, it is hardly what I would call genuine ""Soda Juice"": IZZE Fortified Sparkling Juice, essn Sparkling Juice, or The Switch Carbonated Juice, but this probably explains the different and IMHO surprisingly good taste.Note: Also available in No Fear, Sugar Free, 16-Ounce Cans (Pack of 12).",positive511"It's always a bit of a gamble with an unfamiliar energy drink - generally I worry that it taste bad and/or give me the shakes. Thankfully the hefty-sized ""No Fear"" 16-ounce can that I was sent through Amazon Vine had neither. In fact the taste was remarkably nice; kind of like a sweeter redbull and I had no searing chemical after-taste at all. I actually enjoyed the drink from the first opening to the last drop and felt great afterwards.I then went onto to do my very simple workout routine consisting of a couple of miles on the treadmill and some free weights and had no issues, but in all honesty I didn't feel anymore energized or hydrated than normal. One can (which was all that was supplied) and a single workout may not be a sufficient amount of data to be able to say for sure how radical this energy drink could impact my daily exercise regimen though. The ingredients listed consists of the normal fair for this kind of product with taurine being the usual suspect. At 260 cals a can I thought that acceptable given the size of the can too.I felt fine and enjoyed the workout for what it was and felt the drink was nice enough to purchase a full pack of 12 cans. At around fifty cents a can this is very good value for money too, especially given the giant size of the cans.",positive512"I will admit to some slight apprehension the first time I popped open a can of NO FEAR and cautiously took my first sip. Perhaps it was the intimidating black finish and winged skull trimmed in red and silver. Anyway, it was good! Not as sweet as I had worried it would b. It has a mild Apple-Pear, fruit punch flavor followed by slight bite at the back of the throat. No real off flavors or hints of the supplemental ingredients within. No tingly rush followed by heart palpitations either, thank goodness.NO FEAR does contain sugar -- 33g in each of its two 8 oz. servings. By comparison Coca-Cola Classic has about 26 per 8 oz. serving, Mountain Dew has 31. So this is not an energy drink for those looking to avoid sugar, try 5-hour Energy for that. High Fructose Corn Syrup is the most abundant ingredient after carbonated water. NO FEAR contains a number of vitamins and minerals in addition to its proprietary blend of energy promoting ingredients, but I suspect that they are so over-processed that their health value is questionable.I do like the flavor though, and it did give me an energy boost and kept me alert and clear while working at my desk for a few hours. Perhaps if I had chugged both servings at once the effects would be more noticeable. On a side note, it also makes a decent mixer in adult beverages, a la Red Bull. I don't think I'll be getting it again though. The ingredient soup is just a little too scary. Its not for me, but I can see others enjoying it. 4 stars for flavor and energy enhancement, 2 stars for health value. I've yet to try the sugar-free version so cannot comment about that.~ Kort",negative513"I'm not one that, honestly, drinks a slew of energy drinks on a regular basis. I've had a few Five Hour Energy shots during my six hour drives up the East Coast, and now I've tried No Fear's Super Energy Supplement on the same long drive... Outside of that, I am a fan of Red Bull, but only when it's been paired with a favorite 56 herb and spice alcoholic digestif... Outside of those few uses, I typically stick to coffee for my energy jolt, but if I was in the market for something similar to, but not as cloyingly sweet as, fruit punch with a kick, I'd go with this product.The No Fear Super Energy Supplement has a sweet, fruity flavor to it with a bit of a tart and tangy bite. The fruit flavor is also not overpowering, and is different from most of the other standard fruit punch flavored drinks you're likely to come across. It has a hint of passionfruit taste to it, with a little bit of a citrus undertone. The energy boost that I felt while sipping it on my drive also didn't particularly surge, but was more of a subtle feeling of waking up, without any caffeine overload or shakiness that I could detect. And, with a can this large, you can sip on this throughout your day, as long as you have a way of keeping the can cold enough to suit your tastes.Red Bull might do a great job of giving you a much-needed energy boost, but I have to say that I always felt it tasted like medicine. No Fear's energy supplement drink has a pleasant taste that isn't too sweet, and it's more cost-effective for the quantity you're getting than Red Bull is. As for Five Hour Energy, that stuff was NOT pleasant to drink, so I just shot it, and gulped it all at once, trying to avoid as much contact with my taste buds as possible. Given a choice, No Fear's energy drink wins my vote, for price-point, flavor, and effectiveness.Good stuff!",positive514"As far as energy drinks go, this one has a flavor I enjoyed. Most energy drinks taste awful but this one has a nice flavor without the chemical, vitamin taste that some energy drinks have. I usually avoid energy drinks for this very reason but this one I would drink again.The drink also gave me a boost to get my day going. I was very tired the day I drank this and it helped me to get the day going. It kept me going for quite awhile until the early afternoon. I would say it did it's job!The two drawbacks to the energy drink are the price and also the amount of calories in the can. The can contains two servings but I don't know many people who drink half of a can. That brings the calories in the can to a total of 260, 130 if you drink half of a can or one serving. That is quite a bit if you count calories. The price is a bit much for my budget. I would be more inclined to keep this on hand if the price were lower.The bottom line-the flavor is good, the drink gives you energy at a high cost of calories and cash.",positive515"I really like the concept of energy drinks--chug some ounces and get a boost of stamina to continue the day (or night). Most of them offend my taste buds! Absolutely cannot stand the taste of a few of the better known energy drinks.  The taste of No Fear,Super Energy Supplement, 16-Ounce Cans (Pack of 12) was great, not even sure how to describe it. More of a juice taste than a fake alcohol taste like a few I've tried.While the drink has a great taste and there is more of it than many energy boosters, I can't say I saw a huge difference in my energy levels. I spent last week looking after three kids under six and could really have used a shot of energy, but didn't see any difference (unless my levels were so depleted that only a good night's sleep would have sufficed to raise them again) in energy, stamina, or being less tired.The can has two servings at 130 calories per serving or 260 per can so unless you stay active, you'll probably pack the pounds on if you guzzle this in place of something else!So to sum it up--great taste, not so great on the energy levels!",positive516"I've tried a few of the energy drinks. Some are pretty good, some are Yuk! Some worked while a lot didn't. Now this one, it works. It gave me a good kick in the backside to get me going and tasted pretty good too. It did have an unusual flavor that I can't really describe, other than to say it was something different and I liked it. I only had one can of it to try and its kinda hard to be more specific from just that. I've looked for it in the stores around here where I live in Colorado but haven't found any yet. At $28 for a 12 pack, that's really high for me and way out of my price range. There's several energy drinks out on the market now and a lot of them are priced far below these. If they bring the price down then I'd think about buying some more to try out.  Over all, this one gave me a good lift to get me going. It did give me a small dose of the jitters and my hands a minor case of the shakes for a little while at first. Or as some people would say, a slight case of the tremors. But that calmed down after a little while and I got a lot more done around here than I usually do. I suppose that jittery feeling and shaking hands, or tremors, would go away if you used this regularly and got used to it. I don't have any problem with recommending this No Fear, Super Energy Supplement. Except for people that have High Blood Pressure. This could cause your Blood Pressure to go up from a little to a lot. So be sure to check it a few times when you first use this or any other stimulant.",positive517"I'm a good ol' fashioned Red Bull or Monster type with my energy drinks, so I decided to give this one a try through Amazon's Vine Voice program.TASTE:It took me a few sips to get used to the taste - it tasted like grapefruit, but it wasn't overpoweringly bitter...there was just enough of the additional ingredients to take off the edge. There was also no metallic aftertaste, which I've come to expect from energy drinks.SUPPLEMENT FACTS:This is a 2-serving 16 ounce can, so by drinking the whole can, we're getting 260 calories, 200mg of sodium and 66g of sugars.For comparison, a 2-serving 16 ounce Monster Energy drink is 200 calories, 360 mg of sodium and 54g of sugars.ANY EXTRA ENERGY?I passed on my morning coffee to try out this drink and it did make me more alert for about 2 hours, about the same as 2 cups of coffee usually do for me. I didn't feel any kind of crash later on from drinking this.WEBSITE INFORMATION?The address on the No Fear can took me to the No Fear website which offered information on their clothing line, but nothing about the drink itself.To compare, the website listed on the Monster Energy can provided ingredient listings for each of their energy drinks.WHAT'S MY VERDICT?While I did enjoy this drink because of its unique taste, the high calories and high sugar count will probably keep me from buying more.When I crave an energy drink, I usually go for Monster Lo-carb Energy because it gives me the pep I want, but only has 20 calories per can.",positive518"Have been buying this product for some time now - saw complaints about made in USA or not so I called the company. I spent about 30 minutes on the phone with a woman there who was weary of this complaint but very nice. I told her we love our pets, have learned to trust almost no one anymore and they were hurting themselves by selling products from China.As she explained,the confusion comes from the following: the ""Made in USA"" labeled chicken breast strips - what I have been using for my golden retriever puppy (who ABSOLUTELY loves them - really a healthy nutritious chew toy that lasts about 3 minutes - maybe 10 minutes for a little dog - when he sees it, he goes nuts - has never choked on them or had any negative effects I can see) is, as it says on the bag, Made in USA - they are processed in the USA and come from chicken raised in the USA.Smokehouse DOES sell another chicken product that does NOT say made in the USA on the package and this product DOES come from China.Buy whichever one you want.As to the complaints about not being able to cut them up easily - this IS absolutely true - so, if you want tiny bits of treat to use for reward based training, this is definitely NOT the product you want. I use other natural treats for this purpose (Merricks lamb lung is terrific for this use and my dog loves this product just as well - a one pound bag goes a long way - very easy to break up in whatever sizes you want in seconds)Finally, this product (chicken breast strips) has ONE ingredient: chicken. It is made in the USA from chicken grown in the USA. Because it is dried, it lasts forever, does not need refrigeration, makes no mess when fed to your dog, dogs love it - what else do you want for a treat?",positive519"I had heard of Yogi tea before, but when I walked by these bags of pure addictive amazingness at the store one day, I decided to pick it up on a whim. Of course I picked up the strawberry, because when it comes to health food I make sure to pick a flavor I enjoy such as strawberry. I took one whiff of the inside of the bag, and I was intoxicated, but when I took a bite of the actual granola crisp itself, I was in heaven! These little flakes have an intriguing flavor unlike any other snack, and it is truly bliss in your mouth! Made with sun-ripened strawberries, Indian Gooseberry, and whole grains that are actually true whole grains and not a concocted ""food"" made in a laboratory, it's no wonder I am now addicted to these things.All in all, if you are someone looking for a snack that will taste good, curb cravings, and still give you 20g of whole grains per serving (which is completely easy to get into your diet with how good these taste!), then try this. If you don't want to pick up the pack of 6 here on Amazon, I suggest going to Walmart and getting one of the single bags for around $3. It's big, but not too much of a loss if you wind up not liking them (which I doubt will happen).",positive520"I haven't had the pleasure of trying all of the flavors yet since they are not all available where I live (but I will). No this isn't exactly ""cookies and cream"" (which is a real ice cream flavor that I don't like) but it is smooth, creamy, and delicious. Of course it doesn't taste (or look) exactly like real ice cream and it's not super sweet. Just check the label and you'll see why. To all the nay sayers I say be realistic-it's NOT the stuff that makes you fat. If it was then it would be more like 100 calories for a 1/4 cup and you would either get fat, stay fat, or only eat a tiny bit. It's more like a perfectly done frozen protein shake (but much smoother). I put mine in the microwave for 30 seconds and it softens up very nicely. Also if you don't like this flavor try another. I'm sure you don't like every single type of real ice cream available so why would this be different? I think this is the greatest new product available to dieters and I hope they continue to come out with new flavors. That said, I think that the other realistic point (for me) is that these aren't the most expensive ingredients out there so the price is unreasonable. Sure I'm gonna buy it anyway (I just said it's the greatest) but I bet you there are thousands (or more) who won't. Just consider all the fat people who only drink diet soda-hello-the market is vast. If you put the price within everyones reach (while maintaining quality) BAM! Where do I sign up? Finally, I say again-it doesn't taste like that because it's not that-it's something different. Its something different that's really good! Just try it-Don't listen to the naysayers-they bitch about everything. You get to eat the WHOLE PINT!!!!!",positive521"Considering I've tried many different types of ice creams, gelatos, and frozen yogurts, I had high hopes for Arctic Zero. My creamy, cold, partially frozen desserts have got to taste good, melt in the mouth, and satisfy the craving appropriately.Don't expect Ben & Jerry's or full-fat quality from this ice cream. By reading the ingredients alone, there's no magical spell that can transform monk fruit, water, and whey protein into egg yolks, granulated sugar, and cream.Arctic Zero's Cookies and Cream ice cream is a smooth and slightly slippery textured sweet treat. My first experience with monk fruit was in this ice cream and I've got to say it has a nicely sweet flavor to it without the cooling effects of artificial sweeteners. Taste is great, in my opinion! It definitely reminded me of a watered down cookies and cream flavor. There is no texture or cookie bits in here, though.The color is a slightly off grey, purple hue. I really liked it. If you've ever had taro flavored milk or bubble tea, it looks just like that. It also tastes similar to taro bubble tea. Maybe this is why I enjoy it so much!All in all, it's worth a shot to try in the grocery store before you go buying a mega pack. You will either love it or leave it. I appreciate that a mostly natural, low calorie, satisfying option is available and will continue to support and lovingly consume Arctic Zero!",positive522"I was very excited to hear about Arctic Zero products, as I'm always looking for lower-calorie, natural snacks to incorporate into my healthy diet.  After checking them out on Amazon and reading some good reviews, I headed to the local big-box natural grocery store to buy one of each of the flavors (they're slightly more than half the Amazon price there).  Even the cashier commented that she'd heard good things about this brand, and that the Cookies and Cream flavor seemed to be customers' favorite.After trying this flavor last night, however, I don't think I'll be buying these again.  As other reviewers have said, the color is different from a typical, off-the-shelf cookies and cream ice cream, although that doesn't bother me because I'm used to all-natural foods being different in color than their synthetic counterparts.  What did bother me, however, was the taste - I would NOT classify this as overly sweet as some other reviewers have. In fact I'd classify the flavor as slightly bland, with no cookie flavor whatsoever.  In fact, I checked the container to make sure I hadn't accidentally gotten the maple vanilla flavor out of the freezer, since I'd bought that flavor as well.  In addition, I felt that the texture was ""off"" somewhat - not grainy or anything, just more viscous than a normal ice cream (it seemed to ""coat"" my mouth for a long time after I ate it).All in all, I ended up eating about 3 teaspoons of this and putting it back in the freezer - great for portion control, but I'd rather spend my calories on ice cream that tastes good rather than eating something non-appetizing just because it's low in calories.I'm hoping that the other flavors of this product might appeal to me more than this one did!",negative523"Seriously!  He's always been a fussy eater, and as he gets older, he's gotten fussier and fussier.  We took him to the vet last week to make sure that it wasn't illness causing his even more decreased appetite, and the vet said he's in fine shape.  But if we're worried about the appetite they may be able to give him something to increase his appetite.  I worry about him getting too skinny.  For a number of years we have only fed him canned food (he can't eat the dry food any longer).  We've been feeding Little Friskies and Fancy Feast because I thought i was supposed to be, well, fancy... and tasty.  But the struggle continued.  Today I finally brought home some Natural Value from our local supermarket where we do the regular shopping.  Just two cans, to give it a try.  I wasn't getting my hopes up.  It's much more expensive than what we were used to paying, but I wanted to give something new a try.  A few minutes ago I opened a can of the chicken pate and fed our old boy.  His regular dinner portion is 3/4 of a large can, or one small (fancy feast size) can.  And he rarely finishes everything.  Sometimes barely touches the food.  But tonight, when I put down 3/4 can of the Natural Value he at every last mouthful in one sitting and licked the bowl.  I've had this boy 18 years and have never, ever, seen him eat so much.  I'm thrilled and will be going to Amazon now to buy it in bulk to save some dough.  Can't say enough about it.  :-).  Maybe I can mix the fancy feast and little friskies in with it until I use up my supply.  I think he likes the Natural Value so much he won't mind.",positive524"I bought the larger size for my lab mix, because he is definitely not a small dog. He jumped up and down, grabbed the Meaty Bone and disappeared to eat it. He had been acting strange since he thought I was after him when I WHACKED! a fly with a fly swatter on the coffee table. He won't spend any time in the living room now, which used to be his main place to hang out.Later in the day, I found his Meaty Bone, uneaten. I thought maybe he didn't like it, but I wasn't sure if he was sick, because he was overreacting to the fly-swatter incident, which happened a couple of weeks ago and still is bothering him.The BIG-sized Meaty Bone Dog Treats are scored so they are easy to break in half, so I did that. He grabbed it and ate it down so fast that now I know, it was just too large for his mouth!I think I'll by the small ones from now on. First, he'll get treats more often, which is all he wants anyway. Second, it will hopefully help keep his teeth clean, and we won't EVEN talk about his breath, which has been better recently after I started giving him some treats that say they are to help with tartar control. I can only hope!EDITED after the Meaty Bone Small arrived and we, or rather ""he"", tried them. They are the PERFECT size for treats for when he doesn't eat the UPS man or the mail man, or does something else right. He seems to have a lot of trouble with larger snacks, even though he's a fairly large dog. These are ideal for him. He'll get MORE treats, which will possibly, HOPEFULLY, mean better behavior from him. One can always hope.  :)",positive525Today I ate a bag of pork skins for lunch and the pecan pie was an excellent dessert after this delicious meal.  I have enjoyed these pecan pies for years and they only keep getting better.  The gooey filling is nicely contrasted to any fried food that my family likes.It is recommended to place the pie on the dashboard of your truck for 60-90 minutes prior to eating.  The heat from the sun really warms up the goo/pecan mixture.Don't try to eat the pie while talking on your CB.  I got goo all in my mic and had to order another one for $45 and then pay $50 to get it tuned.Be sure to save the pie tins.  I take mine home to the old lady to wash.  I have some nailed to my mail box pole and they serve as great reflectors.  I also use them to store screws/bolts/nails etc. on my work bench.  My old lady once made a mobile out of them and put over Bobby's crib when he was a baby.  They make great ash trays and they can also be hung from trees to keep the deer out of your yard/garden.,positive526"I got these to make as a surprise gift for my son.  The kit came with everything I needed including the marshmallows.  The directions were super easy, and they turned out FANTASTIC!  The jar of sprinkles they give you is huge, we still have half of them left over but BE CAREFUL WHEN OPENING IT!!! I popped the top off and tiny little sprinkle dots went all over my kitchen.  Let me tell you, those things are NOT easy to sweep up.  The only other issues I had were that there was only enough melted chocolate to make 10 pops, not 12 and I didnt realize I was going to need wax paper or a drying rack for them but that was an easy fix.  I took the box that amazon sent them to me in, flipped it upside down and covered it with aluminum foil.  Then I poked 12 holes in the box with a meat thermometer and sprayed the foil with some cooking spray so the pops wouldnt stick to it.  After coating each pop in chocolate and sprinkles I stuck the stick in one of the holes I had made in the box and it worked perfectly.  They did take about 3-4 hours to completely harden but after that I just stuck them in a ziplock baggie and stored them in my cabinet. I would absolutely recommend this to anyone who wants to make a special treat for their loved ones, or a fun project to do with the kids.  In the store or in a bakery these puff pops cost $2 or more EACH!!!! I was amazed at the value I got with this product in comparison with similar products.  DEFINITELY add these to your cart shoppers!  You wont be sorry.",positive527"In the never ending quest of not drinking soda, I've used quite a bit of water additives to make myself enjoy drinking anything other than soda more.  Some of them have been quite effective, others made me go running for the caffeine.  But this one was one of the better ones.Hansen's Natural Berry flavor did taste somewhat like berries.  Honestly I actually thought it tasted more like fruit punch, but it still packed some kind of fruity flavor.  It wasn't strong by any means, but sufficient for enjoying the water.  My only complaint would be that it was a little too sweet, almost cloying at times.  But it wasn't horrific, and as said before, highly drinkable.The ingredients are good in this drink mix.  In one little pack that's is good enough to flavor a standard sized bottle of water, there is natural colorants, stevia as the sweetener and natural flavors.  Admittedly there are a few ingredients that I can't pronounce in there, but overall it's a short list and not nearly as bad as some of the other brands are.  And the whole thing is only 5 calories with no grams of sugar.  Vitamic C is added in too and it claims that it's a 100% of the daily value, although I find myself a little skeptical at that.I would try Hansen's again.  There are a few better out on the market but this one isn't too bad.  And it had a decent taste, which is more than a lot of drink additives can say.Review by M. Reynard 2012",positive528"OMG, I can't believe that I didn't bite the bullet and splurge on this food sooner.  My cats have been throwing up on a daily basis for YEARS!  And I have 5 of them, so that's a lot of cleaning up to do!!!  But since I switched them to this food just a few days ago, so far NO VOMIT!!!  It is the best thing that has happened for me and my cats in a long time.  It is pricey compared to the Costco cat food that I used to feed them (which according to a lot of people in my local feral rescue group is good nutritionally even though it's cheap), but well worth the money if it keeps them healthy.  I really can't believe I didn't try it sooner, but I didn't notice much hair in the vomit until recently, so never made the connection.  Still not sure if the vomiting problem is always due to hairballs, but this seems to be working anyway.  Must be easier on their digestive tracks, and they love the stuff!  Had no problem switching them over at all.  Didn't even mix the old and new foods, just put the new food out.  Once again well worth the cost if there is any way you can afford it and have cats with sensitive stomachs like mine.",positive529"The Pacari Chocolate Covered Golden Berries are delicious!  I love goldenberries and they are typically very tart.  These goldenberries are mild in comparison.  I mainly taste the delicious dark chocolate with just a hint of tangy citrus sort of like orange dark chocolate only tangier slightly.  Would subscribe n save if Amazon offers!  Delicious!The golden berry is a fruit native to the Andean region. It provides a wonderful sweet-tart complement to the dark chocolate coating.Ingredients: Cacao beans*, cacao butter*, evaporated cane juice*, sunflower lecithin*, golden berries (*certified organic) (Dairy and soy free, may contain traces of nuts).Size: 57g/ 2oz.UPDATE 10/17/12 - finally Amazon has it back in stock!  Woo Hoo!  BUT what arrived was completely melted so that it was like chocolate tapioca pudding in a pouch.  Boo Hoo!!! : (  Amazon CSR said she would have a replacement sent to me when it was back in stock.....UPDATE 10/18/12 - the four pack that arrived today was in pristine condition!  I ate two boxes upon arrival!  These are sooooooooooooooooooooo tasty!UPDATE 10/26/12 - the four pack that arrived 10/19 was again in pristine condition like 10/18 delivery!  Unfortunately, I have eaten them all and they are out of stock.  : (Please get more in stock, so I can order more!",positive530"One thing you'll notice from having this tea, right off the bat is the larger size of the tea leaves, and how much tea is in the bag itself. I went back to the market and have since bought 3 more boxes of tea from different brands, and quality and size are easily noticeable; Stash PGT's leaves actually look like leaves, and not burnt up, shriveled sawdust. They leaves also have a pretty color, and aren't oxidized.Since I grew up on sugar laden drinks, drinking both teas without sugar was rough, but now that I'm used to it, these teas are just super tasty and don't even need a grain of sugar. I also cold brew my tea, rather than pour warm/scalding/hot water on it. I was reading on a forum that brewing teas in cold water helps to draw out more antioxidants. Cold brewed black tea is better for you than hot brewed oolong, believe it or not. Also, I can't stomach the flavor of warm/scalding/hot water tea. It's just...bleh. Cold-brewing tea is similar to making sun tea, except, it isn't placed in the sun. I ""brew"" my tea from anywhere between 15 min to 30 min.~*~*~*~*~*~*~*~Stash is a great starter tea if you've never seriously drunk tea before. After tasting around a bit, this tea is not really as good as I thought it was...Taste around, it's the only way you'll know if somethings really good or not~",positive531"After trying about 30 different brands of Green Tea, I have found this to be the best tasting. This Green Tea is a blend of Japanese Green Teas, which are more robust and flavourful than typical Chinese Greens. The only Green Tea I've tasted that compares is straight Yama Moto Yama from Japan. I believe Yama Moto Yama is also in the Stash blend.As far as Green Teas go, this blend is among the naturally sweetest and has no bitterness... unless you overcook it. The trick I have found to getting the best flavour from Green Teas is not using too high a temperature to steep it. Steep at a lower temp (170F-180F) for a longer time which will result in a tea that is actually green in colour, not brown or gold. Also, this tea tastes best as is, don't put any sweeteners in it like sugar or honey. If you are addicted to sugar, ween yourself off of it and enjoy the great flavour of this premier Green Tea.Of course, Green Tea is incredibly healthy, rich in anti-oxidants and relaxing theanine, is not harmfully acidic like coffee and there is also one quarter the amount of caffiene than in coffee - easier to brew too!The price is quite reasonable considering the quality of tea you are getting. Better yet, buy it in bulk for great savings.If you want to be even healthier, Stash also sells their Premium Green Tea in organic form for only a few more pennies per bag.Enjoy and be healthy!",positive532"I used to drive to an out of the way grocery store for Stash Moroccan Mint.  When they stopped carrying it I  was so upset!  It did a hard core internet search and finally found out I could order from Amazon in bulk.  Yay! I drink green tea for the health benefits, and have been drinking various kinds for about ten years now.  Before I found this kind, I would choke down regular green (which tastes like hay!) and tried all of the flavored kinds.  Most of the teas would hurt my stomach if I drank them in the morning on an empty stomach.  Moroccon mint doesn't bother my tummy at all.  In fact, If I have an upset stomach or feel really full, this tea actually calms it.  I drink two talls of this tea a day.  I am thirty years old, but I hear everyday that I look like I am in my early 20's.  People quite literally don't believe that I am 30.  I really think a lot of this has to do with the powerful health benefits.  Beyond this, I am around children all the time as I nanny for a side job, and am never sick.  I would highly recommend this tea, and I have tried them all! But please don't order a bunch because I don't want it to be out of stock!  ha ha! One more thing, I replaced green tea with coffee and it was not a difficult switch.  If I can do it, you can too!",positive533"****This tea is good---it is a meld of green and white teas: White tea, Japanese green tea, Chinese green tea, Assam green tea, Darjeeling green tea, and organic green tea from Sri Lanka. It has a mild and interesting taste, and doesn't appear to be as strong in its caffeine effects as some other green or white teas.I went to Stash's website to find out more about Fusion Green and White and it says that white tea is a very rare and healthful tea, even more so than green tea, containing powerful antioxidants; it is thought that white tea may have the strongest anti-carcinogenic effects of all teas.  White tea is not oxidized, but withered and dried by steaming. It is not clear exactly how much white tea is present in this tea compared to all of the greens---I'm thinking there might be far more green than white. Still, it is a fine tea nonetheless.For a basic green tea, with some extra-healthful white tea added, it is a not-overly-exciting but certainly tasty tea. I would especially recommend it for people new to tea drinking who want to branch out from orange pekoe to something different, and are looking for a gentle introduction to the wide world of teas.Note that this review is for the bulk packaging of six tea boxes, for an incredible Amazon price break!****",positive534"I do not find this tea to be overly sweet and I take it hot or cold without any sweetener. I prefer it hot I find, but have tried it iced and found it to be quite pleasant.  This tea has a lightly fruity taste.  There are many ingredients, which I have found to be true of all of Stash's herbal teas.  To fear the ingredients, they are all top quality and marry well.  I wondered what ""goji berry flavor"" was and contacted the company.  Here is a transcript:Email reply from Stash when asked about goji berry flavor:Unfortunately it's proprietary information with our suppliers; however we do require natural statements from our suppliers. We use the Code of Federal Regulations as far as our definition of naturalAccording to the Code of Federal Regulations (21 CFR), the term natural flavor means ""the essential oil, oleoresin, essence or extractive,  protein hydrolysate, distillate, or any product of roasting, heating or enzymolysis, which contains the flavoring constituents derived from a spice, fruit or fruit juices, vegetable or vegetable juice, edible years, herb, bark, bud, root, leaf or similar plant material, meat, seafood, poultry, eggs, dairy products, or fermentation products thereof, whose significant function in t food is flavoring rather than nutritional.""There you have it, essential oil of goji berry.  Not so mysterious after all.  I recommend getting the superfruit sampler where you get to try this flavor and five others.  I have found them all to be outstanding and go back for more all the time.",positive535"I drink STASH PREMIUM MOROCCAN MINT GREEN TEA all day with no adverse ""overdose"" effects from caffeine.  The flavor is not grassy like some green teas, but very clean.  I don't normally like mint taste in anything other than gum or toothpaste, but this mint is subtle and goes great with the clean taste of the tea.  Besides green tea, the ingredients are spearmint, lemongrass, and peppermint.  Lemongrass is another ingredient that can be overwhelming, but if it's truly in there, I can't taste it.  So as I write this, I am realizing it contains a lot of flavors that shouldn't work for me, but they do!  In fact, I enjoy it so much, I get a little anxious if I let myself run low.  It's a great thing to be able to order it in bulk from Amazon.I do want to note that the tea can get a little bitter if steeped too long.  I try to go no longer than five minutes, but I often forget about it at work.  For me, it's drinkable but noticeable.  On the other hand, I'm not an aficionado.  I don't worry about the temperature of the water I use to brew the tea.  At home, I use the hot water that comes out of my Keurig coffee maker; at work, I use the hot water out of the filtered water dispenser.  As evidenced by the amount I consume, the flavor comes out great!",positive536"Amazing tea.That pretty much sums it up - it's an amazing tea. The taste is sweet and the smell is strong and also sweet. I love waking up, steeping a teabag with two teaspoons of cane sugar and half water half milk mixture. Adding milk gives the tea an amazing body and unlike a reviewer said below, there is no notes of green olives nor of cough syrup - this tea is simply astounding.I've tried Stash's Mango/Passion fusion and their Chai tea but didn't care for those, then I stumbled upon this one and O-M-G is all I had to say. The Chai has a somewhat bitter aftertaste and the Mango/Passion is forgettable on the palette. This tea however I love. The smell like I said is strong, super strong, and sweet. The taste is also amazing, very fruity and very very endearing. However, on the downside, I would not recommend that you make this tea with water alone, although it is a very smooth tea, it lacks body - thus, like I said before, make it as follows:Steep in 4oz hot water with 2 teaspoons of cane sugar (or substitute your own)Add 4oz warm milkThe milk as I said gives it extra body that the tea lacks, however it is forgiveable. Stash truly hit the mark on this one and hopefully they don't discontinue it - because the day they do discontinue it, I will be a very very sad man :(",positive537"My wife and I love the Green Mountain Coffee Dark Magic (Extra Bold) coffee and have been ordering it for our Keurig for months but have always purchased it in the smaller boxes (25 K-cups).  When we saw this box of 50 K-cups for about the same price per cup, we decided to order two and that way place fewer orders.However, we have thrown away more defective K-cups from this one box than we have from everything else we've purchased in the 6 months since we bought our Keurig machine.  And we have bought A LOT of coffee & tea, much of it from Green Mountain.  I don't know if its a problem at the factory or if its an issue with the packaging but 1/3 of the K-cups in the first box had to be thrown away.  Frankly, these things are too expensive to accept that kind of waste...not to mention the hassle of cleaning up the mess they make first thing in the morning when all I want to do is sit and enjoy a cup of coffee and wake up.I hope that its from the packaging (the K-cups are not as tightly packed and therefore get bounced around a lot more during shipping - I HOPE that's the root cause of the problem) and not an issue with manufacturing because I would HATE it if we had to stop buying Green Mountain products altogether. Dark Magic and Triple Black Diamond have become our two favorite coffees, replacing Newman's Own Special Blend. As it is, I will go back to ordering the smaller packages and hope that this solves the problem.I give the coffee five stars but only one for the packaging so I compromised by assigning 3 stars to this product.",positive538"I am just 1 week into owning my Kuerig B60 and this was in the sample pack. When I brewed it up, coffee grounds were in the cup and I was hoping this was just one faulty package. It smelled so good and I didn't want to throw it out I strained it twice added my cream and it was really good! This was a keeper and I went back today after church to B3 with my 20% off coupon and purchased a box and promptly had a cup while I was preparing my lunch.  I determined I could buy 3 boxes-18 count each with coupons for $24.28 once I finish this box and the two others (French Roast and Butter Toffee) I bought at the time I purchased my Kuerig. Dark Magic along with French Roast are my morning travel mug brews, and I will usually finish the evening with a smooth Butter Toffee.Update 7/25/12: Dark Magic is the only K Cup I am drinking.Truly a great cup of coffee, I have a 10 oz travel mug on my morning commute and then a 6 oz in the evening either before or after dinner. At either amount and a little cream it taste great, not bitter or weak. Love it!!! New owners definitely want to register your Kuerig and receive the  buy 2 get 2 free k cup offer, I paid $29.68 for 4-(24)count Dark Magic k cups",positive539"Dark Magic is for coffee drinkers searching for something bolder than the breakfast blends and flavored coffees ubiquitous on supermarket shelves. Whether it will satisfy depends on what you normally buy at coffee shops. My wife favors a latte or mocha, so she found Dark Magic too strong. I prefer an Americano, so I liked this roast.I tested the Dark Magic blend on Keurig's small cup (5.25 oz) setting to capture the strongest flavor. It was a nice improvement from Green Mountain's Fair Trade Gingerbread I drank earlier in the week. Dark Magic is bolder than Tully's Coffee Kona Blend or Green Mountain Coffee Breakfast Blend but no more bitter.If you need more caffeine, I recommend you add a SToK Caffeinated Black Coffee Shot.In summary, I like ""tres intense"" roasts and Green Mountain Coffee Dark Magic is the darkest I have found in the Keurig lineup. I will post an update should I try a stronger blend than Dark Magic. Rating: Four stars.BTW: Here are other coffees I recently reviewed for Amazon:5 stars: Van Houtte Chocolate Raspberry Truffle4 stars: Tully's Coffee Kona Blend4 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Dark Magic3 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Breakfast Blend3 stars: Green Mountain Coffee Fair Trade Gingerbread",positive540"I purchased this coffee because both the Newman's Own and Sumatran Reserve were priced up near $1 per k-cup this month, and I needed something dark and bold to replace them until the prices came back down.  This coffee brewed up strong, but had a bit of an empty, bitter finish.  The caffeine content is acceptable.  The package could have been treated a little better during shipping as there were lots of dents, crushed corners and sides, and evidence of bending on the sides of the k-cups.  None of the cups have thus far shown a broken seal though.Overall this is an acceptable extra bold style k-cup, but there are better options out there.  My favorites have been the Newman's Own and the Sumatran Reserve.  I haven't tried the Black Diamond K-cups as they are a bit pricey right now also.  I'll probably end up using a coupon and buying my preferred flavors in a brick and mortar store nearby for a better price, or ordering some Coffee People 50-count extra bold flavors.  Their boxes have had pretty stable pricing for the past 6 months or so.If you are out of options, this is a cheaper substitute for a pricier extra bold flavor.  I wish Amazon could sort out their supply issues and keep K-cup prices a little more stable.  Lastly, I wouldn't buy these again if I had other similar priced options.TL;DR - These are okay, but go for other extra bold flavors if they are priced about the same.",negative541"I have purchased quite a few K-Cup blends for the Keuring, well over a dozen.  Some were for company and friends but this one was for me and I LIKE it!  I have to be honest and say that it not my favorite but it's up there among them.  Even when I have one coffee that I like above others I try to vary my K-Cups.  Sometimes it makes me appreciate my favorite better, other times I just want something different.  Green Mountain Dark Magic is always in my Keurig carousel.This blend is not as complex as Newman's Own Bold or Coffee People's Organic Bold Roast, however it doesn't hit you over the head like Timothy's Extra Bold Rain Forest Espresso.  I have not found a K-Cup that is as bold or full-bodied as coffee that I brew in traditional methods (a French press is my favorite) but this one comes close.  All-in-all an excellent K-Cup.Coffee People Organic, Extra Bold K-Cups for Keurig Brewers (Pack of 50) [Amazon Frustration-Free Packaging]Newman's Own Organic Special Blend Extra Bold K-cup for Keurig Brewers, 12-Count Boxes (Pack of 6)Timothy's World Coffee, Rainforest Extra Bold Espresso for Keurig Brewers, 24-Count K-Cups (Pack of 2)",positive542"Having used traditional fly rolls in the past, I was dubious when my hubby opened up the box and showed me this little stand-alone cardboard fly trap. We were desperate, though, as we had a full-on gnat invasion in our kitchen. We put it in a few places on the counter before settling on one near the coffee pot where the gnats seemed to love to gather. At first they seemed to ignore it, but over the next few days, more and more were finding their way onto the trap. At one point we gave up counting--there were dozens. This product is great for ridding yourself of those pesky gnats. I love that it is poison-free and that it can stand on the countertop if you want it to, as our very tall ceilings would make a hanging strip less than useful. But for those wishing to hang it, there's a little hanger included as well. I can't make a claim about larger flies, we didn't catch any of those--there were none around. And I think there would be better choices for outdoors than this product. But for the $$ this little fly trap did the job we asked it to do, and you can't beat that!",positive543"On first bite, I found this granola to lack much sweetness.  Then again, I am comparing it to those sugary cereals that people who are looking into this product are probably trying to avoid.  Adding some milk, I found that the cereal was very nicely balanced and has a very healthy taste.  That means that I felt good after eating it and not weighed down.  As for the technical nutritional facts, the ingredients and stats are listed here (a nice thing about Amazon).  The absence of high fructose corn syrup and the basic natural ingredients are quite reassuring, but, as with all granolas I've seen, portion control will be needed to keep the calorie count down (220 per half cup).  I found the texture quite good for cereal, crumbly bits and all, which is how I eat it.  It may be a bit messy for casual consumption by hand.Overall, this is really basic.  It would be quite inexpensive and easy to make this yourself.  That is not a bad thing, though.  It means that when convenience is at a premium, this product carries the benefits and comforts of something homemade.  If the price doesn't scare you, I would heartily recommend it.",positive544"There are 3 main styles of granola:1) Hard and crunchy (aka the broken-up granola bar), good for single-hand snacking and on-the-go snacking.  Firm and won't fall apart in your hands.2) Chewy (broken up cookie/dense cake type), good for snacking but can be sticky and messy. Usually need more than one hand to eat this.3) Crumbly, mainly good for cereal, shot-glass style snacking or sprinkling over yogurt and ice cream.This product is the 3rd type: small crisp crumbly clusters the size of large popcorn, but also a lot of little bits in the bag.  The little bits account for a little over 1/3 of the product in the bag. (See uploaded photo)Taste:The product is a not too sweet granola with small thin chocolate bits evenly distributed in it.  The small chocolate bits melt nicely on your tongue and there is no excessive chewing of large hard chocolate chunks or worse, chocolate sprinkles, powders or coating on the granola. Simple granola + chocolate bits in the right size. The chocolate is a decent but not spectacular dark semi-sweet chocolate that isn't crunchy but melts on contact with your tongue.Packaging:The bag is resealable, but the tear-off strip was messy and ineffective. I had to use scissors.You could easily make something just like this at home, but this product's main selling point is the size and consistency of the chocolate bits.  Also, packaged granola is convenient.Good for those who like sweet breakfasts and snacks and for those who like chocolate with their granola but don't like the hard chunks of chocolate they usually have.  It would also make a semi-healthy snack for kids (who don't mind dark chocolate) using the jello-cup method. I would not recommend this for on-the-go snacking because it is rather crumbly and the chocolate melts easily. I would also not recommend this for milk chocolate lovers. For those who live in the warmer parts of the country and for the upcoming summer months, the chocolate might melt during transport.Granola is to oats what a Caramel Latte is to milk: a very tasty spin on something healthy by making it less so, but in the end it is still made from something healthy and better than candy or cola.",positive545"Granola has a healthy reputation but the truth is that it is usually chock full of calories, fat, sodium, and sugar.This granola is not as sweet as many (Our favorite is Whole Foods Almond Crunch, which is as addictive as crack, but has tons of sugar and fat)  Although it doesn't look like that much chocolate, you can taste it in every bite.This granola is surprisingly healthy - no palm oil, hydrogenated fats, etc.  Some saturated fat, I presume from the chocolate.  All the ingredients are identifiableHere are the numbers compared to Cheerios (Which I consider the healthiest cereal this side of organic free range sawdust)First I have to adjust the serving size to get a fair comparison.  Cheerios uses a 28g serving size with 100 calories while BTN GranolaGoing with 50 gm servings for both,BTN = 220 calories, Cheerios = 179Calories from fat: BTN = 23%, Cheerios = 15%Carb calories from sugar: BTN = 35%, Cheerios = 5%Protein: BTN = 5g, Cheerios = 5gSodium: BTN=5 mg, Cheerios = 339mg!Dietary fiber: BTN = 4 g, Cheerios = 7gOverall, it's quite healthy and tasty.  I recommend it.  Four stars though as I would have preferred a bit stronger flavor (more vanilla perhaps?)My ratings: 1star: Avoid! / 2star: Some merit but I can't recommend  / 3star: Decent, recommended / 4star: Highly recommended  / 5 star: Nearly perfect!If you have found this review to be helpful, please let me know!",positive546"This granola is surprisingly good, and healthy too.  It comes in a resealable zip-lock package, and it consists of chunks AND BITS of granola and dark chocolate.  It is crunchy and delicious.  Back to Nature makes this granola with no artificial preservatives, flavors or colors.  It is an excellent source of whole grain.  The packaging describes it as crunchy clusters of whole grain rolled oats and dark chocolate chunk, sweetened with natural ingredients, and this is a fairly accurate description.  They say ""chunks"", but it's more like chunks and some smaller bits.  It's something you would dump into a bowl and eat by hand out of a bowl.  I found it difficult to control just by pulling handfuls out of the bag and holding it in my hand.Serving size is one-half cup, and one serving contains 220 calories, 50 of those calories are from fat.  Here are some stats from the label's ""% Daily Value"": 9% total fat, 10% saturated fat, 5% potassium, 12% total carbs, 16% dietary fiber, sugars 13g, other carbs 20g, protein 5g.Calcium 2%, Iron 10%, Phosphorus 15%, Magnesium 15%, Zinc 10%, Copper 15%.Ingredients: whole grain rolled oats, semi-sweet chocolate chunks (chocolate, sugar, dextrose, cocoa butter, soy lecithin,, vanilla extract, nonfat milk), evaporated cane juice, brown rice syrup, brown rice flour, expeller pressed safflower oil, molassess, vitamin E (a natural vitamin to help preserve flavor), natural flavor.Contains soy, milk.Manufactured on equipment that processes wheat.I cannot guarantee you that they won't change the product or the product label at any point, but this is what's on the label of my sample package.Overall Rating:  Delicious, healthy snack food!",positive547"Back to Nature Chocolate Delight Granola is a surprisingly good product.The granola portion is similar to some of the better granola products that I have had before - slightly crunchy, a bit chewy but not overly so, with a mild but pleasant taste of oats.  And though I wasn't sure that the taste of dark chocolate would go well with the granola, it does actually combine with the oats to make a great tasting snack food.  One interesting thing in the ingredients is the lack of honey - apparently Back to Nature uses cane juice instead.  I can't say that I notice any difference in taste because of this difference.The other thing that I noticed is that while not a ""low-fat"" food, it is lower in fat calories than similar products from other companies, such as Bear Naked All-Natural Granola, Fruit and Nut, 12-Ounce Bags (Pack of 6) and Udi's Original Granola, 13-Ounce Bags (Pack of 6).  On the down side, this back to Nature product has a bit more sugar per serving than the other two products.While agreeing with other's criticism that the small bits make Chocolate Delight Granola a bit messy to eat by hand, it is still a great option as a snack food.  Even my wife (not a chocoholic) gives this product the thumbs-up.  Two thumbs up for me.",positive548"When I ordered this from Amazon the description said ""heavenly snack"" so I had it sent to the office instead of home (the kids might make short work of it at home and I'd never see it).  But rather than being like ""clusters"" of granola it looks more like the Sweet Home brand of granola CEREAL we buy from the grocery store - except for those chocolate chunks.  But I tried it and it's pretty good, except there's so many little pieces and try as I might, it ended up getting all over my desk and lap.  The taste is fine but it's a bit messy, so I figured it must not be a snack.I took it home and tried it for breakfast.  It's not bad but I'm not used to eating cereal with chunks of chocolate (and I'm a big chocolate fan, dark chocolate, too - I even love chocolate chip bagels).  My 6 year old daughter, who loves granola cereal and almost always has it for breakfast, took one look at the chocolate chunks and declined.So I'm not quite sure what this product is: snack or cereal.  It's too messy for a snack but the chocolate is a bit much for cereal (to my taste anyway).  Calories are higher than the Sweet Home brand of cereal we usually buy (220 vs 200 for a half cup serving - the Sweet Home brand uses honey and almonds) but calories from fat were lower (50 compared to 60).  It's okay but I'll stick with the grocery store brand.",negative549"BACK TO NATURE CHOCOLATE DELIGHT GRANOLA is most definitely a tasty treat.  Containing whole grain rolled oats and dark chocolate chunks, CHOCOLATE DELIGHT GRANOLA is an extremely pleasing blend of crunchy and sweet.  This cereal is chock full of chocolaty goodness and will satisfy any chocolate-lover's sweet tooth.  The crunch holds up extremely well, even in milk.  I had a bowl (at the recommended serving size) this morning for breakfast, and found it to be quite filling, as well as delicious.I also gave a bowl of CHOCOLATE DELIGHT GRANOLA to my 4 year old daughter.  ""Mommy,"" she said, ""this tastes like chocolate chip cookies!  Chocolate chip cookies cereal!""  She dove right in, and finished the entire bowl.  High praise coming from a picky eater.  And I have the comfort of knowing that it is made from all natural ingredients and doesn't contain artificial flavors, trans fat, preservatives, hydrogenated oils, cholesterol, or high fructose corn syrup.  BACK TO NATURE CHOCOLATE DELIGHT GRANOLA is also an excellent source of whole grains and fiber, something we could all use more of.I have to say, I agree with what it says on the bag.  BACK TO NATURE CHOCOLATE DELIGHT GRANOLA is simple ingredients, simply delicious, and simply good.  Surprisingly so.",positive550"With granola, it's usually a trade-off between taste and health, and Back to Nature Chocolate Delight is no exception, delivering only moderately on both counts.By using different kinds of sugars, the ingredient label looks better, but added up, it's still a lot of sugar.  With 13g of sugar per 50g (1/2 cup), this granola is almost one-fourth sugar:  evaporated cane juice, brown rice syrup, molasses, sugar, and dextrose.  Back to Nature isn't the worst in this regard, but if you want to minimize your sugar intake (and everyone should, of course), be aware of what you're eating.The fat content is also moderate for a granola, 6g in the form of safflower oil.The taste is okay; I didn't find it to be outstanding.  And the granola pieces are extremely hard and overly crunchy (which I didn't like).  However, my eight-year-old daughter loved this granola and would be delighted if I got it all the time (the chocolate chips, though not particularly tasty, in my opinion, were a big hit with her).This granola is worth trying if it sounds like it might suit your preferences, but try to get a single pack of it from a local store to try before committing to a big multipack.",positive551"I'm a big proponent of eating chocolate for breakfast...or any other time.  Let's face it, chocolate is sooo delicious and has some health benefits too.  It's a mystery why there aren't more chocolate filled breakfast cereals.  Well thankfully, Back to Nature Chocolate Delights Granola fits the bill to a T, whatever that means.This cereal has the exact balance of granola, chocolate and sugar that I've always dreamed of.  Plus, you won't find any yucky corn syrup.  The ingredients are all top notch (though I would have preferred more molasses and less evaporated cane sugar).  The chocolate chunks are outstanding.  They are the perfect shape and size and melt in your mouth, not in the bowl.  This is the first chocolate cereals I've seen that doesn't turn your milk brown!  I was blown away.As I said, the cereal is balanced, so it's not too sweet for breakfast.  It will likely appeal to the more refined adult chocolate lover as well as any kid.  I had only two gripes - (1) the granola is a little too loose with little pieces to eat easily straight out of the bag.  (2) it has a moderate to high sog factor when left in milk.",positive552"After trying Back to Nature's cereal and being completely satisfied, I decided to see what their snack food held in store for me.Now I know: it's a bunch of chocolate and granola goodness!First Impressions:The bag was taunting me from the get-go, the transparent leaf showed all the oats and chocolate - like it was just waiting for me to start eating!On the back, there's the mission statement of Back to Nature - they make a point to mention that this snack doesn't have any artificial preservatives, colors or flavors.Appearance and Nutrition:There was no shortage of chocolate chunks or granola in the bag. According to the Nutrition Facts, there were seven servings...I had to work very hard to limit myself to just one serving for the review! I was quite pleased to see the bag was reseal-able - nothing like a longer shelf life for those future snack fests!In one serving there are about 220 calories. No trans fat, 2g of saturated fat, no cholesterol, and the sodium comes in quite low at 5mg. If you need carbohydrates, there's 37g per serving, so look no further.Taste:Back to Nature has done it again...this is absolutely DELECTABLE. Amazon sells these in 6-packs and the price is right! The chocolate chunks are very sweet and tasty, and the granola is a perfect match.My sweet tooth and his 31 neighbors agree - if you're looking for snacks without the additives, Back to Nature is the way to go.Enjoy!",positive553"I do have a soft spot for chocolate, but I like something a little more sophisticated than, say cocoa puffs, not to mention a little more nutritious.  I've tried Special K Chocolatey Delight, which I liked, but I have this habit of occasionally checking the nutrition facts. I found out why they call it ""chocolatey"" rather than ""chocolate.""  The bits in the Special K are mostly sugar and partially hydrogenated oil.  That cereal is also sweetened with high fructose corn syrup and preserved with BHT.  It has some other added vitamins, but I don't really understand the benefit of adding those to cereal vs. just taking a supplement if needed, or better yet eating more foods that contain them naturally.In comparison, I see that this granola has ""real"" chocolate chunks, is sweetened with evaporated cane juice and brown rice syrup, contains no trans-fatty acids, and uses only vitamin E as a preservative.  It also has 4g fiber per serving, vs. 1g.  That doesn't magically turn it into health food, in fact this granola has more total sugar and fat per serving that the Special K, but given the choice between the two it still clearly wins on ingredient quality.As for the taste, I like it.  It's simple, without too much going on, and it's sweet enough to satisfy the sweet tooth without going overboard.  The amount of chocolate is just about right as well; enough to find some in most every bite.Overall I'd say it's a pretty good choice to stifle a morning chocolate craving as long as you stick to a reasonably sized serving.  I'll almost certainly be getting some more, especially if I find it on sale.",positive554"Like most Back to Nature products, this is every bit as tasty as it sounds from the description.  The Granola has a nice crunch to it and the dark chocolate tastes rich and decadent. I'd give it five stars if the product weren't so darn crumbly.  Other reviewers have stated that would have liked to see this product produced more as crunchy large clusters and I agree with them.  Over half the bag was reduced to single oat pieces and crumbles of chocolate buy the time it reached me.  That may be a result of the packaging choice to put it in a pouch rather than a box.  it's hard to tell.Even so, the crumbly nature didn't alter my enjoyment of the product too much.  It goes nicely into vanilla yogurt as a stir -in and works equally well straight out of the bag as a snack.  My husband told me he thought the molasses used as a sweetener stood out a bit too much but I didn't think so.  The product is a little on the sweet side but certainly not as sweet as most cereals available today.Highly recommended item but buy with Auto-ship to get the best possible price.",positive555"When I saw all those chocolate chunks in Back To Natures Granola I got a little too excited.  I love me some chocolate and when it is in granola I can only imagine the orgasmic experience in my mouth.  I am sad to report that no orgasmic experience was to be had.  Upon first bite I noticed a great crunch but the flavor of the granola by itself almost had a raw taste to it, like a raw flour/oat taste and it was very off putting. Not at all sweet and that could be a plus for someone who is trying to not eat too much sugar but I need my granola to have some sort of sweetness to it which this granola did not have.  I had some of the chocolate in the mix and that by itself was very delicious but not worth the cost of the granola, will just get a chocolate bar.  I much prefer the Love Crunch Granola By Natures Path, that is absolutly scrumptious and has the perfect amount of chocolate flavor and pieces along with freeze dried berries, plus it is all organic.  So if you are looking for a nice flavorful granola that has nice chocolate goodness look elsewhere because you will not get that with this granola.",positive556"First off, I must say that my wife absolutely feel in LOVE with this granola. I almost didn't get to have a taste of our first bag before it was gone! She would easily rate it 5 stars, but needless to say I have my own opinion.Being a bit of a chocolate granola snob, I have to compare the flavor and texture of this granola to that of KASHI COCOA BEACH GRANOLA and Cascadian Farm Cereal, Dark Chocolate Almond, Organic, 13.25-Ounce Boxes (Pack of 10), my long-time favorite. I have enjoyed all three as both a snack and a meal, usually with milk.Back to Nature Chocolate Delight Granola is more enjoyable than the Kashi as both a snack or as a meal. The flavor of the Kashi can be a bit too generic, and this granola just tastes healthier and more natural. As a snack, my only complaint is the amount of small bits that are hard to snack on. Perhaps my wife got all the large morsels before she let me have a taste, but I do feel there should be more uniformity for best enjoyment. This is not as important in a bowl, of course.I enjoyed a medium sized bowl with milk, but this is where the Cascadian Farms granola takes it a step further. I ALWAYS want a second bowl of Cascadian Farms because it just tastes so good, but here I didn't find myself going back for more. While this does lead me to rate this granola just below my personal favorite, it might be a positive point as others trying to lose weight (such as myself) are less likely to give in to the urge for ""just one more bowl"".",positive557"I don't usually use a lot of milk in my cereal because I don't want to waste it (it goes to the cat--I know, bad cat owner!) I haven't drained the milk from a bowl of cereal since I outgrew Cookie Crisp (mmm. Cookie Crisp)...this was so good I drank it all.First the con and the reason for the four instead of five star review: price. 12 oz. for 3.60 (plus shipping on Amazon) or 3.79 in my grocery is out of line. Comparable products offer 17 or 18 oz. for the same or a slightly lower price. So Kraft (and yes, it's a Kraft product) lower the price to get another star.The rest is all pro. The mouth feel is perfect; as the uploader of the customer photo states, not big bad chunks. Nice and crunchy in cold milk. The flavour is fantastic. DARK chocolate...not milk. Yum. Plus just the right amount of little choc pieces. Others criticised the Summer Berry Blend variety for being too sweet (others too tart,) but I found it and this just right on the sweetness scale.4g of fiber, low sodium, 5g of protein...and a couple vitamins all natural. No HFCS, no Sucralose or Aspartame so your liver and brain don't need to fear it either!Notice I didn't mention the calories...220 in a ""serving"" welll, a 1/2 cup serving size is a wee bit unrealistic. I measured it out and it's about five bites. A cup was good for a light breakfast...so 440 calories about the same as a bagel...not for weight watchers--but an excellent treat!",positive558"Who doesn't love granola?  Adding dark chocolate to it is possibly the best thing a chocolate lover could imagine although you must use caution in eating this because it is definitely a snack.  Granola always has fat and of course chocolate does too, but it is a good alternative to a candy bar.  It has more nutritional value since it does contain whole grain and several vitamins and minerals.  The flavor is as satisfying as a candy bar and granola is pleasing as a snack because it is easy to munch on.  Overall A+!The pros:~The flavor is amazing!  I loved it!  It reminded me of a candy bar but more satisfying.~It is easy to munch on making it great for a snack.  It is packaged in a reselable plastic bag.~It is more nutritious than many snack foods on the market.  It has quite a bit of fiber in addition to other beneficial vitamins and minerals making it more nutritious than many ""junk"" foods.The cons:-The chocolate melted a little during shipping. Although it wasn't completely melted, some of the chocolate melted before I opened it.-Granola still contains fat no matter how you cut it.  Although more nutritious than many things, this granola contains 6g of fat per serving.-The bags are hard to open.  The tear here strip resulted in me searching for a pair of scissors to actually open the position.If you are looking for a great choclately snack, you will love Chocolate Delight Granala from Back to Nature.",positive559"The good folks at ""Back to NATURE"" have put together an absolutely scrumptious granola offering.  It's so good that you can sit there with the open bag and snack on it handful after handful.  The granola is heavily punctuated with chunks of real dark chocolate.I wanted to try more of this before it was gone, but before I knew it my family had discovered and devoured the entire bag...and that's a good sign!I could also see adding nuts, perhaps almonds or cashews, maybe some M&Ms, and before you know it you'll have a super-fantastic trail mix...good for hiking or camping.  It's the sort of thing you could send out the door with your teenagers and be happy knowing that they are getting something that is good, and good for them.At the same time, this treat may deserve to be stashed away in your secret place for those times when you need something great for yourself.  Perhaps this granola is too good for kids to wolf down before they realize what they had.  You'll have to make the call on this one :-)Now why doesn't this product get 5-stars, with all that glowing praise?It's like this...this granola is pricey, pricey, and expensive!!!  That's the only reason this product misses out on the 5-star mark (at least for me).  Again, only you can judge whether your budget can handle an item like this.""Back to NATURE"", thanks for a great tasty treat!",positive560"I received this product as part of the Amazon Vine program.I like granola, but I don't really get to eat it a lot, due the high carb nature of all granola.  I also like chocolate, ok I love chocolate.I thought this might be a match made in heaven.I first tried it in cold milk as cereal.  The granola is typical granola.  Lots of chewing, so so taste.  On top of that was the chocolate.  Something about the chocolate and the milk made the chocolate taste practically overwhelm the granola.  Not bad, just not what I was expecting.I next tried it as a dry snack.  Except for the mess of eating granola without a spoon and some milk to hold it in place, this was better.  The chocolate taste was a little more subtle, basically coming in the bites that had chocolate.  Plus with it being dark chocolate, it's not overwhelming.Back to Nature products are expensive.  That's what you get when you go with a small company who is actually producing less processed products.  This isnt' that important to me, but it could be important to you.As some others here have suggested, the idea is a good one.  Maybe having a bag of chocolate chips that you love mixed with a bag of granola that you love, and coming up with a good ratio would make for a wonderful snack (or even a wonderful breakfast) but to me this isn't it.",negative561"The is an Amazon Vine review, and my first one.  When I saw this product, I decided to give it a try, wow am I glad I did.  Several simple points of interest.1) The packaging is nice, the colors and textures of the bag make you feel like it is ""environmentally friendly.""  I am not in any way suggesting it is, but the coloring and make up of the bag make you think it's a natural type of product.2) Upon opening the bag, one is treated to an olfactory delight.  The smell is fresh and good, and you will be tempted to dig right in, and not share with others.3) Texture and taste.  The granol is fresh and not at all dry or stale.  It could be mashed together and would ""hold"" large pieces together it is so moist, it is not wet, but certainly not dry.  The taste is a nice blend of flavors and the addition of the chocolate chunks is very welcome.  When you get a mouthful that has a piece of chocolate in it, it is a real treat.In the interest of full disclosure, I am not a granola eater; however, this is an excellent product.  My somewhat choosy eater 6 and 7 year old children love it as well.Highly recommend.",positive562"I requested this item from the Amazon Vine program and decided to have my family help me get more info for my review. I love eating healthy and was looking forward to a better alternative to the already semi-healthy granola I was enjoying. So, I sat my family down at the table. My dad, mom, two brothers, one sister and one grandmother and asked them to taste test it.My mom and sister were the first to protest. Now, I hadn't tried it at this point but everyone else had. My sister and mom told me it was too bland and the chocolate was too grainy. It didn't taste natural.My two brothers were next. My older brother (who is 28 years old) told me that the only time he would eat this would be if he was walking through the woods and hadn't eaten anything and had stumbled over it. My younger brother (22) said that while the taste wasn't awful, it ""just wasn't good either"".My grandmother was indifferent. She was the first person to like it a little bit even though she claimed it tasted like dry oatmeal and tiny flakes of chocolate.My dad said the same thing. That it tasted as if there was no chocolate in it at all and the granola had an oatmeal taste that didn't sit right with him.I figured that maybe they were making a fuss out of nothing so I decided to try it. In my hand it looked harmless but upon eating it, I found that I could not produce enough saliva to even slightly moisten the granola chunks and the chocolate used was horrible and crumbled in my mouth instead of melted.This is my very first bad review and I have to say... it deserves it. I will never purchase this item and if anyone wants the half of bag I got, it's being fed to my hampster. He happens to think it's wonderful!",negative563"""Back to Nature"" Chocolate Delight Granola was certainly a pleasant surprise.  I have always been a fan of granola bars, oatmeal, and, of course, chocolate, but I never expected to enjoy this food quite as much as I did.  The taste is not merely the blandness of oats or the sugary sweetness of the chocolate but a wonderful combination of the two, neither of which comes across as overpowering but as a subtle, healthy snack for one to eat.  If you are interested in this product, you might also be most interested to note the excessive fiber content, which is another of granola's additional benefits.Any complaint I have regarding the product is purely logistical.  Let's be honest: eating loose, bulk granola isn't easy.  I dropped as much on my floor as I put in my mouth.  I suppose the most effective method of eating the granola would be to put it in a bowl and spoon it like cereal, but that eliminates the ability for the product to be carried around for a snack, taken camping, etc.  While one cannot as easily control the portion size of granola bars, they remain a much easier and more effective method of consumption than loose granola.",positive564"Basically, with this snack, the granola (comprised of rolled oats) is a delivery mechanism for the CHOCOLATE.  Big, rectangular pieces of chocolate, that dominate the taste of this snack.  If you love chocolate like I do, you'll like this snack.Now, my next question would be, how healthy is this?  I was for some reason expecting this to be another ""faux healthy"" snack like so many of the granola bars you find these days, which are loaded with hydrogenated oils and artificial flavorings.  The ingredients list of this granola is 100% comprised of things YOU could buy at the grocery store!  Sugar, skim milk, molasses, etc.. even the preservative is plain old vitamin E.Next I was curious about the calorie/sugar/fat content as compared to my usual granola, Kashi Apple Orchard.  This product (same serving size) has 1 gram less of total fat (though saturated fat is 1 g more than the Kashi), 1 gram less of carbohydrates, and one less grab of protein.  Total calories are the same per serving.  Contrasting with the Kashi, I would never eat this for breakfast since my days of chocolate (Count Chocula) early in the morning are long since past.  But I do think this granola is a good snack and worth checking out.  I bet it would be easy to make GREAT cookies out of this, as well.Hope this helps you decide whether or not you want to try it.",positive565"BACK TO NATURE'S CHOCOLATE DELIGHT GRANOLA tastes really good and has the perfect blend of crunchy and sweet that makes this a tasty snack, either as a cereal or right out of the bag.It's made from natural ingredients and doesn't contain artificial flavors, preservatives, hydrogenated oils or high fructose corn syrup.But here's the rub... the BACK TO NATURE CHOCOLATE GRANOLA, like all granola, is high in fat. Some of it is the good fat, Polyunsaturated and Monounsaturated, but it does contain 6g of total fat--2g of that Saturated Fat. It also packs 220 calories per 1/2 cup serving, which is about 2 1/2 handfuls, and it's very easy to keep eating it.Since opening the bag, I've probably eaten three servings already, because it's that good, but that can't be good for my waist!OK, I shouldn't be that harsh and deduct 1-star from BACK TO NATURE... for my own lack of will power, but many customers will see the words ""nature"" and ""whole grain"" and think ""healthy treat."" The small serving size of the granola is also deceptive because many will think ""this is such a tiny amount that I'll just eat a little more"" because it really does seem like you're eating a small amount, but then next thing you know you can't zip up your jeans.On the plus side, that means that the product is delicious but just be aware of serving size and portions. Otherwise, it's a good alternative to say a 180-calorie cookie that's full of high fructose corn syrup and sugar and no fiber.",positive566"While you read this review, please keep in mind that I'm not a huge granola/trail mix/nut type fan at all. Nuts only appeal to me if they are super salty. I'll only snack on trail-mix if it's got a lot of M&Ms. I'll eat a granola bar, but only if it's got enough junk food in it to render it a mislabeled candy bar. It's just never appealed to me even though I'm an extremely healthy eater.However, ""Chocolate Delight"" is satisfying to me. It's basically like a crumbly, crunchy lightly-sweet oatmeal cookie with small chunks of chocolate laced throughout. I didn't find it sweet OR salty, to be honest- it's just lightly sweet which makes it snackable. The chocolate isn't bitter, nor is it overly sweet- it's just the right compliment for the granola. I also like that the chocolate doesn't leave a weird aftertaste in my mouth like a lot of other dark chocolates do. There's not a whole lot of chocolate, just enough to provide a nice ""kick"" to the granola.It's definitely a satisfying snack because it's got some bulk to it- if you eat it by the handful, you won't feel like you've just crunched on baked air, like a lot of other healthy snacks. It feels like you've actually eaten something satisfying.My husband, who IS a fan of granola, said he would have preferred it without the chocolate. I probably wouldn't *eat* it if it didn't have the chocolate, so your milage may vary on that one.By the way- this *isn't* a cereal, as another reviewer noted - it's meant to be eaten as a snack. I'm actually anxious to try it out with my daughter when she gets home from school. She's three and an EXTREMELY picky eater. I'm hoping this might be something she can snack on instead of cereal and chips. I think the chocolate will be a huge draw for her and I can feed it to her without worrying about all the salt and sugar she's getting.",positive567"I've found Back to Nature products to be somewhat ""hit or miss.""  I LOVE their Classic Granola -- it's probably my favorite ""plain"" granola, perfect mixed with peach yogurt or eaten with milk.  Their Summer Berry Blend cereal was, to me, wayyy too sweet and the flakes were thick and hard.  I'm sure someone somewhere will absolutely love it, but it wasn't for me.This Chocolate Delight Granola is somewhere in the middle.  It works great as a cereal, eaten with milk.  The flavor is reminiscent of oatmeal chocolate chip cookies.  The sweetness level was just about right, and the amount of chocolate was nice.  I'm not sure I'd want to eat it for breakfast, but for a snack, this works great.  I also tried it mixed with vanilla yogurt.  I used a 6-oz carton of vanilla yogurt, and added about 1/3 C of granola.  This worked well, too.Straight out of the box -- this doesn't work for me.  The chocolate chips have a sort of off-putting texture that seems to disappear with milk.  The cereal is kind of crumbly, so you don't have a huge amount of large clusters to grab onto.So, if you're looking for a ""snacking"" granola that you can nibble right out of the box, this might not be what you're looking for.  But if you're looking for a tasty chocolate, relatively healthy, granola to eat with milk or yogurt, this stuff is pretty darned good.",negative568"I love granola and I love chocolate, so I couldn't help but like this granola.  The crunch is good, the taste of the granola is quite nice and the chocolate is some of the best I've had when compared to other pre-packaged store-bought items.  However, the overall taste of the granola is just too sweet for me.  It's best in very small quantities, such as on some tart vanilla yogurt or a small half handful for a snack.  I once tried eating the full half cup serving size and by the end of the snack I felt like I'd eaten a bunch of cookies due to the sweetness.  You could never eat this as a cereal, it's really sort of a dessert granola.The ingredients are the best I've seen in a pre-packaged food in a while, although there are a lot of sweeteners of various kinds.  The price on this item is really good, as local stores sell granola bags in this size for $6 or more per bag.If you like sweet, I really recommend this.  If you're looking for something to eat in very small amounts or to add to other things like yogurt, this will also be for you.",negative569"I ate it right out of the pouch -- it was crunchy, sweet and the chocolate chips (squares) were not overpowering. There were no nuts, no extra crunchy clusters of anything, nothing gooey in it -- just simple and sweet.Then I put some in a bowl and added cold water - little rice krispie-type bits floated to the top but eventually mixed in with the rest of the granola -- it was all very tasty, toothsome, and filling.I put some in another bowl and added hot water -- it tasted more like oatmeal with chocolate chips, and did not have the hot crunchy surprise elements of regular hot granola -- a mild disappointment to me, but no cereal can be all things to all people.The ingredients are simple -- oatmeal, choc chips, sugar, cocoa butter (with 10% saturated fat and 220 Calories per 1/2 cup serving, this is definitely not a low-cal granola -- but Granola has never been known to be low-cal), brown rice products, molasses, Vitamin E.Tasty, and nutritious, and a good source of Copper (15% per 1/2 cup serving).So I like Back To Nature Chocolate Delight Granola best when it is either eaten out of hand or in cold water/coffee/even tea. The pouch is great for long-term storage in a cool place and can go with me wherever I go to give me a good energy boost or just to act as comfort food.",positive570"I have tasted plenty of granola in my time, and plenty of cereals that suggest healthy food and great chocolate taste (and fail at it).Back to Nature Chocolate Delight Granola really came though in taste, texture, and nutritional value.It's sweet, it's dessert-y... The nutrition seems well balanced..But with 6g/fat & 37g CHO per 1/2 cup serving, I would probably use this less as a breakfast cereal and more as a replacement for cravings or if I know I am going to be up and active for awhile.  I always hoped for a healthier alternative to straight milk chocolate and this could be it- the dark chocolate chunks are smooth, not bitter, and combined with the sweetened oats the ""I'm eating chocolate"" satisfaction is there as you actually have actual dark chocolate bits in it (unlike other cereals with chocolate chunks that have the texture and flavor of chocolated ex-lax. Blech.)  The overall chocolate flavor, when combined with the oats and a little milk, is smooth and mellow- not overpoweringly chocolate, just enough.Definitely a good, healthy (the nutrition label includes 5g of protein and 4g of fiber... definite bonuses over a traditional chocolate bar) alternative to straight chocolate and thanks to the taste is one that I could actually incorporate into my nutrition plan without feeling deprived.Also, due to the nutritional values and the recloseable pack, I will be adding a couple of these pouches to our Hurricane/Emergency kit.  Nourishment and a treat, in one package!",positive571"I had never tried this product before I was offered it through the vine. I eat Bear Naked granola daily, which is what I can compare this to.I was kind of unsure of the mixture of chocolate and granola. I had figured it was like steak flavored tofu, sure the taste is good but why? When I recieved the bag I was really delighted at the taste.It does not have a strong chocolate flavor. The small chocolate bits inside are tasty too. It also has LESS calories than Pure Protein from Bear Naked granola.Here are the specs:| Nutrition Facts| Serving size 1/2 cup 50g| Servings per container: about 7| Amount per serving:| Calories 220 Calories from fat50| Total fat: 6g 9%dv| Sat fat: 2g 10%dv| Trans fat 0g| Polyunsaturated fat 1g| Monounsaturated fat 2.5g| Cholesterol 0mg 0% dv| Sodium 5mg 0% dv| Potassium 160mg 5% dv| Total Carbohydrates 37g 12% dv| Dietary fiber 4g 16% dv| Sugar 13g| Other Carbs 20g| Protein: 5g| Vitamin A 0% o Vitamin C 0%| Calcium 2% o Iron 10%| Phosphorus 15%o Magnesium 15%| Zinc 10% o Copper 15%Pros:>> Great taste>> Decent iron for vegetarians>> Not too bad for calories per servingCons:>> Chocolate granola?>> Not vegan (contains milk)Overall a great snack!Thank you for reading my review.",positive572"This is the first 'back to NATURE' product I've tried. I appreciate that it is sweetened with natural ingredients & contains no artificial preservatives, flavors or color; it's made with whole oats & has no trans fat. This granola contains 4 gr. of fiber/serving which isn't bad, but at 220 calories, I'd like a bit more fiber.I love the dark chocolate in this mix. It definitely tastes real and not fake like the chocolate in some cereals. There's just the right amount of chocolate...not too much that the chocolate is over-powering, & not too little that you can't taste it. I like eating this for a snack. But, as others mentioned, there are some crunchy clusters along with part crumbly granola. I'll have to have a spoon ready for this snack.Instead of baking cookies for car trips, I mix up some of our favorite, healthy, high-fiber cereals,  add pretzels, nuts, dried orange flavored  cranberries, raisins, & candy coated chocolate pieces. It's good.  I was intending to use this as a snack for long car trips, too. I tested a chocolate piece in my hand & it melted...so guess that idea won't work.I like this granola with milk, too.It's definitely snack-worthy, even if I have to use a spoon.",positive573"I adopted my adorable Edmund last year from a shelter. They sent me home with a small bag of Felidae (NOT grain free version) cat and kitten formula as he was a kitten at the time.I am very concerned about eating healthy WHOLE foods, so I of course want the best for my kitty as well. I did research and found that cats' digestive systems are not designed to eat any grains/fruits/vegetables directly, and basically the only carbs they are to eat are what is already in their prey's stomachs (ie: if a mouse ate something carby and the cat ate the mouse they would get a little of whatever was in it). So I wanted to make sure the ratio of his food was as close to what's found in nature as possible, without breaking the bank.He already seemed to really like the Felidae Grain-included version, so as soon as my starter bag ran out I immediately switched to the grain free variety and he has ONLY eaten this ever since I got him - he LOVES it!I give him one small scoop of this grain free kibble in the morning and then a quarter or so of a large 13oz Felidae grain free can of food. We've tried both the turkey/chicken and the salmon grain free canned ones and Edmund goes CRAZY over the turkey/chicken grain free canned, but is a little slower with this salmon stuff. Fortunately he will eat anything I give him, so it wasn't a waste for me to buy a whole case of this too :-).He has the absolute SOFTEST, SHINIEST FUR COAT I have ever seen on a cat and he is very healthy and happy. Also, we've had zero need for vet visits since I brought him home and his chronic upper respiratory issue completed cleared up within two weeks! I have to blame at least SOME of all this on the fact he only eats grain free Felidae food (the rest is because I love him so ridiculously much!).I LOVE the FREE SHIPPING on Amazon (I buy a case of canned and a bag of dry (or 2 of one) at the same time)! I used to buy this elsewhere, and since it's so heavy shipping would often be almost as much as the product!",positive574"I won't say I'm an expert in cheese curls, but these sure taste great. Slightly milky flavor, and a touch of blue cheese give these an edge (literally and figuratively) over the competition. It's great that part of the ingredients are organic (I wish of course that they were all organic at this price). Don't be surprised when you open the bag, they fill just under a third of it. I guess the empty space keeps them in shape! Now the bad part, when you buy 12 at once you expect a discount. The Amazon price of $2.58 each is the same as at my local high priced natural food store. Still, nobody comes close flavor wise, although flavor is, of course, subjective.UPDATE December 11, 2009Could I have been more disappointed with the makers of Cheese Curls? I stopped buying the baked cheese puffs from the same brand because the quality varies from one batch (by the expiration date) to another, and the last batch had too many puffs without cheese. Back to the curls, the previous batch (November) was just excellent (good flavor and crispiness as reported by my wife), but then came the one I bought just a week ago...there is not a single curl with proper cheese flavor in the bags. So why not complain? I am complaining, but the company doesn't care. I told them last year that the quality of the puffs varied from one batch to another, and it only got worse. The retail price has increased to $2.95 since then. At that price I expect a very good product, especially when I buy 12 at a time. Notice that it says on the back of the bag ""freshness guaranteed."" That's right, they don't care whether we're happy with the product, just that it's fresh. Thanks Michael Seasons, I guess I'll have to start making my own cheese curls (there is no other product on the market that uses (partially) organic ingredients). I'd give this one star today if I could.",positive575"Earlier this year we switched our pug to a LID food from Natural Balance (Duck and Potato formula) as he was having some issues with skin allergies and his vet felt it was worthwhile to explore the possibility of eliminating grains from his diet. His skin showed vast improvement but we still wanted to try these as he seemed as bit bored with the Duck & Potato treats.These treats are available in both regular size and the smaller size for small breeds. We got the small breed size, which measures roughly 1.25 inches long and is shaped like a dog bone.I notice the smoked hickory flavor right away. Spanky loves them. The size is perfect for his small mouth and he's able to chew them in one bite without me breaking them in half.  However, they do break in half easily, so if you're doing training with your dog and don't want to overstuff them with treats, you could break these into two pieces.I give him treats several times a day. On a typical day he probably gets about 6 of these, at the minimum, and sometimes a bit more. The skin on his belly (which is where he'd been having a lot of irritation) is still in good shape, so obviously he can do well with sweet potato. His stool hasn't shown any changes, either, so these treats appear to be a good fit for him.We continue to be pleased with the quality of food from Natural Balance. I highly recommend these treats for dogs with sensitive skin or other sensitivities to grain-based foods. 5 stars.",positive576"I've been buying the Newman's Own Canned Organic BEEF for my 9 year old Diabetic Rottweiler to add more protein to her diet since she has been losing weight since her diagnosis 3 years ago.  During the last 6 months that I've been buying it, the consistency of the canned food has been all over the place.  Sometimes it's quite firm and I really have to dig in with the spoon to remove it, sometimes it's a good average firmness, and other times it's extremely mushy.Most recently, the last 2-3 12-packs I've purchased from Amazon or Whole Foods (at different times, not from same lot) have been so soupy that I could pour it out of the can and onto her special diet which is Honest Kitchen Embark.  In the bottom of the can, half the time there has been a thick gelatinous layer and the rest of the time, it is a yellow liquid layer instead so it's pretty gross.  I've been shaking the cans before I open them to mix it up before I pour it out.I've decided not to purchase the Canned Organic Beef any longer.  My dog has been having loose stools lately and I think it's from the soupy canned food.I did buy some of the Newman's Own 100% Liver Canned at Whole Foods and the consistency was very good so I'm going to try ordering this one from Amazon next time instead.  I hope the Liver Canned will remain the right firmness and consistency because I'd rather give my dog all meat without veggies or grain carbs that will affect her sugar levels.  She gets some of those things in the Embark already.Not sure if anyone else has had this problem with the Beef Canned but based on my experience, I wouldn't recommend this particular type of Newman's Own canned.  I can't speak for their other canned food items.",positive577"I offered my lab mix his new DRY dog food yesterday. He refused it. It was one of the Newman's Own dry dog food. No matter what I did, telling him it was a treat, holding some of it in my hand, breaking some of the in two so he might get a bit of aroma from it, nothing worked!Then I read one of the previous reviews that talked about a dog or dogs having the same reaction until they mixed it with the canned food.I had also bought some of the canned food for my large, slow-eating, finicky eater, so I decided to try adding some of it to the dry food. I opened up the can, noticed that he was standing by me all of a sudden, mixed it in with the dry food, and gave it to him.Next thing I knew, the bowl was empty. But then I heard him licking the bowl, the bowl being drug all over the utility room floor!Now, a few minutes later, he is telling me in no uncertain terms, that he wants MORE!  That is an unusual reaction for him. He doesn't get more right now because he had quite a bit.I'm grinning all over because this worked out so well for him. He's an older dog with somewhat fragile teeth, and I'm glad he's happy.EDITED the next morning to say that he ate way too much and kept me awake all night because he needed to go out. I'll have to use better judgement for him than he is obviously able to use for himself regarding portion control. I should have added only enough of the canned food to give the dry food the taste he wanted. The whole can was WAY TOO MUCH for his system when combined with the amount of dry food he ate with it. Portion Control. I will have to keep reminding him, or in this case, I will have to make those decisions for him. He would never know when to stop if I left it up to him. EDITED weeks later to say that PORTION CONTROL has worked well. He really loves these little cans, better than treats, and he loves treats!",positive578"I have an 8 year old Morkie who has been sick all of her life with Pancreatitis, Kidney and Thyroid issues, pre-diabetic status, ear and fungal infections, allergies, various tumors, and the list goes on and on. Recently, she had two severe cases of Hemorragic Gastro Interitis within a month's time, and I almost lost her...twice. My vet and I had run out of ideas to try; nothing seemed to be working for any length of time; hospitalization, IV's, all kinds of meds, etc. and I was desperate! I even stayed home from work with her because I was sure she was not going to make it through that day. It was horible, but I didn't give up even though family members hinted around the suggestion of putting her down. After researching everything I could think of, I stumbled on the thought that maybe her diet was the culprit. I began to search for a food that would fit all the criteria for all of her problems, and found Newman's Chicken & brown rice formula. She's been on it for two month's now, and ALL her symptoms are GONE! Bloodwork-GOOD, Kidney Function-GOOD, Thyroid-GOOD, Allergies-GONE. I cannot believe she's back to her old self and acts like a puppy again. I still give her meds for her Pancreatitis, but that's all! I contribute it all to her food, it saved her life, and all is well for the first time ever! Please, please look at what you feed your pets! I have found that very few commercially prepared foods meet the standards they brag about. Newman's definetely does! Thank you for helping me save my baby girl!!!!!",positive579"First, I feed my dogs fresh raw food I make into patties and frez, each morning they eat one frozen,and I give them Fish oil, Garlic and Klamath shores Blue Green Algae caps. Then at night I give Newmans Chicken can food and mix in their Probiotic Miracle & Enzymes and Plaque off. Then they always have their dry food (Taste of the wild, grain free)anytime they are still hungery. My 2 big dogs are very healthy at 8 years old, hardly get fleas anymore, I don't use chemical flea or heartwormer products anymore, as one dog had a bad reaction to them and lost most of his hair and had hot spots for two years. Then nat. path vet said my other vet should not have given him the yearly vacinations,which also caused the problems. He went on a 10 week detox after that.)For the alternative heartwormer I do 1 week each mo. I give my dogs Natures sunshine Artemisia Combination 2 in the morning, 1 at night with 1 BlackWalnut. then 2 times that week I will give them 1 HS2. I give these about 20 min. before I give them morning food. Then at night before bed. My dogs weights are 100 and 70. The dog that had allergey, I also would give him first thing in the morning, before eating, Transfer factor, or colostrum, also everyother day a kelp tablet, which I think helped the hair grow back in. I used emu oil with lavender oil and tea tree oil mixed in, on the hot spots. Also for the ears, I used Zymox, OTIC Enzymatic Solution. it worked great.Hope this info helps someone.",positive580"My Husky/Samoyed mix, The Lovely Marie, adores this food. As soon as I open a can, she starts dancing in circles. I think she especially loves the smell of it, although that occasionally puts me off a bit because it does contain fish. Some cans are stinkier than others, but it's all perfume to Marie's nose. She gobbles it up. I do vary her diet to include some grain-free products, but this is the food she gets most excited about.I love it because I trust this company, and I believe that Newman's Own products are of high quality. (I hope I'm right.) I also like their mission to bring good green and fair trade products to the market, and to use their profits to support charitable causes. Bottom line: I feel confident that I am giving my girl something wholesome and good.I stock up on this food because the chicken they put in it is ""human grade."" I hope the fish is ""human grade,"" too, because I have several cases of this in my garage. I'm thinking that when the ""Big One"" (earthquake) hits here in California, I'll just break out a case of this food and Marie and I can both survive on it until help arrives.",positive581"I do think this is a good food.  However, it is just too mushy to serve alone.  I give the feline version to my cats and they love it, but cats don't mind a softer food.  We give our little poodle canned food for the low carbs and since our cats love Newmans we thought we would try it for him.  First I got it in the big cans, which is enough for 2 days for Joey and I was OK with that.  The first can I used was OK, not great, but OK when I opened the can and gave him the top 3 ounces.  His dinner with the second 3 ounces wasn't as good.  Next day it was even mushier in the second half of the can.  I liked the food though and he did well on it so I ordered the smaller cans to see if there would be a difference there.  I used half of a can this morning for his breakfast and it was OK, but not stiff enough to make it easy for me to chop up and him to eat.  I am going to use this food as a mixer with his Tiki dog food until it is used up and then I don't think I will buy it again.  I don't get it either because it is the same 78% moisture as his California Natural and By Nature dog food but it just doesn't hold up.  I will continue to give it to my cats in their rotation, but little Joey will be sticking to his other good foods.",positive582"My family rescued a pug mix from a shelter a couple months ago.  We used the puppy food they gave us and then matched the brand at our local store later.  A couple months went by, wouldn't say our dog didn't like her cheap dog food, but she did develop demodex and a whole new world about dogs and health opened up to us.  Bottom line, we were feeding her, but our vet compared it to us eating spaghettios every day for every meal for life.Demodex is not contagious but inherited and a skin disorder we had to treat.  We talked to our vet about her immune system and how we would want to keep her as healthy as possible during treatment and after.  While he didn't really recommend any particular brand, he did encourage us to educate ourselves about what's out there.After some research and with the idea that we buy Newman's Own brand foods for our human selves, we ordered the dry kibble and mixed it with the active dog and puppy formula canned food they make as well.  Our dog does love this food, and clearly prefers the canned to the her old cheap foil top square packages we'd pick up each grocery visit.  We have noticed that her fur, while always been soft, has become thick and buttery soft when you pet her.I know the vet warned us that the treatment might have adverse effects, but she has been fine.  I credit a healthier diet for getting her through this.  And it clearly has done wonders for her skin and coat.  Added bonus, the food actually smells good with minimal odor as opposed to the cheapy stuff which made me gaggy.",positive583"We usually by this at the grocery store for about 3.50 a bottle when it is on sale.  I saw this deal when looking to add some items to my cart so I would hit the free super saver shipping but wasn't sure if it was a 6 pack like the title states or a 2 pack like the picture states.  I figured that since it was in the title I would take a chance on it, and I'm glad I did.  I paid 13.90 for 6, which is only 2.31 a piece.My main reason to write a review was for the good price.  Though, as for the spice itself, if you have never used it you have to start using it.  It works on anything, and I mean that.  While I have never used it on something like ice cream or cereal, I can't imagine that it would make it worse.  The spice is made from poblano peppers, so if you have ever had them you know that it isn't hot spicy, just enough to add a hint of spice.  But what it does add is a lot of flavor.  Try using in a dry rub for wings, or in an asian dish.  I've been using is a lot on our strombolis as of late, and I probably won't ever stop.Don't go with a non-brand name on this spice either, it isn't worth the lower quality.",positive584"For some odd reason, the instructions on the inside flap of the box say to make iced tea at HALF the strength (1 tea bag per 16 ounces of water) of hot tea.  This is backwards from all other teas (that recommend making iced tea at the same strength as, or at double the strength of, hot tea) that I normally encounter.For my first experiment, I tried making unsweetened tea (as per other reviews) using only 4 bags (as per the box).  It was OK, but not much better than unsweetened tea made with the Stash peach black tea that I can get locally.For my second experiment, I tried using 6 tea bags, a 5 minute steeping time, 1/3 cup of sugar (more than I normally use), and plenty of pre-chilled water and ice.  The resulting tea was absolutely delicious.  If my calculations are correct, it had 32 calories per 8 ounces, and yet it tasted just about as sweet (and maybe even more flavorful) than commercial sweet peach teas weighing in at three times the calorie count.If I have one criticism of this tea (other than the instructions), it's the total price.  When you add in shipping, you almost double the effective price of a single box.  I suspect that if you want to enjoy this tea on a regular basis, the most cost-effective way to do so is to purchase multiple boxes at a time so that the shipping cost can be spread out over them.",positive585"Mauna Loa has excellent name recognition in the snack nut market for decades. However, it is always challenging to insure that their products are fresh because Mauna Loa still insists on placing cryptic embossed alphanumeric codes on the bottom of each can which makes it nearly impossible to insure you are receiving fresh product (despite Mauna Loa's insistence to the contrary). I would contact Mauna Loa (now owned by Hershey Foods), register your vote for making an easy to read ""fresh through"" or better still, ""Produced on"" date MANDATORY for all food products. While on the phone, ask them to decipher your can codes and provide you with a code deciphering"" sheet until they do the right thing. You can find their toll free number listed on each can or package they sell. These cans are nearly impossible to find on grocer's shelves in the U.S. mainland,due to shelf space limitations and competitive slotting fees in the supermarkets. Nevertheless, they are still in my opinion, the best quality macadamia nuts on the market if you are a nut aficionado like myself. I now only purchase them through Amazon via subscription to insure a continuous supply and avoid ""macadamia nut withdrawal""! Enjoy!",positive586"First I want to say that this company has fabulous customer service!  My item was originally lost/delayed in the mail due to no fault of the seller's.  They were quick to respond to my concern, and sent another item to ensure that the sprinkles would make it in time for my daughter's birthday.  But here is my concern (and it is a big one!) - the sprinkles came in an unsealed, unlabeled jar that just had a slip of paper with the ingredients hastily scotch taped to the bottle.  I now see that this was also the case with another reviewer's item.  I will not be willing to use these sprinkles - even though they are exactly what I was expecting and wanted - because I have no idea where they came from or who has had contact with them!  I am not willing to give these to a group of toddlers and their parents.  So basically I paid for something that I will not be using.  And if I attempt to return them to the seller, will they just resell them to another person without knowing if I could have opened the item and touched them?  This is just nasty.  I am very disappointed, especially since it is too late to order something similar to this for my daughter's party.",negative587"This is my third Vino Italiano kit and I made a double batch of this Tuscany Rosso Magnifico to fill a 40 liter oak barrel I have ... I want to give this kit every opportunity to shine.  It's going to be my ""house table wine"" to enjoy with everyday meals while I wait for some of my upper end wine kits to fully mature.A couple of hints to better appreciate these Vino Italiano wine kits:1. Have realistic expectations.  These kits make a nice light to medium-bodied wine.  Beautifully red and brilliant in the glass, they are light and food friendy wines (and not necessarily great representations of their varietal).  But if you're expecting something full-bodied and inky dark like a Napa Cabernet, you're setting yourself up to be disappointed.  Keep in mind, this bottle of wine cost you $1.50 to make.  (The cost of bottles doesn't count ... you can reuse them over and over - stay green!)2. These wines will improve with time in the bottle.  While it's hard to resist dipping into your supply for weekly tastings, six months to a year in the bottle will make for a much nicer, less green-tasting wine.I'll add more to this review after I bottle this wine, but I will say that it is drinking better than the Valpolicella did at this early stage.  Less dry than the Valpolicella with a nice balance of both fruit and tannins.  I think I'll be proud to call this Rosso Magnifico my ""house red.""",positive588"I have been making kit wines for nearly 15 years so I have a bit of experience with this topic.  I have made kits from all the major brands.This kit has had me puzzled from day one.  First impressions were that it would be an 'OK' wine but nothing special.  As fermentation and aging progressed, opinions ranged from 'pretty good' to 'big mistake'.  Aging makes a HUGE difference with these wines. During the first 3 months in the bottle, the wine was undrinkable - very harsh with horrible aromas.  Then, at about 3 months, it turned the corner to a very nice table wine.  This will never pass as the best wine you have ever had but, as a table wine, it is worth every penny paid and then some.I made a second batch using filtered water, adding oak in primary and secondary and using BM4x4 yeast and have been very pleased with the results.  Became an above average table wine.All in all, buy one of these and give it at least 3 months in the bottle before passing judgement.  I think you will be pleased.  I'm going to try a Barolo next and then possibly try one of the 16 liter Chateau Classico kits.  These are fun.",positive589"I originally tried Wild Planet tuna back in 2006 when Amazon carried their ""minimal mercury"" products, and I was extremely impressed by the taste and the quality of the tuna.  I was never a fan of tuna in the past, but I thought their canned tuna was outstanding.  They stopped selling tuna with the ""minimal mercury"" label, and I drifted away from buying tuna until recently.  I decided to try Wild Planet again.  I don't know if their ""low mercury"" label is any different or perhaps the standard definitions have changed, but the online discussions make be believe that the mercury content in this product is really quite low.The taste is still excellent, and I'm happy to see that the product is still like it was over three years ago - in that the chunks of tuna are large and nothing is added (besides salt in some versions).  The natural juices from the fish keep it very moist and taste great.I also believe that their fishing practices are more sustainable and have less collateral damage (i.e. killing other animals) than other methods.  That makes me feel much better about buying their products.  Few things make me as upset as needless death or outright cruelty, and so while I enjoy eating meat and seafood, I look for people and brands that strive to avoid those things.",positive590"I've been using this tuna for many months, buying it here on Amazon, and it has always been excellent! I've given away a few cans to friends and co-workers without mentioning anything, and all of them have came back and asked me for more info about it. It is simply the best tuna I've ever had by far!Read the labels and research yourself where your tuna is coming from, and how it is processed. I don't know of any tuna that is completely wild, line caught in the US and hand selected in the 17 lb size, and cooked in the can with no water added. Any liquid in the can are Omega 3 oils, so do NOT drain the liquid! The oils mix together very good with the tuna by itself, or in to a salad. It's like an anti-freeze for the blood, in addition to benefits.Most tuna comes from Asia, or elsewhere overseas, and much of it is wild tuna, caught and kept in pens, and fed by humans to fatten them up. Animal Planet uses sushi-grade line caught tuna, hand selected in the smaller sizes (called ""peanut size"" to the sport fishing crowd). And the sushi-grade means caught, immediately bled, and put on ice. Ask any sport fisherman, they all know this is the only method to use to ensure good tasting tuna. You will not have sushi-grade tuna unless you do this process, and quickly. It's the KEY to great tasting tuna. Having had wild caught sport albacore locally, and being involved with the sport fishing group, I have learned this. Check out other brands and then read about Wild Planet, and then make the taste taste. I highly recommend this stuff.",positive591"I have to be honest. I bought this tuna for my pet. She is a small dog that eats better than most people. She loves tuna but it was next to impossible to find no sodium tuna. I finally found this product on Amazon and with the good reviews, I decided to give it a try. When the tuna arrived I opened the can and started dividing it up into portions for pet meals. I was impressed when first opening the can and seeing mostly tuna and very little water. The tuna was beautiful, firm meat. Almost like a tuna steak. I am a tuna lover too so I took a bite. Wow.....great tuna!! The taste was much better than I thought a no sodium tuna would be. Makes me realize that what I have been eating for years in the can bought at the store was simply no where as good as this. This is what wild caught tuna with very little processing tastes like, simply delicious! This tuna would make an awesome tuna salad or casserole. It might sound funny, but my dog and I will be sharing these yummy cans of tuna. Also, I do feel better knowing that these fish were caught without harming other sea creatures. That is important to me. I suggest buying more than one pack at a time, it has a good long shelf life. Enjoy!",positive592"I wanted to try blue popping corn, since I have purchased blue corn meal to make cornbread.  I had read somewhere that blue corn contained a lower glycemic index than yellow corn.  Anyway, this popcorn smells great and tastes wonderful.  The only reason for not giving it 5 stars is because it takes more of this popcorn (than yellow O. Redenbacher) to fill a bowl.  And because the little kernels are smaller -- and lighter -- it's a bit of a challenge to use the air popper.  I found that if I use a tea towel and carefully tilt the air popper as they are almost popped, then they gently fall into the bowl.  Otherwise, they tend to just pop and stay there (above the hot air) to burn, because they don't ""jump"" out and into the bowl like the yellow popcorn.  I've also tried to pop the ""traditional"" method, in a large heavy pot with a small amount of oil.  They taste great, but don't all pop. So be prepared for many ""old maids"".  However, a great thing, in addition to the taste, is that there are virtually no little hulls that stick in your teeth or gums as compared to the yellow.",positive593"I tried one of these, and immediately I was reminded of a flavor....what was it? Oh, yeah, you know those bottles of non alcoholic champaign, which are basically sparkling juice? It's just like that taste. I dont drink alcohol, so around New Years I get a bottle of that sparkling juice drink.  The black cherry of course, doesnt taste like the apple/white grape juice in the bottle. Thats cos there's cherry juice.....but of course, you dont want to drink pure sparkling cherry juice, it has to be mixed with apple and white grape, or you'd have indigestion. BUT, if you like that juice like I do, and of course if you dont drink a whole bottle at a time,  (that's just asking for trouble, cos its too much fruit sugar at once), this is the PERFECT SOLUTION. The cans hold about 150 calories of juice, which is the PERFECT SNACK size.  The taste is clean, with no funny aftertaste, from overly sweet juice products. For a sparkling juice drink, its almost  dry, which is another reason I believe I am reminded of those sparkling bottles of juice champaign. Plus, its all natural, and I""m sure we all know what happens to people who drink regular soft drink, with that sugar, caffeine and phosporic acid. Yup, your teeth fall out....really! So, this is good for all people, even diabetes if you count it as a fruit exchange. The perfect after dinner snack size, or put in the lunch, or on a little trip  to the woods, etc.  I have never seen these cans in the store, so here's where you want to  buy them.",positive594"I am a moderate drinker of both sodas and juices, so I was intrigued by the promise of The Switch.  I would receive the vitamin benefits of my juices with the fizzy fun of a soda.  The can is slim, so it fits nicely in my lunch bag but would rattle around in my car cup holder if I decided to take it as a to-go breakfast drink.  Once I had it all nice and chilled, I popped the top and listed to the fizz.  It was not quite the satisfying pop and fizz of a Coca-Cola, but that is because this drink has less carbonation.  When I took a sip, I was immediately transported back to grade school field trips where we were given bag lunches with juice boxes.  While it was a nice moment of nostalgia, the novelty quickly wore off.  The juice was nice, but I am not sure the carbonation really added anything to it.My biggest concern really deals more with the people who may not do their due diligence before deciding to purchase this product.  If you have a soda addiction, but you drink diet soda, this would be a calorie explosion.  While it is natural juice, you must remember that natural juice is high in sugar.  If you are accustomed to guzzling three or four sodas per day (or more) then you would not want to replace them with this beverage.  It must be approached with the same dietary caution as you would use with regular juice.  But if you have difficulty drinking juice or getting your recommended fruit servings each day, this might be a fun alternative.The price is high compared to soda, but it is low compared to some other individually bottled/canned juices.  I thought that the black cherry flavor was a little weak compared to my expectations.  I preferred the kiwi/berry flavor.  I think that it makes a nice treat, but it is not going to be complete substitute for me.",positive595"I was hoping for a covenient alternative to my usual juice + sparkling water drink that I make for a sundowner every evening, however, this falls short.While the drink is 100% juice, it is not 100% cherry juice.  In fact, the flavours of apple and grape over power any cherry juice flavors. (The cherry was more like an aftertaste)  I personally prefer cleaner, clearer flavours and not juice cocktails. The drink is also slightly too sweet.The upside or downside (depending on what you prefer) is that this is lightly carbonated, just like making your own juice + sparkling water drink at home.  It does not have the heavy fizz that sodas do.The 8.3 fl oz about the size of a liquid cup or a small mug, and is smaller than the typical soda can.The aim of the product seems to be converting soda drinkers to carbonated juice drinkers but it seems to fail in that it is not fizzy enough for most soda drinkers and is too sweet for juice drinkers.  While it also claims to be a healthy drink, the high amount of fruit sugars debates that.I would reccomend you try this drink if you like sweet sparkling juices, but maybe in one of their simpler flavours such as grape.",negative596"""The Switch"" is a carbonated juice beverage that is 100% natural.  So, you probably knew this already, but did you know that it's not just black cherry juice in there?  It's actually a blend of apple, grape, acerola, and cherry concentrates, with Vitamin C added.  There are also some natural flavors in the mix, as well.The cans are slightly over 8 fluid ounces, and go down quick and easy.  Very refreshing.  I'm trying to think of something to compare it to... it's like a very fruity (but not overly so) mineral water.  The taste will follow you after you drink it--pleasurably so.It has 33g of carbs, which is about right for this kind of fruit drink.  That doesn't make it a diet drink by any means, but at least it's not as bad as regular cola.  There are 130 calories per can.  There are no funny ingredients like ""ester of wood rosen"", either.  And, no caffeine or alcohol.  I'm not bouncing off the walls afterwards but it gives you some energy for an hour or so, although it's not really an energy drink.I was given one can to review, and I think I'll purchase the pack of 24 in the near future.  Thank you Amazon, it's wonderful!  Cheers!",positive597"This was a pretty good idea -- it's basically juice from concentrate that's been reconstituted with sparkling instead of plain water.  As such, it's about as sweet and flavorful as regular juice.  The sparkling water gives it a little different sort of fizz from regular soda's.  Although these cans are only about 2/3 the size of regular soda cans, it's relatively filling and a single can makes for a decent drink.  Sure, it has a fair amount of sugar, but it's not a diet product.  And for most people, it's better to drink the natural sugar in fruit juice than the chemicals in most sodas.There are two problems: the price and the flavors.  At nearly a dollar a can, even when purchased by the case, this is expensive stuff.  One could simply buy some juice and some sparkling water and make a fair approximation without spending so much.  The other issue is the fact that the recipe contains more apple and grape juice than cherry juice.  This isn't uncommon for juices made from expensive fruits, but in this case all three tastes are really noticeable.  It tastes as much like apple juice or grape juice as it does cherry juice.  (The apple and grape flavors stand out more in the Switch Black Cherry drink than in the Switch Kiwi Berry drink.  If you're deciding between the two, go with Kiwi Berry.)  If you like all three, then you might like this.  If there's one you don't like, that could be enough to ruin it for you.",positive598"I got on can of this through the amazon vine program.I love black cherry soda.  Some of my favorites are IBC's black cherry and Henry Weinhard's black cherry vanilla soda.This soda was very good but different from any of the other types I've had before.  It is not super sweet.  If you have had IBC'S black cherry or Henry Weinhard's black cherry; both of these have a strong vanilla overtone and are deliciously sweet.  The Switch wasn't as sweet as these varieties and had a more pure cherry flavor to it.I also drink a lot of Izze sparkling juices (although they do not have a cherry flavor).  The Izze juices are much more carbonated and tend to have fruit flavors that are less true to the fruit (mainly because I think pear juice is added to sweeten a lot of them, not sure if this is true for all flavors).So to sum up the Switch soda is:- Less carbonated than IZZE; more carbonated than IBC- Truer fruit taste than IZZE sodas.- Less sweet than IBC or Henry Weinhard- No vanilla overtones, just pure cherry flavor.I personally like the IBC cherry soda better; but it is definitely not as good for you, with more artificial colors and sugar added.  I liked the Switch better than the IZZE sodas because I am not big on carbonation and I liked the pure cherry taste.  I am not sure if I will ever buy a case of this stuff but it was pretty good.",positive599"The Black Cherry Switch is an interesting beverage, a cross between the traditional carbonated drinks and fruit juice. As some of the other reviewers have noted, this is a very sweet drink, and I say that as someone with a sweet tooth. Granted of course, black cherry is by definition a very sweet fruit.The 8.3oz can packs 130 calories, which mostly come from fruit juices, not corn syrup or sugar - according to the ingredients box. Interestingly, the box mentions that beyond cherry, there's also apple, acerola and grape juice concentrates in it.One big plus of this drink over traditional Colas is that it has 100% RDA Vitamin C (according to the product box).The can is environmentally responsible as it encourages the drinker to recycle this can, using the same font size as the rest of the text on the box.And a side note: In dealing with the extra sweetness, I tried this experiment: I diluted some of the drink with unflavored carbonated water using equal amounts. At that level, it had a much lighter taste and one that felt more like flavored carbonated water than carbonated juice.In my opinion, this drink should have about 2/3rds of its current ""sweetness"".Conclusion: If you like sweet carbonated drinks or if you are trying to get off the sugary or faux-sugar Colas, this is a lesser-evil alternative.",positive600"This item tastes just like carbonated cherry juicy juice... or rather what cherry juicy juice would taste like if it was carbonated.  It tastes fine, but the bottom line is that I would rather just drink juicy juice and go without the carbonation.  That's basically why I rated this item at 3 stars.  It's fine, but I wouldn't go out of my way to get one.As an alternative to cola, this is probably the healthier choice.  You get far more vitamins and natural sugars than a can of coke or pepsi would provide.  However, the calorie content is still pretty high.  A 12oz can of coke is what? 200 calories?  This 8.3 oz can of cherry soda-juice is 170 calories.  Granted, they're not such empty calories if you're actually getting nutrition, but drinking these will certainly not make one thin.I take it that based on the name of this product, Switch, that they're marketing it as a safer alternative to cola.  And it is absolutely that.  Just don't go thinking that if you switch to juice that you'll start losing weight.  That is certainly not the case.That being said, I'm not sure this product is really needed in America's already bloated soft drink market.  But good luck to them anyway.",positive